New Holland Service Manual 200 Series

SERVICE MANUAL
L213 / L215 / L218 / L220

L223 / L225 / L230
200 Series Skid Steer Loader
C227 / C232 / C238

200 Series Compact Track Loader
Part number 84522361

1st edition English
June 2011
Printed in U.S.A.
Copyright © 2011 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved. New Holland is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC.
Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.
SERVICE MANUAL
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
Contents
INTRODUCTION
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.16.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A
ENGINE AND PTO IN ................................................................... B

ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT ........................................ C

TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.F
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING................................................. D

Final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.15.A
Final drive Hydraulic drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.15.C
STEERING Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.B

PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.C
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.B

WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C
FRAME AND CAB ........................................................................ E

FRAME Primary frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.10.B
SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.20.A
84522361 15/06/2011
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.C
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.C
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B
FRAME POSITIONING ................................................................. F

STABILISING Ballasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F.20.B
TOOL POSITIONING .................................................................... G

LIFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.10.A
TILTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.20.A
LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.30.A
SECONDARY FUNCTIONS Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.90.C
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL ....................................................... H

BOOM Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.20.B
ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.30.C
SINGLE ARM Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.40.B
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.50.C
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING ............................................... J

DIGGING Non-articulated digging tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.20.B
CARRYING Unarticulated tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.50.B

COUPLING Mechanical coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.80.B
COUPLING Hydraulic coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.80.C
84522361 15/06/2011
84522361 15/06/2011
INTRODUCTION
84522361 15/06/2011
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 - Series
Safety rules - Personal Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Basic instructions - Important notice regarding equipment servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 - Series
General specification - General Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
84522361 15/06/2011
2
INTRODUCTION
Foreword - Ecology and the environment

Soil, air, and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment
of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, sound judgement should govern the use and
disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.
NOTICE: The following are recommendations which may be of assistance:
• Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.
• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning
agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these
substances.
• Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.
HELPFUL HINTS
• Avoid filling tanks using cans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable
spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which
may be harmful to your health.
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
• Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids,
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be disposed of in
a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources.
• Modern coolant mixtures, i.e. antifreeze and other additives, should be replaced every two years. They should
not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of properly.
• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the at-
mosphere. Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor
for this purpose and will have to recharge the system properly.
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.
• Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, allowing the loss of
oils, coolant, etc.
84522361 15/06/2011
3
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
2 - Series
Personal safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.
Throughout this manual and on machine decals, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION
followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working
with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The
color associated with DANGER is RED.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
The color associated with WARNING is ORANGE.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury. The color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage. The color
associated with Notice is BLUE.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or
property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
84522361 15/06/2011
4
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules - Personal Safety

Carefully study these precautions, and those included in the external attachment operators
manual, and insist that they be followed by those working with and for you.
1. Thoroughly read and understand this manual and the attachment operators manual before operating this or any
other equipment.
2. Be sure everyone is clear of the machine before starting. Blow the horn, if equipped, three times before starting
engine.
3. Only the operator should be on the machine when in operation. Never allow anyone to climb on to the machine
while it is in motion. If the machine is equipped with an Instructors Seat, this must only be used for training
purposes. Passengers must not be allowed to use the Instructors Seat.
4. Keep all shields in place. Never work around the machine or any of the attachments while wearing loose clothing
that might catch on moving parts.
5. Observe the following precautions whenever lubricating the machine or making adjustments.
• Disengage all clutching levers or switches.

• Lower the attachment, if equipped, to the ground or raise the attachment completely and engage
the cylinder safety locks . Completing these actions will prevent the attachment from lowering un-
expectedly.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Shut off the engine and remove the key.
6. Always keep the machine in gear while going downhill.

7. The machine should always be equipped with sufficient front or rear axle weight for safe operation.
8. Under some field conditions, more weight may be required at the front or rear axle for adequate stability. This
is especially important when operating in hilly conditions or/when using heavy attachments.
9. Always lower the attachment, shut off the engine, set the parking brake, engage the transmission gears and
remove the key before leaving the operators platform.
10. If the attachment or machine should become obstructed or plugged; set the parking brake, shut off the engine
and remove the key, engage the transmission gears, wait for all machine or attachment motion to come to a
stop, before leaving the operators platform to removing the obstruction or plug.
11. Never disconnect or make any adjustments to the hydraulic system unless the machine and/or the attachment
is lowered to the ground or the safety lock(s) is in the engaged position.
12. Use of the flashing lights is highly recommended when operating on a public road.
13. When transporting on a road or highway, use accessory lights and devices for adequate warning to the operators
of other vehicles. In this regard, check local government regulations. Various safety lights and devices are
available from your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer.
14. Practice safety 365 days a year.
15. Keep all your equipment in safe operating condition.
16. Keep all guards and safety devices in place.
17. Always set the parking brake, shut off the engine and remove the key, engage the transmission gears, wait for all
machine or attachment motion to come to a stop, before leaving the operators platform to service the machine
and attachment.
18. Remember: A careful operator is the best insurance against an accident.
19. Extreme care should be taken in keeping hands and clothing away from moving parts.
84522361 15/06/2011
5
INTRODUCTION
Safety rules
BT09A213 1
84522361 15/06/2011
6
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions - Important notice regarding equipment servicing

All repair and maintenance work listed in this manual must be carried out only by qualified dealership personnel,
strictly complying with the instructions given, and using, whenever possible, the special tools.
Anyone who performs repair and maintenance operations without complying with the procedures provided herein
shall be responsible for any subsequent damages.
The manufacturer and all the organizations of its distribution chain, including - without limitation - national, regional, or
local dealers, reject any responsibility for damages caused by parts and/or components not approved by the manu-
facturer, including those used for the servicing or repair of the product manufactured or marketed by the manufacturer.
In any case, no warranty is given or attributed on the product manufactured or marketed by the manufacturer in case
of damages caused by parts and/or components not approved by the manufacturer.
The information in this manual is up-to-date at the date of the publication. It is the policy of the manufacturer for
continuous improvement. Some information could not be updated due to modifications of a technical or commercial
type, or changes to the laws and regulations of different countries.
In case of questions, refer to your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION Sales and Service Networks.
84522361 15/06/2011
7
INTRODUCTION
Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly

2 - Series
METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM. LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CL.8 CL.10
CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.2 N·m (19 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 4.2 N·m (37 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb
M4 2 N·m (18 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
4.5 N·m (40 lb 5.9 N·m (52 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb 8.5 N·m (75 lb 5.8 N·m (51 lb
M5 4 N·m (36 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
7.5 N·m (66 lb 10 N·m (89 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 15 N·m (128 lb 6.8 N·m (60 lb 10 N·m (89 lb
M6
in) in) in) in) in) in)
18 N·m (163 lb 25 N·m (217 lb 26 N·m (234 lb 35 N·m (311 lb 17 N·m (151 lb 24 N·m (212 lb
M8
49 N·m (36 lb 70 N·m (51 lb 33 N·m (25 lb 48 N·m (35 lb
M10 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 52 N·m (38 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
M12 64 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
158 N·m (116 lb 210 N·m (155 225 N·m (166 lb 301 N·m (222 143 N·m (106 lb 205 N·m (151 lb
M16
ft) lb ft) ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
M20
M24
NOTE: M4 through M8 hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. M10 through M24 hardware torque
specifications are shown in pound-feet.
84522361 15/06/2011
8
INTRODUCTION
METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM. CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT CL.8 CL.10
W/CL8.8 W/CL10.9
BOLT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.4 N·m (21 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 3.5 N·m (31 lb 4.6 N·m (41 lb 2.2 N·m (19 lb 3.1 N·m (27 lb
M4
4.9 N·m (43 lb 6.5 N·m (58 lb 7.0 N·m (62 lb 9.4 N·m (83 lb 4.4 N·m (39 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb
M5
8.3 N·m (73 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 12 N·m (105 lb 16 N·m (141 lb 7.5 N·m (66 lb 11 N·m (96 lb
M6
M8
54 N·m (40 lb 77 N·m (56 lb
M10 40 N·m (30 lb ft) 57 N·m (42 lb ft) 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 53 N·m (39 lb ft)
ft) ft)
93 N·m (69 lb 100 N·m (74 lb 134 N·m (98 lb
M12 70 N·m (52 lb ft) 63 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
M16
M20
607 N·m (447 lb 809 N·m (597 838 N·m (618 lb 1118 N·m (824 552 N·m (407 lb
M24
ft) lb ft) ft) lb ft) ft)
IDENTIFICATION
Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes 5.6 and up
20083680 1
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05 and up
20083681 2
84522361 15/06/2011
9
INTRODUCTION
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
3. Clock Marking of Property Class and Manufacturer's Identification (Optional), i.e. marks 60 ° apart indicate
Class 10 properties, and marks 120 ° apart indicate Class 8.
INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
NOMINAL SAE GRADE 5 BOLT SAE GRADE 8 BOLT
GrB W/ Gr5 GrC W/ Gr8
SIZE and NUT and NUT
BOLT BOLT
UN-
UN-
PLATED PLATED PLATED
PLATED
or W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
or PLATED
PLATED GOLD GOLD
SILVER
SILVER
8 N·m (71 lb 11 N·m (97 lb 12 N·m (106 16 N·m (142 12.2 N·m (109 lb
1/4 8.5 N·m (75 lb in)
in) in) lb in) lb in) in)
17 N·m (150 23 N·m (204 24 N·m (212 32 N·m (283 17.5 N·m (155 lb 25 N·m (220 lb
5/16
lb in) lb in) lb in) lb in) in) in)
30 N·m (22 lb 40 N·m (30 43 N·m (31 lb 57 N·m (42 lb
3/8 31 N·m (23 lb ft) 44 N·m (33 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
48 N·m (36 lb 65 N·m (48 68 N·m (50 lb 91 N·m (67 lb
7/16 50 N·m (37 lb ft) 71 N·m (53 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
74 N·m (54 lb 98 N·m (73 104 N·m (77 139 N·m (103
1/2 76 N·m (56 lb ft) 108 N·m (80 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft)
107 N·m (79 142 N·m (105 150 N·m (111 201 N·m (148 156 N·m (115 lb
9/16 111 N·m (82 lb ft)
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
147 N·m (108 196 N·m (145 208 N·m (153 277 N·m (204 153 N·m (113 lb 215 N·m (159 lb
5/8
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
630 N·m (465 841 N·m (620 890 N·m (656 1187 N·m 654 N·m (483 lb 924 N·m (681 lb
1
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) (875 lb ft) ft) ft)
NOTE: For Imperial Units, 1/4 in and 5/16 in hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. 3/8 in
through 1 in hardware torque specifications are shown in pound-feet.
84522361 15/06/2011
10
INTRODUCTION
INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM- LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SAE GRADE 5 BOLT and SAE GRADE 8 BOLT and
INAL GrF W/ Gr5 GrG W/ Gr8
NUT NUT
SIZE BOLT BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
1/4 9 N·m (80 lb in) 8 N·m (71 lb in)
in) in) in) in)
5/16
44 N·m (33 lb 47 N·m (35 lb 63 N·m (46 lb
3/8 33 N·m (25 lb ft) 30 N·m (22 lb ft) 43 N·m (32 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
71 N·m (52 lb 75 N·m (55 lb 100 N·m (74 lb
7/16 53 N·m (39 lb ft) 48 N·m (35 lb ft) 68 N·m (50 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
108 N·m (80 lb 115 N·m (85 lb 153 N·m (113 104 N·m (77 lb
1/2 81 N·m (60 lb ft) 74 N·m (55 lb ft)
ft) ft) lb ft) ft)
117 N·m (86 lb 156 N·m (115 165 N·m (122 221 N·m (163 157 N·m (116 lb
9/16 106 N·m (78 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
162 N·m (119 lb 216 N·m (159 228 N·m (168 304 N·m (225 147 N·m (108 lb 207 N·m (153 lb
5/8
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
1
IDENTIFICATION
Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts
20083682 3
Grade Marking Examples
SAE Grade Identification

1 Grade 2 - No Marks 4 Grade 2 Nut - No Marks
2 Grade 5 - Three Marks 5 Grade 5 Nut - Marks 120 ° Apart
3 Grade 8 - Five Marks 6 Grade 8 Nut - Marks 60 ° Apart
84522361 15/06/2011
11
INTRODUCTION
Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional methods)
20090268 4
Grade Identification
Grade Corner Marking Method (1) Flats Marking Method (2) Clock Marking Method (3)
Grade A No Notches No Mark No Marks
Grade B One Circumferential Notch Letter B Three Marks
Grade C Two Circumferential Notches Letter C Six Marks
84522361 15/06/2011
12
INTRODUCTION
General specification - General Welding

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Batteries emit explosive gases. Always ventilate when using in an enclosed area or when charging.
Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0369A
Use a 7013 or 7011 welding rod or wire that meets the following American Welding Society (AWS) specifications:
ER80S-D2, ER70S-6 or E70C-M6-H4.
NOTICE: ALWAYS disconnect the battery (both terminals) before welding on any part of the machine. Failure to do
so may cause damage to sensitive electrical components.
NOTICE: Locate the welding ground as close as possible to the area to be welded. Do not allow the ground current
to pass through any roller type bearing. Arcing inside the roller bearing can result in severe machine damage.
84522361 15/06/2011
13
INTRODUCTION
84522361 15/06/2011
14
SERVICE MANUAL
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A
Contents
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,

ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.16.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 1
Contents
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

General specification for the 24.9cc Gear Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L218, L220
General specification of the 24.9cc Gear pump with high flow 12.5cc pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L218, L220
General specification of the 34.1cc gear pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
General specification of the 20.4cc gear pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

L213, L215
General specification for 34.1cc Front pump with rear pump 23.0cc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
L230
General specification for the 34.1cc Gear pump with high flow 12.5cc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
C227
General specification for the 34.1cc Gear pump with high flow 18.3cc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Filter
General specification Hydraulic oil return filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
General specification Hydraulic oil supply strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Control valve
General specification of the Ride Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General specification of the EH Control Loader Valve for all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
General specification Mechanical Hand Control Loader valve on all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
L213, L215, L218, L220
General specification of Mechanical Foot Control Loader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

L213 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L215 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220
Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical
hydraulic controls
General specification of the EH and Mechanical boom override valve on all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
General specification of Secondary Auxiliary Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
General specification High Flow Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
FUNCTIONAL DATA

Overview of Contaminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Overview EH Drive Pattern Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic
controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro
hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 2
Component identification of hydraulic valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238

L218, L220, C227

L213, L215
Component identification of pumps of large frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Component identification of pumps on medium frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

L218, L220, C227
Component identification of pumps on small frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

L213, L215
Component identification of cylinders on small frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

L213, L215
Component identification of cylinders on medium frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

L218, L220, C227
- Component identification of cylinders on large frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Component identification of hydraulic motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Component identification of hydraulic motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

L218, L220
Component identification of hydraulic motors on small frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

L213, L215
Hydraulic schematic frame 01 Two speed drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 02 Single speed drive assembly
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Hydraulic schematic frame 03 Valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232
Mechanical hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Hydraulic schematic frame 04 Enhanced high flow option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic
controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls

L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Hydraulic schematic frame 02 Single speed drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Mechanical hydraulic controls

Mechanical hydraulic controls
Hydraulic schematic frame 01 Two speed track drive assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls

controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls


L223, L225, L230

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 3

L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls


controls




Control valve
Overview Loader Lift Control - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Overview Loader bucket control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Overview Loader arm float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
SERVICE

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Relief valve
Flow test Loader main relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pressure test Loader valve main relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Hydraulic pump
Flow test Loader hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Charge pump
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pressure test (Machines Equipped with EH Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Reservoir
Apply vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Filter
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Oil cooler
Remove for models equipped with ISM engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
L213, L215, L218, L220
Install for machines equipped with ISM engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

L213, L215, L218, L220
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 4
Remove - for machines equipped with F5C engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Install - for machines equipped with F5C engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 5
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification

for the 24.9cc Gear Pump
L218, L220
Auxiliary pump
Manufacturer Shimadzu
Type Gear pump
Direction of Rotation Clockwise - viewed looking into input shaft.
Test Speed 1800 RPM
Test Pressure 172.0 bar (2494.6 psi)
Test Flow 42.5 l/min (11.2 US gpm)
Displacement 24.9 cm³ (1.5 in³)
Input shaft 13 tooth spline
Speed 400 - 3500 RPM
Drive Direct
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 6
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification of

the 24.9cc Gear pump with high flow 12.5cc pump
L218, L220
Auxiliary pump with high flow pump

Type Gear pump
Displacement - load/aux section 24.9 cm³ (1.5 in³)
High flow section displacement 12.5 cm³ (0.8 in³)
Test Speed 1800 RPM
Test Flow 1 42.5 l/min (11.2 US gpm)
Drive Direct
Relief valve setting 210 bar (3045 psi)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 7

of the 34.1cc gear pump
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Auxiliary pump
Type Gear pump
Displacement, loader/aux section 34.1 cm³ (2.1 in³)
Test Speed 1800 RPM
Test Flow 57 l/min (15.1 US gpm)
Drive Direct
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 8

of the 20.4cc gear pump
L213, L215
Loader pump
Type Gear pump
Test Speed 1800 RPM
Test Flow 40.1 l/min (10.6 US gpm)
Displacement 20.4 cm² (3.2 in²)
Drive Direct
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification for

34.1cc Front pump with rear pump 23.0cc
L230
Type Gear pump
Front pump rated pressure 210 bar (3045.0 psi)
Rear pump rated pressure 28 bar (406 psi)
Drive Direct
Normal pressure 193 bar (2799 psi)
Surge pressure 262 bar (3799 psi)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 10

the 34.1cc Gear pump with high flow 12.5cc.
C227
Type Gear pump
Displacement, loader/aux section 34.1 cm³ (2.1 in³)
Test Speed 1800 RPM
Test Flow (loader / aux) 57.0 l/min (15.1 US gpm)
Test Flow (high flow sect.) 20.4 l/min (5.4 US gpm)
High flow section displacement 12.5 cm³ (0.8 in³)
Drive Direct
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 11

the 34.1cc Gear pump with high flow 18.3cc.
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Type Gear pump
High flow pump displacement 18.3 cm³ (1.1 in³)
Test Speed 1800 RPM
Drive Direct
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 12
Filter - General specification Hydraulic oil return filter

Filter type Spin-on
Filter media Synthetic
Filter efficiency 98.7 % at 6 micron
Flow rating 132 l/min (35 US gpm)
System operating pressure 14 bar (200 psi) +/- 3 bar (50 psi)
Minimum static burst pressure 69 bar (1000 psi)
Operating temperature range -30 - 107 °C (-22 - 225 °F)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 13
Filter - General specification Hydraulic oil supply strainer

Filter type 60 mesh wire strainer
Filter efficiency approximately 250 micron
Flow rating 113 l/min (30 US gpm)
Operating temperature range up to 110 °C (230 °F)
Internal thread -24 SAE straight thread o-ring boss 1 7/8-12 thread
External thread -48 SAE straight thread o-ring boss 3 3/8-12 thread
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 14
Control valve - General specification of the Ride Control Valve

Valve Configuration: Solenoid operated, 4 way, 2 position, direct acting, spool type hydraulic
cartridge valve.
Hydraulic Requirements: Flow = 22.7 l/min (6 US gpm).

System Pressure = 210 bar (3045 psi).
Electrical Requirements: Operating Voltage = 14 V

Maximum Power = 22 W
Polarity = Power: Pin 1 or A, Ground: Pin 2 or B
Solenoid connection type = Duetsch DT series.
Operating Temperature Range: -30 - 107 °C (-22 - 225 °F)
Port Identification Chart: (1) Tank Return

(2) Lift Cylinder Rod Port
(3) Accumulator
(4) Lift Cylinder Base Port
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 15
Control valve - General specification of the EH Control Loader

Valve for all models
Main Relief Setting: 3000 psi (+145/-0) at 23 US gpm
Circuit Relief Setting: (A1) 3263 psi (+145/-73)
(A2) 3481 psi (+145/-73)
(B2) 3336 psi (+145/-73)
Spool Position Sensor Output: Initial valve flow in negative direction must occur when sensor output is 1.9
- 2.3 V
Initial valve flow in positive direction must occur when sensor output is 2.7
- 3.1 V
Electrical Connector Types: Work port lockout solenoid: Deutsche DT series.
EH Auxiliary PRV: Deutsche DT series.
Spool position sensor: Deutsche DT series
Port Identification Chart: (P) Supply Inlet
(T) Tank Return
(A1) Lift Cylinder Base End
(B1) Lift Cylinder Rod End
(A2) Tilt Cylinder Rod End
(B2) Tilt Cylinder Base End
(A3) Auxiliary Male Coupler
(B3) Auxiliary Female Coupler
(PLV) Work port Lockout Pilot Supply
(PLV) (Drain) Work port Lockout Tank Return
(P2) High Flow Inlet
(V) EH PRV Supply
(L) EH PRV Tank Return
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 16
Control valve - General specification Mechanical Hand Control

Loader valve on all models
L213, L215, L218, L220

(B2) 3336 psi (+145/-73)
(A2) 3481 psi (+145/-73)
Maximum Spool Force with Blocked Loader Spool: 28 lb

Ports at Full Flow: Loader Spool Detent Position: 65 lb IN; 58 lb OUT
Bucket Spool: 29 lb
Minimum reserve force on all spools to be greater than 5 lb

Electrical Connector Types: Work port lockout solenoid: Deutsche DT series

EH Auxiliary PRV: Deutsche DT series.

(T) Tank Return
(V) EH PRV Supply
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 17
Control valve - General specification of Mechanical Foot Control

Loader Valve
L213 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L215 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223
Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls

(B2) 3336 psi (+145/-73)
(A2) 3481 psi (+145/-73)
Valve Pressure Rating: 3625 psi per NFPA/T3.5.26 R2-2000
Maximum Spool Force with Blocked Loader Spool: 22.91 kgf (50.5 lbf)
Ports at Full Flow: Loader Spool Detent Position: 49.90 kgf (110 lbf) in: 25.40 kgf (56 lbf) out
Bucket Spool: 23.59 kgf (52 lbf)
Minimum reserve force on all spools to be greater than 2 kgf (5 lbf)
Electrical Connector Types: Work port lockout solenoid: Deutsche DT series
EH Auxiliary PRV: Deutsche DT series
(T) Tank Return
(V) EH PRV Supply
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 18
Control valve - General specification of the EH and Mechanical

boom override valve on all models
Valve Configuration: 2-way, 2-position, manually operated, normally closed, pull to open,
directional cartridge valve.
Hydraulic Requirements: Flow = 22.7 l/min (6 US gpm).

System Pressure = 210 bar (3045 psi).
Port Identification Chart: (1) Tank Return

(2) Lift Cylinder Base Port
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 19
Control valve - General specification of Secondary Auxiliary Valve

Flow Divider Configuration: Two Position, Three Way, Spring Bias, with Hydraulic Actuation
Flow Block Valve Configuration: Three Position, Four Way, Spring Bias, with On/Off Solenoid Actuation
Operating Pressure: 207 - +10/-0 bar (3001.5 - +145.0/-0 psi)
Maximum Flow: 87 l/min (23.0 US gpm)
Pilot Operated Relief Valve Pressure 221 bar (3205 psi) @ 18.9 l/min (5.0 US gpm)
Setting:
Electrical Requirements: Operating Voltage = 9 - 16 V
Maximum Current = 2 A @ 12 V
Electrical Connector Types: Solenoid connection: Deutsche DT series .
Operating Fluid: CNH MAT3509
Port Identification Chart: (P) Pressure Inlet
(L) To Loader Valve
(T) Tank Return
(A) To Auxiliary
(B) To Auxiliary
Control valve - General specification High Flow Valve

Valve Configuration: Solenoid operated, 2 way, 2 position, direct acting, poppet type hydraulic
cartridge valve.
Hydraulic Requirements: Flow : 80.6 l/min (21.3 US gpm).

System Pressure: 210 bar (3045.0 psi).
Relief Valve Pressure Setting: 224 bar (3248.0 psi)
Electrical Requirements: Operating Voltage : 14 V
Maximum Power : 22 W
Polarity: Power: Pin 1 or A, Ground: Pin 2 or B
Solenoid connection type = Duetsch DT series.
Port Identification Chart: (P) Pump Supply inlet
(T) Tank Return
(AUX) Auxiliary Valve outlet
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 20
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview of

Contaminates
Contamination in the hydraulic system is a major cause of the malfunction of hydraulic components. Contamination
is any foreign material in the hydraulic oil. Contamination can enter the hydraulic system in several ways.
1. When you drain the oil or disconnect any line.
2. When you disassemble a component.
3. From normal wear of the hydraulic components.
4. From damaged or worn seals.
5. From a damaged component in the hydraulic system.
All hydraulic systems operate with some contamination. The design of the components in this hydraulic system
permits efficient operation with a small amount of contamination. An increase in this amount of contamination can
cause problems in the hydraulic system. The following list includes some of these problems.
1. Cylinder rod seals leak.
2. Control valve spools do not return to neutral.
3. Movement of control valve spools is difficult.
4. Hydraulic oil becomes too hot.
5. Pump gears, housing, and other parts wear rapidly.
6. Relief valves or check valves held open by dirt.
7. Quick failure of components that have been repaired.
8. Cycle times are slow; machine does not have enough power.
If your machine has any of these problems, check the hydraulic oil for contamination. See types of contamination
below. If you find contamination, use the Portable Filter to clean the hydraulic system.
NOTE: There are two types of contamination, microscopic and visible.
Microscopic contamination occurs when very fine particles of foreign material are in suspension in the hydraulic oil.
These particles are too small to see or feel. Microscopic contamination can be found by identification of the following
problems or by testing in a laboratory. Examples of the problems:
1. Cylinder rod seal leak.
2. Control valve spools do not return to NEUTRAL.
3. The hydraulic system has a high operating temperature.
Visible contamination is foreign material that can be found by sight, touch, or odor. Visible contamination can cause
a sudden failure of components. Examples of visible contamination:
1. Particles of metal or dirt in the oil.
2. Air in the oil.
3. The oil is dark and thick.
4. The oil has an odor of burned oil.
5. Water in the oil.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 21
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview EH Drive

Pattern Selector Switch
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic
controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238
Electro hydraulic controls
The control pattern switch is used to select the user grip control pattern for the functions of Ground Drive and Loader.
Pattern setting will be remembered through key off.
The control pattern switch, located in right-hand A-post below to the instrument cluster, allows the user to select
between “ISO Pattern” and “ ‘H’ Pattern” control patterns by pressing the pattern switch button. The button has mo-
mentary positions on each the ISO and H positions and return to neutral when not pressed. ISO will be the left switch
position and H will be the right switch position. The active operating mode is displayed by illuminating the correspond-
ing LED on the button. An audible alarm will sound to indicate the switch selection has been made, accepted by the
UCM. If the pattern change switch is activated when feature enable conditions are not met the machine will ignore
the pattern change; the currently active pattern will remain illuminated and the machine will ignore the commanded
pattern change.
To allow pattern change, all feature enable conditions must be met before pushing the control pattern switch to the new
pattern. The control pattern switch must be held for 3 seconds before a pattern change is accepted by the system.
The new pattern LED will flash. Three sequential beeps occur whenever the new pattern is accepted. A message will
also appear on the cluster screen will indicate the pattern is switched to “H” or “ISO” pattern.
The control pattern switch always has an active control mode setting assigned. The following Conditions must be met
to change setting:
Ignition is in the ON position

Operator must be properly seated
Park brake must be active
Operator restraint must be active
Controls in neutral, including AUX switch
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 22
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification

of hydraulic valves
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Component Component Frame Information Func- Diagnos- Service

Name ID (Reference Location (Tech Data) tional tic Infor-
Number) mation
(Testing)
Boom Over Ride (18) PRIMARY Control valve
Valve HYDRAULIC - General
POWER specification
SYSTEM - of the EH and
Hydraulic Mechanical
schematic boom override
frame 02 Valve valve on
assembly all models
(A.10.A) (A.10.A)
Self Level Valve (10) - 60% valve PRIMARY Control valve Control
only applicable HYDRAULIC - General valve -
to L223, L225, POWER specification Remove
L230, C232, and SYSTEM - of the 60% self Self level
C238 models Hydraulic level valve on valve
schematic medium and (G.30.A)
frame 02 Valve large frame Control
assembly (G.30.A) valve -
(A.10.A) Install Self
level valve
(G.30.A)
Ride Control Valve (9) PRIMARY Control valve Ride
HYDRAULIC - General control
POWER specification valve -
SYSTEM - of the Ride Remove
Hydraulic Control Valve Glide
schematic (A.10.A) Ride valve
frame 02 Valve (H.40.B)
assembly Ride
(A.10.A) control
valve -
Install
Glide
Ride valve
(H.40.B)
EH Control Valve PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
HYDRAULIC - General pump - valve -
POWER specification of Pressure Remove
SYSTEM - the EH Control test loader
Hydraulic Loader Valve (Machines control
schematic for all models Equipped valve (EH)
frame 02 Valve (A.10.A) with EH (H.20.B)
assembly Controls) Control
(A.10.A) (A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve (EH)
(H.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 23

Number) mation
(Testing)
Secondary (13) PRIMARY Control valve
Auxiliary Valve HYDRAULIC - General
POWER specification of
SYSTEM - the EH Control
Hydraulic Loader Valve
schematic for all models
frame 02 Valve (A.10.A)
assembly
(A.10.A)
EH 2 Speed Track (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
Brake Valve HYDRAULIC - General valve -
POWER specification Remove
SYSTEM - of the EH track 2speed
Hydraulic brake valve on brake valve
schematic medium and (D.32.C)
frame 01 Two large frame Control
speed track (D.32.C) valve -
drive assembly Install
(A.10.A) 2speed
brake valve
(D.32.C)
EH 2 Speed Brake (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
Valve HYDRAULIC - General valve -
POWER specification of Remove
SYSTEM - the EH 2 speed 2speed
Hydraulic brake valve on brake valve
schematic medium and (D.32.C)
frame 01 Two large frame Control
speed drive (D.32.C) valve -
assembly Install
(A.10.A) 2speed
brake valve
(D.32.C)
Pilot Operated (7) PRIMARY
Double Check HYDRAULIC
Valve POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Hydraulic Coupler (8) PRIMARY
Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 24

Number) mation
(Testing)
High Flow Valve (12) PRIMARY Control valve Control
HYDRAULIC - General valve -
SYSTEM - High Flow (A.16.A)
Hydraulic Valve (A.10.A) Control
schematic valve -
frame 02 Valve Install
assembly (A.16.A)
(A.10.A)

Number) mation
(Testing)
POWER specification
frame 03 Valve valve on
assembly all models
(A.10.A) (A.10.A)
only applicable to HYDRAULIC - General valve -
L223, L225, L230 POWER specification Remove
SYSTEM - of the 60% self Self level
Hydraulic level valve on valve
schematic medium and (G.30.A)
frame 03 Valve large frame Control
assembly (G.30.A) valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
Ride Control Valve (9) PRIMARY Control valve Ride
POWER specification valve -
SYSTEM - of the Ride Remove
Hydraulic Control Valve Glide
schematic (A.10.A) Ride valve
assembly Ride
(A.10.A) control
valve -
Install
Glide
Ride valve
(H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 25

Number) mation
(Testing)
Loader Mechanical (11) PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
Foot Control HYDRAULIC - General pump - valve -
Auxiliary Valve POWER specification Pressure Remove
SYSTEM - of Mechanical test loader
Hydraulic Foot Control (A.10.A) control
schematic Loader Valve valve
frame 03 Valve (A.10.A) (H.20.B)
assembly Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve
(H.20.B)
Secondary (13) PRIMARY
Auxiliary Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Mechanical Single (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
Speed Brake Valve HYDRAULIC - General valve -
SYSTEM - the Mechanical Brake
Hydraulic single speed valve
schematic brake valve (D.32.C)
frame 02 Single on all frames Control
speed drive except track valve -
assembly models Install
(A.10.A) (D.32.C) Brake
valve
(D.32.C)
Mechanical 2 (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
SYSTEM - 2speed brake Brake
Hydraulic valve (D.32.C) valve
schematic (D.32.C)
frame 01 Two Control
speed drive valve -
assembly Install
(A.10.A) Brake
valve
(D.32.C)
Valve POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 26

Number) mation
(Testing)
Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
SYSTEM - High Flow (A.16.A)
Hydraulic Valve (A.10.A) Control
schematic valve -
assembly (A.16.A)
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 27

of hydraulic valves
L218, L220, C227
Component Component Frame Information Func- Diag- Service

Name ID (Reference Location (Tech Data) tional nostic
Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
POWER specification
frame 03 Valve valve on all
assembly models (A.10.A)
(A.10.A)
For C227
PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 28

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
L218 models POWER specification of Remove
SYSTEM - the 40% self level Self level
Hydraulic valve on medium valve
schematic frame (G.30.A) (G.30.A)
frame 03 Valve Control
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
(10) - 60% valve PRIMARY Control valve Control
schematic and large frame (G.30.A)
frame 03 Valve (G.30.A) Control
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
C227 models POWER specification of Remove
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 29

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
Glide Ride Valve (9) PRIMARY Control valve Ride
POWER specification of valve -
SYSTEM - the Ride Control Remove
Hydraulic Valve (A.10.A) Glide
schematic Ride valve
assembly Ride
(A.10.A) control
valve -
Install
Glide
Ride valve
(H.40.B)
For C227
PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
EH Control Valve PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
HYDRAULIC - General pump - valve -
Hydraulic Loader Valve (Machines control
schematic for all models Equipped valve (EH)
frame 03 Valve (A.10.A) with EH (H.20.B)
(A.10.A) (A.10.A) valve -
For C227 Install
PRIMARY loader
HYDRAULIC control
POWER valve (EH)
SYSTEM - (H.20.B)
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 30

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
Second Auxiliary (13) PRIMARY
Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
For C227
PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
EH 2 Speed Track (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
SYSTEM - of the EH track 2speed
Hydraulic brake valve on brake
schematic medium and valve
frame 01 Two large frame (D.32.C)
speed track (D.32.C) Control
drive assembly valve -
(A.10.A) Install
2speed
brake
valve
(D.32.C)
For C227
Control
valve -
Remove
EH 2speed
brake
valve
(D.32.C)
Control
valve -
Install EH
2speed
brake
valve
(D.32.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 31

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
EH 2 Speed Brake (3) Does not apply PRIMARY Control valve Control
Valve to Track models HYDRAULIC - General valve -
SYSTEM - of the EH 2 2speed
Hydraulic speed brake brake
schematic frame valve on medium valve
01 Two speed and large frame (D.32.C)
drive assembly (D.32.C) Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
2speed
brake
valve
(D.32.C)
Valve POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
For C227
PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
For C227
PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 32

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
SYSTEM - High Flow Valve (A.16.A)
Hydraulic (A.10.A) Control
schematic valve -
assembly (A.16.A)
(A.10.A)
For C227
PRIMARY
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 33

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
POWER specification
frame 03 Valve valve on all
assembly models (A.10.A)
(A.10.A)
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
schematic and large frame (G.30.A)
frame 03 Valve (G.30.A) Control
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
assembly Ride
(A.10.A) control
valve -
Install
Glide
Ride valve
(H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 34

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
Loader (11) All models PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
Mechanical Foot with foot controls HYDRAULIC - General pump - valve -
Control Valve POWER specification of Pressure Remove
SYSTEM - Mechanical Foot test loader
Hydraulic Control Loader (A.10.A) control
schematic Valve (A.10.A) valve
assembly Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve
(H.20.B)
Loader (11) All models PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
Mechanical Hand with hand controls HYDRAULIC - General pump - valve -
Control Valve POWER specification Pressure Remove
SYSTEM - Mechanical Hand test loader
schematic valve on all valve
frame 03 Valve models (A.10.A) (H.20.B)
assembly Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve
(H.20.B)
Secondary (13) PRIMARY
Auxiliary Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Mechanical Single (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
Hydraulic single speed valve
schematic frame brake valve on (D.32.C)
02 Single speed all frames except Control
drive assembly track models valve -
(A.10.A) (D.32.C) Install
Brake
valve
(D.32.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 35

Number) Infor-
mation
(Testing)
2 Speed (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
Mechanical Brake HYDRAULIC - General valve -
Valve POWER specification Remove
SYSTEM - 2speed brake 2speed
Hydraulic valve (D.32.C) brake
schematic frame valve
01 Two speed (D.32.C)
drive assembly Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
2speed
brake
valve
(D.32.C)
Valve POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Valve HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
SYSTEM - High Flow Valve (A.16.A)
Hydraulic (A.10.A) Control
schematic valve -
assembly (A.16.A)
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 36

of hydraulic valves
L213, L215

Name ID Location (Tech Data) tional tic Infor-
(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
POWER specification of the
SYSTEM - EH and Mechanical
Hydraulic boom override
schematic valve on all models
assembly
(A.10.A)
Self Level Valve (10) - 48% PRIMARY Control valve Control
valve HYDRAULIC - General valve -
Hydraulic valve on small valve
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
assembly Ride
(A.10.A) control
valve -
Install
Glide
Ride valve
(H.40.B)
EH Single Speed (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
SYSTEM - the EH single EH brake
Hydraulic speed brake valve valve
schematic on small frame (D.32.C)
frame 01 Single (D.32.C) Control
speed drive valve -
assembly Install
(A.10.A) EH brake
valve
(D.32.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 37

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
EH Control (11) PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
Loader Valve HYDRAULIC - General pump - valve -
Hydraulic Loader Valve for (Machines control
schematic all models (A.10.A) Equipped valve
frame 02 Valve with EH (H.20.B)
(A.10.A) (A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve
(H.20.B)

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
POWER specification of the
SYSTEM - EH and Mechanical
Hydraulic boom override
schematic valve on all models
assembly
(A.10.A)
Self Level Valve (10) - 48% PRIMARY Control valve Control
valve HYDRAULIC - General valve -
Hydraulic valve on small valve
assembly valve -
level valve
(G.30.A)
Glide Ride (9) PRIMARY Control valve Ride
Control Valve HYDRAULIC - General control
assembly Ride
(A.10.A) control
valve -
Install
Glide
Ride valve
(H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 38

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
Foot Control (11) PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
SYSTEM - Mechanical Foot test loader
schematic Valve (A.10.A) valve
assembly Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve
(H.20.B)
Hand Control (11) PRIMARY Control valve Charge Control
POWER specification Pressure Remove
SYSTEM - Mechanical Hand test loader
schematic valve on all models valve
frame 02 Valve (A.10.A) (H.20.B)
assembly Control
(A.10.A) valve -
Install
loader
control
valve
(H.20.B)
Single Speed (3) PRIMARY Control valve Control
Mechanical Brake HYDRAULIC - General valve -
Valve POWER specification of Remove
Hydraulic single speed brake valve
schematic valve on all frames (D.32.C)
frame 01 Single except track Control
speed drive models (D.32.C) valve -
assembly Install
(A.10.A) Brake
valve
(D.32.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 39

of pumps of large frame models
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Component Component Frame Information Functional Diagnostic Ser-

Name ID Location (Tech Data) Informa- vice
(Reference tion (Test-
Number) ing)
46cc EH (4) applicable PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump
Hydrostatic to L223, L225, HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- - Re-
Pump A20VG - L230 models POWER SYSTEM 46cc EH static - Trou- move EH
ET - Hydraulic Hydrostatic bleshooting hydro-
schematic frame pump (C.20.F) (C.20.F) static
01 Two speed pump
drive assembly (C.20.F)
(A.10.A) Pump
- In-
stall EH
hydro-
static
pump
(C.20.F)
46cc EH (4) applicable PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump
Hydrostatic to C232, C238 HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- - Re-
Pump A20VG - models POWER SYSTEM 46cc EH static - Trou- move EH
ET - Hydraulic Hydrostatic bleshooting hydro-
schematic pump (C.20.F) (C.20.F) static
frame 01 Two pump
speed track (C.20.F)
drive assembly Pump
(A.10.A) - In-
stall EH
hydro-
static
pump
(C.20.F)
46cc (2) applicable PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump
Enhanced to L230. HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- - Re-
High Flow POWER SYSTEM 46cc EHF static - Trou- move EH
(EHF) - Hydraulic Hydrostatic bleshooting hydro-
Hydrostatic schematic frame pump, used (C.20.F) static
Pump A20VG - 03 Enhanced with large pump
ET (no charge high flow option frame models. (C.20.F)
pump), used (A.10.A) (C.20.F) Pump
with 53cc EHF - In-
Hydrostatic stall EH
(High hydro-
Pressure) static
Pump - A10VG pump
- EP (C.20.F)
34.1cc (16) PRIMARY PRIMARY
Auxiliary. HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC
Gear Pump POWER SYSTEM POWER
(Standard) - Hydraulic SYSTEM
schematic - General
frame 02 Valve specification of
assembly the 34.1cc gear
(A.10.A) pump (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 40

Number) ing)
High Flow (17) PRIMARY PRIMARY
18.3cc HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC
(Optional) - Hydraulic SYSTEM
schematic - General
frame 02 Valve specification
assembly for the 34.1cc
(A.10.A) Gear pump
with high
flow 18.3cc.
(A.10.A)
schematic - General
(A.10.A) Gear pump
with high
flow 18.3cc.
(A.10.A)
(Optional) POWER SYSTEM POWER
- Hydraulic SYSTEM
schematic - General
(A.10.A) Gear pump
with high
flow 12.5cc.
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 41

Number) ing)
46cc (4) models PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump -
Hydrostatic equipped with HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- Remove
Tandem Pump 2speed POWER SYSTEM 46cc static - Trou- mechan-
MDC Bushed - Hydraulic Hydrostatic bleshooting ical hy-
schematic frame tandem pump, (C.20.F) drostatic
01 Two speed used with large pump
drive assembly frame models. (C.20.F)
(A.10.A) (C.20.F) Pump -
Install
mechan-
ical hy-
drostatic
pump
(C.20.F)
46cc (4) models PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump -
Hydrostatic equipped with HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- Remove
Tandem Pump single speed POWER SYSTEM 46cc static - Trou- mechan-
MDC Bushed - Hydraulic Hydrostatic bleshooting ical hy-
schematic frame tandem pump, (C.20.F) drostatic
02 Single speed used with large pump
drive assembly frame models. (C.20.F)
(A.10.A) (C.20.F) Pump -
Install
mechan-
ical hy-
drostatic
pump
(C.20.F)
Auxiliary. HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC
(Standard) - Hydraulic SYSTEM
schematic - General
frame 03 Valve specification of
assembly the 34.1cc gear
(A.10.A) pump (A.10.A)
schematic - General
(A.10.A) Gear pump
with high
flow 18.3cc.
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 42

Number) ing)
(Optional) POWER SYSTEM POWER
- Hydraulic SYSTEM
schematic - General
(A.10.A) Gear pump
with high
flow 12.5cc.
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 43

of pumps on medium frame models
L218, L220, C227
Component Component Frame Location Informa- Functional Diagnos- Ser-

Name ID tion (Tech tic Infor- vice
(Reference Data) mation
Number) (Testing)
46cc EH (4) applicable PRIMARY HYDRAULIC Pump - Gen- TRANS- Pump
Hydrostatic to C227 POWER SYSTEM - eral specifi- MISSION - Re-
Pump A20VG - models only Hydraulic schematic cation 46cc Hydro- move
ET frame 01 Two speed track EH Hydro- static EH hy-
drive assembly (A.10.A) static pump - Trou- dro-
(C.20.F) bleshoot- static
ing (C.20.F) pump
(C.20.F)
Pump
- In-
stall EH
hydro-
static
pump
(C.20.F)
35cc EH (4) applicable PRIMARY HYDRAULIC Pump - Gen- TRANS- Pump
Hydrostatic to L218, L220 POWER SYSTEM - eral specifi- MISSION - Re-
Pump A20VG - models only Hydraulic schematic cation 35cc Hydro- move
ET frame 01 Two speed drive EH Hydro- static EH hy-
assembly (A.10.A) static pump, - Trou- dro-
used with bleshoot- static
small and ing (C.20.F) pump
medium (C.20.F)
frame mod- Pump
els. (C.20.F) - In-
stall EH
hydro-
static
pump
(C.20.F)
24.9cc (16) applicable PRIMARY HYDRAULIC PRIMARY
Auxiliary Pump to L218, L220 POWER SYSTEM - HYDRAULIC
(Standard) models. Hydraulic schematic POWER
frame 03 Valve assembly SYSTEM
(A.10.A) - General
specifica-
tion for
the 24.9cc
Gear Pump
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 44
Component Component Frame Location Informa- Functional Diagnos- Ser-

Name ID tion (Tech tic Infor- vice
(Reference Data) mation
Number) (Testing)
High Flow 24.9 (17) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC PRIMARY
/ 12.5cc Pump POWER SYSTEM - HYDRAULIC
(Optional) Hydraulic schematic POWER
(A.10.A) - General
specifi-
cation of
the 24.9cc
Gear pump
with high
flow 12.5cc
pump
(A.10.A)
34.1cc (16) applicable PRIMARY HYDRAULIC PRIMARY
Auxiliary. to C227 model. POWER SYSTEM - HYDRAULIC
Gear Pump Hydraulic schematic POWER
(Standard) frame 02 Valve assembly SYSTEM
(A.10.A) - General
specifi-
cation of
the 34.1cc
gear pump
(A.10.A)
High Flow 34.1 (17) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC PRIMARY
/ 12.5 Pump POWER SYSTEM - HYDRAULIC
(Optional) Hydraulic schematic POWER
(A.10.A) - General
For C227 specifica-
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC tion for
POWER SYSTEM - the 34.1cc
Hydraulic schematic Gear pump
frame 03 Enhanced high with high
flow option (A.10.A) flow 18.3cc.
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 45
Component Component Frame Information Functional Diagnostic Service

Name ID Location (Tech Data) Information
(Reference (Testing)
Number)
35cc (4) PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump -
Hydrostatic HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- Remove
Tandem Pump POWER Mechanical static - Trou- mechan-
DDC SYSTEM - controls 35cc bleshooting ical hy-
Hydraulic Hydrostatic (C.20.F) drostatic
schematic tandem pump, pump
frame 02 Single used with small (C.20.F)
speed drive and medium Pump -
assembly frame models. Install
(A.10.A) (C.20.F) mechan-
ical hy-
drostatic
pump
(C.20.F)
35cc (4) PRIMARY Pump - General TRANSMIS- Pump -
Hydrostatic HYDRAULIC specification SION Hydro- Remove
Tandem Pump POWER Mechanical static - Trou- mechan-
DDC SYSTEM - controls 35cc bleshooting ical hy-
Hydraulic Hydrostatic (C.20.F) drostatic
schematic tandem pump, pump
frame 01 Two used with small (C.20.F)
speed drive and medium Pump -
assembly frame models. Install
(A.10.A) (C.20.F) mechan-
ical hy-
drostatic
pump
(C.20.F)
Auxiliary Pump HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC
(Standard) POWER POWER
SYSTEM - SYSTEM
Hydraulic - General
schematic specification
frame 03 Valve for the 24.9cc
assembly Gear Pump
(A.10.A) (A.10.A)
24.9 / 12.5cc HYDRAULIC HYDRAULIC
Gear Pump POWER POWER
(Optional) SYSTEM - SYSTEM
Hydraulic - General
schematic specification
frame 03 Valve of the 24.9cc
assembly Gear pump
(A.10.A) with high flow
12.5cc pump
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 46

of pumps on small frame models
L213, L215
Component Component Frame Location Information Func- Diag- Service

Name ID (Tech Data) tional nostic
(Reference Infor-
Number) mation
(Testing)
35cc (4) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC Pump - General TRANS- Pump -
Hydrostatic POWER SYSTEM - specification MISSION Remove
Tandem Pump Hydraulic schematic Mechanical Hydro- mechan-
DDC frame 01 Single speed controls 35cc static ical hy-
drive assembly (A.10.A) Hydrostatic - Trou- drostatic
tandem pump, bleshoot- pump
used with small ing (C.20.F)
and medium (C.20.F) Pump - In-
frame models. stall me-
(C.20.F) chani-
cal hy-
drostatic
pump
(C.20.F)
20.4 cc (16) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC PRIMARY
Auxiliary POWER SYSTEM - HYDRAULIC
Gear Pump Hydraulic schematic POWER
(Standard) frame 02 Valve SYSTEM
assembly (A.10.A) - General
specification of
the 20.4cc gear
pump (A.10.A)
35cc EH (4) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC Pump - General TRANS- Pump -
tandem pump POWER SYSTEM - specification MISSION Remove
Hydraulic schematic 35cc EH Hydro- EH hy-
frame 01 Single speed Hydrostatic static drostatic
drive assembly (A.10.A) pump, used - Trou- pump
with small bleshoot- (C.20.F)
and medium ing Pump -
frame models. (C.20.F) Install
(C.20.F) EH hy-
drostatic
pump
(C.20.F)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 47

of cylinders on small frame models
L213, L215

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
Loader Arm Left hand tip PRIMARY Cylinder - General
- Hydraulic cylinder (5) - HYDRAULIC specification
Bucket Tip Right hand tip POWER (G.20.A)
Cylinder cylinder (6) SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Loader Arm - Left hand lift PRIMARY Cylinder - General SINGLE Cylinder -
Lift Cylinder cylinder (3) - HYDRAULIC specification ARM Lift - Remove lift
Right hand lift POWER (G.10.A) Not function arm cylinder
cylinder (4) SYSTEM - (Incorrect or (H.40.B)
Hydraulic No Loader Cylinder -
schematic Function) Install lift
frame 02 Valve (H.40.B) arm cylinder
assembly (H.20.B)
(A.10.A)

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
- Hydraulic cylinder (5) - HYDRAULIC specification
Bucket Tip Right hand tip POWER (G.20.A)
Cylinder cylinder (6) SYSTEM -
Hydraulic
schematic
frame 02 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Loader Arm - Left hand lift PRIMARY Cylinder - General SINGLE Cylinder -
Lift Cylinder cylinder (3) - HYDRAULIC specification ARM Lift - Remove lift
Right hand lift POWER (G.10.A) Not function arm cylinder
cylinder (4) SYSTEM - (Incorrect or (H.40.B)
Hydraulic No Loader Cylinder -
schematic Function) Install lift
frame 02 Valve (H.40.B) arm cylinder
assembly (H.20.B)
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 48

of cylinders on medium frames
L218, L220, C227

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
- Hydraulic cylinder (5) HYDRAULIC specification
Bucket Tip - Right hand POWER SYSTEM (G.20.A)
Cylinder tip cylinder (6) - Hydraulic
applicable to schematic
C227 model frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
Loader Arm - Left hand lift PRIMARY Cylinder - General Cylinder
Lift Cylinder cylinder (3) HYDRAULIC specification - Remove
- Right hand POWER SYSTEM (G.10.A) lift arm
lift cylinder (4) - Hydraulic cylinder
applicable to schematic (H.40.B)
C227 model frame 03 Valve Cylinder
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.20.B)
L218 model frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
applicable to POWER SYSTEM (G.10.A) lift arm
L218 and 220 - Hydraulic cylinder
models schematic (H.40.B)
frame 03 Valve Cylinder
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
Loader Arm - Right hand lift PRIMARY Cylinder - General Cylinder
L218 and 220 - Hydraulic cylinder
models schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 49

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
assembly
(A.10.A)
L220 model - Hydraulic cylinder
schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
Hydraulic Left hand PRIMARY Cylinder - General
Coupler coupler HYDRAULIC specification
Cylinders cylinder POWER SYSTEM (J.80.C)
(1) - Right - Hydraulic
hand coupler schematic
cylinder (2) frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 50

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
Loader Arm Left hand tip PRIMARY Cylinder - General Cylinder
- Hydraulic cylinder (5) HYDRAULIC specification - Remove
Bucket Tip - Right hand POWER SYSTEM (G.20.A) lift arm
Cylinder tip cylinder (6) - Hydraulic cylinder
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.20.B)
- Right hand POWER SYSTEM (G.10.A) lift arm
lift cylinder (4) - Hydraulic cylinder
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.20.B)
assembly
(A.10.A)
schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 51

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
schematic (H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
Hydraulic Left hand PRIMARY Cylinder - General
Coupler coupler HYDRAULIC specification
Cylinders cylinder POWER SYSTEM (J.80.C)
(1) - Right - Hydraulic
hand coupler schematic
cylinder (2) frame 03 Valve
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 52

of cylinders on large frame models
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
L223, L225, frame 02 Valve
L230, C232, assembly
C238 models (A.10.A)
L223, L225, - Hydraulic cylinder
L230, C232, schematic (H.40.B)
C238 models frame 02 Valve Cylinder
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
L223, L225, frame 03 Valve
L230, C232, assembly
C238 models (A.10.A)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 53

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
assembly - Install
(A.10.A) lift arm
cylinder
(H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 54

of hydraulic motors
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Component Component Frame Informa- Functional Diagnostic Service

Name ID Location tion (Tech Information
(Reference Data) (Testing)
Number)
EH Track Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - Motor -
Drive, 2 Speed Motor (1), Right HYDRAULIC General Remove track
Motor Hand Motor (2) POWER specification drive motor
SYSTEM - for track (C.20.F)
Hydraulic drive 2 speed Motor -
schematic motor on Install track
frame 01 Two medium and drive motor
speed track large frames (C.20.F)
(A.10.A)
EH 470cc Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - Motor -
2 Speed Motor (1), Right HYDRAULIC General Remove
Hydrostatic Hand Motor (2) POWER specification (C.20.F)
Motor SYSTEM - for EH and Motor - Install
Hydraulic Mechanical (C.20.F)
schematic frame 470cc 2
01 Two speed speed motor
drive assembly on medium
(A.10.A) and large
frames
(C.20.F)
Component Component Frame Informa- Functional Diagnostic Service

Name ID Location tion (Tech Information
(Reference Data) (Testing)
Number)
Mechanical Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - Motor -
470cc 2 Speed Motor (1), Right HYDRAULIC General Remove
Hydrostatic Hand Motor (2) POWER specification (C.20.F)
Motor SYSTEM - for EH and Motor - Install
Hydraulic Mechanical (C.20.F)
schematic frame 470cc 2
01 Two speed speed motor
(A.10.A) and large
frames
(C.20.F)
Mechanical Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - Motor -
470cc Single Motor (1), Right HYDRAULIC General Remove
Speed Hand Motor (2) POWER specification (C.20.F)
Hydrostatic SYSTEM - for Motor - Install
Motor Hydraulic mechanical (C.20.F)
schematic frame 470cc single
02 Single speed speed motor
(A.10.A) and large
frames
(C.20.F)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 55

of hydraulic motors
L218, L220

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
325cc EH 2 Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - General Motor -
Speed Motor Motor (1) - HYDRAULIC specification for Remove
Right Hand POWER 325cc 2 speed (C.20.F)
Motor (2) SYSTEM - motor on medium Motor -
Hydraulic frames (C.20.F) Install
schematic (C.20.F)
frame 01 Two
speed drive
assembly
(A.10.A)
470cc EH Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - General Motor -
2 Speed Motor (1) - HYDRAULIC specification Remove
Hydrostatic Right Hand POWER for EH and (C.20.F)
Motor Motor (2) SYSTEM - Mechanical 470cc Motor -
Hydraulic 2 speed motor on Install
schematic medium and large (C.20.F)
frame 01 Two frames (C.20.F)
speed drive
assembly
(A.10.A)
EH 2 Speed For track units PRIMARY Motor - General Motor -
Track Drive only HYDRAULIC specification Remove
Motor Left Hand POWER for track drive track drive
Motor (1) - SYSTEM - 2 speed motor on motor
Right Hand Hydraulic medium and large (C.20.F)
Motor (2) schematic frames (C.20.F) Motor -
frame 01 Two Install track
speed track drive motor
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 56

(Reference mation
Number) (Testing)
325cc Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - General Motor -
Mechanical Motor (1) - HYDRAULIC specification Remove
Single Speed Right Hand POWER for EH and (C.20.F)
Motor Motor (2) SYSTEM - Mechanical 325cc Motor -
Hydraulic single speed Install
schematic motor on medium (C.20.F)
frame 02 Single and small frame
speed drive models (C.20.F)
assembly
(A.10.A)
Mechanical2 Motor (1) - HYDRAULIC specification Remove
Speed Motor Right Hand POWER for EH and (C.20.F)
Motor (2) SYSTEM - Mechanical 325cc Motor -
Hydraulic single speed Install
schematic motor on medium (C.20.F)
frame 02 Single and small frame
assembly
(A.10.A)
Mechanical Motor (1) - HYDRAULIC specification for Remove
Single Speed Right Hand POWER mechanical 470cc (C.20.F)
Hydrostatic Motor (2) SYSTEM - single speed Motor -
Motor (SR200) Hydraulic motor on medium Install
schematic and large frames (C.20.F)
frame 02 Single (C.20.F)
speed drive
assembly
(A.10.A)
2 Speed Right Hand POWER for EH and (C.20.F)
Hydrostatic Motor (2) SYSTEM - Mechanical 470cc Motor -
Motor Hydraulic 2 speed motor on Install
schematic medium and large (C.20.F)
frame 01 Two frames (C.20.F)
speed drive
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 57

of hydraulic motors on small frame models
L213, L215
Component Component Frame Information Functional Diagnos- Service

Name ID Location (Tech Data) tic Informa-
Number) ing)
Single Speed Right Hand POWER for EH and (C.20.F)
Motor Motor (2) SYSTEM - Mechanical Motor - Install
Hydraulic 325cc single (C.20.F)
schematic speed motor on
frame 02 medium and
Single small frame
assembly
(A.10.A)
325cc EH Left Hand PRIMARY Motor - General Motor -
Single Speed Motor (1) - HYDRAULIC specification Remove
Motor Right Hand POWER for EH and (C.20.F)
Motor (2) SYSTEM - Mechanical Motor - Install
Hydraulic 325cc single (C.20.F)
schematic speed motor on
frame 01 medium and
Single small frame
assembly
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 58
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 59
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic

frame 01 Two speed drive assembly
(1) Right hand motor (3) Brake / shift manifold

(2) Left hand motor (4) Hydrostatic pump
(A) To case drain tube (B) Charge pressure to port
lock
(C) Crossover pump suction (D) Charge pump suction line
line
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 60
231102461A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 61
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame

02 Single speed drive assembly

(A) To case drain tube (B) Charge pressure to port lock
(C) Crossover pump suction line (D) Charge pump suction line
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 62
231102463A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 63

03 Valve assembly
L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical
hydraulic controls
(1) Left hand hydraulic coupler (10) Self level

cylinder
(2) Right hand hydraulic coupler (11) Loader valve
cylinder
(3) Left hand lift cylinder (12) High flow valve
(4) Right hand lift cylinder (13) Secondary auxiliary valve
(5) Left hand bucket tip cylinder (14) Hydraulic oil supply filter
(6) Right hand bucket tip cylinder (15) Oil cooler
(7) P/O double check valve (16) Auxiliary pump
(8) Hydraulic coupler valve (17) High flow pump
(9) Ride control (18) Boom override valve
(A) Case drain from pumps and (B) Charge pressure for port lock
motors
(E) Pilot control pressure from
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 64
231102454B 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 65
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 04

Enhanced high flow option
L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls
(1) High flow pump (2) Hydrostatic pump

(Pin) Flow to EH loader valve - PIN (E) Charge pump suction line
main
(X) Reservoir suction line (B) To case drain tube
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 66
23112911 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 67

Two speed drive assembly
(1) Right hand motor (3) Brake / shift manifold 2 spd

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 68
231102459A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 69

L213 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L215 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 70
231102457A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 71

03 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 72
231102449A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 73

Two speed track drive assembly

brake / shift / EH valve
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 74
23112910 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 75

02 Valve assembly
L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls,
C238 Electro hydraulic controls

cylinder
cylinder
motors
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 76
231102455 C 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 77


main
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 78
231102430B 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 79

L223, L225, L230

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 80
231102462A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 81

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 82
231102455 C 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 83


main
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 84
231102430B 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 85


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 86
231102460A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 87


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 88
231102458A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 89

03 Valve assembly
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 90
231102450A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 91


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 92
231102457A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 93

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 94
231102449A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 95


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 96
231102458A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 97

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 98
231102450A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 99
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 100
Control valve - Overview Loader Lift Control - Overview

The loader arm can be raised and lowered by the operator with proportional flow control to the loader arm cylinders
via the dedicated valve section.
In ISO mode, (EH only) the loader arm is raised by pulling the right joystick handle rearward toward the operator and
lowered by pushing the handle forward away from the operator. The further the joystick is actuated away from its
spring-centred neutral position, the faster the loader arm moves.
In H-Pattern (EH and mechanical hand controls) the loader arm is raised by pushing the left joystick handle to the left
and lowered by pulling the handle towards to the right. The further the joystick is actuated away from its spring-centred
neutral position, the faster the loader arm moves.
For Foot Controls, the loader arm is raised by pushing down on the back of the left foot pedal and lowered by pushing
the left foot pedal forward. The further the pedal is actuated away from its spring centered neutral position, the faster
the loader arm moves.
The loader arm can be controlled only if all of the following conditions are met:
Operator Present
Operator restraint engaged
The door is closed (if equipped)
The ignition is on
Hydraulics is enabled
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 101
231102461A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 61


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 62
231102463A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 63

03 Valve assembly
L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical
hydraulic controls

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 64
231102454B 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 65

L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls

main
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 66
23112911 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 67

(1) Right hand motor (3) Brake / shift manifold 2 spd

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 68
231102459A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 69


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 70
231102457A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 71

03 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 72
231102449A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 73

Two speed track drive assembly

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 74
23112910 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 75

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 76
231102455 C 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 77


main
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 78
231102430B 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 79

L223, L225, L230

84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 80
231102462A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 81

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 82
231102455 C 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 83


main
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 84
231102430B 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 85


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 86
231102460A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 87


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 88
231102458A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 89

03 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 90
231102450A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 91


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 92
231102457A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 93

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 94
231102449A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 95


84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 96
231102458A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 97

02 Valve assembly

cylinder
cylinder
motors
charge pump
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 98
231102450A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 99
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 100
Control valve - Overview Loader bucket control

The loader bucket can be dumped and rolled back by the operator with proportional flow control to the bucket tilt
cylinders via the dedicated valve section. When shaking the bucket the software will enhance the movement of the
bucket.
For ISO and H-Pattern, (EH and mechanical hand controls) the loader bucket is dumped by moving the right joystick
handle to the right and rolled back by moving the right joystick handle to the left. The further the right joystick is
actuated away from the spring centred neutral position, the faster the bucket rolls.
For Foot Control, the loader bucket is dumped by pressing the right foot pedal forward and rolled back by pressing
the right foot pedal backward. The further the pedal is actuated away from the spring centered neutral position, the
faster the bucket rolls.
The loader bucket can be controlled only if all of the following conditions are met:
Operator Present
Operator restraint engaged
Door is closed (if equipped)
Ignition is on
Hydraulics Enabled
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 102
Control valve - Overview Loader arm float

Float mode is enabled by a fourth position in the loader arm spool which opens a flow-path between both ends of
the loader arm cylinders and the tank. This flow path enables the loader arm to be lowered to the ground by relying
on gravity rather than on pump flow. Additionally, float allows the loader arm to move freely up and down as it skids
across the ground, and thus to “float” over, or follow the contour of the ground while the vehicle is moving.
In ISO or H- Pattern (EH only), loader arm float is enabled by depressing and holding the thumb button on the right
hand handle while actuating the loader arm control a minimum of half or more in the “lower” direction. Once in float,
the switch and handle can be returned to neutral if desired and unit will remain in float. If handle is subsequently
moved in the lower direction unit will also remain in float. To cancel float after initiation move the loader control in the
“raise” direction.
To place the loader arm in float with mechanical hand controls, move the left hand joystick to the right (center of unit)
past the detent near the end of travel. Loader arm will remain in float until the joystick is moved to the left (outside)
past the detent (into power down range) and returned to neutral.
To place the loader arm in float with mechanical foot controls, push forward on the front of the left foot pedal into the
detent position near the end of travel. The loader arm will remain in float until the left pedal is pressed on the back of
the pedal with enough force to move past the detent (into power down range) and return to neutral.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 103
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning

1. Prepare the portable filter CAS10162A by doing the
following steps:
(A) Remove all the hydraulic oil from the inlet and
outlet hoses for the portable filter.
(B) Remove the filter element from the portable filter.
(C) Remove all hydraulic oil from the portable filter.
(D) Clean the inside of the housing for the filter ele-
ment.
(E) Install a new filter element in the portable filter.
2. Determine whether the contamination is micro-
scopic or visible. Refer to: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM - Overview of Contaminates
(A.10.A)
3. If the contamination is microscopic:
(A) Check the maintenance schedule for the ma-
chine to learn if the hydraulic oil must be changed.
If necessary, change the hydraulic oil. Change the
hydraulic filter.
(B) Do steps 6 through 37.
4. If the contamination is visible, do the following steps:
(A) Change the hydraulic oil and hydraulic filter.
(B) Do steps 5 through 37.
5. Check the amount of contamination in the hydraulic
system by doing the following steps:
(A) Disassemble one cylinder in two different circuits.
Check for damage to seals, scoring of the cylinder
wall, etc. Repair the cylinders as necessary.
(B) If, in your judgment, the damage to the cylin-
ders was caused by severe contamination and is
not the result of normal wear, it is necessary to re-
move, clean and repair all valves, pumps, lines, cylin-
ders, hydraulic reservoir, etc. in the hydraulic sys-
tem. To clean the lines refer to the following pro-
cedure: TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Cleaning
(C.20.F)
6. Remove the cap from the reservoir and install the
adapter CAS1871 on the reservoir.
7. Connect the vacuum pump CAS10192 to the adapter
CAS1871. Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A)
8. Start the vacuum pump.
9. The hydraulic reservoir is located at the rear of the
machine. Loosen and remove the drain plug from
the reservoir.
10. Using the fitting kit CAS10508, install the valve in the
hole for the drain plug. Make sure that the valve is
closed.
11. Stop the vacuum pump.
12. Connect the inlet hose for the portable filter to the
valve that is installed in the hole for the drain plug.
13. Disconnect the vacuum pump and remove CAS1871
adapter from reservoir.
14. Install the outlet hose for the portable filter in the hy-
draulic reservoir filler neck.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 104
15. Open the valve that is installed in the hole for the
drain plug.
(A) Check fluid level in reservoir. Add if necessary.
16. Move the switch for the portable filter to the ON po-
sition.
17. Start and run the engine at half throttle.
18. Run the portable filter for 10 minutes with the engine
running at half throttle.
19. Continue to run the portable filter. Increase the en-
gine speed to full throttle. Do the following to heat
the oil to operating temperature:
(A) Increase the engine speed to full throttle.
(B) Hold the bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK
position for five seconds.
(C) Return the bucket control lever in the NEUTRAL
position for five seconds.
(D) Repeat steps 19B and 19C until the oil is at op-
erating temperature; 49 - 66 °C (120 - 150 °F).
20. With the engine running at full throttle and the
portable filter running, completely extend and retract
the lift cylinders and the bucket cylinders. Continue
to operate the cylinders, one after the other for 30
minutes.
NOTE: If the filter light in the machine illuminates, stop the engine, change the filter, then continue with procedure.
21. Decrease the engine speed to low idle.
22. Continue to run the portable filter for 10 minutes.
During this time, move the hose up and down to help
mix the oil in the reservoir.
23. Stop the portable filter.
24. Stop the engine.
25. Remove the hose from the hydraulic reservoir.
26. Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A)
27. Close the valve that is installed in the hole for the
drain plug.
28. Disconnect the inlet hose for the portable filter from
the valve.
30. Remove the valve from the hole for the drain plug.
31. Install and tighten the drain plug.
33. Disconnect the vacuum pump from the opening in the
reservoir.
34. Install new hydraulic filter elements on the machine.
35. Start the engine. Check for oil leakage around the
new hydraulic filter.
37. Check the level of the oil in the reservoir and add oil
as required. Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 105
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut. Remove the
retaining pin and place the support strut onto the cylinder rod. Install the retaining pin into the support
strut. Lower the lift arms onto the support strut.
W0230A
1. Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm (r/min).

2. Completely retract all attachment cylinders on the
machine. Stop the engine.
3. Depress the auxiliary hydraulic interlock override but-
ton, and leave the seat within 30 s. Move each con-
trol lever in both directions to release pressure in the
hydraulic circuits.
4. Loosen and remove the filler cap from the reservoir.
5. Drain the hydraulic oil from the reservoir.
(A) Have available acceptable equipment to drain the
hydraulic oil.
(B) Remove the drain plug from the bottom of the
reservoir.
6. Remove the hydraulic filter element from the ma-
chine.
7. Install new hydraulic filter element on the machine.
8. Install the drain plug in the bottom of the reservoir.
9. Fill the hydraulic reservoir. Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A)
10. Disconnect the line from the ROD end and BARREL
end of each cylinder.
11. Be sure all control levers are in the NEUTRAL posi-
tion.
12. Start and run the engine at low idle.
NOTICE: Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir fre-
quently while doing step 13. Have another person hold a
container under the hydraulic lines while you do step 13.
13. Slowly move the control lever for each bucket and
lift cylinders in both directions until oil begins to flow
from the open line. Hold the control lever in place
until clean oil flows from the open line.
15. Connect the system line to the BARREL end of each
cylinder.
16. Connect a suitable drain line to the ROD end of each
cylinder and place the other end in an acceptable
container for contaminated oil.
17. Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 106
18. Slowly and completely extend all cylinders. As the

piston rod comes in/out of the cylinder, oil will be
pushed out of the ROD end of the cylinders.
NOTICE: Any attachment or part of an attachment that is
raised must be supported with acceptable equipment to
prevent the attachment from falling.
19. Support any attachments that will be in the RAISED
position.
21. Disconnect the drain lines and connect the system
lines to the cylinders.
22. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add oil
as required.
23. Install the filler cap on the reservoir.
24. Remove the hydraulic filter element from the ma-
chine.
25. Install a new hydraulic filter element on the machine.
26. Start and run the engine at 1500 RPM, operate each
hydraulic circuit to completely extend and retract the
cylinders.
27. Stop the engine and check for leaks. Check the oil
level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add oil as required.
Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 107
Relief valve - Flow test Loader main relief valve

1. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the
loader bucket to the floor. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect the hose from the fitting on the pressure
port (1) of the hydraulic pump. Install a T fitting at the
pressure port (1) on the hydraulic pump. Reconnect
the pressure hose to one side of the T fitting. Con-
nect the flowmeter inlet hose to the remaining con-
nection on the T fitting. Place the flowmeter outlet
hose into the reservoir. Secure the outlet hose to the
reservoir so that the hose is submerged below the
surface of the hydraulic oil.
3. Make sure that the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir
is correct.
4. The oil must be at operating temperature. If the oil
is not at operating temperature, run the engine at
full throttle. Hold the auxiliary hydraulic flow control
pedal in the ON position and close the pressure valve
of the flowmeter until the pressure gauge indicates
103 bar (1500 psi). Continue to run the engine at
full throttle until the temperature of the oil is 52°C
(125°F). Open the pressure valve of the flowmeter
fully.
5. Continue to hold the auxiliary hydraulic flow control
pedal in the ON position. Continue to run the engine
at full throttle. Slowly close the pressure valve of
the flow meter. As the pressure increases, the flow
indication will decrease slowly. As you continue to
close the pressure valve, you will reach a point at
which the flow indication begins to decrease rapidly.
This is the point at which the main relief valve starts
to open. Read the pressure gauge and record the
reading as test number 5.
6. Continue to close the pressure valve until the indi-
cation of the flow gauge is zero. This is the point at
which the main relief valve is completely open. Read
the pressure gauge and record the reading as test
number 6.
7. Open the pressure valve completely. Decrease the
engine speed to low idle and stop the engine.
8. Refer to specifications Control valve - General
specification (A.10.A) Control valve - General
specification (A.10.A) If the pressure setting of the
main relief valve is not within the specifications, you
must replace the main relief valve.
9. If you replaced the main relief valve, repeat steps 5
through 7.
10. If the completely open pressure (step 6) is as spec-
ified, but the pressure at which the main relief valve
begins to open (step 5) is 185 bar (2650 psi) or less,
the main relief valve is damaged and must be re-
placed before you do further testing.
NOTE: Understanding the results of the tests are outlined
in the steps below.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 108
11. Refer to Hydraulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A) Hy-

draulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A) If the flow indica-
tion for a circuit was approximately the same as the
flow indication at the same pressure in Test Number 1
of the Hydraulic Pump Flow Test , the circuit is good.
12. If the flow indication for a circuit was more than 3.8
L/min (one gpm) less than the flow indication at
the same pressure in Hydraulic pump - Flow test
(A.10.A) Test Number 1, there is leakage in that
circuit.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 109
Relief valve - Pressure test Loader valve main relief

CAS1808
NOTE: Flat face couplers are not included with the CAS-1808 Flowmeter Fitting Kit or the CAS-1804 Pressure Test
Fitting Kit.
loader bucket to the floor.
2. The oil must be at operating temperature. To heat
the oil, do the following steps:
A. With the engine running at full throttle, hold the
bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK position for
10 seconds.
B. Put the bucket control lever in the NEUTRAL po-
sition for 10 seconds.
C. Repeat steps A and B until the temperature of the
oil is 52° C (125° F) or the side of the reservoir is very
warm.
3. Use a pressure gauge with a capacity of at least 276
bar (4000 psi). Connect the pressure gauge to one
of the auxiliary hydraulic couplers on the left hand
loader arm.
4. Run the engine at full throttle. Actuate the auxil-
iary hydraulic flow control pedal to pressurize the hy-
draulic line which has the pressure gauge. Record
the indication on the pressure gauge. Then return
the auxiliary hydraulic flow control pedal to the Neu-
tral position and decrease the engine speed to low
idle. Stop the engine.
5. Compare the indication with the specification. Con-
trol valve - General specification (A.10.A) If the in-
dication is not correct, replace the main relief valve.
Then do the pressure check again to make sure that
the setting is correct.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 110
Hydraulic pump - Flow test Loader hydraulic pump

NOTE: Two persons are required to perform the flowmeter tests for safety to avoid possible injury. One person must
be seated in the operators seat when the engine is running. The second person is to control the flowmeter and take
the readings.
loader bucket to the floor. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect the hose from the loader pump pressure
port (1) at Test Point 1. Install a plug in the hose.
Connect the flowmeter inlet hose to the fitting at the
pressure port (1) of the pump. If equipped with high
flow, disconnect the hose from the high flow pressure
port (2). Install a plug in the hose. Connect a second
flowmeter inlet hose to the fitting at the pressure port
(2) of the pump.
NOTE: The first picture is for models equipped with a hy-
draulic gear pump only. The second picture is for models
equipped with a hydraulic gear pump with high flow option.
931002073 1
931001956 2
3. Put the flowmeter outlet hose into the hydraulic reser-

voir. Use wire to fasten the flowmeter outlet hose be-
low the surface of the hydraulic oil.
4. Make sure that the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir
is correct.
5. Make sure that the pressure valve of the flowmeter
is opened completely.
6. The oil must be at operating temperature. If the oil
is not at operating temperature, run the engine at full
throttle and close the pressure valve of the flowmeter
until the pressure gauge indicates 103 bar (1500 psi).
Continue to run the engine at full throttle until the
temperature of the oil is 52°C (125°F). Then open
the pressure valve completely.
7. Make sure that the pressure valves are opened com-
pletely. Adjust the engine speed to 2300 r/min (rpm)
and read the flow gauge. Read the flow and record
the reading as test number 1 .
8. Slowly close the pressure valve on the flowmeter on
the loader pump until the pressure gauge indicates
97 bar (1400 psi). Keep the engine running at 2300
r/min (rpm). Read the flow and record the reading as
test number 2 .
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 111
9. Slowly close the pressure valve on the flowmeter un-

til the pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800 psi).
Keep the engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read
the flow and record the reading as test number 3.
10. Slowly close the pressure valve on the flowmeter un-
Keep the engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read
the flow and record the reading as test number 4.
11. Open the pressure valve completely. If the high flow
pump is installed, repeat steps 8 thru 10 on the high
flow section. Then decrease the engine speed to low
idle and stop the engine.
in the steps below.
12. If the output at minimum pressure was less than
the specification for Gear Pump Flow to Loader
(Machine in Neutral) refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specifi-
cation (A.10.A), the problem can be a restriction
between the reservoir and the gear pump, or the
problem can be a badly worn or damaged gear
pump.
13. If the output at minimum pressure was more
than the specification refer to PRIMARY HY-
DRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specifica-
tion (A.10.A), there are no problems between the
reservoir and the gear pump. However, the gear
pump can be worn or damaged and still have good
flow at minimum pressure.
14. Loss of output at 152 bar (2200 psi) indicates that
the gear pump is worn or damaged. To determine
the efficiency of the gear pump, divide the flow indi-
cation from test number 4 by the flow indication from
test number 1. This answer multiplied by 100 is the
percent efficiency of the gear pump. If the efficiency
of the gear pump is less than 70%, repair or replace
the gear pump. If the efficiency of the gear pump is
more than 70%, the pump is good.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 112
Hydraulic pump - Install

NOTE: Before pump installation, apply Molykote G-4700 (P/N 86983138) to the pump and the coupling splines. Pre-fill
the pump with clean hydraulic oil. Inspect O-ring on the pump pilot and replace if necessary. Lubricate the O-ring with
clean hydraulic oil.
1. Hold the pump in the mounting location. Rotate the
gear pump shaft until it aligns with the coupling (1)
splines at the rear of the hydrostatic pump. Shown
with call out (X) After the splines are aligned, move
the pump inward until the mounting flange is flush
with the mounting surface of the hydrostatic pump.
93111555A 1
2. Apply Loctite 243 to the pump mounting bolts (4). In-

stall washers on the bolts and install the bolts into the
pump mounting flange. Tighten the mounting bolts .
931001928 2
3. Connect gear pump hydraulic hoses (A) and (B), as

shown.
931001956 3
4. Connect the gear pump supply hose (1) and tighten

hose clamp.
931001955 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 113
5. Connect case drain hose (2) and secure with clamp.
931001963 5
6. Connect hydraulic hose (3), as shown.
931001972 6
7. Connect left hand side drive motor hoses (C) and (D).
931001971 7
8. Connect right hand side motor hoses (5) and (6).
931001970 8
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 114
9. Connect the top hydraulic hose (7).
931001966 9
10. Connect the oil supply hose (8) and tighten hose
clamp.
931001965 10
11. Connect right hand side hydraulic tube (9).
931001964 11
12. Connect charge pressure switch (10) and secure

with nut.
931001963 12
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 115
13. Connect the right hand side back up alarm connec-

tions (11).
931001962 13
14. Connect the left hand side back up alarm connec-

tions (12).
931002115 14
15. Connect the control wires (E) and (F) located on the
bottom of pumps.
931001961 15
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 116
Charge pump - Pressure test

Testing the low-pressure charge system is safer and usually more informative than going into the high-pressure test
ports. To obtain as much system information as possible, charge pressure readings must be taken in neutral as well
as working the system in both the forward and reverse directions.
With the system in neutral, only charge pressure is present in the closed loop. At this time, the leakage from the
system is the least and the charge pressure is the highest. As the system is pressurized, the leakage from the system
will increase and the charge pump flow will make up for this leakage. With more of the charge pump oil flowing to
the closed loop, less oil will flow across the charge pressure relief valve, and therefore the pressure will be slightly
less. If the leakage from the system is excessive, the charge pressure will drop off more. This slight drop in charge
pressure between the system in neutral and with the system under load indicates the condition of the closed loop
system components.
1. Raise and securely block the unit off the ground.

2. Remove the brake release lines from the tee fitting
that connects to the B port (1) of the brake valve (2)
and cap lines.
931002074 1
3. Cap the tee fitting that connects to the B port of the

brake valve.
4. Connect a 4,137 kPa (41 bar) (600 psi) pressure
gauge to the charge pressure test port. Remove the
hose from the tee fitting and install a 4,137 kPa(600
psi) pressure gauge.
5. If the hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature,
run the engine at full throttle and hold the bucket con-
trol lever in the ROLLBACK position for 30 seconds.
Then return the bucket control lever to NEUTRAL for
15 seconds. Repeat this cycle until the temperature
of the oil is at least 52°C (125°F).
6. Continue to run the engine at full throttle. Read
the pressure gauge and record the Charge Pressure
reading. Stop the engine.
7. The pressure reading must be 25 - 28 bar (362 - 410
psi) or the relief valve must be adjusted with shims.
8. If the pressure is correct, go to step 10. If the pres-
sure is not correct, loosen the cap on the hydraulic
reservoir. Remove the plug, shim(s), spring, and
poppet for the charge pressure relief valve.
9. Inspect the parts of the charge relief valve. If the
parts are good, add shim(s) from the shim kit, refer
to parts manual, and repeat steps 5 through 9 until
the pressure is correct.
NOTICE: For the following test the machine MUST be
raised up on supports until the tires are above the floor.
This is a safety procedure if the hydraulic parking brakes
fail to hold.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 117
10. After you get the correct charge pressure in NEU-

TRAL, do the following steps:
A. Start and run the engine at low idle. Increase
the engine speed to full throttle. If equipped with
2 speed, shift into transport (high) range. Slowly
move one of the direction control levers FORWARD
to load the hydrostatic piston pump and drive mo-
tor without decreasing the engine speed. DO NOT
Lug the Engine. Reduced engine speed causes de-
creased charge pump flow, which will affect the pres-
sure readings. Repeat for the opposite side (only
move one lever at a time).
B. Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must be
within 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) of the pressure in
step 6.
C. Repeat Steps A and B with the direction control
levers in REVERSE.
Interpretation of the results:
Once the charge pressure meets specifications with
the levers in the neutral position, compare the pres-
sure readings under load with the neutral readings.
The readings should be highest with the levers in the
NEUTRAL position, for this is when the direct act-
ing charge relief has to handle the greatest amount
of oil flow. The maximum difference in charge pres-
sure readings between the system in neutral and
the system loaded in both directions must be not
greater than 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi). Any differ-
ence greater than 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) indicates
excessive leakage from the closed loop, which will
require repair.
NOTE: The charge pressure drop indicates internal leak-
age from the system with the system under load. This is
caused by less oil flowing over the charge relief and there-
fore, the lower pressure. Excessive leakage (greater than
138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) will result in slower drive speed
on that side of the machine, but depending on what is dam-
aged in the system, the leakage may only show up under
heavy load conditions.
NOTE: To determine if the problem is in the pump or the
motor do the following:
11. On the side (left or right) that the charge pressure
dropped more than 138kPa (1.5 bar) (20psi), cap the
two high-pressure lines that supply the drive motor.
The lines can be capped at either the pump or at the
motor, which ever is easiest.
NOTE: The charge pressure drop indicates internal leakage from the system with the system under load. This is
caused by less oil flowing over the charge relief and therefore, the lower pressure. Excessive leakage (greater than
138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) will result in slower drive speed on that side of the machine, but depending on what is
damaged in the system, the leakage may only show up under heavy load conditions.
12. With the lines capped to the drive motor, start and run
the engine at low idle. Increase the engine speed
to full throttle. Slowly move the direction control
lever that is being tested FORWARD to load the hy-
drostatic piston pump without decreasing the engine
speed. DO NOT Lug the Engine. Reduced engine
speed causes decreased charge pump flow, which
will affect the pressure readings.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 118
13. Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must be
step 6.
14. Repeat Steps 11 and 12 with the direction control
levers in REVERSE.
Interpretation of the results with the two high-pres-
sure lines capped to the drive motors:
If the charge pressure drops more than 138 kPa (1.5
bar) (20 psi) of the pressure in step 6, the leakage is
in the pump.
Remember that this is a closed loop hydrostatic sys-
tem. If one component fails, the debris will be sent
directly to the mating component and cause damage.
As this damage progresses, contamination will return
to the reservoir through the case drain system. At
the very least once a failure has occurred, the mat-
ing component in the hydrostatic system must be in-
spected for damage. If any contamination has been
returned to the reservoir, tear down and inspection
of both complete closed loop systems is necessary
since the same charge pump feeds them. Also, be-
cause the hydraulic system shares the reservoir with
the hydrostatic system, all lines, and components
must be thoroughly cleaned to prevent contamina-
tion from reentering the repaired system.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 119
Charge pump - Pressure test (Machines Equipped with EH Controls)

gauge to test port, (1) see next figure.
This is a safety procedure if the parking brakes fail to hold.
NOTE: You will need two people to perform this test. The
operator seat must be in the raised position to gain access
to the hydrostatic pump.
20111248 1
2. If the hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature run

the engine at full throttle and hold the bucket con-
3. Continue to run the engine at full throttle. Read
the pressure gauge and record the Charge Pressure
reading. Stop the engine.
4. The pressure must be a minimum of 2,413 kPa (24
bar) (350 psi) at full throttle.
5. If the pressure is correct go to step 7. If the pressure
is not correct loosen the cap on the hydraulic reser-
voir. Remove the plug, shim(s), spring, and poppet
for the charge relief valve. See figure below.
6. Inspect the parts of the charge relief valve (1). If the
parts are good, add shim(s) from the shim kit and
repeat steps 1 through 4 until the pressure is correct.
20111248 2
7. After you get the correct charge pressure in NEU-

TRAL, do the following steps.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 120
8. (A.) Start and run the engine at low idle. Engage the
parking brake. If equipped with 2 speed, shift into
transport (high) range.
(B.) Increase the engine speed to full throttle. Slowly
move the ground drive control lever FORWARD to
load the hydraulic piston pumps without decreasing
the engine speed.
(C.) Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must
be within 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) of the pressure
in step 3.
(D.) Repeat Steps B and C with the ground drive
control lever in REVERSE position.
Interpretation of the results:
Once the charge pressure meets specifications with
the levers in the neutral position, compare the pres-
sure readings under load with the neutral readings.
The readings should be highest with the levers in the
NEUTRAL position, for this is when the direct act-
ing charge relief has to handle the greatest amount
of oil flow. The maximum difference in charge pres-
sure readings between the system in neutral and
the system loaded in both directions must be not
greater than 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi). Any differ-
ence greater than 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) indicates
excessive leakage from the closed loop, which will
require repair.
NOTE: The charge pressure drop indicates internal leak-
age from the system with the system under load. This is
caused by less oil flowing over the charge relief and there-
fore, the lower pressure. Excessive leakage (greater than
138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) will result in slower drive speed
on that side of the machine, but depending on what is dam-
aged in the system, the leakage may only show up under
heavy load conditions.
NOTE: To determine if the problem is in the pump or the
motor do the following:
9. On the side (left or right) that the charge pressure
dropped more than 138kPa (1.5 bar) (20psi), cap the
two high-pressure lines that supply the drive motor.
The lines can be capped at either the pump or at the
motor, which ever is easiest.
10. With the lines capped to the drive motor, start and run
the engine at low idle. Increase the engine speed
to full throttle. Slowly move the direction control
lever that is being tested FORWARD to load the hy-
drostatic piston pump without decreasing the engine
speed. DO NOT Lug the Engine. Reduced engine
speed causes decreased charge pump flow, which
will affect the pressure readings.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 121
11. Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must be

step 3.
12. Repeat Steps 9 and 10 with the direction control
levers in REVERSE.
Interpretation of the results with the two high-pres-
sure lines capped to the drive motors:
If the charge pressure drops more than 138 kPa (1.5
bar) (20 psi) of the pressure in step 3, the leakage is
in the pump.
Remember that this is a closed loop hydrostatic sys-
tem. If one component fails, the debris will be sent
directly to the mating component and cause damage.
As this damage progresses, contamination will return
to the reservoir through the case drain system. At
the very least once a failure has occurred, the mat-
ing component in the hydrostatic system must be in-
spected for damage. If any contamination has been
returned to the reservoir, tear down and inspection
of both complete closed loop systems is necessary
since the same charge pump feeds them. Also, be-
cause the hydraulic system shares the reservoir with
the hydrostatic system, all lines, and components
must be thoroughly cleaned to prevent contamina-
tion from reentering the repaired system.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 122
Reservoir - Apply vacuum

1. Remove the cap from the hydraulic reservoir.
2. Install an adapter cap CAS1871 on the filler neck.
3. Connect the vacuum pump CAS10193 to the
adapter.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 123
Reservoir - Filling
1. Lower the loader lift arms to the ground and shut off
the engine.
2. Clean the reservoir filler cap and the area around the
filler cap with cleaning solvent.
3. Turn the filler cap 1/2 turn to relieve air pressure from
the reservoir. Do not remove the filler cap from the
reservoir until the pressure is relieved.
4. Remove the filler cap from the reservoir.
5. Add the correct oil, CNH MAT3509, to the reservoir
until the proper oil level in the reservoir is established.
Fill the reservoir until the oil level is at the midpoint
of the sight gauge. Install the reservoir cap.
6. Start and run the engine and operate the hydraulics.
Lower the loader lift arms to the ground. Stop the
engine and check the oil level in the reservoir. Add
oil as required.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 124
Reservoir - Visual inspection

1. Check the reservoir for wear, cracks, and leaks. Re-
pair as required.
NOTICE: Do not modify the strainer, as any material that
gets past the strainer can go directly to the gear pump,
control valve, cylinders, and auxiliary hydraulic attachment
and cause major damage to these components.
2. Inspect the strainer. Remove and replace if the
strainer is dirty or clogged.
3. Inspect the return line port, and suction line port, for
cracks and debris buildup. Repair as required.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 125
Filter - Remove
Prior operation:
Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A).
1. The filter base can be removed by opening the rear

door and lifting the rear engine hood. Loosen and
remove the filter element (1) from the filter base.
2. Remove the ground wire (2).
93107491 1
3. Remove the inlet, (3), and outlet, (4), oil lines and
cap to prevent loss of oil.
4. Stop vacuum pump.
5. Loosen and remove the filter base mounting bolts (5).
93106865 2
6. Remove the filter base assembly from the unit.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 126
Filter - Install
Prior operation:
Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A).
1. Reinstall the filter base with the hardware previously

removed (1). Torque the mounting hardware to 20
Nm ( 15 lb ft).
93106865 1
2. Reinstall the hydraulic lines (2) and (3) and tighten

the lines to seat line on fittings; loosen and re-torque.
93107491 2
3. Stop vacuum pump.

4. Connect the ground wire (4) to the filter sensor.
93106865 3
5. Coat the seal ring on a new filter element with clean

10W-30 oil, and tighten the new filter element hand
tight 23.0 - 17.6 N·m (17 - 13 lb ft) .
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 127
Oil cooler - Remove for models equipped with ISM engine

L213, L215, L218, L220
Prior operation:
Radiator - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir by removing drain plug

(1).
931001657 1
2. If required, remove fan shroud mounting hardware

(1).
931001660 2
3. Remove engine oil dip stick mounting bolt (1).
931001661 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 128
4. Remove coolant overflow hose (1) and tank bracket

(2).
931001662 4
5. Remove fan shroud (1).
931002064 5
6. Label and disconnect cooler hydraulic lines (1) and

cap open ports.
931001666 6
7. Remove oil cooler mounting hardware (1) from both

left and right hand sides.
931001665 7
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 129
8. Remove oil cooler (1) from the machine.
931001667 8
Next operation:
Oil cooler - Install for machines equipped with ISM engine (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 130
Oil cooler - Install for machines equipped with ISM engine

L213, L215, L218, L220
Prior operation:
Oil cooler - Remove for models equipped with ISM engine (A.10.A)
1. Position oil cooler (1) in proper mounting location.
931001667 1
2. Install oil cooler mounting hardware (1) on both left

and right hand sides. Tighten hardware to standard
torque.
931001665 2
3. Connect oil cooler hydraulic lines (1) to correct ports.

Tighten fittings to standard torque.
931001666 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 131
4. Install fan shroud (1) and center on fan for consistent

gap of 9 mm (0.4 in) around entire circumference.
931002064 4
5. Install coolant over flow hose and wire ties (1). Install
bracket mounting bolt (2).
931001662 5
6. Install engine oil dip stick mounting bolt (1).
931001661 6
7. Install fan shroud and secure with mounting hard-

ware (1).
NOTE: Center shroud on fan for consistent gap (9mm min-
imum clearance) around entire circumference.
931001660 7
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 132
8. Install drain plug (1) in hydraulic reservoir.
931001657 8
Next operation:
Radiator - Install (B.50.A) and Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 133
Oil cooler - Remove - for machines equipped with F5C engine

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Prior operation:
Radiator - Remove (B.50.A)
1. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir by removing drain plug

(1).
931001657 1
2. Remove coolant overflow tank by removing mounting

bolt (1).
931001874 2
3. Remove engine oil dip stick mounting bolt (1).
931001872 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 134
4. Remove the four mounting bolts (1) and pull fan away
from hub.
931001879 4
5. Remove fan shroud mounting hardware (1) then re-

move fan shroud.
931001877 5
6. Label and disconnect oil cooler hydraulic lines (1)

and cap open ports.
931001881 6
7. Remove oil cooler mounting hardware (1).
931001882 7
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 135
8. Remove oil cooler (1).
931001884 8
Next operation:
Oil cooler - Install (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 136
Oil cooler - Install - for machines equipped with F5C engine

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Place oil cooler (1) in proper mounting location.
931001884 1
2. Install oil cooler mounting hardware (1).
931001882 2
3. Connect oil cooler hydraulic lines (1) to correct ports.
931001881 3
4. Install fan shroud using mounting hardware (1).
931001877 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 137
5. Install fan on hub and secure using four mounting

bolts (1).
6. Adjust shroud to have a consistent gap 9 mm (0.4
in) around the entire circumference of the fan/shroud
interface.
931001879 5
7. Install engine oil dip stick mount using mounting bolt

(1).
931001872 6
8. Install coolant overflow hose (1), and tank bracket

securing with mounting bolt (2).
931001874 7
9. Install drain plug (1) in reservoir.
931001657 8
10. Radiator - Install (B.50.A).

11. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir refer to Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 138
Index

SYSTEMS - A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 02 Single speed drive assembly . . . . . 62
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 03 Valve assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232 Mechanical
hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical hydraulic controls
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 04 Enhanced high flow option . . . . . . . 66
L223 Electro hydraulic controls, L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls,
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 Two speed drive assembly . . . . . . . 68
L213 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L215 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical
hydraulic controls
hydraulic controls
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 Two speed track drive assembly . . 74
C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls
L223, L225, L230
Charge pump - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Charge pump - Pressure test (Machines Equipped with EH Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Control valve - General specification High Flow Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Control valve - General specification Mechanical Hand Control Loader valve on all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
L213, L215, L218, L220
Control valve - General specification of Mechanical Foot Control Loader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Control valve - General specification of Secondary Auxiliary Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Control valve - General specification of the EH Control Loader Valve for all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 139
Control valve - General specification of the EH and Mechanical boom override valve on all models . . . . . . . . . . 19
Control valve - General specification of the Ride Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Control valve - Overview Loader Lift Control - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Control valve - Overview Loader arm float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Control valve - Overview Loader bucket control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Filter - General specification Hydraulic oil return filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Filter - General specification Hydraulic oil supply strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Filter - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Filter - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Hydraulic pump - Flow test Loader hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Hydraulic pump - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Oil cooler - Install - for machines equipped with F5C engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Oil cooler - Install for machines equipped with ISM engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
L213, L215, L218, L220
Oil cooler - Remove - for machines equipped with F5C engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Oil cooler - Remove for models equipped with ISM engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
L213, L215, L218, L220
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of cylinders on large frame models . . . . 53
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of cylinders on medium frames . . . . . . . 49
L218, L220, C227
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of cylinders on small frame models . . . . 48
L213, L215
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of hydraulic motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of hydraulic motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
L218, L220
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of hydraulic motors on small frame models
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
L213, L215
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of hydraulic valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
L213, L215
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
L218, L220, C227
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of pumps of large frame models . . . . . . 40
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of pumps on medium frame models . . . 44
L218, L220, C227
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Component identification of pumps on small frame models . . . . . . 47
L213, L215
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification for 34.1cc Front pump with rear pump 23.0cc 10
L230
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification for the 24.9cc Gear Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L218, L220
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification for the 34.1cc Gear pump with high flow 12.5cc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
C227
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification for the 34.1cc Gear pump with high flow 18.3cc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification of the 20.4cc gear pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
L213, L215
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification of the 24.9cc Gear pump with high flow 12.5cc
pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L218, L220
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification of the 34.1cc gear pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 140
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview EH Drive Pattern Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls,
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Overview of Contaminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Relief valve - Flow test Loader main relief valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Relief valve - Pressure test Loader valve main relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Reservoir - Apply vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Reservoir - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Reservoir - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 141
84522361 15/06/2011
A.10.A / 142
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.12.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
SERVICE
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.12.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Flow test

NOTE: Both of the loader control valve spools must be in the NEUTRAL position during the following test.
NOTE: If the auxiliary hydraulic circuit is connected to an attachment using a hydraulic motor, this flow test does not
apply.
1. Push down one side of the auxiliary hydraulic flow
control switch and adjust the pressure valve on the
flow meter until the pressure gauge indicates 124
bar (1800 psi). Adjust the engine speed to keep the
engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow
gauge and record the reading as test number 11.
2. Push down the opposite side of the auxiliary hy-
draulic flow control switch and adjust the pressure
valve on the flow meter until the pressure gauge
indicates 124 bar (1800 psi). Adjust the engine
speed to keep the engine running at 2300 r/min
(rpm). Read the flow gauge and record the reading
as test number 12.
3. Open the pressure valve completely. Decrease the
engine speed to low idle and stop the engine.
in the steps below.
4. Refer to Hydraulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A) If
the flow indication for a circuit was approximately the
same as the flow indication at the same pressure in
Test Number 1 of the Hydraulic Pump Flow Test , the
circuit is good.
circuit.
6. Leakage in the auxiliary circuits can be caused by
any of the following problems:
A. Inadequate control spool travel.
B. Damaged or worn packing in one or both of the
cylinders.
C. Damaged or worn spool or spool bore in the loader
control valve.
7. If the flow indication for every circuit tested was more
than 3.8 L/min (one gpm) less than the flow indication
at the same pressure in Hydraulic pump - Flow test
(A.10.A) test number. 1, there is leakage at a point
common to the entire system. A probable cause is a
damaged or worn main relief valve or seals.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.12.A / 3
Index

SYSTEMS - A

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.12.A / 4
HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM - 14.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.14.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Command
Overview Hydraulic Enable Switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.14.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM
Command - Overview Hydraulic Enable Switch - Overview

The hydraulics enable switch is a safety mechanism that allows the operator to turn on and off all hydraulic functions
on the machine. This switch allows an element of safety to allow operator to disable hydraulics when around people
and when he wants to deactivate the joystick controls to avoid unintended operation. The switch will activate and
deactivate all loader and ground drive functions.
The hydraulics enable switch is located in the instrument cluster. This button must be pressed once to enable hy-
draulics and turn off park brake. It must be pressed and released within 10 seconds. Every subsequent time the
button is pressed the loader and ground drive hydraulics will be cycled off and on. If the switch is unable to engage
due to the conditions below not being met, an audible alarm will alert the operator. The backlight of the hydraulics
enable switch will flash when the engine is on and hydraulics are disabled, indicating to the operator that he must
press the hydraulics enable button to begin using the machine.
The hydraulics enable switch can only enable the hydraulics while all of the following conditions are met:
Operator is seated properly
Operator Restraint engaged
The ignition is on
Proportional joystick control controls must be centered in their neutral positions
Crank is not being commanded
Valve Logic Enabled Disabled

Port Lock Open Closed
Park Brake Deactivated Engaged
Drive Interlock Unlocked Locked
Loader Interlock Unlocked Locked
When hydraulics are disabled and re-enabled, the park brake is overridden. If the park brake is applied and the
operator disables hydraulics, then re-enables hydraulics, the park brake will then be released.
When aux thumbwheel is in the detented position during Hydraulic enable, the software will keep the aux control
disabled until the aux thumbwheel has returned to the neutral position.
Hydraulics can be disabled any time regardless if joysticks are in neutral.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.14.A / 3
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Command - Overview Hydraulic Enable Switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.14.A / 4
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 16.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
SERVICE
Control valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER
SYSTEM
Control valve - Remove

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Prior operation:
Tilt system - Tilt (E.34.A).
1. Locate valve (1) on floor of the skid loader under

hydraulic pump.
931001948 1
2. Disconnect the left hydraulic tube (2).

NOTE: Arrow indicates forward direction.
931001689 2
3. Disconnect hydraulic tubes (3) and (4) from the right

of the valve.
931001689 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 3
SYSTEM
4. Disconnect the valves electrical connection (5).
931001689 4
5. Remove the two mounting bolts (2).
931001689 5
6. Remove valve.
931001690 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 4
SYSTEM
Control valve - Install

1. Locate the proper location on the floor for installation
of valve.
931001948 1
2. Install the two mounting bolts (1) through the valve

and secure it to the floor.
931001689 2
3. Connect the two hydraulic tubes (2) and (3) to the

right side of the valve.
931001689 3
4. Connect the top hydraulic tube (4).

931001689 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 5
SYSTEM
5. Connect electrical connection (5).

931001689 5
6. Lower cab refer to Tilt system - Lower (E.34.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 6
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 7
84522361 15/06/2011
A.16.A / 8
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuse and relay box

General specification Main Power Distribution Fuse Block 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General specification Accessory Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sensing system
General specification Resistance to Temperature Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Component identification Relay Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Component identification Sensor Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Component identification Motor Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Component identification Solenoid Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Diode Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Component identification Lighting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Component identification Miscellaneous Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Component identification Switch Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Overview Potentiometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Overview Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Overview Resistance devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Overview Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Overview Pulse width modulation (PWM) solenoid valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Component identification Fuse Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Component identification Fuse Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

hydraulic controls
Fuse and relay box

Relay - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Fuse - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Overview Location and access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 2
Connector
Component diagram 01 - Connector X-10 to Connector X-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Component diagram 02 - Connector X-14 to Connector X-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Component diagram 03 - Connector X-161 to Connector X-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Component diagram 04 - Connector X-195 to Connector X-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Component diagram 14 - Connector X-502A to Connector X-510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Component diagram 15 - Connector X-512 to Connector X-52A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Component diagram 16 - Connector X-52B to Connector X-74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Component diagram 17 - Connector X-75 to Connector X-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Component diagram 18 - Connector X-93 to Connector X-AC_COMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Component diagram 19 - Connector X-ACC to Connector X-C01A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Component diagram 20 - Connector X-C01B to Connector X-CAB_GNDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Component diagram 21 - Connector X-CC1A to Connector X-CHS_GND_RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Component diagram 22 - Connector X-CN1A to Connector X-CN4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Component diagram 23 - Connector X-CN4B to Connector X-ECC2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Component diagram 24 - Connector X-ECC2B to Connector X-ECC6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Component diagram 25 - Connector X-EGR to Connector X-FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Component diagram 26 - Connector X-FUSE1 to Connector X-HORN-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Component diagram 27 - Connector X-HORN-PWR to Connector X-K-C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Component diagram 28 - Connector X-NEG_TERM_A to Connector X-POS_TERM_A . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Component diagram 29 - Connector X-POS_TERM_B to Connector X-UJMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Component identification Engine connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Component diagram 99 Engine connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Wiring harness
Electrical schematic frame 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 3
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

L213, L215, L218, L220

L213 WE, L215 WE, L218 WE, L220 WE, L223 WE, L225 WE, L230 WE, C227 WE, C232 WE, C238 WE

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238







L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Detailed view Harness Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 4
Sensing system
Overview Temperature sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Overview Speed and position sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
SERVICE

Electrical test Open Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Electrical test Short to Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Electrical test Short to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Battery
Check Maintenance Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Wiring harness
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
DIAGNOSTIC

Testing Diode Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Testing General Wire Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Fuse and relay box
Testing Accessory Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Testing Condenser Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Testing Crank Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Testing Engine Preheat Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Testing Front Electric Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Testing Lights Relay #1 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Testing Lights Relay #2 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Testing Main Power Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Testing Option Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Testing UCM Power Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Auxiliary power connection

Testing Electric Auxiliary Hydraulic On/Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 5
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
Fuse and relay box - General specification Main Power Distribution

Fuse Block 1
NOTE: For more information on specific relays see ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification
Relay Index (A.30.A).
NOTE: For more information on specific fuses see ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification
Fuse Index (A.30.A).
NOTE: For access to fuse blocks see Fuse and relay box - Overview Location and access (A.30.A).
See schematic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A).
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008

Component Name Component ID
CRANK RELAY K-007
MAIN POWER RELAY K-009
LIGHTS RELAY #1 K-001
LIGHTS RELAY #2 K-002
ACCESSORY RELAY K-018
HVAC FUSE F-001
COMPRESSOR FUSE F-002
CRANK FUSE F-003
REAR WORK LAMPS FUSE (EH) F-004
SIDE LAMPS FUSE (Mech) F-004
SIDE LAMPS FUSE (EH) F-005
LH TAIL LAMP FUSE (Mech) F-005
LH TAIL LAMP FUSE (EH) F-006
RH TAIL LAMP FUSE (Mech) F-006
UCM BACKUP ALARM FUSE (EH) F-007
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUSE (Mech) F-007
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUSE (EH) F-008
IGNITION FUSE (Mech) F-008
IGNITION FUSE (EH) F-009
ACC / BEACON FUSE (Mech) F-009
RH TAIL LAMP FUSE (EH) F-010
ACCESSORY FUSE (Mech) F-010
UNSWITCHED BATTERY FUSE F-011
FRONT WORK LAMPS FUSE (EH) F-012
REAR WORK LAMPS FUSE (Mech) F-012
ACCESSORY FUSE (EH) F-013
FRONT WORK LAMPS FUSE (Mech) F-013
ACC / BEACON FUSE (EH) F-014
WIPER WASHER FUSE (Mech) F-014
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 6
Fuse and relay box - General specification Accessory Power

Distribution
NOTE: For more information on specific relays see ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification
Relay Index (A.30.A).
NOTE: For more information on specific fuses see ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification
Fuse Index (A.30.A).
See schematic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A).
ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 Z-FUSE2 (EH)

FRONT ELECTRIC RELAY K-017
OPTION RELAY K-019
UCM POWER RELAY K-003
UCM BRAKE LAMPS FUSE F-015
UCM GRND DRV INTERLOCKS FUSE F-016
UCM PUMP REV FUSE F-017
UCM PROP AUX FUSE F-018
UCM BUCKET FUSE F-019
HIGH FLOW / COUPLER FUSE F-020
UCM PUMP FWD FUSE F-021
UCM BOOM FUSE F-022
FE HOT FUSE F-023
FE #1, #2, #3 FUSE F-024
UCM INTERLOCKS FUSE F-025
UCM UNSWITCHED BATTERY FUSE F-026
UCM 2SPD FUSE F-027
FE ON / OFF FUSE F-028
WIPER / WASHER FUSE F-029
FLASHER / BRAKE FUSE F-030
LH BOOM FUSE F-031
RH BOOM FUSE F-032
ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION Z-FUSE2 (Mech)

FRONT ELECTRIC RELAY K-017
OPTION RELAY K-019
FE HOT FUSE F-015
FE #1, #2, #3 FUSE F-016
HIGH FLOW / COUPLER FUSE F-017
FE ON / OFF FUSE F-018
FLASHER / BRAKE FUSE F-019
LH BOOM FUSE F-020
RH BOOM FUSE F-021
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 7
Sensing system - General specification Resistance to Temperature

Conversion Chart
Resistance to Temperature Conversion for Hydraulic Oil Temperature and Engine Coolant Temperature Sen-
sors
Resistance (in Ω) Temperature (in °C) Resistance (in Ω) Temperature (in °C)
> 128318 -40 1801.2 35
128318 -40 1457.5 40
88806.4 -35 1187.3 45
63399.2 -30 973.3 50
44472.7 -25 802.8 55
32123.4 -20 665.9 60
23479.7 -15 465.8 70
17393.7 -10 392.6 75
13020.7 -5 332.5 80
9851.1 0 79.2 130
7528.2 5 70 135
5807.9 10 62 140
4521.3 15 55.1 145
3550 20 49.1 150
2810 25 < 49.1 150
2241.5 30
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Bar Conversion

Temperature (in °C) Bars
< 21 1
21 1
37 2
60 3
82 4
90 5
98 6
104 7
110 8
> 110 8
Engine Coolant Temperature Bar Conversion

Temperature (in °C) Bars
< 21 1
21 1
37 2
60 3
82 4
98 5
101 6
104 7
108 8
> 108 8
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 8
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Relay

Index
NOTE: For General Relay information see Fuse and relay box Relay - Overview (A.30.A) and Fuse and relay box
- Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A).
NOTE: All relays except Engine Preheat and Flasher, are the same, and may be interchanged for easier troubleshoot-
ing.
Component Compo- Frame Location Connector Supplies Power to Diagnostic

Name nent ID
Accessory Relay K-018 Wiring harness Located in Radio Fuse and relay
- Electrical MAIN POWER HVAC box box - Testing
schematic frame DISTRIBUTION Seat Heat switch Accessory
04 (A.30.A) FUSE BLOCK 1 Self Level switch Relay Control
Door Wiper motor (A.30.A)
Wiper / Washer switch
Rear Wiper motor
Lamp Selector switch
Alternator
Dome Light
Condenser K-020 Wiring harness X-111 HVAC Condenser fan Fuse and relay
Relay (EH) - Electrical box - Testing
K-003 schematic frame Condenser
(Mech) 17 (A.30.A) Relay Control
(A.30.A)
Crank Relay K-007 Wiring harness Located in Starter 3403 - Starter
- Electrical MAIN POWER - Starter is
schematic frame DISTRIBUTION cranked > 30s
04 (A.30.A) FUSE BLOCK 1 Fuse and relay
box - Testing
Crank Relay
Control (A.30.A)
Engine Preheat K-004 Wiring harness X-PRHT Glow Plugs 3156 - Engine
Relay - Electrical Preheat - Glow
schematic frame Plug - OC
11 (A.30.A) Fuse and relay
box - Testing
Engine Preheat
Relay Control
(A.30.A)
Front Electric K-017 Wiring harness Located in Multifunction Attachment Fuse and relay
Relay - Electrical ACCESSORY connector box - Testing
schematic frame POWER Left Hand Control Handle Front Electric
05 (A.30.A) DISTRIBUTION Right Hand Control Handle Relay Control
Electric Auxiliary Hydraulic (A.30.A)
on/off switch
Lights Relay #1 K-001 Wiring harness Located in Tail lights Fuse and relay
- Electrical MAIN POWER Work lights box - Testing
schematic frame DISTRIBUTION Side lights Lights Relay #1
04 (A.30.A) FUSE BLOCK 1 Control (A.30.A)
Lights Relay #2 K-002 Wiring harness Located in Rear Work lights Fuse and relay
- Electrical MAIN POWER box - Testing
schematic frame DISTRIBUTION Lights Relay #2
04 (A.30.A) FUSE BLOCK 1 Control (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 9
Component Compo- Frame Location Connector Supplies Power to Diagnostic

Name nent ID
Main Power K-009 Wiring harness Located in Telematics 1015 - Cluster
Relay - Electrical MAIN POWER Instrument Cluster Battery Monitor
schematic frame DISTRIBUTION EGR (F5C) - Under Voltage
04 (A.30.A) FUSE BLOCK 1 Ride Control (EH) < 11.5 volts
UCM Wakeup (EH) Fuse and relay
Fuel Pump (Mech) box - Testing
Park Brake Switch (Mech) Main Power
Mechanical Backup Switch Relay Control
(Mech) (A.30.A)
Horn
Backup Alarm (Mech)
2 Speed Switch (Mech)
Option Relay K-019 Wiring harness Located in Hydraulic Coupler switch Fuse and relay
- Electrical ACCESSORY High Flow switch box - Testing
schematic frame POWER Left Hand Control Handle Option Relay
05 (A.30.A) DISTRIBUTION Brake Lamps (Mech) Control (A.30.A)
UCM Power K-003 Wiring harness Located in UCM power (multiple 1904 - UCM -
Relay (EH) (EH) - Electrical ACCESSORY inputs) (EH) Rail 12VB -
schematic frame POWER 5V regulators
05 (A.30.A) (EH) DISTRIBUTION supply Input
FUSE BLOCK 2 Power OFF
Z-FUSE2 (EH) Fuse and relay
box - Testing
UCM Power
Relay Control
(A.30.A) (EH)
Flasher Module Z-013 Wiring harness X-411 (EU) Turn/hazard
(EU) (EU) - Electrical light - Testing
schematic frame Flasher Module
16 (A.30.A) (EU) (A.40.A) (EU)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 10
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Sensor

Index
NOTE: See
Sensing system - Overview Temperature sensors (A.30.A) and
Sensing system - Overview Speed and position sensors (A.30.A) for general sensor information.
For EH machines
Com- Compo- Frame Location Con- Overview Diagnostic
ponent nent ID nector / Dynamic
Name Description
Auxiliary Wiring harness - X-23 5507 - Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor -
Spool Electrical schematic Sensor STG / OC
Position frame 24 (A.30.A) 5508 - Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor
Sensor - Sensor STP
5513 - Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor -
implausible state sensor vs auxiliary
command
Boom Wiring harness - X-22 5501 - Loader Arm Spool Sensor -
Position frame 24 (A.30.A) 5502 - Loader Arm Spool Sensor -
Sensor Sensor STP
5511 - Loader Arm Spool Sensor -
implausible state sensor vs loader
arm command, stuck spool/PRV
Bucket Wiring harness - X-21 5504 - Bucket Valve Spool sensor -
Position frame 24 (A.30.A) 5505 - Bucket Valve Spool sensor -
Sensor Sensor STP
5512 - Bucket Valve Spool sensor -
implausible state sensor vs loader
bucket command
Engine B-004 Wiring harness - X-504 Sensing system 1002 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Coolant (F5C) Electrical schematic (F5C) - Overview Sender - Over Temperature >110° C
Temper- B-012 frame 12 (A.30.A) X-516 Engine Electrical 3007 - Engine Coolant Temperature
ature (ISM) (F5C) (ISM) (B.10.A) Sender - STG
Sender Wiring harness - Sensing system 3008 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Electrical schematic - General Sender - OC
frame 13 (A.30.A) specification
(ISM) Resistance to
Temperature
Conversion
Chart (A.30.A)
Fuel Level B-001 Wiring harness - X-14 Sensing system 1045 - Fuel Level Sensor - OC
Sender Electrical schematic - Overview
frame 02 (A.30.A) Engine Electrical
(B.10.A)
Sensing system
- General
specification
Resistance Fuel
Bar Conversion
(B.20.A)
Hydraulic B-003 Wiring harness - X-OIL- Sensing system 1009 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Oil Tem- Electrical schematic TMP - General Sender - Over Temperature >210° F
perature frame 02 (A.30.A) specification 4043 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Sender Resistance to Sender - STG
Temperature 4044 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Conversion Sender - OC
Chart (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 11

Name Description
LH Pump Wiring harness - X-94 4741 - Left Swashplate angle sensor
Swash Electrical schematic - Pin A STG / OC
Plate frame 27 (A.30.A) 4742 - Left Swashplate angle sensor
Sensor - Pin A STP
4744 - Left Swashplate angle sensor
- Pin B STG / OC
- Pin B STP
- in-range fault
- Implausible command, command
does not match with swashplate
angle
RH Pump Wiring harness - X-93 4731 - Right Swashplate angle
Swash Electrical schematic sensor - Pin A STG / OC
Plate frame 27 (A.30.A) 4732 - Right Swashplate angle
Sensor sensor - Pin A STP
4734 - Right Swashplate angle
sensor - Pin B STG / OC
sensor - Pin B STP
sensor - in-range fault
sensor - Implausible command,
command does not match with
swashplate angle
Throttle Wiring harness - X-20 Sensing system 1025 - Throttle Sensor - out of range
Position Electrical schematic - Overview STP
Sensor frame 25 (A.30.A) Engine Electrical 1030 - Throttle Sensor - out of range
(B.10.A) STG/OC
For Mechanical machines

Name Description
Engine B-004 Wiring harness - X-504 Sensing system 1002 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Coolant (F5C) Electrical schematic (F5C) - Overview Sender - Over Temperature >110° C
Temper- B-012 frame 12 (A.30.A) X-516 Engine Electrical 3007 - Engine Coolant Temperature
ature (ISM) (F5C) (ISM) (B.10.A) Sender - STG
Sender Wiring harness - Sensing system 3008 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Electrical schematic - General Sender - OC
frame 13 (A.30.A) specification
(ISM) Resistance to
Temperature
Conversion
Chart (A.30.A)
Fuel Level B-001 Wiring harness - X-14 Sensing system 1045 - Fuel Level Sensor - OC
Sender Electrical schematic - Overview
frame 02 (A.30.A) Engine Electrical
(B.10.A)
Sensing system
- General
specification
Resistance Fuel
Bar Conversion
(B.20.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 12

Name Description
Hydraulic B-002 Wiring harness - X-OIL- Sensing system 1009 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Oil Tem- Electrical schematic TMP - General Sender - Over Temperature >210° F
perature frame 02 (A.30.A) specification 4043 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Sender Resistance to Sender - STG
Temperature 4044 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Conversion Sender - OC
Chart (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 13
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Motor

Index
NOTE: See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Resistance devices (A.30.A) for resistive device informa-
tion.
Component Component ID Frame Location Connector Overview Diagnostic

Name / Dynamic
Description
A/C Compressor Wiring harness X-AC_COMP ENVIRONMENT Compressor
- Electrical CONTROL - Testing A/C
schematic frame Air-conditioningCompressor
17 (A.30.A) system - (E.40.C)
Overview HVAC ENVIRONMENT
System (E.40.C) CONTROL
Air-conditioning
system -
Problem solving
HVAC (E.40.C)
Alternator G-026 (F5C) Wiring harness X-5 Start control 1041 - RPM
G-027 (ISM) - Electrical - Overview Monitoring -
schematic frame Ignition System Over Speed
12 (A.30.A) (F5C) (B.80.A) 1202 - RPM
Wiring harness Monitoring -
- Electrical Over Speed
schematic frame (Max)
13 (A.30.A) (ISM) 1203 - RPM
Monitoring -
Open Circuit /
STG / STP
Door Wiper Motor Wiring harness X-502
- Electrical
schematic frame
09 (A.30.A)
Front Door M-506 Wiring harness X-506
Washer Pump - Electrical
schematic frame
09 (A.30.A)
HVAC Condenser Wiring harness X-74 ENVIRONMENT Fuse and relay
Fan - Electrical CONTROL box - Testing
schematic frame Air-conditioning Condenser
17 (A.30.A) system - Relay Control
Overview HVAC (A.30.A)
System (E.40.C) Condenser -
Testing HVAC
Condenser Fan
(E.40.C)
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL
Air-conditioning
system -
Problem solving
HVAC (E.40.C)
Rear Wiper Motor Wiring harness X-502A
- Electrical
schematic frame
09 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 14

Name / Dynamic
Description
Starter Motor Wiring harness X-513 (F5C) Start control 3404 - Starter -
- Electrical X-C126 (ISM) - Overview STP
schematic frame Ignition System 3405 - Starter -
12 (A.30.A) (F5C) (B.80.A) STG / OC
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
13 (A.30.A) (ISM)
Water Valve Z-019 Wiring harness X-271 ENVIRONMENT Electronic A/C
- Electrical CONTROL control - Testing
schematic frame Air-conditioning HVAC Heat
17 (A.30.A) system - Components
Overview HVAC (E.40.C)
System (E.40.C) ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL
Air-conditioning
system -
Problem solving
HVAC (E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 15
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Solenoid

Index
NOTE: See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Solenoids (A.30.A) for general solenoid information.
Component Compo- Frame Location Connec- Overview / Dynamic Diagnostic

Name nent ID tor Description
2 Speed Solenoid Y-005 Wiring harness X-2SPD 4781 - solenoid valve -
- Electrical Solenoid Supply OC (EH)
schematic frame 4782 - solenoid valve -
07 (A.30.A) Solenoid Supply STG
(EH)
4783 - solenoid valve
- Solenoid Supply STP
(EH)
2nd Aux Extend Wiring harness X-AUX_ Control valve - Testing
Solenoid - Electrical EXT 2nd Aux Extend Solenoid
schematic frame (G.90.C)
15 (A.30.A)
2nd Aux Retract Wiring harness X-AUX_ Control valve - Testing
Solenoid - Electrical RET 2nd Aux Retract Solenoid
schematic frame (G.90.C)
15 (A.30.A)
Brake Valve Y-008 Wiring harness X-BRK 4055 - Park Brake Valve
Solenoid - Electrical (On/Off) - Solenoid
schematic frame Supply OC (EH)
28 (A.30.A) (EH) 4056 - Park Brake Valve
Wiring harness (On/Off) - Solenoid
- Electrical Supply STG (EH)
schematic frame 4057 - Park Brake Valve
02 (A.30.A) (Mech) (On/Off) - Solenoid
Supply STP (EH)
4401 - Park Brake
(Mechanical Machines)
- Park Brake Solenoid -
OC (Mech)
4402 - Park Brake
(Mechanical Machines)
- Park Brake Solenoid -
STP (Mech)
Bucket Valve Y-006 (EH) Wiring harness X-26 (EH) 5251 - Loader Bucket
Extend Solenoid - Electrical Valve (Directional) -
(EH) schematic frame Solenoid rollback (A)
24 (A.30.A) (EH) Supply OC
5252 - Loader Bucket
Valve (Directional) -
Solenoid rollback (A)
Supply STG (EH)
5271 - Bucket Valve
(Directional) - Common
Solenoid (C) Return STP
(EH)
Loader Bucket Solenoids
STG (EH)
5273 - Bucket Valve
Solenoid (C) Return OC
(EH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 16

Bucket Valve Y-003 (EH) Wiring harness X-25 (EH) 5261 - Bucket Valve
Retract Solenoid - Electrical (Directional) - Solenoid
(EH) schematic frame dump (B) Supply OC
24 (A.30.A) (EH) 5262 - Bucket Valve
(Directional) - Solenoid
dump (B) Supply STG
(EH)
5271 - Bucket Valve
(EH)
Loader Bucket Solenoids
STG (EH)
5273 - Bucket Valve
(EH)
EHF Extend Wiring harness X-19 (EH)
Solenoid (EH) - Electrical
schematic frame
32 (A.30.A) (EH)
EHF Retract Wiring harness X-40 (EH)
Solenoid (EH) - Electrical
schematic frame
32 (A.30.A) (EH)
Fuel Solenoid Wiring harness X-FUEL Start control - 3401 - Engine Start - Fuel
- Electrical (F5C) Overview Ignition Solenoid - STP
schematic frame X-510 System (B.80.A) 3402 - Engine Start - Fuel
12 (A.30.A) (F5C) (ISM) Solenoid - OC
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
13 (A.30.A) (ISM)
Hydraulic Coupler Y-013 Wiring harness X-CPLR Electrical control -
Solenoid - Electrical Testing Hydraulic
schematic frame Coupler Switch and
25 (A.30.A) (EH) Solenoid (J.80.C)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
02 (A.30.A) (Mech)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 17

Left Drive Pump Wiring harness X-13 (EH) 4071 - Forward
Forward Solenoid - Electrical Pump Control Valves
(EH) schematic frame (Directional) - Solenoid
27 (A.30.A) (EH) Left (B) Supply OC
4072 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Left (B) Supply STG (EH)
4081 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Solenoid Return STP
(EH)
4083 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Solenoid Return OC (EH)
4072 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Left Drive Pump Wiring harness X-16 (EH) 4371 - Reverse
Reverse Solenoid - Electrical Pump Control Valves
27 (A.30.A) (EH) Left (B) Supply OC
4372 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
4381 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
Solenoid Return STP
(EH)
4382 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
(Directional) - Pumps
Reverse Solenoids STG
(EH)
4383 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
Loader Pilot Wiring harness X-PLTL- 5051 - Loader Pilot
Interlock Solenoid - Electrical K(EH) Interlock Valve (On/Off) -
(EH) schematic frame Solenoid Supply OC
15 (A.30.A) (EH) 5052 - Loader Pilot
Interlock Valve (On/Off)
- Solenoid Supply STG
(EH)
5053 - Loader Pilot
Interlock Valve (On/Off)
- Solenoid Supply STP
(EH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 18

Loader Port Lock Wiring harness X-PORT- 5061 - Port Lock Valve
Solenoid - Electrical _LK (On/Off) - Solenoid
schematic frame Supply OC
15 (A.30.A) 5062 - Port Lock Valve
(On/Off) - Solenoid
Supply STG (EH)
5063 - Port Lock Valve
(On/Off) - Solenoid
Supply STP (EH)
Loader Valve Y-009 (EH) Wiring harness X-28 (EH) 5221 - Loader Arm Valve
Extend Solenoid - Electrical (Directional) - Solenoid
(EH) schematic frame Raise A Supply OC
24 (A.30.A)(EH) 5222 - Loader Arm Valve
Raise A Supply STG (EH)
5241 - Boom Valve
(EH)
5242 - Loader Arm Valve
(Directional) - Loader
Arm Solenoids STG (EH)
5243 - Boom Valve
(EH)
Loader Valve Y-007 (EH) Wiring harness X-27 (EH) 5231 - Loader Arm Valve
Retract Solenoid - Electrical (Directional) - Solenoid
(EH) schematic frame Lower B Supply OC
24 (A.30.A) (EH) 5232 - Loader Arm Valve
Lower B Supply STG
(EH)
5241 - Boom Valve
(EH)
5242 - Loader Arm Valve
(Directional) - Loader
Arm Solenoids STG (EH)
5243 - Boom Valve
(EH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 19

Proportional Aux Wiring harness X-24 (EH) 5281 - Aux Valve
Valve Extend - Electrical X-433 (Directional) - Solenoid
Solenoid schematic frame (Mech) Forward (A) Supply OC
24 (A.30.A) (EH) (EH)
Wiring harness 5282 - Aux Valve
- Electrical (Directional) - Solenoid
schematic frame Forward (A) Supply STG
19 (A.30.A) (Mech) (EH)
5601 - Aux Valve
Solenoid Return STP
(EH)
5602 - Loader Auxiliary
Valve (Directional)
- Loader Auxiliary
Solenoids STG (EH)
Solenoids Return OC
(EH)
Proportional Aux Wiring harness X-29 (EH) 5291 - Aux Valve
Valve Retract - Electrical X-432 (Directional) - Solenoid
Solenoid schematic frame (Mech) Reverse (B) Supply OC
24 (A.30.A) (EH) (EH)
Wiring harness 5292 - Aux Valve
- Electrical (Directional) - Solenoid
schematic frame Reverse (B) Supply STG
19 (A.30.A) (Mech) (EH)
5601 - Aux Valve
Solenoid Return STP
(EH)
Valve (Directional)
- Loader Auxiliary
Solenoids STG (EH)
Solenoids Return OC
(EH)
Ride Control Y-010 Wiring harness X-RDC- Command - Overview Command - Testing Glide
Solenoid - Electrical TRL Glide Ride control Ride Control Solenoid
schematic frame (D.15.C) and Switch (D.15.C)
28 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
07 (A.30.A) (Mech)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 20

RH Drive Pump Wiring harness X-17 (EH) 4061 - Forward
Forward Solenoid - Electrical Pump Control Valves
27 (A.30.A) (EH) Right (A) Supply OC
4062 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Right (A) Supply STG
(EH)
4081 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Solenoid Return STP
(EH)
4082 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Forward Solenoids STG
(EH)
4083 - Forward
Pump Control Valves
Right Drive Pump Wiring harness X-18 (EH) 4361 - Reverse
Reverse Solenoid - Electrical Pump Control Valves
27 (A.30.A) (EH) Right (A) Supply OC (EH)
4362 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
Right (A) Supply STG
(EH)
4381 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
Solenoid Return STP
(EH)
4382 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
Reverse Solenoids STG
(EH)
4383 - Reverse
Pump Control Valves
Std High Flow Y-004 Wiring harness X-HFLO Hydraulic line - Testing
Solenoid - Electrical Std High Flow Solenoid
schematic frame (H.20.B)
25 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
02 (A.30.A) (Mech)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 21
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Diode

Index
NOTE: See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing Diode Testing (A.30.A) for general diode testing.
Component Name Component ID Frame Location Connector Other Information

Accessory Backfeed V-004 Wiring harness - X-15-A (EH)
Diode Electrical schematic X-15-B (EH)
frame 03 (A.30.A) X-15 (Mech)
EH Lap Bar Diode V-005 (EH) Wiring harness - X-99 (EH)
(EH) Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
EH Seat Sw UCM V-009 (EH) Wiring harness - X-98 (EH) Diagnostic Trouble
Diode (EH) Electrical schematic Code resolution 1208
frame 20 (A.30.A) - Seat Switch -
Plausibility Fault
(EH)
EH UCM Wakeup V-006 (EH) Wiring harness - X-298 (EH)
Diode (EH) Electrical schematic
frame 20 (A.30.A)
Hazard Switch V-010 (EU) Wiring harness - X-HZRDDIODE (EU) Turn/hazard light -
Indicator Backfeed Electrical schematic Testing Turn Signal
Diode (EU) frame 16 (A.30.A) Switch (A.40.A) (EU)
(EU)
Ignition Backfeed V-007 Wiring harness - X-316 Start control -
Diode Electrical schematic Overview Ignition
frame 04 (A.30.A) System (B.80.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 22
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Lighting

Index
NOTE: See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Resistance devices (A.30.A) for resistive device informa-
tion.

Name / Dynamic
Description
2 Speed Indicator Wiring harness X-310 Command - Command
- Electrical Overview 2 - Testing 2
schematic frame Speed Switch Speed Switch
14 (A.30.A) (D.15.C) and Indicator
(D.15.C)
Dome Lamp E-003 Wiring harness X-97
- Electrical
schematic frame
21 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
LH Front Road E-021 Wiring harness X-228
Lamp E-027 - Electrical
E-028 schematic frame
18 (A.30.A)
LH Front Strobe E-023 Wiring harness X-344
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
LH Rear Road E-037 Wiring harness X-37
18 (A.30.A)
LH Rear Strobe E-021 Wiring harness X-341
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
LH Rear Work E-033 Wiring harness X-34
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
RH Front Road E-011 Wiring harness X-229
18 (A.30.A)
RH Front Strobe E-024 Wiring harness X-343
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
RH Rear Road E-196 Wiring harness X-196
18 (A.30.A)
RH Rear Strobe E-025 Wiring harness X-342
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 23

Name / Dynamic
Description
RH Rear Work E-038 Wiring harness X-35
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
Rotating Beacon Wiring harness X-178
- Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
Turn Signal Z-2011 Wiring harness X-155B
Indicator - Electrical X-156B
schematic frame X-157B
14 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 24
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification

Miscellaneous Index
Component Com- Frame Location Connec- Overview Diagnostic
Name po- tor / Dynamic
nent Description
ID
Accessory Z-008 Wiring harness X-ACC Cigar lighter - Testing Accessory
Power Outlet - Electrical Power Outlet (E.34.A)
schematic frame
06 (A.30.A)
Accessory Z-FU- Wiring harness Fuse and relay
Power SE2 - Electrical box - General
Distribution schematic frame specification
Fuse Block #2 05 (A.30.A) Accessory Power
(EH) Distribution
Accessory (A.30.A)
Power
Distribution
(Mech)
Backup Alarm H-002 Wiring harness X-BKUP- 1531 - Backup Alarm - OC (EH)
- Electrical GND 1532 - Backup Alarm - STG (EH)
schematic frame X-BKUP-
04 (A.30.A) PWR
Battery Wiring harness X-EH_P- Battery - Check Maintenance Free
- Electrical OS1 (A.30.A)
schematic frame X-EH_P-
10 (A.30.A) OS2 (EH)
X-POS_
TERM_B
(Mech)
CAN Wiring harness X-DIAG
Diagnostic - Electrical
Connector schematic frame
31 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
25 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
ECU (F5C) Wiring harness X-EGR Sensing system - 3000 - Engine Malfunction - ECU
- Electrical (F5C) Overview Engine Fault - General/Undefined/Air Filter
schematic frame Electrical (B.10.A) Restriction (F5C)
12 (A.30.A) (F5C) (F5C)
EH Aux PWM U-001 Wiring harness X-430
Controller (Mech) - Electrical (Mech)
(Mech) schematic frame
19 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
EHF Pressure Wiring harness X-67 (EH)
Transducer - Electrical
(EH) schematic frame
32 (A.30.A) (EH)
Horn H-009 Wiring harness X-HORN- Audible alert - Testing Horn (E.50.B)
- Electrical GND
schematic frame X-HORN-
07 (A.30.A) PWR
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 25

nent Description
ID
HVAC Box A-003 Wiring harness X-HVC2 ENVIRONMENT Electronic A/C control - Testing
- Electrical CONTROL HVAC Box (E.40.C)
schematic frame Air-conditioning ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
17 (A.30.A) system - Air-conditioning system - Problem
Overview HVAC solving HVAC (E.40.C)
System (E.40.C)
Instrument Wiring harness X-C23 Electronic service Data bus - General specification
Cluster - Electrical tool (EST) - Instrument Cluster pin information
schematic frame Overview EST (A.50.A)
03 (A.30.A) overview (A.50.A)
Left Hand Z-005 Wiring harness X-178 (EH) 5201 - L joystick L-R axis - Pin A
Control - Electrical X-155B STP / STG / OC (EH)
Handle schematic frame (Mech) 5202 - L joystick L-R axis - Pin B
07 (A.30.A) X-156B STP / STG / OC (EH)
(Mech) 5204 - L joystick L-R axis - in-range
X-157B fault (EH)
(Mech) 5211 - L joy F-B axis - Pin A STG /
OC (EH)
5212 - L joy F-B axis - Pin A STP
(EH)
5214 - L joy F-B axis - Pin B STG /
OC (EH)
5215 - L joy F-B axis - Pin B STP
(EH)
5217 - L joy F-B axis - in-range fault
(EH)
Main Power Z-2008 Wiring harness Fuse and relay
Distribution - Electrical box - General
Fuse Block 1 schematic frame specification
04 (A.30.A) Main Power
Distribution Fuse
Block 1 (A.30.A)
Multifunction Wiring harness X-107
Attachment - Electrical
Connector schematic frame
29 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
24 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 26

nent Description
ID
Right Hand Z-012 Wiring harness X-403 (EH) 5121 - R joy F-B axis - Pin A STP /
Control - Electrical X-406 (EH) STG / OC (EH)
Handle schematic frame X-403 5122 - R joy F-B axis - Pin B STP /
07 (A.30.A) (Mech) STG / OC (EH)
Wiring harness X-406 5124 - R joy F-B axis - in-range fault
- Electrical (Mech) (EH)
schematic frame 5131 - R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern)
19 (A.30.A) (EH) - Pin A STG / OC (EH)
Wiring harness 5132 - R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern)
- Electrical - Pin A STP (EH)
schematic frame 5134 - R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern)
23 (A.30.A) - Pin B STG / OC (EH)
(Mech) 5135 - R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern)
- Pin B STP (EH)
5137 - R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern)
- in-range fault (EH)
5141 - Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin
A STG / OC (EH)
A STP (EH)
B STG / OC (EH)
B STP (EH)
5147 - Aux thumbwheel axis -
in-range fault (EH)
Seat Heat R-001 Wiring harness Heater - Testing Seat Heat Switch
Element - Electrical (E.32.C)
schematic frame
20 (A.30.A)
Self Level Y-318 Wiring harness X-318 Command - Command - Testing Self Level
Valve - Electrical Overview Self Switch and Valve (D.15.C)
schematic frame Level (D.15.C)
02 (A.30.A)
Side Lamp Wiring harness X-77
DIA Socket - Electrical
schematic frame
08 (A.30.A)
Telematics Wiring harness X-TELE
Connector - Electrical
schematic frame
30 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness
- Electrical
schematic frame
26 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 27

nent Description
ID
Temp Control Z-017 Wiring harness X-252 ENVIRONMENT Electronic A/C control - Testing
LH Console - Electrical CONTROL HVAC Heat Components (E.40.C)
schematic frame Air-conditioning ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
17 (A.30.A) system - Air-conditioning system - Problem
Overview HVAC solving HVAC (E.40.C)
System (E.40.C)
ELECTRICAL
POWER SYSTEM
- Overview
Potentiometers
(A.30.A)
UCM (EH) A-002 Wiring harness X-CN1A
(EH) - Electrical X-CN1B
schematic frame X-CN2A
26 (A.30.A) (EH) X-CN2B
X-CN3A
X-CN3B
X-CN4A
X-CN4B
(EH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 28
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Switch

Index
NOTE: See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Switches (A.30.A) for general switch information.

Name / Dynamic
Description
2 Speed Switch S-024 Wiring harness X-406 (EH) Command - Command
- Electrical X-405 (Mech) Overview 2 - Testing 2
schematic frame Speed Switch Speed Switch
07 (A.30.A) (D.15.C) and Indicator
(D.15.C)
2nd Aux Hyd S-033 Wiring harness X-406 (EH) Control valve
Switch - Electrical X-405 (Mech) - Testing 2nd
schematic frame Aux Hyd Switch
07 (A.30.A) (G.90.C)
AC Switch Left S-017 Wiring harness X-275 ENVIRONMENT Electronic A/C
Console - Electrical CONTROL control - Testing
schematic frame Air-conditioning A/C Switch
17 (A.30.A) system - (E.40.C)
Air-conditioning
system -
Problem solving
HVAC (E.40.C)
Air Filter Wiring harness X-508 Sensing system 3000 - Engine
Restriction Switch - Electrical - Overview Malfunction
schematic frame Engine Electrical - ECU Fault
12 (A.30.A) (F5C) (B.10.A) - General/
Wiring harness Undefined/Air
- Electrical Filter Restriction
schematic frame
13 (A.30.A) (ISM)
Blower Switch S-020 Wiring harness X-270 ENVIRONMENT Electronic A/C
Left Console - Electrical CONTROL control - Testing
schematic frame Air-conditioning Blower Switch
17 (A.30.A) system - (E.40.C)
Air-conditioning
system -
Problem solving
HVAC (E.40.C)
Brake Pressure S-039 (EH) Wiring harness X-BRKPRS (EH) 4431 - Park
Switch S-036 (Mech) - Electrical X-161 (Mech) Brake Pressure
schematic frame X-162 (Mech) Switch -
28 (A.30.A) (EH) X-163 (Mech) Pressure Switch
Wiring harness X-164 (Mech) (plausibility
- Electrical check with
schematic frame solenoid valve)
05 (A.30.A) (EH)
(Mech)
Charge Pressure B-009 (EH) Wiring harness X-CHGPRS (EH)
Switch (EH) - Electrical
schematic frame
28 (A.30.A) (EH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 29

Name / Dynamic
Description
Door Switch Wiring harness X-505 Door, window Door, window
- Electrical and windscreen and windscreen
schematic frame - Overview - Testing Door
09 (A.30.A) Door Switch Switch (E.34.A)
- Overview
(E.34.A)
Drive Pattern Wiring harness X-95 (EH) PRIMARY 5701 - Pattern
Selector Switch - Electrical HYDRAULIC Switch - STG /
(EH) schematic frame POWER OC (EH)
06 (A.30.A) (EH) SYSTEM - 5703 - Pattern
Overview EH Switch - STP
Drive Pattern (EH)
Selector Switch
(A.10.A) (EH)
Electric Aux Hyd Wiring harness X-304 Auxiliary power
On / Off Switch - Electrical connection -
schematic frame Testing Electric
06 (A.30.A) Auxiliary
Hydraulic On/Off
Switch (A.30.A)
Engine Oil Press Wiring harness X-510 (F5C) Sensing system 3028 - Engine
Switch - Electrical X-512 (ISM) - Overview Oil Pressure
schematic frame Engine Electrical Switch - Engine
12 (A.30.A) (F5C) (B.10.A) Oil Pressure
Wiring harness Low
- Electrical 3029 - Engine
schematic frame Oil Pressure
13 (A.30.A) (ISM) Switch - Engine
Oil Pressure
Switch OC
Float Button (EH) S-007 (EH) Wiring harness X-403 (EH) 5309 - Float
- Electrical Button - Float
schematic frame Button Timeout
19 (A.30.A) (EH) (30 sec) (EH)
Hazard Lamp Wiring harness X-302 Turn/hazard light
Switch - Electrical - Testing Hazard
schematic frame Lamp Switch
06 (A.30.A) (A.40.A)
High Flow Switch Wiring harness X-303 Control valve - Control valve
- Electrical Overview High - Testing High
schematic frame Flow (G.90.C) Flow Switch
06 (A.30.A) (G.90.C)
Horn Switch S-023 Wiring harness X-406 (EH) Audible alert -
- Electrical X-405 (Mech) Testing Horn
schematic frame (E.50.B)
07 (A.30.A)
HVAC High Wiring harness X-76 ENVIRONMENT Sensing system
Pressure Switch - Electrical CONTROL - Testing HVAC
schematic frame Air-conditioning High Pressure
17 (A.30.A) system - Switch (E.40.C)
Overview HVAC
System (E.40.C)
Hydraulic Coupler S-009 Wiring harness X-300 Electrical
Switch - Electrical control - Testing
schematic frame Hydraulic
06 (A.30.A) Coupler Switch
and Solenoid
(J.80.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 30

Name / Dynamic
Description
Hydraulic Enable Command
Switch - Overview
Hydraulic
Enable Switch
- Overview
(A.14.A)
Hydraulic Filter B-010 Wiring harness X-OILFLT 1004 - Hydraulic
Restriction Switch - Electrical Filter Restriction
schematic frame Switch -
02 (A.30.A) Hydraulic Filter
Restricted
1201 - Hydraulic
Filter Restriction
Switch - OC
Ignition Switch Wiring harness X-9 Start control Start control -
- Electrical - Overview Testing Ignition
schematic frame Ignition System Switch (B.80.A)
14 (A.30.A) (B.80.A)
Lamp Selector S-012 Wiring harness X-311 LIGHTING LIGHTING
Switch - Electrical SYSTEM - SYSTEM -
schematic frame Overview Testing Lamp
08 (A.30.A) Lighting (A.40.A) Selector Switch
(A.40.A)
Loader Lockout S-005 Wiring harness X-306 Control valve - Control valve -
Switch - Electrical Overview loader Testing Loader
schematic frame lock control Lockout Switch
06 (A.30.A) valve (H.20.B) (H.20.B)
Mechanical S-004 (Mech) Wiring harness X-42 (Mech)
Backup Switch - Electrical
#1 (Mech) schematic frame
04 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
Mechanical S-005 (Mech) Wiring harness X-43 (Mech)
Backup Switch - Electrical
#2 (Mech) schematic frame
04 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
NH Park Brake Wiring harness X-365 Electrical 4309- Park Brake
Switch - Electrical control - Button - Park
schematic frame Overview Park Brake Button
06 (A.30.A) Brake (D.32.C) Timeout (30 sec)
(D.32.C) (EH)
Operator Wiring harness X-104 Command -
Restraint Switch - Electrical Testing Operator
schematic frame Restraint Switch
20 (A.30.A) (E.32.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 31

Name / Dynamic
Description
Proportional Aux S-036 Wiring harness X-403 (EH) 5141 - Aux
Switch (EH) S-037 (EH) - Electrical thumbwheel axis
schematic frame - Pin A STG / OC
19 (A.30.A) (EH) (EH)
5142 - Aux
thumbwheel axis
- Pin A STP (EH)
5144 - Aux
thumbwheel axis
- Pin B STG / OC
(EH)
5145 - Aux
thumbwheel axis
- Pin B STP (EH)
5147 - Aux
thumbwheel axis
- in-range fault
(EH)
Proportional U-004 (Mech) Wiring harness X-402 (Mech)
Auxiliary - Electrical
Hydraulic Switch schematic frame
(Mech) 23 (A.30.A)
(Mech)
Ride Control / S-018 Wiring harness X-406 (EH) Command - Command -
Glide Ride Switch - Electrical X-402 (Mech) Overview Glide Testing Glide
schematic frame Ride control Ride Control
07 (A.30.A) (D.15.C) Solenoid and
Switch (D.15.C)
Rotating Beacon S-001 Wiring harness X-301
Switch - Electrical
schematic frame
06 (A.30.A)
Seat Heat Switch S-003 Wiring harness X-58 Heater - Testing
- Electrical Seat Heat Switch
schematic frame (E.32.C)
20 (A.30.A)
Seat Switch S-002 Wiring harness X-58 1208 - Seat
- Electrical Switch -
schematic frame Plausibility Fault
20 (A.30.A) (EH)
Command -
Testing Seat
Switch (E.32.C)
Self Level Switch S-013 Wiring harness X-317
- Electrical
schematic frame
06 (A.30.A)
STD / On S-029 Wiring harness X-101
Road Lamp - Electrical X-101A
Configurator schematic frame X-101B
02 (A.30.A)
Turn Signal Wiring harness X-406 (EH) Turn/hazard light
Switch - Electrical X-407 (Mech) - Testing Turn
schematic frame Signal Switch
07 (A.30.A) (A.40.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 32

Name / Dynamic
Description
Wiper / Washer S-016 Wiring harness X-503
Switch - Electrical
schematic frame
09 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 33
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview

An electrical circuit is comprised of three basic elements; a source of electrical energy which provides the current
used by the electrical circuit, a load which converts the electrical current into a work form such as heat or light or an
electromagnetic energy field and conductors which are used to route the electrical current from the source to the load
and back to the source. The device used to provide the electrical current in a direct current (DC) circuit is typically a
battery. The battery uses a chemical action to create and store the needed electrical energy. An alternator which con-
verts mechanical energy into electrical energy and is driven by an engine is used to recharge the battery. Load devices
are designed to utilize the two natural products created when electrical current flows through a conductive material,
that being heat and a magnetic field. Lamps heat alloyed conductive materials to a temperature that produces visible
light where as heater elements use an alloyed material to produce heat. Solenoids and motors use the magnetic field
produced by the current flow to attract or repel ferrous material and produce linear or rotary motion. Stranded or solid
copper or copper clad wire is used to conduct the electrical current between the source and the loads. The return path
to the source from the loads in battery sourced systems is often the metallic materials that are the components of the
machine or what is referred to as frame or chassis ground. The negative terminal on the battery is then connected to
the frame or chassis, thus completing the electrical circuit. In addition to the basic elements required in a electrical
circuit, most also contain protective devices, fuses or circuit breakers, that are designed to interrupt the current flow
should it exceed the amount the conductors or loads in the circuit are capable of handling without damage.
An electrical control scheme is comprised of three categories of devices; input devices like switches, potentiometers
and sensors, control or logic devices like relays and programmed or programmable electronic modules and output
devices like lights, motors and solenoids. Input devices provide information in the way of an electrical signal to the
logic devices. The signal provided may be a digital signal; on or off, high or low, a transition from one predefined
level to another either higher or lower which is referred to as leading or trailing edge or an analog signal which is
variable measurable levels. Logic or control devices use the signals provided by the input devices to determine how
the output devices should be controlled, energized or de-energized and to what level and polarity. Programmed and
programmable logic devices often use the system source voltage, battery voltage, to create other voltages which are
referred to as reference voltages. The reference voltage or reference source as well as a reference ground or control
module ground is provided by the logic or control device to inputs and outputs. This means the control or logic device
is capable of switching, sensing or varying different signal levels and types.
Configuring the electrical control scheme is done in a variety of ways. The input devices may use:
• system source, which is the battery, or
• system ground, which is the frame or chassis, or
• a reference voltage, which is created by the control module, or
• a reference ground, which is provided by the control module,
to provide a digital or analog signal to the control or logic device.
• A single input device may provide a signal directly or

• two or more input devices sharing the same signal wire, in parallel, may provide the signal or
• two or more input devices may provide the signal through one another, in series,
to the control or logic device.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 34
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Potentiometers

Potentiometers are also a vital part of an electric circuit.
Typically potentiometers are configured to provide operator or operational information to an electronic controller.
Unlike switches, which are used to provide digital input (on or off type of signal), potentiometers provide an analog
input (variable type of signal).
Some potentiometers are operator controlled, like the radio volume control knob or the temperature and fan speed
control knobs on the HVAC control module, but the majority use of potentiometers is to provide operational information,
such as fluid levels or product flow (volume) or device location (position) information.
20095585 1
The Fuel level sensing device contains a potentiometer (1) that is attached to the fuel return (2) and supply (not used)
(3) tubes and controlled by the movement of a float (4) attached to the potentiometer actuator arm (5).
93095586 2
Rotary to linear actuators contain a potentiometer used to provide position information.
1z0o2004112130 3
Like operator and mechanically controlled switches, checking the operation of potentiometers can be accomplished
by disconnecting the potentiometer from the electrical circuit and using a multi-meter to measure resistances. Poten-
tiometers are three-wire devices. Typically a source voltage is connected to one of the pins attached to the stationary
(fixed contact) resistive component of the potentiometer and reference ground to the other while the signal is taken
from the pin attached to the wiper (movable contact). First measure the resistance across the full range of the poten-
tiometer, the pins attached to the stationary (fixed contact) resistive component of the potentiometer and then from
either end to the pin attached to the wiper (movable contact). In the latter test the resistance value should change,
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 35
continuously and smoothly, as the wiper is manually moved. As the resistance varies with temperature, the test spec-
ifications are usually given at 20 °C (68 °F).
NOTE: Like switches a growing number of potentiometers, as well as other variable resistive devices, are incorporat-
ing electronics. These devices are referred to as Sensors rather than Potentiometers or Varistors and often cannot
be continuity tested with a multi-meter.
Potentiometer Adjustment
When installing potentiometers, it is important to ensure that they do not bottom out in either direction, to prevent
damage. Most potentiometers have slotted mounting holes to allow some adjustment. Before tightening the mounting
hardware, operate the attaching linkage fully in both directions to confirm proper potentiometer positioning.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 36
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Switches

Switches are a vital part of an electric circuit.
Switches may be configured to provide operator or operational information to an electronic controller or switches may
be used to control circuit operation indirectly by energizing a control relay or switches may control the operation of a
functional device directly by completing the power or ground side of the control circuit.
Switches can be configured to control a number of different functional devices at the same time and / or multiple
functional devices one at a time. This is achieved by having several separate functional devices connected to a single
switch terminal or by having each of the separate functional devices connected to a different terminal (multiple switch
positions).
Operator controlled switches are typically toggle, rocker or potentiometer type devices. They may contain momentary
and / or maintained contact arrangements, they may have more than two positions and may incorporate warning,
position and / or backlighting.
Switches can be as simple as a two position maintained contact rocker type (1) used to turn on or turn off the hazard
warning lights (switch also incorporates a warning light which illuminates when the hazard warning position is actu-
ated) or as complex as the multi-position, multifunction, maintained and momentary contact selector type (2) used to
operate the parking lights, head lights to include high and low beam control, direction indicators and horn operation.
Checking the operation of most of the operator controlled switches can be accomplished by using a multi-meter to
test for continuity through the appropriate switch contacts, once the switch connector has been disconnected and the
switch has been actuated or de-actuated.
Operation or mechanically controlled switches typically use a momentary contact arrangement that is controlled by
an actuator. The position of the actuator is controlled by something in the operational environment, such as fluid in a
container or fluid, gas or air in a pressurized system or a physical part of the machine like a door, panel or brake rotor
or some type of mechanical assembly or linkage apparatus.
1z0o2004112126 1
One of the most common type of mechanically controlled switches is the pressure switch. The pressure switch is
actuated by a fluid, gas or air pressure. The signal circuit wiring may be attached as shown (1) to a terminal provided
on the device that is internally connected to the stationary contact with the movable contact electrically connected to
the metal case (effectively frame ground, used in cases where a conductive, metal, current path exists between the
device and the machine frame) or the device may provide terminal connection to both the stationary and movable
contacts or the device may provide electrical connection through an integrated or pigtailed connector. Usually the
pressure switch employs a diaphragm and spring arrangement that provides a preset amount of opposition to the
medium being sensed. The pressure switch opens (or closes) the contacts when the pressure rises (or lowers) past
a preset value. Like the operator controlled switches, checking the operation of mechanically controlled switches can
be accomplished by using a multi-meter to test for continuity through the switch contacts, once the switch connector
has been disconnected and the switch has been actuated or de-actuated.
NOTE: A growing number of mechanically controlled devices are incorporating electronics to replace mechanical
contacts and to allow for non-contact sensing. These devices are referred to as Sensors rather than Switches and
often cannot be continuity tested with a multi-meter.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 37
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Resistance devices
1z0o2004112128 1
A number of electrical components alter or make use of electricity through their resistance to current flow. Resistors
are components which are generally used to regulate the supply of voltage and current to other electrical components.
In some cases, the purpose of resistance in an electrical circuit is to provide light or heat. Lamps and cigar lighters
(where equipped) are examples. Lamps convert electricity into light, and cigar lighters convert it into heat. Both lamps
and lighters make use of the same physical principle, that is Ohms Law.
Where applicable, the engine grid heater and heated cab mirrors are other examples of resistance devices designed
to convert electricity into heat.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 38
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Solenoids

NOTE: See also ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Pulse width modulation (PWM) solenoid valves
(A.30.A) for PWM solenoid information.
1z0o2004112133 1
Solenoids work in much the same way as relays, except that the iron core is not fixed in place. As a result, the
windings in the control circuit cause the iron core to move. In the starting system, for example, the movement of this
core is used to send large amounts of current to the starter motor.
A solenoid is basically a winding around an iron core. In the centre of the core there is a plunger which is free to
move through the core. When an electrical current passes through the winding an electro-magnetic force is produced
which causes the plunger to move through the core. If the current is switched off, the magnetic force is stopped and
the plunger is returned by a spring.
The solenoid plunger may have different uses: the most common are moving a hydraulic spool or a mechanical lever.
The MOST COMMON FAULTS that can occur are:

• Short circuit winding: if a section of the winding allows the current to pass directly from positive (+) to negative
(-) terminals without passing through the winding, this will cause the relevant circuit fuse to blow.
• Broken winding: causing an open circuit, it will not allow the current to pass through the winding, so the solenoid
will not operate.
• Seized plunger (and/or connected components): the solenoid will only move the plunger if all components are
free to move.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 39
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Pulse width modulation

(PWM) solenoid valves
1z0o2004112134 1
Whenever it is necessary to provide proportional control to the solenoid valves, it is much better to use a principle
of operation called pulse width modulation (PWM). PWM is a variable DC voltage signal that is used to control the
solenoid valves. The voltage signal is pulsed on and off many times a second (at a constant frequency of 500 Hz) at
a constant supply voltage of 12 volts.
The CM modules contain transistors that are supplied with a constant input voltage which is switched on and off
to achieve the variable input range. In this way the control module is able to limit the armature movement, so the
hydraulic output flow of the solenoid is proportional to the average DC voltage. The lower voltage also allows the
solenoid to operate with less residual magnetism and so the entire circuit will operate smoother.
The variable DC voltage signal level is determined by varying the duration of the ON pulse relative to the OFF pulse.
The ratio between the ON time and the cycle time is called duty cycle and is stated as a percentage of one complete
cycle.
1z0o2004112135 2
Diagrams (1) to (3) show the normal operating range of the PWM valve, and diagram (4), shows the initial 12 volts
programming and fill time only. The diagrams in column A show the voltage signal that is sent to the valve, whereas
column B shows the relevant spring pressure and column B the reading on a voltmeter connected to the solenoid
valve.
Diagram (1) shows the OFF position: no signal is directed to the valve, which means no spring pressure in the valve
at all and results in a zero voltage reading. Increasing the duty cycle causes some pressure to be made on the circuit
(Diagram (2)), which results in a voltmeter reading increase. Diagram (3), shows the maximum signal that is used
during the normal activity of the valve: its duty cycle is around 0.5, which results in a spring pressure for the half of
its run and in an indication of a 6 volts average DC current.
The electrical circuit to the solenoids can be checked by using a digital or analogue DC voltmeter, which will indicate
the average voltage readings.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 40
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Fuse

Index
NOTE: For General Fuse information see Fuse and relay box Fuse - Overview (A.30.A).
NOTE: Fuses 1-14 are located in MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 and can be found on schematic Wiring
harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A). Fuses 15-32 are located in ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BLOCK 2 and can be found on schematic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A).
For EH machines
Component Name Component ID Supplies Power to Information
HVAC FUSE F-001 HVAC Box ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-
conditioning system -
Overview HVAC Electrical
(E.40.C)
COMPRESSOR FUSE F-002 HVAC Box ENVIRONMENT
HVAC Condenser Fan CONTROL Air-
(E.40.C)
CRANK FUSE F-003 Starter
REAR WORK LAMPS FUSE F-004 Rear Work Lamp
SIDE LAMPS FUSE F-005 Lights Relay #2 Control
RH Side Lamp
LH Work Lamp
LH TAIL LAMP FUSE F-006 LH Tail Lamp
UCM BACKUP ALARM F-007 UCM
FUSE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER F-008 Instrument Cluster
FUSE UCM
EGR
IGNITION FUSE F-009 Telematics
Ride Control
Horn
2 Speed Switch
RH TAIL LAMP FUSE F-010 RH Tail Lamp
UNSWITCHED BATTERY F-011 Instrument Cluster
FUSE Ignition Switch
EGR
Seat Switch
Operator Restraint Switch
FRONT WORK LAMPS FUSE F-012 LH Side Lamp
RH Work Lamp
ACCESSORY FUSE F-013 Dome Light
Radio
HVAC Box
Seat Heat
Self Level Switch
ACC / BEACON FUSE F-014 Telematics
Accessory Power Outlet
Rotating Beacon
UCM BRAKE LAMPS FUSE F-015 UCM
UCM GRND DRV F-016 UCM
INTERLOCKS FUSE
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 41

UCM PUMP REV FUSE F-017 UCM
LH Pump Swash Plate Sensor
RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor
UCM PROP AUX FUSE F-018 UCM
UCM BUCKET FUSE F-019 UCM
HIGH FLOW / COUPLER F-020 2nd Aux Hyd Switch
FUSE Hyd Coupler Switch
High Flow Switch
UCM PUMP FWD FUSE F-021 UCM
UCM BOOM FUSE F-022 UCM
FE HOT FUSE F-023 Multifunction Attachment Connector
FE #1, #2, #3 FUSE F-024 Right Hand Control Handle
UCM INTERLOCKS FUSE F-025 UCM
UCM UNSWITCHED F-026 UCM
BATTERY FUSE
UCM 2SPD FUSE F-027 UCM
FE ON / OFF FUSE F-028 Electric Auxiliary Hydraulic On / Off
Switch
WIPER / WASHER FUSE F-029 Wiper / Washer Switch
FLASHER / BRAKE FUSE F-030 Flasher Module
LH BOOM FUSE F-031 LH Front Road Lamp
LH Rear Position Lamp
RH BOOM FUSE F-032 RH Front Road Lamp
RH Rear Position Lamp
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 42
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Fuse

Index
NOTE: For General Fuse information see Fuse and relay box Fuse - Overview (A.30.A).
NOTE: Fuses 1-14 are located in MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 and can be found on schematic Wiring
harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A). Fuses 15-21 are located in ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION
and can be found on schematic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 05 (A.30.A).
For Mech machines

HVAC FUSE F-001 HVAC Box ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-
(E.40.C)
COMPRESSOR FUSE F-002 HVAC Box ENVIRONMENT
HVAC Condenser Fan CONTROL Air-
(E.40.C)
CRANK FUSE F-003 Starter
SIDE LAMPS FUSE F-004 Lights Relay #2 Control
Side Lamp DIA Socket
LH TAIL LAMP FUSE F-005 LH Tail Lamp
RH TAIL LAMP FUSE F-006 RH Tail Lamp
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER F-007 Instrument Cluster
FUSE Fuel Pump
Park Brake Switch
IGNITION FUSE F-008 Telematics
Ride Control
Backup Alarm
Horn
2 Speed Switch
ACC / BEACON FUSE F-009 Telematics
Accessory Power Outlet
Rotating Beacon
ACCESSORY FUSE F-010 Dome Light
Radio
HVAC Box
Seat Heat
Self Level Switch
UNSWITCHED BATTERY F-011 Instrument Cluster
FUSE EGR (F5C)
REAR WORK LAMPS FUSE F-012 Rear Work Lamp
FRONT WORK LAMPS FUSE F-013 LH Side Lamp
RH Work Lamp
WIPER / WASHER FUSE F-014 Wiper / Washer Switch
FE HOT FUSE F-015 Multifunction Attachment Connector
FE #1, #2, #3 FUSE F-016 Right Hand Control Handle
Left Hand Control Handle
HIGH FLOW / COUPLER F-017 2nd Aux Hyd Switch
FUSE Hyd Coupler Switch
High Flow Switch
FE ON / OFF FUSE F-018 Electric Auxiliary Hydraulic On / Off
Switch
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 43

FLASHER / BRAKE FUSE F-019 Flasher Module
Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch
LH BOOM FUSE F-020 LH Front Road Lamp
LH Rear Position Lamp
RH BOOM FUSE F-021 RH Front Road Lamp
RH Rear Position Lamp
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 44
Fuse and relay box Relay - Overview
1z0o2004112131 1
The relay is an electromagnetic switch that uses a small amount of current to switch a larger amount on and off.
Relays are electrically operated switches. They are used to switch a circuit on/off in similar way to a manual switch.
When the operator closes a switch, current flows through the relay's control circuit. In this circuit there are windings
surrounding an iron core which is fixed in place. Current turns the iron core into an electromagnet. The core then
attracts an arm which has a contact point on it. When the point on the arm contacts the stationary point, current flows
through the power circuit.
Two circuits are connected to the relay:

• A work circuit, which is switched on/off by the relay, and provides the supply for the equipment to be operated,
i.e., bulbs, solenoids, etc.;
• A control circuit, switched on/off by switches, used to operate the relay.
The part of the relay which is connected to the control circuit consists of the winding of an electro-magnet. When
the control circuit is switched off, the contacts are kept apart by a return spring. When the control circuit is switched
on, a current flows through the coil and a magnetic force is produced. This force, which is stronger than the spring
pressure, pulls the contacts of the relay together, causing the work circuit to operate.
1z0o2004112132 2
A switch-relay system has two main advantages over a simple switch:

• The current that flows through the switch is not the same as all the current requested by the equipment to be
operated, but usually by a smaller current: this allows the usage of smaller and less expensive switches;
• The distance from the supply, to the equipment, can be made as short as possible to minimize voltage drop.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 45
50004701 3
On the relay cover there are 4 or 5 terminal markings:

• 3 or 30: input terminal direct from battery positive, normally live.
• 2 or 85: winding output terminal, usually to ground.
• 1 or 86: winding input terminal.
• 4 or 87: output terminal for normally closed contact.
• 5 or 87a: output terminal for normally open contact.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 46
Fuse and relay box Fuse - Overview

A fuse contains a thin wire, which either melts or vaporizes when too much current flows through it. The resulting
open in the circuit stops current flow. The fuse's current rating is normally stamped on the fuse.
The purpose of a fuse is to open a circuit when current flow exceeds a certain amount, which is determined by the
rating of the fuse. Opening a circuit under high current conditions can save downstream electronic components from
damage and prevents overheating, which could cause a fire. An overload can occur as the result of a short circuit or
short to ground circuit condition or by connecting equipment that requires current greater than the circuit is designed
to carry.
There are several types of fuses, but they all consist of a metal conductor which is capable of carrying a specified
amount of current. If the specified amount of current is exceeded, the metal conductor will overheat. The overheating
causes the metal conductor to melt and break, creating an open circuit condition.
NOTE: The following is for illustration purposes only. See your Operator’s Manual for specific Fuse Block location
and layout.
50014700 1
The rating of the fuse relates to the current, in amperes, that the fuse can carry continuously.
If a fuse fails, replace the fuse with same type and amp rating. Once replaced, if it fails again, the cause for the
over-current condition must be investigated and corrected.
There are a number of methods that can be used to verify the condition of a fuse. The fuse can be removed from
the fuse and relay panel socket and visually inspected to determine if the link has been melted. A continuity test can
be performed across the fuse terminals, while the fuse is removed from the fuse and relay panel, if it is not visually
apparent that the fuse link is blown. If one of the fuse terminals is connected to battery or switched battery power,
a voltage test to ground can be performed from one of the exposed terminals (1) and then the other (1), the battery
or switched battery voltage should be seen on both tests (terminals). If battery or switched battery power is NOT
connected to either fuse terminal or the power has been disconnected and the fuse is NOT part of a continuous
electrical circuit then the fuse can be continuity tested in place in the fuse and relay panel, by checking continuity
across the fuse on the two exposed terminals (1).
NOTICE: If not certain of exact circuit conditions, performing continuity tests on fuses should be done with the fuse
removed from the fuse and relay panel. Performing the test with the fuse still installed in its socket in the fuse and
relay panel could provide false indications of the actual fuse condition.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 47
Fuse and relay box - Overview Location and access

Remove the thumbscrews (2) on the cup holder panel to remove the cover to expose the fuses (1).
The fuse and relay decal is located at lower left as seen from the operators seat.
93106923 1
93107475 2
87586468 3
To open fuse and relay block

1. Rotate the box up toward the cab and slide the release tab (1) (red) away from the cover. There are two cover
(red) locking tabs. One on top and one on the bottom
2. Once both of the red locking tabs (1) are in the released position, squeeze the cover on top (2) and bottom to
remover cover.
3. To install the cover (2), align locking tabs and then slide both red locking tabs (1) toward the cover.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 48
63107475 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 49
Connector - Component diagram 01 - Connector X-10 to Connector

X-13
Connector X-10 - Loader Interface to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87382926 1
Loader Interface to Chassis (EH)

Cavity Circuit ID Description Frame
1 510 (WH) Bucket retract signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1018 (BL) Bucket return frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 511 (WH) Bucket extend signal
4 570 (YE) Control valve bucket position sensor
5 512 (WH) Loader lower signal
6 1019 (BL) Loader return
7 513 (WH) Loader raise signal
8 571 (YE) Control valve loader position sensor
9 1060 (BK/ Control valve sensor grounds
WH)
10 515 (WH) Proportional aux retract signal
11 1020 (BL) Proportional aux return
12 514 (WH) Proportional aux extend signal
13 572 (YE) Control valve aux position sensor
14 236 (PK) Control valve sensor reference voltage
Connector X-101 On Road Light Configuration to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
93109185 2
On Road Light Configuration to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 702 (VT) Road lamp signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 50
Connector X-101A On Road Light Configuration Standard to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
93109186 3
On Road Light Configuration Standard to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 710 (VT) Road lamp configuration front work lamp Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
control signal frame 02 (A.30.A)
Connector X-101B On Road Light Configuration Option to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
93109186 4
On Road Light Configuration Option to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 711 (VT) Road lamp configuration boom lamp control Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
signal frame 02 (A.30.A)
Connector X-104 Lap Bar Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382906 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 51
Lap Bar Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 316 (RD) Lap bar switch unswitched BATT power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 314 (YE) Lap bar / Seat belt cluster input frame 20 (A.30.A)
Connector X-107 14-Cavity Receptacle to FE Boom (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87696137 6
14-Cavity Receptacle to FE Boom (EH) (Mechanical)

A Open Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 987 (BK) Multifuction attachment ground frame 29 (A.30.A)
C 419 (LG) LH handle multifuction #3 down Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
D 418 (GY) LH handle multifuction #3 up frame 24 (A.30.A)
E 410 (WH) RH handle multifuction #1 up
F 411 (TN) RH handle multifuction #1 down
G 416 (VT) Handle multifuction #2 up
H 417 (RD) Handle multifuction #2 down
J 422 (WH) Multifunction On/Off attachment signal power
K 420 (OR) Multifunction key power
L 423 (YE) EHF interlock
M Open
N Open
P Open
Connector X-108
(EH)
1 558 (OR) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 554 (WH) frame 33 (A.30.A)
3 552 (WH)
4 891 (OR)
5 770 (OR)
6 768 (VT)
7 765 (VT)
8 892 (WH)
9 563 (WH)
10 358 (OR)
11 424 (VT)
12 426 (RD)
13 418 (GY)
14 419 (LG)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 52
Connector X-109
(EH)
2 554 (WH) frame 33 (A.30.A)
3 552 (WH)
4 891 (OR)
5 770 (OR)
6 768 (VT)
7 765 (VT)
8 892 (WH)
9 563 (WH)
10 353 (OR)
11 414 (VT)
12 415 (RD)
13 418 (GY)
14 419 (LG)
Connector X-110
(EH)
1 856 (WH) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 33 (A.30.A)
(Mechanical)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
Connector X-11 Interconnect to Chassis Engine (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382911 7
Interconnect to Chassis Engine (EH) (Mechanical)

1 833 (WH) Thermostat to binary pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 834 (WH) Binary pressure switch to compressor relay frame 17 (A.30.A)
pin 86
3 841 (WH) A/C compressor relay pin 87 power
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 53
Connector X-111 Condenser Relay to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87692860 8
Condenser Relay to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

30 839 (RD) Condenser relay pin 30 power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
85 1087 (BK) Condenser relay ground frame 17 (A.30.A)
86 840 (WH) Condenser relay pin 86 signal
87 237 (WH) HVAC condenser fan power
87a Open
Connector X-112
(EH)
frame 33 (A.30.A)
(Mechanical)
frame 27 (A.30.A)
Connector X-113
(EH) (Mechanical)
D 425 (VT) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
E 359 (OR) frame 33 (A.30.A)
F 427 (RD) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 27 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 54
Connector X-114
(Mech)
2 454 (WH) frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 552 (WH)
4 Open
5 770 (OR)
6 768 (VT)
7 765 (VT)
8 246 (OR)
9 857 (WH)
10 353 (OR)
11 414 (VT)
12 415 (RD)
13 418 (GY)
14 419 (LG)
Connector X-115
(Mech)
2 554 (WH) frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 552 (WH)
4 Open
5 770 (OR)
6 768 (VT)
7 765 (VT)
8 Open
9 Open
10 358 (OR)
11 424 (VT)
12 426 (RD)
13 418 (GY)
14 419 (LG)
Connector X-116
(Mech)
2 410(WH) frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 411 (TN)
4 Open
5 412 (VT)
6 413 (RD)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 55
Connector X-117
(Mech)
2 410(WH) frame 27 (A.30.A)
3 411 (TN)
4 Open
5 412 (VT)
6 413 (RD)
7 Open
8 Open
9 247(OR)
10 858 (WH)
Connector X-13 Left Drive Pump Forward to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84122124 9
Left Drive Pump Forward to Chassis (EH)

1 516 (WH) Pump left forward Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1038 (BL) Pump left forward ground frame 27 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 56

X-16
Connector X-14 Fuel Level Sender to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693821 1
Fuel Level Sender to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 956 (BK) Fuel level sender ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 234 (YE) Fuel level sender frame 02 (A.30.A)
Connector X-15 Accessory Backfeed Diode to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
cnh_style-24 2
Accessory Backfeed Diode to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 137 (WH) Accessory relay signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 153 (WH) Accessory relay signal frame 03 (A.30.A)
Connector X-150 CAN 120 OHM Termination Resistor to Chassis (Mechanical)
DEU_DT06-2S 3
CAN 120 OHM Termination Resistor to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 502 (YE) CAN HI Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 507 (GN) CAN LO frame 26 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 57
Connector X-155B Right Turn Signal Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 4
Right Turn Signal Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 771 (VT) Turn signal indicator RH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
Connector X-156B Left Turn Signal Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 5
Left Turn Signal Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 772 (YE) Turn signal indicator LH Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
Connector X-157B Turn Signal Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 58
Turn Signal Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 915 (BK) Turn signal indicator ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 14 (A.30.A)
Connector X-16 Left Drive Pump Reverse to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84122124 7
Left Drive Pump Reverse to Chassis (EH)

1 517 (WH) Pump left reverse Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1039 (BL) Pump left reverse ground frame 27 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 59

X-194
Connector X-161 Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #1 IN to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87688695 1
Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #1 IN to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 720 (RD) Brake lamp switches power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
Connector X-162 Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #1 OUT to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87688695 2
Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #1 OUT to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 759 (VT) Brake lamp switches Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 60
Connector X-163 Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #2 IN to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87688695 3
Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #2 IN to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 759 (VT) Brake lamp switches Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
Connector X-164 Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #2 OUT to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87688695 4
Mechanical Brake Pressure Switch #2 OUT to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 721 (VT) Brake lamp signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
Connector X-17 Right Drive Pump Forward to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84122124 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 61
Right Drive Pump Forward to Chassis (EH)

1 519 (WH) Pump right forward Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1040 (BL) Pump right forward ground frame 27 (A.30.A)
Connector X-178 Beacon Lamp Socket to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
AMP_480115-1 6
Beacon Lamp Socket to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 928 (BK) Beacon lamp socket ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 761 (VT) Beacon switch output frame 08 (A.30.A)
Connector X-18 Right Drive Pump Reverse to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84122124 7
Right Drive Pump Reverse to Chassis (EH)

1 518 (WH) Pump right reverse Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1041 (BL) Pump right reverse ground frame 27 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 62
Connector X-19 EHF Extend to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84122124 8
EHF Extend to Chassis (EH)

1 431 (WH) EHF extend signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1100 (BL) EHF extend return frame 32 (A.30.A)
Connector X-194 Glow Plug FPT Interface to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
93109180 9
Glow Plug FPT Interface to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 605 (OR) Engine preheat relay output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 63

X-21
Connector X-195 Preheat Fuse to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
RING_TERMINAL 1
Preheat Fuse to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 121 (RD) Engine preheat fuse power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 11 (A.30.A)
Connector X-196 Right-hand Rear Turn Signal to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87688716 2
Right-hand Rear Turn Signal to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
A 736 (VT) RH rear turn signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B Open frame 18 (A.30.A)
C 1002 (BK) RH rear turn signal ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 64
Connector X-198 Left-hand Rear Turn Signal to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87688716 3
Left-hand Rear Turn Signal to Wire Rear Road Jumper

A 735 (VT) LH rear turn signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C 1001 (BK) LH rear turn signal ground
Connector X-20 Throttle Position Sensor to Chassis (EH)
PAC_12162210 4
Throttle Position Sensor to Chassis (EH)

A 545 (YE) Throttle position Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 1066 (BK/ Throttle position sensor ground frame 25 (A.30.A)
WH)
C 211 (PK) Throttle position sensor reference
D Open
E Open
F Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 65
Connector X-200 Rear Lamp Jumper Interface to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382918 5
Rear Lamp Jumper Interface to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 766 (VT) LH rear turn signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 763 (VT) RH rear turn signal power frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 717 (VT) LH rear position lamp
4 718 (VT) RH rear position lamp
5 721 (VT) Brake lamp signal power
6 975 (BK) Rear lamps ground
Connector X-201 Rear Lamp Jumper/Chassis Interface to Wire Rear Road Jumper/Light Jumper (EH) (Me-
chanical)
SL57_87382915 6
Rear Lamp Jumper/Chassis Interface to Wire Rear Road Lamp Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
1 730 (VT) Rear work lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 733 (VT) RH tail lamp power frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 731 (VT) LH tail lamp power
4 1000 (BK) Rear lamp ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 66
Connector X-203 Rear Lamp Jumper Road Lamps/Chassis Interface to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechan-
ical)
SL57_87382919 7
Rear Lamp Jumper Road Lamps/Chassis Interface to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
1 735 (VT) LH rear turn signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 736 (VT) RH rear turn signal power frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 717 (VT) LH rear position lamp
4 718 (VT) RH rear position lamp
5 737 (VT) Brake lamp signal power
Connector X-21 Bucket Spool Position Sensor to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL47_87694101 8
Bucket Spool Position Sensor to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 206 (PK) Control valve bucket position sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
reference frame 24 (A.30.A)
2 Open
3 1057 (BK/ Control valve bucket position sensor ground
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 67

X-232
Connector X-22 Boom Spool Position Sensor to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87694101 1
Boom Spool Position Sensor to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 207 (PK) Control valve loader position sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 Open frame 24 (A.30.A)
3 1058 (BK/ Control valve loader position sensor ground
WH)
Connector X-228 Left-hand Boom Road Lamp to Wire FE Boom (EH) (Mech)
SL57_87694112 2
Left-hand Boom Road Lamp to FE Road Boom (EH) (Mech)

1 979 (BK) LH boom lamps ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 742 (VT) LH boom lamp low beam frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 741 (VT) LH lamp position
5 767 (VT) LH boom turn signal power
6 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 68
Connector X-229
Right hand Boom Road Lamp to FE Road Boom (EH) (Mech)

1 960 (BK) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 540 (VT) frame 18 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 539 (VT)
5 764 (VT)
Connector X-23 Auxiliary Spool Position Sensor to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87694101 3
Auxiliary Spool Position Sensor to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 208 (PK) Control valve aux position sensor reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 1059 (BK/ Control valve aux position sensor ground
WH)
Connector X-230 Left-hand Boom Lights Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697724 4
Left-hand Boom Lights Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

A 712 (VT) LH boom road lamps signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 767 (VT) LH boom turn signal power frame 18 (A.30.A)
C Open
D 979 (BK) LH boom lamps ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 69
Connector X-231 Right-hand Boom Lights Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697724 5
Right-hand Boom Lights Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

A 713 (VT) RH boom road lamps signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 764 (VT) RH boom turn signal power frame 18 (A.30.A)
C Open
D 980 (BK) RH boom lamps ground
Connector X-232 Left-hand Boom Lights Interconnect to FE Road Boom (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697723 6
Left-hand Boom Lights Interconnect to FE Road Boom (EH) (Mechanical)

A 712 (VT) LH boom road lamps signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 767 (VT) LH boom turn signal power frame 18 (A.30.A)
C Open
D 979 (BK) LH boom lamps ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 70

X-275
Connector X-233
(EH) (Mech)
A 713 (VT) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 764 (VT) frame 18 (A.30.A)
C Open
D 980 (BK)
Connector X-24 Proportional Auxiliary Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87695582 1
Proportional Auxiliary Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 514 (WH) Proportional aux extend signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1083 (BL) Proportional aux extend return frame 24 (A.30.A)
Connector X-24 Proportional Auxiliary Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87695582 2
Bucket Valve Retract to EH Control Valve (EH)

2 1078 (BL) Bucket retract return frame 24 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 71
Connector X-252 Temp Control Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87714670 3
Temp Control Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 912 (BK) HVAC temperature switch ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 824 (YE) HVAC temperature control signal frame 17 (A.30.A)
3 823 (PK) HVAC temperature switch power
Connector X-26 Bucket Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87695582 4
Bucket Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 511 (WH) Bucket extend signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1079 (BL) Bucket extend return frame 24 (A.30.A)
Connector X-27 Loader Valve Retract to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87695582 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 72
Loader Valve Retract to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 512 (WH) Loader lower signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1080 (BL) Loader lower return frame 24 (A.30.A)
Connector X-270 Blower Fan Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
754C-3 6
Blower Fan Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 825 (OR) HVAC clutch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 821 (OR) Blower switch power frame 17 (A.30.A)
3 828 (WH) HVAC fan low
4 827 (WH) HVAC fan medium
5 826 (WH) HVAC fan high
Connector X-271 Water Valve to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694714 7
Water Valve to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

A 822 (OR) HVAC water valve power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C 1013 (BK) Water valve ground
D 824 (YE) HVAC temperature control signal
E Open
F Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 73
Connector X-275 A/C Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
93109181 8
A/C Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 825 (OR) HVAC clutch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 913 (BK) HVAC compressor clutch switch ground frame 17 (A.30.A)
C 829 (WH) HVAC compressor switch
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 74

X-303
Connector X-28 Loader Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87695582 1
Loader Valve Extend to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 513 (WH) Loader raise signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1081 (BL) Loader raise return frame 24 (A.30.A)
Connector X-29 Proportional Auxiliary Valve Retract to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87695582 2
Proportional Auxiliary Valve Retract to EH Control Valve (EH)

1 515 (WH) Proportional aux retract signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1082 (BL) Proportional aux retract return frame 24 (A.30.A)
Connector X-298 EH UCM Wakeup Diode to Chassis (EH)
cnh_style-24 3
EH UCM Wakeup Diode to Chassis (EH)

A 334 (OR) Main power relay UCM wakeup Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 333 (YE) UCM wakeup diode out frame 20 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 75
Connector X-2SPD 2 Speed Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH Medium and Large frame) (Mechanical Medium
and Large frame)
SL57_87693821 4
2 Speed Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH Medium and Large frame) (Mechanical Medium and Large frame)
A 564 (WH) 2 speed valve solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 953 (BK) 2 speed valve ground frame 07 (A.30.A)
Connector X-30 Right-hand Lamp Jumper Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694154 5
Right-hand Lamp Jumper Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 798 (VT) RH work lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 793 (VT) RH side lamp power frame 16 (A.30.A)
3 779 (VT) RH cab turn signal power
4 926 (BK) RH cab lamps ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 76
Connector X-300 Hydraulic Coupler Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159859 6
Hydraulic Coupler Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 Open Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 751 (OR) Hydraulic coupler switch in frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 752 (WH) Hydraulic coupler signal
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 Open
8 Open
9 918 (BK) Hydraulic coupler switch indicator ground
10 Open
Connector X-301 Beacon Lamp Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697780 7
Beacon Lamp Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 919 (BK) Beacon switch indicator ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C Open
D 761 (VT) Beacon switch output
E 796 (VT) Beacon power
F Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 77
Connector X-302 Hazard Lamp Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159858 8
Hazard Lamp Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 776 (VT) Hazard switch LH turn signal output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 784 (OR) LH hazard flasher power in frame 06 (A.30.A)
C 920 (BK) Hazard switch indicator ground
D Open
E 785 (OR) RH hazard flasher power in
F 778 (VT) Hazard switch RH turn signal output
Connector X-303 Hi Flow Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693037 9
Hi Flow Switch to Cab (EH)

A 755 (WH) High performance high flow signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 753 (OR) High flow switch in frame 06 (A.30.A)
C 750 (WH) Standard high flow signal
D Open
E 921 (BK) High flow switch indicator ground
Hi Flow Switch to Cab (Mechanical)

B 753 (OR) High flow switch in frame 06 (A.30.A)
C 750 (WH) Standard high flow signal
D Open
E 921 (BK) High flow switch indicator ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 78

X-317
Connector X-304 Auxiliary ON/OFF Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697780 1
Auxiliary ON/OFF Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 923 (BK) Aux elec On/Off switch indicator ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C Open
D 856 (WH) Aux elec On/Off switch signal
E 129 (OR) Aux elec On/Off switch in
F Open
Connector X-306 Loader Lockout Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693037 2
Loader Lockout Switch to Cab (EH)

A 312 (YE) Loader lock switch N.C. output (valve on) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 311 (OR) Loader lockout switch in frame 06 (A.30.A)
C 398 (YE) Loader lockout switch N.O. output (valve off)
D Open
E 924 (BK) Loader lock switch indicator ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 79
Loader Lockout Switch to Cab (Mechanical)

A 312 (WH) Loader lock switch out Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 311 (WH) Loader lockout switch in frame 06 (A.30.A)
C Open
D Open
E 924 (BK) Loader lock switch indicator ground
Connector X-31 Left-hand Lamp Jumper Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694154 3
Left-hand Lamp Jumper Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 799 (VT) Left hand work lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 794 (VT) Left hand side lamp power frame 16 (A.30.A)
3 773 (VT) Left hand cab turn signal power
4 927 (BK) Left hand cab lamps ground
Connector X-310 Two Speed Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159859 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 80
Two Speed Indicator to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

3 Open
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 565 (VT) 2 Speed indicator
8 Open
9 917 (BK) 2 Speed indicator ground
10 Open
Connector X-311 Lamp Selector Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
754C-3 5
Lamp Selector Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

2 123 (OR) Lamp switch power frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 790 (VT) Lamp switch work lamp signal
4 791 (VT) Lamp switch road lamp signal
5 792 (VT) Lamp switch work and side lamp signal
Connector X-316 Ignition Backfeed Diode to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
cnh_style-24 6
Ignition Backfeed Diode to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

A 133 (OR) Main power relay signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 144 (OR) Main power relay signal frame 04 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 81
Connector X-317 Self Level Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693037 7
Self Level Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 404 (WH) Self level switch output power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 405 (OR) Self level switch power frame 06 (A.30.A)
C Open
D Open
E 922 (BK) Self level switch indicator ground
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 82

X-332
Connector X-318 Self Level Valve to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 1
Self Level Valve to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 404 (WH) Self level switch output power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 949 (BK) Self level ground frame 02 (A.30.A)
Connector X-323 Multifunction Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382922 2
Multifunction Interconnect to Chassis (EH)

1 419 (LG) LH handle multifunction #3 down Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 418 (GY) LH handle multifunction #3 up frame 29 (A.30.A)
3 410 (WH) RH handle multifunction #1 up
4 411 (TN) RH handle multifunction #1 down
5 416 (VT) Handle multifunction #2 up
6 417 (RD) Handle multifunction #2 down
7 982 (BK) Multifunctional ground
8 856 (WH) Aux elec on/off switch signal
9 420 (OR) Multifunction key power
10 423 (YE) EHF interlock
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 83
Multifunction Interconnect to Chassis (Mechanical)

7 982 (BK) Multifunctional ground
10 Open
Connector X-323A to FE Boom (EH) (Mechanical)
FE Boom (EH)
7 982 (BK) Multifunction ground
10 423 (YE) EHF interlock
FE Boom (Mechanical)
7 982 (BK) Multifunction ground
10 Open
Connector X-330 Right Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 84
Right Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 451 (WH) Right speaker (+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
Connector X-331 Right Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 4
Right Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 450 (BL) Right speaker (-) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
Connector X-332 Left Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 5
Left Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 453 (WH) Left speaker (+) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 85

X-35
Connector X-333 Left Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 1
Left Speaker to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 452 (BL) Left speaker (-) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 21 (A.30.A)
Connector X-335 Radio to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84257494 2
Radio to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

2 452 (BL) Left speaker (-) frame 21 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 451 (WH) Right speaker (+)
5 450 (BL) Right speaker (-)
6 453 (WH) Left speaker (+)
7 934 (BK) Radio ground
8 Open
9 130 (OR) Radio power
Connector X-33A
(Mechanical)
A 729 (VT) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 997 (BK) frame 08 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 86
Connector X-34 Left-hand Rear Work Lamp to Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (EH)
SL57_87695582 3
Left-hand Rear Work Lamp to Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (EH)

1 728 (VT) LH rear work lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 996 (BK) LH rear work lamp ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
Connector X-341 LH Rear Strobe Lamp to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694153 4
LH Rear Strobe Lamp to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)

1 758 (VT) LH rear strobe power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1007 (BK) LH rear strobe ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 683 (PK) LH rear strobe sync
Connector X-342 RH Rear Strobe Lamp to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694153 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 87
RH Rear Strobe Lamp to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)

1 757 (VT) RH rear strobe power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1006 (BK) RH rear strobe ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 682 (PK) RH rear strobe sync
Connector X-343 RH Front Strobe Light to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694153 6
RH Front Strobe Light to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)

1 739 (VT) RH front strobe power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1004 (BK) RH front strobe ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 680 (PK) RH front strobe sync
Connector X-344 LH Front Strobe Lamp to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694153 7
LH Front Strobe Lamp to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)

1 740 (VT) LH front strobe power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1005 (BK) LH front strobe ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 681 (PK) LH front strobe sync
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 88
Connector X-35 Right-hand Rear Work Light to Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (EH)
SL57_87695582 8
Right-hand Rear Work Light to Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (EH)

1 729 (VT) RH rear work lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 997 (BK) RH rear work lamp ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 89

X-406
Connector X-365 Park Brake Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159859 1
Park Brake Switch to Cab (EH)

2 194 (OR) RH console park brake sw frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 306 (YE) RH console park brake sw out
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 Open
8 Open
9 Open
10 Open
Park Brake Switch to Cab (Mechanical)

2 305 (YE) RH console park brake switch frame 06 (A.30.A)
3 306 (YE) RH console park brake sw out
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 Open
8 Open
9 Open
10 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 90
Connector X-37 Left-hand Rear Position Lamp to Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87688716 2
Left-hand Rear Position Lamp to Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)

A 731 (VT) LH tail lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 998 (BK) LH stop / tail lights ground frame 18 (A.30.A)
C 732 (VT) LH stop lamp power
Connector X-38 RH Rear Work Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (Mechanical)
SL57_82003123 3
RH Rear Work Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (Mechanical)

A 729 (VT) RH rear work lamp power
B 997 (BK) RH rear work lamp ground
Connector X-39 LH Rear Position Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87688716 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 91
LH Rear Position Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)

A 732 (VT) LH stop lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 897 (VT) LH tail lamp power frame 18 (A.30.A)
C 1091 (BK) LH stop/tail lamps ground
Connector X-40 EHF Retract to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84122124 5
EHF Retract to Chassis (EH)

1 430 (WH) EHF retract signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1101 (BL) EHF retract return frame 32 (A.30.A)
Connector X-401
(EH)
A 856 (WH) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 129 (OR) frame 33 (A.30.A)
Connector X-402 RH Handle Interconnect Park Brake/Ride Control to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87382922 6
Connector X-402 RH Handle Interconnect Park Brake/Ride Control to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 324 (OR) RH grip park brake switch power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 307 (YE) RH grip park brake switch output frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 832 (OR) Ride control valve solenoid switch power
4 831 (WH) Ride control valve solenoid signal
5 Open
6 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 92

7 Open
8 699 (PK) EH aux proportional switch signal output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
9 1010 (BK/ EH aux proportional switch ground frame 23 (A.30.A)
WH)
10 331 (OR) EH aux proportional switch reference voltage
Connector X-403 Right-hand Handle Interconnect Female/Proportional Auxiliary/Float to Cab (EH)
SL57_87382928 7
Right-hand Handle Interconnect Female/Proportional Auxiliary/Float to Cab (EH)

1 213 (PK) Proportional aux switch #2 reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 547 (YE) Proportional aux switch output signal #1 frame 19 (A.30.A)
3 1052 (BK/ Proportional aux switch #2 ground
WH)
4 Open
5 352 (OR) RH handle multifunction #1 / #2 power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
6 410 (WH) RH handle multifunction #1 up frame 07 (A.30.A)
8 412 (VT) RH handle multifunction #2 up
9 413 (RD) RH handle multifunction #2 down
10 214 (PK) Proportional aux switch #1 reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
11 546 (YE) Proportional aux switch output signal #2 frame 19 (A.30.A)
12 1053 (BK- Proportional aux switch #1 ground
WH)
13 406 (OR) Float switch input voltage
14 531 (YE) Loader float switch input
Connector X-404 RH Handle Interconnect Multifunction #1/#2 to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87382918 8
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 93
RH Handle Interconnect Multifunction #1/#2 to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 352 (OR) RH handle multifunctional #1/2 power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 410 (WH) RH handle multifunctional #1 up frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 411 (TN) RH handle multifunctional #1 down
4 Open
5 412 (VT) RH handle multifunctional #2 up
6 413 (RD) RH handle multifunctional #2 down
Connector X-405 LH Handle Interconnect Horn/Two Speed to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87697723 9
Connector X-405 LH Handle Interconnect Horn/Two Speed to Chassis (Mechanical)

A 891 (OR) LH grip horn/2 speed switch power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 892 (WH) Horn power signal frame 07 (A.30.A)
C Open
D 563 (WH) 2 speed switch output signal
Connector X-406 Right-hand Handle Interconnect Park Brake/Ride Control to Cab (EH)
SL57_87697723 10
Right-hand Handle Interconnect Park Brake/Ride Control to Cab (EH)

A 324 (OR) RH grip park brake switch power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 307 (YE) RH grip park brake sw output frame 07 (A.30.A)
C 832 (OR) Ride control valve solenoid switch power
D 831 (WH) Ride control valve solenoid signal
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 94

X-430
Connector X-407 LH Handle Interconnect 2nd Auxiliary/Turn Signal to Chassis Options (Mechanical)
SL57_87382929 1
LH Handle Interconnect 2nd Auxiliary/Turn Signal to Chassis Options (Mechanical)

1 558 (OR) 2nd aux switch power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 554 (WH) 2nd aux extend switch output frame 07 (A.30.A)
3 552 (WH) 2nd aux retract signal power
4 Open
5 770 (OR) LH grip flasher power
6 768 (VT) LH grip LH turn signal output signal
7 765 (VT) LH grip RH turn signal output signal
8 Open
9 Open
10 353 (OR) LH handle multifunction #2/3 power
11 414 (VT) LH handle multifunction #2 up
12 415 (RD) LH handle multifunction #2 down
13 418 (GY) LH handle multifunction #3 up
14 419 (LG) LH handle multifunction #3 down
Connector X-408 Left-hand Interconnect to Cab (EH)
SL57_87382929 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 95
Left-hand Interconnect to Cab (EH)

1 558 (OR) 2nd aux switch power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 554 (WH) 2nd aux extend switch output frame 07 (A.30.A)
4 891 (OR) LH grip horn / 2 speed sw power
5 770 (OR) LH grip flasher power
6 768 (VT) LH grip LH turn signal output signal
7 765 (VT) LH grip RH turn signal output signal
8 892 (WH) Horn power signal
9 563 (WH) 2 speed switch output signal
10 353 (OR) LH handle multifunction #2 / #3 power
11 414 (VT) LH handle multifunction #2 up
12 415 (RD) LH handle multifunction #2 down
Connector X-410 Loader Lock/Chassis Harness Interconnect to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87695584 3
Loader Lock/Chassis Harness Interconnect to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 311 (WH) Loader lockout switch in Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 969 (BK) Hydraulic loader interlock ground frame 15 (A.30.A)
Connector X-411 Flasher Module to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87692860 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 96
Flasher Module to Chassis (EH)

30 156 (RD) Flasher/brake power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
85 981 (BK) Flasher ground frame 16 (A.30.A)
86 Open
87 Open
87A 769 (OR) Flasher module output/power
Flasher Module to Chassis (Mechanical)

30 155 (RD) Flasher/brake power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
85 981 (BK) Flasher ground frame 16 (A.30.A)
86 Open
87 Open
87A 769 (OR) Flasher module output/power
Connector X-412 Loader Lock Port Lock Valve Connection to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 5
Loader Lock Port Lock Valve Connection to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 312 (WH) Loader lock switch out Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
Connector X-42 Mechanical Back Up Switch #1 to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87695584 6
Mechanical Back Up Switch #1 to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 893 (WH) Backup alarm switch power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 894 (WH) Backup alarm switch to switch frame 04 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 97
Connector X-43 Mechanical Back Up Switch #2 to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87695584 7

1 894 (WH) Backup alarm switch to switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 895 (WH) Backup alarm signal frame 04 (A.30.A)
Connector X-430 EH Auxiliary Power Controller to Chassis (Mechanical)
DT06-08SA 8

1 319 (OR) EH aux power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 901 (BK/ PWM controller ground frame 19 (A.30.A)
WH)
3 889 (WH) EH aux extend signal
4 890 (WH) EH aux retract signal
5 1009 (BL) EH aux valve signal return
6 699 (PK) EH aux proportional switch signal output
7 1010 (BK/ EH aux proportional switch ground
WH)
8 331 (OR) EH aux proportional switch reference voltage
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 98

X-502
Connector X-432 Proportional Auxiliary Valve Retract to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 1
Proportional Auxiliary Valve Retract to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 890 (WH) EH aux retract signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 914 (BL) EH aux retract ground frame 19 (A.30.A)
Connector X-433 Proportional Auxiliary Valve Extend to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 2
Proportional Auxiliary Valve Extend to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 889 (WH) EH aux extend signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 911 (BL) EH aux extend ground frame 19 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 99
Connector X-44 Right-hand Rear Position Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper/Lamp Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87688716 3
Right-hand Rear Position Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
A 733 (VT) RH tail lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 734 (VT) RH stop lamp power frame 18 (A.30.A)
C 999 (BK) RH stop /tail lamps ground
Connector X-49 RH Rear Position Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87688716 4
RH Rear Position Lamp to Wire Rear Road Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)

A 734 (VT) RH stop lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 718 (VT) RH rear position lamp frame 18 (A.30.A)
C 1092 (BK) RH stop / tail lamps ground
Connector X-5 Alternator to Engine (ISM and F5C)
SL57_84165069 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 100
Alternator to Engine (ISM and F5C)

1 244 (YE) Alternator lamp telematics engine on Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 121 (OR) Alternator excite frame 12 (A.30.A)
3 124 (YE) Engine RPM signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
Connector X-502 Door Wiper Motor to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697724 6
Door Wiper Motor to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 227 (WH) Door wiper motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 929 (BK) Door wiper motor ground frame 09 (A.30.A)
C 231 (OR) Door wiper motor park
D 220 (YE) Door switch bypass
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 101
Connector - Component diagram 14 - Connector X-502A to

Connector X-510
Connector X-502A Rear Window Wiper Motor to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693712 1
Rear Window Wiper Motor to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 228 (WH) Rear window wiper motor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 930 (BK) Rear window wiper motor ground frame 09 (A.30.A)
C 232 (OR) Rear window wiper motor park
Connector X-503 Wiper/Washer Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87716755 2
Wiper/Washer Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 931 (BK) Wiper/washer sw ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 225 (WH) Wiper motor and indicator lamp power output frame 09 (A.30.A)
3 229 (OR) Wiper/washer sw motor power in
4 Open
5 224 (WH) Washer pump signal
6 230 OR) Wiper/washer sw motor pump in
7 226 (VT) Wiper/washer lamp signal
8 932 (BK) Wiper/washer sw indicator ground
9 Open
10 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 102
Connector X-504 Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (F5C)
SL57_84159852 3
Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (F5C)

1 257 (YE) Coolant temperature sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
Connector X-505 Cab/Door Switch Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382906 4
Cab/Door Switch Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 250 (YE) Door switch signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1016 (BK/ Door switch ground frame 09 (A.30.A)
WH)
Connector X-506 Front Door Washer Pump to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87699736 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 103
Front Door Washer Pump to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 970 (BK) Washer pump ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 224 (WH) Washer pump signal frame 09 (A.30.A)
Connector X-508 Air Filter Restriction Switch (ISM) (F5C)
SL57_84607243 6
Air Filter Restriction Switch (ISM) (F5C)

1 268 (YE) Air filter sw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
1 907 (BL) Air filter sw ground frame 13 (A.30.A)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
Connector X-509 Air Filter Restriction Switch ground (ISM)
Air Filter Restriction Switch ground (ISM)

1 907 (BL) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
Connector X-510 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (F5C)
SL57_87687239 7
Engine Oil Pressure Switch (F5C)

1 255 (YE) Eng oil press sw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 104

X-52A
Connector X-512 Engine Oil Pressure Switch (ISM)
SL57_84159853 1
Engine Oil Pressure Switch (ISM)

1 255 (YE) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
Connector X-513 Starter Ring Terminal (ISM)
Starter Ring Terminal (ISM)

frame 13 (A.30.A)
Connector X-516 Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (ISM)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sender (ISM)

1 257 (YE) Coolant temperature sensor Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 13 (A.30.A)
Connector X-517 Fuel Solenoid (ISM)
SL57_87699700 2
Fuel Solenoid (ISM)

frame 13 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 105
Connector X-521 Fuel Pump (ISM Mechanical)
SL57_87688695 3
Fuel Pump (ISM Mechanical)

1 150 (OR) Engine switched battery power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 909 (BK) Fuel Pump to Ground frame 13 (A.30.A)
Connector X-52A Engine/Chassis Harness Interconnect to Engine (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382926 4
Engine/Chassis Harness Interconnect to Engine (EH) (Mechanical)

1 267 (YE) Air filter sw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 255 (YE) Engine oil pressure sw frame 10 (A.30.A)
3 257 (YE) Coolant temperature sensor
4 124 (YE) Engine rpm signal
5 110 (RD) K30 unswitched power
6 602 (WH) Fuel solenoid power
7 150 (OR) Engine switched battery power
8 833 (WH) Thermostat to binary pressure switch
9 127 (OR) Alternator excite
10 626 (WH) Crank signal
11 834 (WH) Binary pressure switch to compressor relay
pin 86
13 908 (BK/ Clean engine ground
WH)
14 248 (YE) EGR ECU K-line
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 106
Connector - Component diagram 16 - Connector X-52B to

Connector X-74
Connector X-52B Chassis/Engine Harness Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382927 1
Chassis/Engine Harness Interconnect to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 267 (YE) Air filter/engine malfunction Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 255 (YE) Engine oil pressure frame 10 (A.30.A)
3 257 (YE) Engine coolant temperature sender
4 124 (YE) Engine rpm signal
6 602 (WH) Fuel solenoid signal
7 150 (OR) Engine switched battery power
9 127 (OR) Alternator excite
10 626 (WH) Crank signal
pin 86
13 908 (BK/ Clean engine ground
WH)
Connector X-58 Cab/Seat Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87694154 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 107
Cab/Seat Interface to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 756 (OR) Seat accessory power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 933 (BK) Seat accessory ground frame 20 (A.30.A)
3 315 (RD) Seat sw unswitched power
4 323 (YE) Seat sw cluster input
Connector X-60 Chassis/Engine Harness Telematics Interconnect to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87695582 3
Chassis/Engine Harness Telematics Interconnect to Chassis (EH)

1 244 (YE) Alternator lamp telematics engine on Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
Connector X-66 2-Cavity Plug to FE Boom (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693821 4
2-Cavity Plug to FE Boom (EH) (Mechanical)

A 421 (WH) Multifunction water pump signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 988 (BK) Multifunction water pump ground frame 29 (A.30.A) (EH)
frame 24 (A.30.A) (Mech)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 108
Connector X-67 EHF Pressure Transducer to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87695549 5
EHF Pressure Transducer to Chassis (EH LG EHF)

A 245 (PK) EHF pressure transducer reference Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 454 (YE) EHF pressure transducer signal frame 32 (A.30.A)
C 1102 (BK/ EHF pressure transducer ground
WH)
Connector X-68 Strobe/Cab Harness Interface to Strobe
93109187 6
Strobe/Cab Harness Interface to Strobe (EH) (Mechanical)

PWR 738 (VT) Strobe signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
GND 1003 (BK) Strobe ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
Connector X-74 HVAC Condenser Fan to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87692877 7
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 109
HVAC Condenser Fan to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

A 1084 (BK) HVAC condenser fan ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 237 (WH) HVAC condenser fan power frame 17 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 110

X-9
Connector X-75 Chassis Harness/HVAC Engine Interconnect to HVAC Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382910 1
Chassis Harness/HVAC Engine Interconnect to HVAC Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)

1 833 (WH) Thermostat to binary pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 834 (WH) Binary pressure switch to compressor relay frame 17 (A.30.A)
pin 86
3 836 (WH) Compressor fuse
Connector X-76 HVAC High Pressure Switch to HVAC Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87692855 2
HVAC High Pressure Switch to HVAC Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)

A 833 (WH) Thermostat to binary pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 834 (WH) Binary pressure switch to compressor relay frame 17 (A.30.A)
pin 86
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 111
Connector X-77 Side Lamp DIA Socket to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
AMP_480115-1 3
Side Lamp DIA Socket to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 1085 (BK) DIA side lamp ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 238 (VT) DIA side lamp signal frame 08 (A.30.A)
Connector X-78 Fuel Pump to Engine (F5C)
SL57_87692877 4
Fuel Pump to Engine (F5C)

A 239 (WH) F5C fuel pump signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 1086 (BK) F5C fuel pump ground frame 12 (A.30.A)
Connector X-88 Loader/Chassis Interface to EH Control Valve (EH)
SL57_87382927 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 112
Loader/Chassis Interface to EH Control Valve (EH)

2 1018 (BL) Bucket return frame 24 (A.30.A)
9 1060 (BK/ Control valve sensor grounds
WH)
14 236 (OR) Control valve sensor reference voltage
Connector X-9 Ignition Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693713 6
Ignition Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 140 (RD) Key sw unswitched battery Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 624 (WH) Key start output frame 14 (A.30.A)
3 132 (OR) Key ignition
4 Open
5 Open
6 138 (OR) Key accessory
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 113

X-AC_COMP
Connector X-93 Right-hand Swash Plate Sensor To Chassis (EH)
SL57_87694112 1
Right-hand Swash Plate Sensor To Chassis (EH)

1 1055 (BK/ RH pump angle sensor ground #1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
WH) frame 27 (A.30.A)
2 223 (PK) RH pump angle sensor reference #1
3 575 (YE) RH pump angle #2
5 221 (PK) RH pump angle sensor reference #2
6 1074 (BK/ RH pump angle sensor ground #2
WH)
Connector X-94 Left-hand Pump Swash Plate Sensor to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87694112 2
Left-hand Pump Swash Plate Sensor to Chassis (EH)

1 1054 (BK/ LH pump angle sensor ground #1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 222 (PK) LH pump angle sensor reference #1
3 574 (YE) LH pump angle #1
5 209 (PK) LH pump angle sensor reference #2
6 1073 (BK/ LH pump angle sensor ground #2
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 114
Connector X-95 Drive Pattern Selector Switch to Cab (EH)
SL57_84159859 3
Drive Pattern Selector Switch to Cab (EH)

1 522 (YE) Control pattern H Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 521 (YE) Control pattern neutral
4 Open
5 199 (OR) Control pattern sw input power 5
6 523 (YE) Control pattern ISO
7 197 (OR) Pattern indicator ISO power
8 1024 (BL) Pattern indicator H LS output
9 1023 (BL) Pattern indicator ISO LS output
10 198 (OR) Pattern indicator H power
Connector X-97 Cab/Dome Lamp Jumper 2-cavity plug to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 4
Cab/Dome Lamp Jumper 2-cavity plug to Cab (EH)

1 151 (OR) Radio/dome lamp/HVAC relay Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 916 (BK) Dome lamp ground frame 21 (A.30.A)
Cab/Dome Lamp Jumper 2-cavity plug to Cab (Mechanical)

1 800 (OR) Dome lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 916 (BK) Dome lamp ground frame 08 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 115
Connector X-98 EH Seat Switch UCM Diode to Chassis (EH)
cnh_style-24 5
EH Seat Switch UCM Diode to Chassis (EH)

A 332 (YE) Seat sw UCM diode in Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 330 (YE) EH seat sw UCM diode out frame 20 (A.30.A)
Connector X-99 EH Lap Bar Diode to Chassis (EH)
cnh_style-24 6
EH Lap Bar Diode to Chassis (EH)

A 314 (YE) Lap bar/seat belt cluster input Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 524 (YE) Seat belt/lap bar operator interlock frame 20 (A.30.A)
Connector X-AC_COMP AC Compressor to HVAC Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693745 7
AC Compressor to HVAC Jumper (EH) (Mechanical)

1 836 (WH) Compressor fuse Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 17 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 116
Connector - Component diagram 19 - Connector X-ACC to

Connector X-C01A
Connector X-ACC Accessory Power Outlet to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87693325 1
Accessory Power Outlet to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 952 (BK) Accessory socket ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 801 (RD) Accessory socket power frame 06 (A.30.A)
Connector X-AUX_EXT 2nd Auxiliary Extend to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 2
2nd Auxiliary Extend to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 554 (WH) 2nd aux extend switch output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 958 (BK) 2nd aux extend ground frame 15 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 117
Connector X-AUX_RET 2nd Auxiliary Retract to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 3
2nd Auxiliary Retract to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 552 (WH) 2nd aux retract signal power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 959 (BK) 2nd aux retract ground frame 15 (A.30.A)
Connector X-BKUP-GND Backup Alarm to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159851 4
Backup Alarm to Chassis (EH SM, MD, LG, and LG EHF) (Mechanical SM, MD, and LG)
1 962 (BK) Backup alarm ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
Connector X-BKUP-PWR Backup Alarm to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159851 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 118
Backup Alarm to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 895 (WH) Backup alarm signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
Connector X-BRK Brake Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 6
Brake Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 258 (WH) Park brake valve signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 960 (BK) Park brake valve ground frame 28 (A.30.A) (EH)
frame 02 (A.30.A) (EH)
Connector X-BRKPRS Brake Pressure Switch to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87680689 7
Brake Pressure Switch to Chassis (EH)

1 535 (YE) Park brake pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1064 (BK) Park brake pressure switch ground frame 28 (A.30.A)
3 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 119
Connector X-C01A Cab/Chassis Options Interface - 1 - to Cab (Mechanical)
SL57_87382924 8
Cab/Chassis Options Interface - 1 - to Cab (Mechanical)

1 782 (OR) Flasher power output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 774 (VT) LH turn signal chassis power frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 Open
5 311 (WH) Loader lockout sw in
6 780 (VT) RH turn signal chassis power
7 312 (WH) Loader lock sw out
8 Open
9 Open
10 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 120
Connector - Component diagram 20 - Connector X-C01B to

Connector X-CAB_GNDB
Connector X-C01B Cab/Chassis Options Interface - 1 - Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87382925 1
Cab/Chassis Options Interface - 1 - Chassis (Mechanical)

1 782 (OR) Flasher power output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 Open
4 Open
5 311 (WH) Loader lockout switch in
7 312 (WH) Loader lock switch out
8 Open
9 Open
10 Open
Connector X-C02A Cab/Chassis Options Interface (Mechanical)
FRA_54201009 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 121
Cab/Chassis Options Interface (Mechanical)

1 129 (OR) Aux elec on/off sw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 856 (WH) Aux elec on/off sw signal frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 751 (OR) Hydraulic coupler switch in
6 Open
7 753 (OR) High flow switch in
8 750 (WH) Standard high flow signal
9 Open
10 141 (WH) Options relay signal
Connector X-C02B Cab/Chassis Options Interface -2 - to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_84257542 3
Cab/Chassis Options Interface -2 - to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 129 (OR) Aux elec on/off sw in Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 856 (WH) Aux elec on/off switch signal frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 751 (OR) Hydraulic coupler switch in
6 Open
7 753 (OR) High flow switch in
9 Open
10 141 (WH) Options relay signal
Connector X-C126 Engine Harness / Starter Jumper Interconnect to Engine (F5C)
SL57_87697528 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 122
Engine Harness / Starter Jumper Interconnect to Engine (F5C)

1 627 (WH) Crank signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
Connector X-C23 Instrument Cluster to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_82028492 5
Instrument Cluster to Cab (EH)

1 234 (YE) Fuel level sender Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 264 (YE) Hydraulic oil temp sender frame 03 (A.30.A)
3 313 (RD) Instrument cluster unswitched power
4 500 (YE) CAN HI
5 Open
6 505 (GN) CAN LO
8 641 (WH) Engine preheat signal
9 622 (WH) Start relay signal
10 Open
11 623 (YE) Crank cluster input
12 328 (YE) Seat switch cluster input
13 Open
14 303 (WH) Hydraulic loader interlock signal
15 261 (YE) Hydraulic oil filter
16 267 (YE) Air filter / engine malfunction
17 251 (YE) Door switch signal
18 255 (YE) Engine oil pressure
19 Open
20 1011 (BK/ Instrument cluster ground
WH)
21 131 (WH) Main power relay signal
22 137 (WH) Accessory relay signal
23 301 (OR) Instrument cluster switched power
26 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 123
Instrument Cluster to Cab (Mechanical)

1 234 (YE) Fuel level sender Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 264 (YE) Hydraulic oil temp sender frame 03 (A.30.A)
3 313 (RD) Instrument cluster unswitched power
4 500 (YE) CAN HI
5 319 (OR) EH aux power
6 505 (GN) CAN LO
9 622 (WH) Start relay signal
10 754 (YE) Park brake switch
11 623 (YE) Crank cluster input
12 323 (YE) Seat switch cluster input
13 314 (YE) Lap bar/seat belt cluster input
17 251 (YE) Door switch signal
19 124 (YE) Engine RPM signal
WH)
21 131 (WH) Main power relay signal
22 137 (WH) Accessory relay signal
Connector X-CAB_GNDA Cab Ground to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
RING TERMINAL 6
Cab Ground to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 1093 (BK) Cab ground A Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 124
Connector X-CAB_GNDB Cab Ground to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
RING_TERMINAL 7
Cab Ground to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 1094 (BK) Cab ground B Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 125
Connector - Component diagram 21 - Connector X-CC1A to

Connector X-CHS_GND_RR
Connector X-CC1A Cab/Chassis Interface - 1 - to Cab (Mechanical)
SL57_87382926 1
Cab/Chassis Interface - 1 - to Cab (Mechanical)

1 797 (VT) Light relay #1 front work lamp power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 795 (VT) Side lamp power signal frame 02 (A.30.A)
4 503 (YE) CAN HI
WH)
8 234 (YE) Fuel level sender
10 115 (RD) Beacon and accessory fuse output
11 264 (YE) Hydraulic oil temperature sender
12 310 (RD) Unswitched battery power
Connector X-CC1B Chassis/Cab Interface - 1 - to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_87382927 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 126
Chassis/Cab Interface - 1 - to Chassis (Mechanical)

4 503 (YE) CAN HI
WH)
SL57_87382927 3

1 134 (OR) Wiper / seat acc / radio / dome lamp / defrost Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
sw / HVAC relay / self level sw power frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 258 (WH) Park brake valve signal
9 843 (OR) HVAC fuse to HVAC box voltage drop circuit
10 628 (WH) Instrument cluster / key switch to start relay
11 133 (OR) Main power relay signal
12 139 (OR) Accessory relay signal
14 822 (OR) HVAC water valve power
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 127
SL57_87382926 4
Cab/Chassis Interface - 2 - to Chassis (Mechanica)

1 134 (OR) Wiper / seat acc / radio / dome lamp / defrost Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
sw / HVAC relay / self level sw power frame 02 (A.30.A)
12 139 (OR) Accessory relay signal
SL57_84394888 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 128

2 565 (VT) 2 speed indicator frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 824 (YE) HVAC temp control signal
4 504 (GN) CAN lo
5 792 (VT) Lamp sw work and side lamp signal
9 307 (YE) RH grip park brake sw output
10 123 (OR) Lamp sw power
12 836 (RD) Compressor condenser fan fuse
pin 86
14 233 (OR) Wiper / washer sw power
SL57_84394888 6

2 565 (VT) 2 speed indicator frame 02 (A.30.A)
4 504 (GN) CAN LO
9 307 (YE) RH grip park brake sw output
12 836 (RD) Compressor condenser fan fuse
pin 86
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 129
Connector X-CHGPRS Hydraulic Charge Pressure Switch to Chassis (EH)
SL57_84062580 7
Hydraulic Charge Pressure Switch to Chassis (EH)

1 262 (YE) Hydraulic charge pressure switch Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 954 (BK) Hydraulic charge pressure switch ground frame 28 (A.30.A)
3 Open
Connector X-CHS_GND_FRT to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
RING_TERMINAL 8
CHS_GND_FRT to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 983 (BK) CHS_GND_FRT Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
Connector X-CHS_GND_RR to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
RING_TERMINAL 9
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 130
CHS_GND_RR to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 967 (BK) CHS_GND_RR Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 131
Connector - Component diagram 22 - Connector X-CN1A to

Connector X-CN4A
Connector X-CN1A UCM to Chassis (EH)
87410948 1
UCM to Chassis (EH)

1 1075 (BK/ UCM ground 1A.01 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 Open
3 Open
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 1076 (BK/ UCM ground 1A.07
WH)
8 202 (PK) Sensor supply 1
10 Open
11 Open
12 Open
13 1018 (BL) Bucket return
14 525 (YE) UCM wake-up
15 Open
17 Open
18 Open
19 1022 (BL) Drive reverse return
20 189 (RD) UCM unswitched battery fuse out
21 Open
23 Open
25 Open
26 240 (OR) 5V ref supply fuse
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 132
Connector X-CN1B UCM to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87410946 2
UCM to Chassis (EH)

1 1026 (BK/ UCM ground 1B.34 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 Open
3 Open
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 Open
8 Open
9 1025 (BK/ UCM ground 1B.26
WH)
10 Open
11 Open
12 Open
13 560 (GN) RH ua2 Y sensor output
14 Open
16 Open
17 Open
18 Open
19 Open
20 Open
21 Open
22 Open
23 Open
24 Open
25 507 (GN) CAN lo
26 128 (OR) Switched power supply prop aux extend
27 126 (OR) Switched power supply prop aux retract
28 Open
29 580 (VT) Brake lamp circuit output #2
30 579 (VT) Brake lamp circuit output #1
31 166 (OR) Switched power brake lamp
32 201 (OR) Switched power brake lamp
34 502 (YE) CAN hi
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 133
AMP_0-1473416-1 3
UCM to Chassis (EH)

2 164 (OR) Left pump reverse power frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 165 (OR) Right pump reverse power
4 536 (WH) Loader pilot interlock
5 537 (WH) Loader port lock
6 Open
7 159 (OR) Switched power port/pilot lock
8 518 (WH) Pump right reverse
9 262 (YE) Hydraulic charge pressure switch
10 Open
11 Open
12 Open
13 163 (OR) Switched power port/pilot lock
14 517 (WH) Pump left reverse
15 Open
16 Open
17 Open
18 Open
19 Open
WH)
21 Open
22 Open
24 -
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 134
87410947 4
UCM to Chassis (EH)

2 1023 (BL) Pattern indicator ISO LS output frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 Open
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
8 1099 (BL) EHF return
9 154 (OR) Switched power loader control
10 Open
11 Open
12 Open
13 535 (YE) Park brake pressure switch
14 562 (GN) LH ua2 X sensor output
15 Open
16 Open
17 158 (OR) Switched power loader control
18 Open
19 Open
20 522 (YE) Control pattern H
23 398 (YE) Loader lockout switch N.O. output (valve off)
24 532 (YE) Engine start input
25 1021 (BL) Drive forward return
WH)
28 547 (YE) Proportional aux switch output signal #2
29 Open
30 Open
31 568 (GN) LH ua2 Y sensor output
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 135
SL57_84130757 5
UCM to Chassis (EH)

2 168 (OR) Switch power park brake frame 26 (A.30.A)
3 169 (OR) Switched power park brake
5 Open
6 430 (WH) EHF retract signal
7 170 (OR) Switched power two speed
8 Open
11 548 (GN) RH ua2 X sensor output
12 454 (YE) EHF pressure transducer signal
13 171 (OR) Switched power two speed
14 Open
15 Open
16 Open
17 Open
18 Open
19 431 (WH) EHF extend signal
WH)
21 120 (OR) Pump forward power
24 545 (YE) Throttle position
25 Open
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 136
SL57_84130760 6
UCM to Chassis (EH)

3 167 (OR) Switched power backup alarm
4 Open
5 Open
7 Open
8 142 (OR) Switched power bucket control
10 Open
11 755 (WH) High performance high flow signal
15 Open
16 Open
17 510 (WH) Bucket retract signal
18 895 (WH) Bckup alarm signal
19 312 (YE) Loader lock switch N.C. output (valve on)
20 Open
21 Open
22 Open
23 Open
24 Open
25 Open
WH)
27 Open
28 Open
29 554 (WH)
30 526 (YE) Seat switch operator interlock
32 519 (WH) Pump right forward
33 516 (WH) Pump left forward
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 137
AMP_0-1473416-1 7
UCM to Chassis (EH)

1 0060 (OR) Switched power bucket control Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 Open
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 Open
9 Open
10 524 (YE) Seat belt/lap bar operator interlock
11 Open
12 Open
13 Open
14 Open
15 Open
16 Open
17 561 (WH) RH ua1 Y sensor output
18 569 (WH) LH ua1 Y sensor output
WH)
21 Open
22 Open
23 Open
24 549 (WH) RH ua1 X sensor output
25 567 (WH) LH ua1 X sensor output
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 138
Connector - Component diagram 23 - Connector X-CN4B to

Connector X-ECC2A
X-CN4B UCM to Chassis (EH)
87410947 1
UCM to Chassis (EH)

3 Open
4 Open
5 Open
6 Open
7 Open
8 Open
9 Open
10 Open
11 Open
12 Open
13 423 (YE)
14 Open
15 541 (YE) 2 speed UCM input
16 Open
17 Open
18 Open
19 Open
20 Open
22 Open
23 Open
24 Open
25
26 Open
WH)
28 Open
29 Open
30 Open
31 Open
32 Open
33 Open
WH)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 139
Connector X-CPLR Hydraulic Coupler Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 2
Hydraulic Coupler Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 752 (WH) Hydraulic coupler signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 978 (BK) Hydraulic coupler valve ground frame 25 (A.30.A) (EH)
Connector X-CTS Turn Signal Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697780 3
Turn Signal Switch to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

C Open
D 777 (VT) Cab turn signal switch RH
E 783 (OR) Flasher power output
F 775 (VT) Cab turn signal switch LH
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 140
Connector X-DIAG CAN Diagnostic Connector to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87516075 4
CAN Diagnostic Connector to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 961 (BK/ EST connectors ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
WH) frame 31 (A.30.A) (EH)
B 162 (RD) Unswitched battery power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
C 501 (YE) CAN hi frame 25 (A.30.A) (Mech)
D 506 (GN) CAN lo
E 248 (YE) EGR ECU K-line
F Open
G Open
H Open
I Open
J Open
Connector X-ECC1A EH Chassis / Cab Interface -1- to Cab (EH)
SL57_87382926 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 141
EH Chassis / Cab Interface -1- to Cab (EH)

3 503 (YE) CAN hi
4 504 (GN) CAN lo
5 791 (VT) Lamp sw road lamp signal
6 314 (YE) Lap bar / seat belt cluster input
WH)
9 357 (OR) Main power relay ignition fuse
10 115 (RD) Beacon power
11 264 (YE) Hydraulic oil temp sender
14 790 (VT) Lamp sw work lamp signal
Connector X-ECC1B EH Chassis / Cab Interface -1- to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87382927 6
EH Chassis / Cab Interface -1- to Chassis (EH)

3 503 (YE) CAN hi
4 504 (GN) CAN lo
6 314 (YE) Lap bar / seat belt cluster input
WH)
9 357 (OR) Main power relay ignition fuse to cab
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 142
SL57_87382927 7

1 134 (OR) Wiper / seat acc / radio / dome lamp / dfrst sw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ HVAC relay /self level sw power frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 329 (YE) Seat switch UCM input
9 843 (OR) HVAC fuse to HVAC box - voltage drop
parallel circuit
12 175 (WH) EH acc relay chassis interface signal
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 143
Connector - Component diagram 24 - Connector X-ECC2B to

Connector X-ECC6B
SL57_87382926 1

1 134 (OR) Wiper / seat acc / radio / dome lamp / dfrst sw Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
/ HVAC relay / self level sw power frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 329 (YE) Seat switch UCM input
9 843 (OR) HVAC fuse to HVAC box voltage drop parallel
circuit
12 175 (WH) EH ACC relay chassis interface signal
SL57_84394888 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 144

2 248 (YE) EGR ECU K-line frame 02 (A.30.A)
4 1090 (BK/ UJM sensor grounds 4A.20
WH)
9 754 (YE) Park brake sw
pin 86
14 844 (OR) HVAC fuse to HVAC box voltage drop parallel
circuit
SL57_84394890 3

2 248 (YE) EGR ECU K-line frame 02 (A.30.A)
3 824 (YE) HVAC temperature control signal
WH)
5 792 (VT) Lamp switch work and side lamp signal
10 123 (OR) Lamp switch power
pin 86
14 844 (OR) HVAC fuse to HVAC box - voltage drop
parallel circuit
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 145
SL57_84394890 4

1 769 (OR) Flasher module output power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 398 (YE) Loader lockout sw N. O. output (valve off)
7 841 (OR) A/C compressor relay pin 87 power
8 836 (RD) Compressor / condenser fan fuse
12 312 (YE) Loader lock sw N. C. output (valve on)
13 548 (GN) RH UA2 X sensor output
14 560 (GN) RH UA2 Y sensor output
SL57_84394888 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 146

1 769 (OR) Flasher module output power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 398 (YE) Loader lockout switch N. O. output (valve off)
8 836 (RD) Compressor / condenser fan fuse
10 233 (OR) RH pump angle sensor reference #1
12 312 (YE) Loader lock switch N. C. output (valve on)

1 129 (OR) Aux elec on / off switch in Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 856 (WH) Aux elec on / off switch signal frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 549 (WH) RH UA1 X sensor output
4 744 (OR) High flow / hydraulic coupler switch power
9 561 (WH) RH UA1 Y sensor output
WH)
11 562 (GN) LH UA2 x sensor output
12 568 (GN) LH UA2 Y sensor output
13 554 (WH) 2nd aux extend switch output
SL57_84394889 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 147

1 129 (OR) Aux elec on/off switch in Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 856 (WH) Aux elec on/off switch signal frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 549 (WH) RH UA1 X sensor output
4 744 (OR) High flow / hydraulic coupler switch power
WH)
11 562 (GN) LH UA2 X sensor output
13 554 (WH) 2nd aux extend switch output
SL57_84394889 7

1 567 (WH) LH UA1 X sensor output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 569 (WH) LH UA1 Y sensor output frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 354 (OR) Handle multifunction #1, #2, #3 power
12 210 (PK) Cab sensor supply 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 148

1 567 (WH) LH UA1 X sensor output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 569 (WH) LH UA1 Y sensor output frame 25 (A.30.A)
3 354 (OR) Handle multifunction #1, #2, #3 power
12 210 (PK) Cab sensor supply 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 149
Connector - Component diagram 25 - Connector X-EGR to

Connector X-FUEL
Connector X-EGR ECU to Engine (F5C)
SL57_84279936 1
ECU to Engine (F5C)

1 675 (WH) EGR valve control signal (PWM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
3 900 (BK/ EGR ECU ground
WH)
4 Open
5 242 (OR) EGR ECU switched battery power
7 212 (PK) Boost sensor supply
8 205 (PK) EGR valve position sensor supply
9 1072 (BK/ EGR ECU K-line ground
WH)
10 902 (BL) EGR valve position sensor ground
11 903 (BL) Coolant temperature sensor ground
12 904 (BL) Boost sensor ground
13 Open
15 Open
16 Open
17 266 (YE) Diagnostic lamp
18 625 (YE) K50 crank signal
19 253 (YE) EGR valve position sensor signal
20 235 (YE) Coolant temperature signal
21 254 (YE) Boost temperature signal
22 252 (YE) Boost pressure signal
23 905 (BL) Engine speed sensor B
24 Open
25 216 (YE) Engine speed sensor A
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 150
Connector X-EH_POS1 Battery Power to Chassis (EH)
RING TERMINAL 2
Battery Power to Chassis (EH)

1 0054 (RD) EH power term1 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
Connector X-EH_POS2 Battery Power to Chassis (EH)
RING TERMINAL 3
Battery Power to Chassis (EH)

1 0055 (RD) EH power term2 Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
Connector X-FPT Harness Interconnect to Engine (F5C)
SL57_87699386 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 151
Harness Interconnect to Engine (F5C)

1A 675 (WH) EGR valve control signal (PWM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
1B 906 (BK/ EGR valve control ground (PWM) frame 12 (A.30.A)
WH)
1C Open
2A Open
2B 212 (PK) Boost sensor supply
2C 216 (YE) Engine speed sensor A
3A 205 (PK) EGR valve position sensor supply
3B 254 (YE) Boost temperature signal
3C 905 (BL) Engine speed sensor B
4A 253 (YE) EGR valve position sensor signal
4B 903 (BL) Coolant temperature sensor ground
4C Open
5A 902 (BL) EGR valve position sensor ground
5B 235 (YE) Coolant temperature signal
5C Open
6A 904 (BL) Boost sensor ground
6B Open
6C Open
7A 252 (YE) Boost pressure signal
7B Open
7C Open
8A Open
8B Open
8C Open
Connector X-FUEL Fuel Solenoid to Engine (F5C)
SL57_87687239 5
Fuel Solenoid to Engine (F5C)

1 602 (WH) Fuel solenoid power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 152
Connector - Component diagram 26 - Connector X-FUSE1 to

Connector X-HORN-GND
Connector X-FUSE1 Power Distribution to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_84255438 1
Power Distribution to Chassis (Mechanical)

A1 830 (OR) HVAC relay fuse power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 04 (A.30.A)
A2 820 (OR) HVAC relay fuse power
A3 -
A4 629 (OR) Crank signal
A5 -
A6 944 (BK) Crank relay pin 85 coil ground
A7 707 (VT) Light relay #2 pin 87 side lamp switch rear
work lamp output
A8 -
A9 945 (BK) Light relay #2 pin 85 coil ground
A10 116 (RD) Light relay #1 pin 87 unswitched power
A11 710 (VT) Road lamp configuration front work lamp
control signal
B1 243 (OR) Wiper / washer switch power from Acc relay
B2 233 (OR) Wiper / washer switch power
B3 Open
B4 628 (WH) Instrument cluster / key switch to start relay
B5 Open
B6 112 (RD) Crank relay pin 30 unswitched power
B7 709 (WH) Lamp switch work and side lamp signal to
lamp relay #2
B8 Open
B9 113 (RD) Light relay #2 pin 30 unswitched power
B10 325 (WH) Light relay #1 pin 86 work lamp switch signal
B11 Open
B12 788 (VT) Light relay #1 pin 30 to fuse (front work lamp
power)
C1 135 (OR) Wiper / seat acc / radio / dome lamp / defrost
switch / HVAC relay / self level
C3 350 (OR) Main power relay ignition fuse
C4 351 (OR) Main power relay ignition fuse
C5 835 (RD) Compressor / condenser fan fuse
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 153

C6 836 (RD) Compressor / condenser fan fuse
C7 136 (OR) Main power relay pin 87 output
C8 Open
C9 947 (BK) Main power relay pin 85 coil ground
C10 125 (OR) Accessory relay pin 87 output power
C11 Open
C12 948 (BK) Accessory relay pin 85 coil ground
D1 160 (RD) Unswitched battery power
D2 161 (RD) Unswitched battery power
D3 326 (OR) Main power relay instrument cluster ignition
fuse
D4 300 (OR) Main power relay instrument cluster ignition
fuse
D5 114 (RD) Beacon and accessory fuse output
D6 196 (RD) Beacon and accessory fuse output
D7 144 (OR) Main power relay signal
D8 Open
D9 118 (RD) Main power relay pin 30 unswitched battery
D10 139 (OR) Accessory relay signal
D11 Open
D12 117 (RD) Accessory relay pin 30 unswitched power
E1 788 (VT) Light relay #1 pin 30 to fuse (front work lamp
power)
E2 797 (VT) Light relay #1 front work lamp power
E3 792 (VT) Lamp switch work and side lamp signal
E4 708 (VT) Lamp switch work and side lamp signal and
side lamp fuse out
E5 705 (VT) Rear work lamp fuse in
E6 706 (VT) Rear work lamp fuse out
E7 701 (VT) Tail lamp splice LH tail lamp fuse in
E8 703 (VT) Tail lamp splice LH tail lamp fuse out
E11 629 (OR) Crank signal
E12 626 (WH) Crank signal
Connector X-FUSE2 Power Distribution to Chassis (Mechanical)
SL57_84255438 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 154
Power Distribution to Chassis (Mechanical)

A1 Open Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 05 (A.30.A)
A2 Open
A3 Open
A4 Open
A5 Open
A6 Open
A7 Open
A8 Open
A9 Open
A10 743 (OR) Light relay #1 pin 87 unswitched power
A11 Open
B1 Open
B2 Open
B3 Open
B4 Open
B5 Open
B6 Open
B7 Open
B8 Open
B9 Open
B10 148 (WH) Light relay #1 pin 86 work lamp switch signal
B11 Open
B12 104 (RD) Light relay #1 pin 30 to fuse (front work lamp
power)
C3 Open
C4 Open
C5 Open
C6 Open
C7 Open
C8 Open
C9 Open
C10 149 (OR) Accessory relay pin 87 output power
C11 Open
C12 974 (BK) Accessory relay pin 85 coil ground
D1 355 (OR) Unswitched battery power
D2 354 (OR) Unswitched battery power
D3 Open
D4 Open
D5 Open
D6 Open
D7 Open
D8 Open
D9 Open
D10 146 (WH) Accessory relay signal
D11 Open
D12 103 (RD) Accessory relay pin 30 unswitched power
E1 145 (OR) Light relay #1 pin 30 to fuse (front work lamp
power)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 155

E2 129 (OR) Light relay #1 front work lamp power
E3 Open
E4 Open
E5 714 (VT) Rear work lamp fuse in
E6 716 (VT) Rear work lamp fuse out
E9 101 (RD) Tail lamp splice LH tail lamp fuse in
E10 156 (RD) Tail lamp splice LH tail lamp fuse out
Connector X-HFLO High Flow Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mech)
SL57_87695582 3
High Flow Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mech)

1 750 (WH) Standard high flow signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 976 (BK) Standard high flow valve ground frame 25 (A.30.A) (EH)
Connector X-HORN-GND Horn to Chassis (EH) (Mech)
SL57_87697629 4
Horn to Chassis (EH) (Mech)

1 955 (BK) Horn ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 156
Connector - Component diagram 27 - Connector X-HORN-PWR to

Connector X-K-C4
- Connector X-HORN-PWR Horn to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87697629 1
Horn to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 892 (WH) Horn power signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 07 (A.30.A)
Connector X-HVC1 Cab/HVAC Interconnect to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382926 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 157
Cab/HVAC Interconnect to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 935 (BK) HVAC ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 838 (RD) Compressor relay pin 30 power frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 837 (WH) A/C switch compressor relay pin 86 via
pressure sw thermostat pressure sw
pin 86
9 1012 (BK/ HVAC thermostat clean ground
WH)
10 842 (OR) HVAC relay pin 87 output power
11 143 (OR) HVAC keyed power
13 Open
14 845 (OR) HVAC relay fuse power
Connector X-HVC2 (EH) (Mechanical)
Cab/HVAC Interconnect to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

1 935 (BK) HVAC ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 838 (RD) Compressor relay pin 30 power frame 17 (A.30.A)
6 837 (WH) A/C switch compressor relay pin 86 via
pressure sw thermostat pressure sw
pin 86
9 1012 (BK/ HVAC thermostat clean ground
WH)
10 842 (OR) HVAC relay pin 87 output power
11 143 (OR) HVAC keyed power
13 Open
14 845 (OR) HVAC relay fuse power
Connector X-HZRDDIODE Hazard Switch Indicator Backfeed Diode to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)
Hazard Switch Indicator Backfeed Diode to Cab (EH) (Mechanical)

A 778 (VT) Hazard sw RH turn signal output Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B 781 (VT) Hazard sw RH turn signal output frame 16 (A.30.A)
Connector X-K-C1
Connector X-K-C2
Connector X-K-C3
Connector X-K-C4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 158
Connector - Component diagram 28 - Connector X-NEG_TERM_A

to Connector X-POS_TERM_A
Connector X-NEG_TERM_A Clean Ground to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
RING_TERMINAL 1
Clean Ground to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 966 (BK/ Clean ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
Connector X-OILFLT Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159852 2
Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 261 (YE) Hydraulic oil filter Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 159
Connector X-OILTMP Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_84159852 3
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 264 (YE) Hydraulic oil temperature sender Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 02 (A.30.A)
Connector X-OPT_GND (EH) (Mech)
RING_TERMINAL 4
X-OPT_GND (EH) (Mech)

1 Ground connection Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
Connector X-OPT_GND_FRT (EH) (Mech)
RING_TERMINAL 5
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 160
X-OPT_GND_FRT (EH) (Mech)

1 1014 (BK) Ground connection Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
Connector X-OPT_GND_RR (EH) (Mech)
RING_TERMINAL 6
X-OPT_GND_RR (EH) (Mech)

1 984 (BK) Ground connection Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 01 (A.30.A)
Connector X-OPT_POS-PWR (Mech)
RING_TERMINAL 7
X-OPT_POS-PWR (Mech)
1 119 (RD) Positive connection to battery Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 161
Connector X-PLTLK Pilot Interlock to Chassis (EH)
SL57_87691549 8
Pilot Interlock to Chassis (EH)

1 536 (WH) Loader pilot interlock Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 1063 (BL) Loader pilot interlock ground frame 15 (A.30.A)
Connector X-PORT_LK Port Lock to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 9
Port Lock to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 304 (WH) Hydraulic loader interlock signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
Connector X-POS_TERM_A Battery Power to Chassis (Mechanical)
RING_TERMINAL 10
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 162
X-POS_TERM_A Battery Power to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 108 (RD) Battery power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 163
Connector - Component diagram 29 - Connector X-POS_TERM_B

to Connector X-UJMR
Connector X-POS_TERM_B Battery Power to Chassis (Mechanical)
RING TERMINAL 1
Battery Power to Chassis (Mechanical)

1 109 (RD) Battery power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 10 (A.30.A)
Connector X-PRHT Preheat Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
93109183 2
Preheat Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 641 (WH) Engine preheat signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 963 (BK) Engine preheat relay ground frame 11 (A.30.A)
3 121 (RD) Engine preheat fuse power
4 Open
5 605 (OR) Engine preheat relay output
6 Open
7 Open
8 Open
9 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 164
Connector X-RDCTRL Ride Control Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87695582 3
Ride Control Valve Solenoid to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 831 (WH) Ride control valve solenoid signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 951 (BK) Ride control valve ground frame 28 (A.30.A) (EH)
Connector X-RRJMPRA Chassis/Rear Lamp Jumper Interface to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87382914 4
Chassis/Rear Lamp Jumper Interface to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

1 706 (VT) Rear work lamp fuse out Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 704 (VT) Tail lamp splice RH tail lamp fuse out frame 08 (A.30.A)
3 703 (VT) Tail lamp splice LH tail lamp fuse out
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 165
Connector X-TELE Telematics to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)
SL57_87696550 5
Telematics to Chassis (EH) (Mechanical)

A 336 (RD) Telematics unswitched battery Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
B Open frame 30 (A.30.A) (EH)
C 802 (OR) Telematics ignition power Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
D 244 (YE) Alternator lamp telematics engine on frame 26 (A.30.A) (Mech)
E 308 (YE) Vehicle working condition
F Open
G Open
H 925 (BK/ Telematics ground
WH)
J Open
K Open
L Open
M 508 (YE) Telematics CAN HI
N 509 (GN) Telematics CAN LO
P Open
R Open
S Open
Connector X-UJML ULM LH to Cab (EH)
SL57_87694583 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 166
ULM LH to Cab (EH)

1 215 (RD) LH UB1 X-Y sensor voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 567 (WH) LH UA1 X sensor output frame 23 (A.30.A)
3 569 (WH) LH UA1 Y sensor output
4 1045 (TN) LH OV1 X-Y sensor ground
5 Open
6 Open
7 218 (OR) LH UB2 X-Y sensor voltage
8 562 (GN) LH UA2 X sensor output
10 1046 (BK) LH OV2 X-Y sensor ground
11 Open
12 Open
Connector X-UJMR UJM RH to Cab (EH)
SL57_87694583 7
UJM RH to Cab (EH)

1 219 (RD) RH UB1 X-Y sensor voltage Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 549 (WH) RH UA1 X sensor output frame 23 (A.30.A)
4 1047 (TN) RH OV1 X-Y sensor ground
5 Open
6 Open
7 217 (OR) RH UB2 X-Y sensor voltage
10 1048 (BK) RH OV2 X-Y sensor ground
11 -
12 -
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 167
Connector - Component identification Engine connectors

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Connector X-FPT Engine (F5C) to Harness Interconnect
BC08F176-01 1
Harness Interconnect to Engine F5C EXT

1A No data EGR valve control signal (PWM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
1B No data EGR valve control ground (PWM) frame 99 (A.30.A)
1C Open Not used
2A Open Not used
2B No data Boost sensor supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2C No data Engine speed sensor A frame 99 (A.30.A)
3A No data EGR valve position sensor supply
3B No data Boost temperature signal
3C No data Engine speed sensor B
4A No data EGR valve position sensor signal
4B No data Coolant temperature sensor ground
4C Open Not used
5A No data EGR valve position sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5B No data Coolant temperature signal frame 99 (A.30.A)
5C Open Not used
6A No data Boost sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
6B Open Not used
6C Open Not used
7A No data Boost pressure signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
7B Open Not used
7C Open Not used
8A Open Not used
8B Open Not used
8C Open Not used
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 168
Engine speed sensor
BC08F175-01 2
Engine harness to speed sensor

1 No data Speed sensor supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 No data Speed sensor signal frame 99 (A.30.A)
3 Open Not used
EGR valve
BC08F174-01 3
Engine harness to EGR valve

1 No data EGR PWM solenoid supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 No data EGR Potentiometer supply frame 99 (A.30.A)
3 Open Not used
4 No data EGR Potentiometer ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 No data EGR PWM solenoid ground frame 99 (A.30.A)
6 No data EGR Potentiometer signal
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 169
Coolant temperature sensor
BC08F173-01 4
Engine harness to coolant temperature sensor

A No data Coolant temperature sensor supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
B Open Not used
C No data Coolant temperature sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
Boost pressure/temperature sensor
BC08F172-01 5
Engine harness to boost pressure-temperature sensor

1 No data Boost sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 No data Boost temperature sensor signal frame 99 (A.30.A)
3 No data Boost sensor supply
4 No data Boost pressure sensor signal
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 170
Connector - Component diagram 99 Engine connectors

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Connector X-FPT Engine (F5C) to Harness Interconnect
BC08F176-01 1
Harness Interconnect to Engine F5C EXT

1A No data EGR valve control signal (PWM) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
1B No data EGR valve control ground (PWM) frame 99 (A.30.A)
1C Open Not used
2A Open Not used
2B No data Boost sensor supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2C No data Engine speed sensor A frame 99 (A.30.A)
3A No data EGR valve position sensor supply
3B No data Boost temperature signal
3C No data Engine speed sensor B
4A No data EGR valve position sensor signal
4B No data Coolant temperature sensor ground
4C Open Not used
5A No data EGR valve position sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5B No data Coolant temperature signal frame 99 (A.30.A)
5C Open Not used
6A No data Boost sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
6B Open Not used
6C Open Not used
7A No data Boost pressure signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
7B Open Not used
7C Open Not used
8A Open Not used
8B Open Not used
8C Open Not used
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 171
Engine speed sensor
BC08F175-01 2
Engine harness to speed sensor

1 No data Speed sensor supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 No data Speed sensor signal frame 99 (A.30.A)
3 Open Not used
EGR valve
BC08F174-01 3
Engine harness to EGR valve

1 No data EGR PWM solenoid supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 No data EGR Potentiometer supply frame 99 (A.30.A)
3 Open Not used
4 No data EGR Potentiometer ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
5 No data EGR PWM solenoid ground frame 99 (A.30.A)
6 No data EGR Potentiometer signal
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 172
Coolant temperature sensor
BC08F173-01 4
Engine harness to coolant temperature sensor

A No data Coolant temperature sensor supply Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
B Open Not used
C No data Coolant temperature sensor signal Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 99 (A.30.A)
Boost pressure/temperature sensor
BC08F172-01 5
Engine harness to boost pressure-temperature sensor

1 No data Boost sensor ground Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
2 No data Boost temperature sensor signal frame 99 (A.30.A)
3 No data Boost sensor supply
4 No data Boost pressure sensor signal
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 173
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 174
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01

EH Machines
Components/Devices On Frame
Component Connector Description Component Connector Description
NONE NONE
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 175
Wire Color Codes

Abbreviation Color Abbreviation Color Abbreviation Color
RD Red TN Tan WH White
YE Yellow BK Black GN Green
GY Grey OR Orange PK Pink
VT Violet BL Blue LB Light Blue
BK/WH Black/White LG Light Green
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 176
87673075_FR01 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 177
Mechanical Machines Components/Devices On Frame

NONE NONE
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 178
SL57_84287890_1 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 179
EH Machines B-010 X-OILFLT Hydraulic Filter Restriction Y-318 X-318 Self Level Valve
Switch
S-029 X-101 STD/On-road Lamp B-001 X-14 Fuel Level Sender
X-101A Congifuration
X-101B
B-003 X-OILTMP Hydraulic Oil Temp Sender
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 180
87673075_FR02 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 181

Y-008 X-BRK Brake Valve Solenoid B-010 X-OILFLT Hydraulic Filter Restriction
Switch
Y-013 X-CPLR Hydraulic Coupler Y-004 X-HFLO STD High Flow Solenoid
Solenoid
Y-318 X-318 Self Level Valve S-029 X-101 STD/On-Road Lamp
X-101A Configurator
X-101B
R-002 X-14 Fuel Level Sender B-002 X-OILTMP Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 182
84287890_02 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 183
EH Machines V-004 X-15 Accessory Backfeed A-001 X-C23 Instrument Cluster
X-15-A Diode
X-15-B
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 184
87673075_FR03 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 185

V-004 X-15 Accessory Backfeed A-002 X-C23 Instrument Cluster
Diode
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 186
84287890_FR03 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 187
EH Machines Z-2008 None Main Power Distribution K-007 None Crank Relay
Fuse Block #1
K-009 None Main Power Relay K-001 None Lights Relay #1
K-002 None Lights Relay #2 K-018 None Accessory Relay
Z-2009 None Main Power Distribution H-002 X-BKUP-PWR Backup Alarm
Fuse Block #1 X-BKUP-GND
V-007 X-316 Ignition Backfeed Diode
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 188
87673075_FR04 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 189

Z-2008 None Main Power Distribution K-007 None Crank Relay
Fuse Block #1
K-009 None Main Power Relay K-001 None Lights Relay #1
K-002 None Lights Relay #2 K-018 None Accessory Relay
Z-2009 None Main Power Distribution S-004 X-42 Mechanical Backup
Fuse Block #2 Switch #1
S-005 X-43 Mechanical Backup Switch H-002 X-BKUP-PWR Backup Alarm
#2 X-BKUP-GND
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 190
84287890_FR04 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 191
EH Machines Z-FUSE2 None Accessory Power K-017 None Front Electric Relay
Distribution Fuse Block 2
K-019 None Option Relay K-003 None UCM Power Relay
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 192
87673075_FR05 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 193

Z-FUSE2 None Accessory Power K-017 None Front Electric Relay
Distribution
K-019 None Option Relay S-036 X-161 Mechanical Brake
X-162 Pressure Switch
S-037 X-163 Mechanical Brake
X-164 Pressure Switch
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 194
84287890_FR05 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 195
EH Machines S-009 X-300 Hydraulic Coupler Switch S-001 X-301 Rotating Beacon Switch
S-013 X-317 Self Level Switch S-011 X-365 NH Park Brake Switch
Z-008 X-ACC Accessory Power Outlet S-005 X-306 Loader Lockout Switch
S-041 X-302 Hazard Lamp Switch S-042 X-303 High Flow Switch
S-010 X-304 Electrical Auxiliary
Hydraulic ON/OFF Switch
(Handle)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 196
87673075_FR06 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 197

S-009 X-300 Hydraulic Coupler Switch S-001 X-301 Rotating Beacon/Strobe
Switch
S-013 X-317 Self Level Switch S-007 X-365 NH Park Brake Switch
Z-008 X-ACC Accessory Power Outlet S-005 X-306 Loader Lockout Switch
S-040 X-302 Hazard Lamp Switch S-039 X-303 High Flow Switch
S-038 X-304 Electrical Auxiliary
Hydraulic ON/OFF Switch
(Handle)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 198
84287890_FR06 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 199
EH Machine Z-012 None Right-hand Control Handle S-031 X-403 #1 UP / DN
S-022 X-403 #2 UP / DN S-018 X-406 Ride Control/Glide Ride
S-014 X-406 Park Brake Switch Z-005 None Left-hand Control Handle
S-033 X-408 Turn Signal Switch - Left / S-033 X-408 2ND AUX HYD - EXT (UP)
Right / RET (DN)
S-015 X-408 #2 UP / DN S-032 X-408 #3 UP / DN
S-024 X-408 2SPD S-023 X-408 Horn
Y-005 X-2SPD 2 Speed Solenoid
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 200
87673075_FR07 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 201

S-031 X-404 RH Control Handle S-018 X-402 Ride Control/Glide Ride
S-014 None Park Brake Switch S-027 X-407 Turn Signal
S-033 None 2ND AUX HYD S-024 X-405 2SPD
S-023 None Horn Y-010 X-RDCTRL Ride Control Solenoid
H-009 X-HORN-PWR Horn Y-005 X-2SPD 2 Speed Solenoid
X-HORN-GND
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 202
84287890_FR07 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 203
EH Machines S-012 X-311 Lamp Selector Switch J-001 X-77 Side Lamp DIA Socket
E-023 X-344 LH Front Strobe E-021 X-341 LH Rear Strobe
E-024 X-343 RH Front Strobe E-025 X-342 RH Rear Strobe
NONE X-85 RH DIA Side Lamp NONE X-86 LH DIA Side Lamp
E-022 X-178 Rotating Beacon E-038 X-35 RH Rear Work
E-033 X-34 LH Rear Work
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 204
87673075_FR08 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 205

S-012 X-311 Lamp Selector Switch U-005 X-77 Side Lamp DIA Socket
E-023 X-344 LH Front Strobe E-021 X-341 LH Rear Strobe
E-024 X-343 RH Front Strobe E-025 X-342 RH Rear Strobe
E-003 X-97 Dome Lamp
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 206
84287890_FR08 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 207
EH Machines M-506 X-506 Front Door Washer Pump S-016 X-503 Wiper/Washer Switch
S-038 X-505 Door Switch Z-010 X-502 Door Wiper Motor
Z-014 X-502A Rear Wiper Motor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 208
87673075_FR09 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 209

M-506 X-506 Front Door Washer Pump S-041 X-503 Wiper/Washer Switch
(Cab)
S-041 X-505 Door Switch M-001 X-502 Door Wiper Motor
M-007 X-502A Rear Window Wiper Motor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 210
84287890_FR09 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 211
(Cab)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 212
87673075_FR10 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 213

(Cab)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 214
84287890_FR10 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 215
(Cab)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 216
87673075_FR11 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 217

(Cab)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 218
84287890_FR11 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 219
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238EH F5C Machines B-016 X-AIRFLT Air Filter Restriction Switch B-017 X-510 Engine Oil Pressure
Switch
B-004 X-504 Engine Coolant NONE X-FUEL Fuel Solenoid
Temperature Sender
G-026 X-5 Alternator M-008 X-C126 Starter Motor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 220
87673075_FR12 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 221
Mechanical F5C Machines Components/Devices On Frame

B-016 X-AIRFLT Air Filter Restriction Switch B-017 X-510 Engine Oil Pressure
Switch
B-004 X-504 Engine Coolant NONE X-FUEL Fuel Solenoid
Temperature Sender
G-026 X-5 Alternator M-008 X-C126 Starter Motor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 222
84287890_FR12 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 223
L213, L215, L218, L220EH ISM Machines B-028 X-508 Air Filter Restriction Switch B-027 X-512 Engine Oil Pressure
Switch
B-012 X-516 Engine Coolant NONE X-517 Fuel Solenoid
Temperature Sender
G-027 X-5 Alternator NONE X-513 Starter
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 224
87673075_FR13 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 225
Mechanical ISM Machines Components/Devices On Frame

B-028 X-508 Air Filter Restriction Switch B-027 X-512 Engine Oil Pressure
Switch
B-012 X-516 Engine Coolant NONE X-517 Fuel Solenoid
Temperature Sender
G-027 X-5 Alternator NONE X-513 Starter
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 226
84287890_FR13 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 227
EH Machines S-003 X-9 Ignition Switch Z-004 X-310 2 Speed Indicator
Z-2011 X-155B Turn Signal Indicator
X-156B
X-157B
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 228
87673075_FR14 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 229

S-003 X-9 Ignition Switch E-008 X-310 2 Speed Indicator
Z-2011 X-310 Turn Signal Indicator
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 230
84287890_FR14 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 231
EH Machines NONE X-AUX_EXT 2ND AUX Extend NONE X-AUX_RET 2ND AUX Retract
NONE X-PORT_LK Loader Port Lock NONE X-PLTLK Loader Pilot Interlock
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 232
87673075_FR15 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 233

NONE X-410 (Chassis Option) NONE X-412 (Chassis Option) Port
Interconnector Loader Lock Port Lock Valve
Lock Connector
NONE X-PORT_LK Port Lock
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 234
84287890_FR15 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 235
L213 WE, L215 WE, L218 WE, L220 WE, L223 WE, L225 WE, L230 WE, C227 WE, C232 WE, C238 WEEH EU Machines V-010 X-HZRDDIODE Hazard Switch Indicator S-034 X-CTS Turn Signal Switch
Backfeed Diode
Z-013 X-411 Flasher Module NONE X-31 LH Cab Turn Sign
NONE X-31 LH Side Lamp NONE X-31 LH Work Lamp
NONE X-31 LH Cab Lamps GND NONE X-30 RH Work Lamp PW
NONE X-30 RH Cab Turn Signal NONE X-30 RH Side Lamp PWR
NONE X-30 RH Cab Lamps GND
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 236
87673075_FR16 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 237
Mechanical EU Machines Components/Devices On Frame

V-010 X-HZRD 6A Diode S-034 X-CTS Turn Signal Switch
Z-013 X-411 Flasher Module NONE X-31 LH Cab Turn Signal
NONE X-31 LH Side Lamp NONE X-31 LH Work Lamp
NONE X-31 LH Cab Lamps GND NONE X-30 RH Work Lamp PWR
NONE X-30 RH Cab Turn Signal NONE X-30 RH Side Lamp PWR
NONE X-30 RH Cab Lamps GND
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 238
84287890_FR16 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 239
EH Machines A-003 X-HVC1 HVAC Box Z-018 X-AC_COMP A/C Compressor
X-HVC2
K-020 X-111 Condenser Relay Z-017 X-252 Temp Control (LH
Console)
Z-019 X-271 Water Valve S-020 X-270 Blower Switch (Left
Console)
S-017 X-275 AC Switch (Left Console) S-042 X-76 HVAC High Pressure
Switch
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 240
87673075_FR17 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 241

HVAC BOX X-HVC1 Turn Signal Indicator NONE X-74 HVAC Condenser Fan
X-HVC2
K-003 X-111 Condenser Relay Z-017 X-252 Temp Control (LH
Console)
Z-019 X-271 Water Valve S-020 X-270 Blower Switch (Left
Console)
S-017 X-275 AC Switch (Left Console) S-042 X-76 HVAC High Pressure
Switch
Z-018 X-AC_COMP A/C Compressor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 242
84287890_FR17 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 243
EH Machines NONE X-200 LH Rear Turn Sig NONE X-200 RH Rear Turn Sig
NONE X-200 LH Rear Position NONE X-200 RH Rear Position
NONE X-200 Brake Lamp Signa NONE X-200 Rear Lamps Gnd
NONE X-37 LH Rear Road Lamp E-037 X-37 Position Lamp
E-038 X-37 Brake Lamp E-198 X-37 Turn Signal
NONE X-228 LH Front Road Lamp E-012 X-228 Low Beam
E-027 X-228 Position Lamp E-028 X-228 Turn Signal
NONE X-229 RH Front Road Lamp E-011 X-229 Low Beam
NONE X-196 RH Rear Road Lamp E-196 X-196 Turn Signal
E-44 X-196 Brake Lamp E-44 X-196 Position Lamp
E-019 X-80 License Plate
X-81
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 244
87673075_FR18 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 245

NONE X-200 LH Rear Turn Signal NONE X-200 RH Rear Turn Signal
NONE X-200 LH Rear Position NONE X-200 RH Rear Position
NONE X-200 Brake Lamp Signal NONE X-200 Rear Lamps Gnd
Z-009 X-37 LH Rear Road Lamp E-037 X-37 Position
E-037 X-37 Brake E-198 X-37 Turn Signal
Z-001 X-228 LH Front Road Lamp E-012 X-228 Low Beam
Z-002 X-229 RH Front Road Lamp E-011 X-229 Low Beam
Z-011 X-196 RH Rear Road Lamp E-196 X-196 Turn Signal
E-44 X-196 Brake E-44 X-196 Position
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 246
84287890_FR18 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 247
EH Machines U-001 X-403 Right-hand Control Handle S-036 X-403 Proportional AUX Switch
S-037 X-403 None S-007 X-403 Float Switch
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 248
87673075_FR19 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 249

U-001 X-430 EH AUX PWM Controller Y-002 X-432 Proportional AUX Valve
Retract
Y-003 X-433 Proportional AUX Valve
Extend
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 250
84287890_FR19 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 251
EH Machines NONE X-58 Seat S-003 X-58 Seat Heat Switch
X-58A X-58A
R-001 X-58 Seat Heat Element S-002 X-58 Seat Switch
X-58A X-58A
S-043 X-104 Operator Restraint Switch V-005 X-99 EH Lap Bar Diode
V-009 X-98 EH Seat SW UCM Diode V-006 X-298 EH UCM Wakeup Diode
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 252
87673075_FR20 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 253

Z-006 X-58 Seat S-003 X-58 Seat Heat Switch
X-58A X-58A
R-001 X-58 Seat Heat Element S-002 X-58 Seat Switch
X-58A X-58A
S-011 X-104 Operator Restraint Switch
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 254
84287890_FR20 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 255
EH Machines H-011 X-330 RH Speaker H-012 X-332 LH Speaker
X-331 X-333
NONE X-97 Lap Bar Switch NONE X-335 Power
NONE X-335 Ground NONE X-335 Left Speaker (+)
NONE X-335 Right Speaker (-) NONE X-335 Right Speaker (+)
NONE X-335 Left Speaker (-)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 256
87673075_FR21 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 257

H-011 X-330 RH Speaker H-012 X-332 LH Speaker
X-331 X-333
NONE X-335 Radio Connector NONE X-335 12 Power
NONE X-335 Ground NONE X-335 Left Speaker (+)
NONE X-335 Right Speaker (-) NONE X-335 Right Speaker (+)
NONE X-335 Left Speaker (-)
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 258
84287890_FR21 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 259
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238 Y-017 X-K-C4 Stop (Fuel Solenoid) NONE X-K-C2 Interface
NONE X-K-C3 KSB Signal B-015 X-K-C1 Water Temperature
Sensor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 260
87673075_FR22 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 261
EH Machines NONE NONE
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 262
87673075_FR23 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 263

U-004 X-402 Right-hand Control Handle NONE X-402 Proportional Auxiliary
Hydraulic Switch
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 264
84287890_FR23 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 265
EH Machines Y-003 X-25 Bucket Valve Retract Y-006 X-26 Bucket Valve Extend
Y-007 X-27 Loader Valve Retract Y-009 X-28 Loader Valve Extend
Y-012 X-29 Proportional AUX Valve Y-011 X-24 Proportional AUX Valve
Retract Extend
NONE X-23 Auxiliary Spool Position NONE X-21 Bucket Spool Position
Sensor Sensor
NONE X-22 Boom Spool Position
Sensor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 266
87673075_FR24 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 267

NONE X-107 Multifunction Attachment NONE X-86 Multifunction Water Pump
Connector
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 268
84287890_FR24 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 269
EH Machines Y-013 X-CPLR Hydraulic Coupler Y-004 X-HFLO STD High Flow Solenoid
Solenoid
NONE X-20 Throttle Position Sensor NONE X-10 Chassis / Loader Interface
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 270
87673075_FR25 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 271
Mechanical Machinews Components/Devices On Frame

NONE X-DIAG CAN Diagnostic
Connector
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 272
84287890_FR25 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 273
EH Machines A-002 X-CN1A UCM
X-CN1B
X-CN2A
X-CN2B
X-CN3A
X-CN4A
X-CN3B
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 274
87673075_FR26 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 275

NONE X-150 CAN 120 OHM
X-TELE Termination Resistor
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 276
84287890_FR26 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 277
EH Machines NONE X-94 LH Pump Swash Plate NONE X-93 RH Pump Swash Plate
Sensor Sensor
NONE X-18 Right Drive Pump Reverse NONE X-16 Left Drive Pump Reverse
NONE X-17 RH Drive Pump Forward NONE X-13 Left Drive Pump Forward
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 278
84287890_FR26 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 279

NONE NONE
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 280
84287890_FR27 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 281
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, Y-010 X-RDCTRL Ride Control Solenoid Y-008 X-BRK Brake Valve Solenoid
L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic B-009 X-CHGPRS Charge Pressure Switch S-039 X-BRKPRS Brake Pressure Switch
controlsEH Machines
Wire Color Codes
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 282
87673075_FR28 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 283
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, NONE X-107 Multifunction Attachment NONE X-66 Multifunction Water Pump
L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic Connector
controlsEH Machines
Wire Color Codes
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 284
87673075_FR29 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 285
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, NONE X-TELE Telematics Connector
L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic
controlsEH Machines Wire Color Codes
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 286
87673075_FR30 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 287
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, NONE X-DIAG CAN Diagnostic
L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic Connector
controlsEH Machines
Wire Color Codes
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 288
87673075_FR31 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 289
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, NONE X-19 EHF Extend NONE X-40 EHF Retract
L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic NONE X-67 EHF Pressure Transducer
controlsEH Machine
Wire Color Codes
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 290
87673075_FR32 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 291
L213 Electro hydraulic controls, L215 Electro hydraulic controls, L218 Electro hydraulic controls, L220 Electro hydraulic controls, L223 Electro hydraulic controls, NONE X-108
L225 Electro hydraulic controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic X-109
controlsEH Machines X-110
X-112
X-113
X-401
Wire Color Codes

84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 292
87673075_FR33 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 293

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
F5C engine harness
(1) X-FPT FPT engine harness to (4) Engine speed Engine speed sensor
connector X-FPT sensor
(2) Coolant Coolant temperature (5) Boost Boost air pressure/
temperature sensor pressure/ temperature sensor
sensor temperature
sensor
(3) EGR valve EGR valve
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 294
F5CEGRT3 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 295
Wiring harness - Detailed view Harness Overview

EH Machines
1 Lap Bar Switch 18 Self Level Valve

2 Radio Connector 19 RH Handle Interconnect Park
Brake / Ride Ctrl
3 Left Speaker 20 RH Handle Interconnect FE /
Proportional Aux / Float
4 Cab / Dome Lamp Jumper 21 UJM RH
5 Engine Harness 22 Front Door Washer Pump
6 UJM LH 23 Glow Plug FPT Interface
7 Cab / RH Lamp Jumper 24 Chassis Option / RH Boom
Interface Lights Interconnect
8 LH Handle Interconnect 25 Backup Alarm
9 Cab / LH Lamp Jumper 26 Fuel Level Sender
Interface
10 Cab / Seat Interface 27 Chassis / Rear Lamp Jumper
Interface
11 2nd Aux Extend 28 HVAC Condenser Fan
12 Water Valve 29 Beacon Lamp Socket
13 Throttle Position Sensor 30 Chassis Options /
Multifunction Interconnect
14 High Flow Valve Solenoid 31 Chassis Options / LH Boom
Lights Interconnect
15 LH Pump Swash Plate Sensor 32 Right Speaker
16 RH Pump Swash Plate 33 Horn Ground
Sensor
17 Chassis / Loader Interface 34 Horn Power
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 296
CNH_EH842 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 297
Mechanical Machines
1 Right Speaker 26 CAN 120 Ohm Termination

Resistor
2 Right Speaker 27 Engine Harness
3 Left Speaker 28 Ride Control Valve Solenoid
Rdctrl
4 Left Speaker 29 Self Level Valve
5 Cab / Dome Lamp Jumper 30 Front Washer Pump
6 Condenser Relay [Cab] 31 CAB / HVAC Interconnect
7 Cab / RH Lamp Jumper 32 Glow Plug FPT Interface
Interface
8 Cab / LH Lamp Jumper 33 Fuel Level Sender
Interface
9 Chassis / Engine Harness 34 Backup Alarm
Telematics Interconnect
10 Accessory Power Outlet 35 Chassis / Rear Lamp Jumper
Interface
11 Cab / Door Switch Interface 36 Side Lamp DIA Socket
12 Mechanical Backup Switch #1 37 HVAC Condenser Fan
13 Power Distribution Chassis 38 Rear Window Wiper Motor
14 Water Valve 39 Beacon Lamp Socket
15 Brake Valve Solenoid 40 Hydraulic Oil Filter Switch
16 2 Speed Valve Solenoid 41 Preheat Fuse
17 CAN Diagnostic Connector 42 Horn Power
18 Door Wiper Motor 43 Horn Ground
19 Cab / Chassis Options 2 44 Lap Bar Sw
20 Cab / Chassis Options 1 45 Radio Connector
21 Hydraulic Oil Temperature 46 Cab / Chassis 3
Sender
22 Telematics 47 Cab / Chassis 2
23 RH Handle Interconnect Park 48 Cab / Chassis 1
Brake / Ride Control
24 EH Aux PWM Controller 49 Can / Seat Interface
25 LH Handle Interconnect Horn 50 Port Lock
/ Two Speed
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 298
CNH_MECH84 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 299
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 300
Sensing system - Overview Temperature sensors
1z0o2004112136 1
Temperature sensors most generally incorporate a thermistor. A thermistor is a resistor that changes its resistance
according to temperature.
There are two groups of thermistors: NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) and PTC (Positive Temperature Co-
efficient). In the first case the higher the temperature, the lower is the resistance, and for the PTC the higher the
temperature, the higher the resistance. The NTC type is often used by sensors that indicate temperature change in
fluids, like those contained in a hydraulic reservoir or in the engine coolant system.
Often the signal provided to the controller is used by the controller to provide information to a display device which
could display actual values or operate a warning indicator.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 301
Sensing system - Overview Speed and position sensors

Most of the speed and position sensors used are 2 and 3-wire active devices (requires an electrical source to function).
Therefore, a source and ground are supplied to the sensor. Non-contact sensing of a target (ferrous material) is
performed by the sensor in different ways, generally electro-magnetic coupling, which affects the source (typically a
switch like affect, from one level to another). The altered source may or may not be conditioned by the sensor.
The controller monitoring the sensor uses the sensor signal (affected source) to produce on and off signals for digital
processing. For speed sensing this would relate to how many pulses (off to on or on to off transitions) during an
established period of time and for position sensing the level of the signal (on or off).
These sensors can not be effectively checked out-of-circuit with only a DVOM. If the sensor is faulty and the sensor
circuit is complete, use the diagnostic capability of the display monitor to test the sensor functionality in the circuit.
40011026 1
Sensor Adjustment
When installing a new sensor, adjust the sensor to obtain a clearance of 3 mm (1/8 in) to the target metal.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 302
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Open Circuit

Prior operation:
Up to three electrical test may be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns. The other two tests are:
Short to Ground - refer to ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Ground (A.30.A).
Short to Voltage - refer to ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Voltage (A.30.A).
Each test is described in detail. Ensure that all steps are reviewed and followed when testing.
1. Key switch OFF (sometimes battery disconnected or

fuse pulled out if specified in procedure).
2. Connectors at both ends of the circuit disconnected.
All other connectors must be reconnected to perform
test.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 303
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and mea-

sure circuit resistance as illustrated. Use the red me-
ter lead (1) to touch the connector pins, one pin at a
time, and avoid contact with the case of metal con-
nectors. Use the black lead (2) to make contact with
the connector pin at the other end of the circuit. Avoid
contact with other pins in the connector and the con-
nector case, if it is metal.
NOTE: Testing continuity from one connector to another
is often not possible given the distance between the con-
nectors. The alternate method used in this service man-
ual requires the use of a jumper wire. Attach the jumper
wire between the specified pin in one of the connectors and
chassis (frame) ground. Use the red lead of the multi-meter
to touch the specified pin of the other connector and touch
the black lead to chassis (frame) ground. Using chassis
(frame) ground as an integral part of the continuity test re-
quires good electrical contact with the metal frame (chas-
sis). Paint and contaminants serve as insulators and re-
duce the effectiveness of the electrical connection. If possi-
ble use frame (chassis) ground points already established
for the black lead and one end of the jumper wire.
26093637 1
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guide-

lines specified in the procedure. If the resistance is
no more than 3 - 4 ohms, the circuit is continuous.
More resistance usually indicates dirty or corroded
terminals in connectors, and 100k ohms or greater
indicates an open circuit.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 304
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Voltage

Prior operation:
Up to three electrical test may be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns. The other two tests are:
Short to Ground - refer to ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Ground (A.30.A).
Open Circuit - refer to ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Open Circuit (A.30.A).
1. Key switch ON (sometimes OFF, if specified in pro-

cedure).
2. Connectors at sensor, switch or potentiometer end
disconnected. All other connectors must be recon-
nected to perform test (unless otherwise specified in
the procedure).
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 305
3. Set meter to measure DC VOLTS, and measure cir-

cuit voltage as illustrated. Use the red meter (1) lead
to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and
avoid contact with the case of metal connectors. Use
the black lead (2) to make contact with a plated metal
part on the chassis such as a jump start post if fitted.
Make sure the surface of the part is not corroded.
26093640 1
4. Determine if measured voltage falls within guidelines

specified in the procedure.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 306
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Ground

Prior operation:
Up to three electrical tests may be required to properly troubleshoot electrical concerns. The other two tests are:
Short to Voltage - refer to ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Voltage (A.30.A).
Open Circuit - refer to ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Open Circuit (A.30.A).
1. Key switched power OFF, (sometimes battery dis-

connected or fuse pulled out if specified in proce-
dure).
2. Connectors at each end or ends of circuit discon-
nected to prevent false readings.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 307
3. Set meter to measure resistance or ohms, and mea-

sure circuit resistance. Use black lead (2) to make
contact with a plated metal part on the chassis such
as a jump start post if fitted. Make sure the surface of
the part is not corroded. Use the red meter lead (1)
to touch the connector pins, one pin at a time, and
avoid contact with the case of metal connectors.
26093638 1
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 308
4. Determine if measured resistance falls within guide-

lines specified in the procedure. A reading of less
than 3 - 4 ohms indicates a direct short to chassis
ground and must be located and repaired. Higher re-
sistances usually indicate circuit paths through mod-
ules, and that an additional connector needs to be
disconnected to perform the test. More than 100k
ohms indicates that the circuit is free of shorts to
ground.
NOTE: All of the output and many of the input devices used
in the electrical / electronic system use a reference or chas-
sis ground as a functional part of the control system. There-
fore, it is important to remove this intended circuit ground
before testing for a "Short to Ground"
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 309
Battery - Check Maintenance Free

During normal use of a vehicle the battery is constantly being discharged, and recharged by the vehicle electrical
systems. This process causes evaporation of the battery electrolyte. Maintenance free batteries have condenser
channels that allow the gases to condense into liquids again. This prevents the gases from escaping through vent
holes so there is no requirement to top off the electrolyte.
The following procedure will tell if a battery is fit for service or if it must be replaced.
1. Inspect the battery before testing. Many conditions

can be seen and corrected before battery problems
occur. Inspect the battery case for cracks and leaks.
Inspect the battery posts, cables and clamps for bro-
ken wires, loose connections and corrosion. Make
sure the top of the battery is clean and dry. Dirt or
electrolyte on top of a battery can cause the battery
to discharge. This material on the top of a battery
provides a path for current to flow, permitting the bat-
tery to discharge.
2. Remove the battery from the vehicle. Clean the out-
side of the battery. Also, clean the battery tray. When
cleaning a battery, use a solution of baking soda and
water. Check and clean the battery cables if neces-
sary.
3. Check the battery carrier to make sure the carrier is
in good condition. Check the battery brackets for the
correct tension. A loose battery bracket will allow the
battery to vibrate. Vibration will damage the battery.
Battery brackets which are too tight can buckle or
crack the battery case.
4. Check the battery for raised cell covers or a warped
case. This may indicate that the battery has been
overheated or overcharged.
5. Using a multi-meter check the battery voltage. A
reading of less than 11.6 volts indicates the battery
should be charged using a battery charger. If battery
voltage is unable to be raised to approximately 12.4
volts, the battery should be replaced.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 310
Battery - Remove
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment with adequate capacity. Always support
units or parts with suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all bystanders.
W0398A
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation
and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash
hands after handling.
W0006A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to spill
through the vent caps. Lift a plastic-cased battery with a battery carrier or with your hands positioned
on opposite corners of the battery. Always wash your hands after handling.
W0385A
Battery removal
1. Remove battery cover hardware (1) and battery
cover (2).
931001637 1
NOTE: NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION Battery disconnect is optional.

2. Turn battery quick disconnect, if equipped (1) to the
off position, (2) as shown.
931001638 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 311
3. Disconnect negative cable connection (1).
931001641 3
4. Disconnect positive cable connection (1).
931002054 4
5. Loosen nuts (1) and remove battery hold down (2).
931001639 5
6. Remove battery (1) in direction of arrow.
931001642 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 312
Battery - Install
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
W0006A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
W0385A
Battery installation
1. Confirm battery quick disconnect (1) is in the off po-
sition (2), as shown.
931001638 1
2. Place battery (1) in compartment, in direction of ar-

row.
931001642 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 313
3. Install battery hold down (1) and secure with nuts (2).
931001640 3
4. Insure the hold down (1) is square to the battery (2).
931001639 4
5. Connect positive cable connection (1).
931002054 5
6. Connect negative cable connection (1).
931001641 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 314

7. Turn battery quick disconnect (1) to the on position
(2) as shown.
931001828 7
8. Install battery cover (1) and secure with hardware (2).
931001637 8
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 315
Battery - Disconnect
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
W0006A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
W0385A
Disconnect battery
1. Remove battery access cover (1) by removing the
three mounting bolts (2).
931001637 1

2. Turn battery disconnect (1), if equipped, to the off
position (2).
931001638 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 316
3. Disconnect negative battery cable connection (1).
931001641 3
4. Disconnect positive battery connection (1).
931002054 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 317
Battery - Connect
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
WARNING
W0006A
WARNING
Chemical hazard!
W0385A
Connect battery
1. Turn battery disconnect (1), if equipped, to the off
position (2).
931001638 1
2. Connect the positive battery connection (1).
931002054 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 318
3. Connect the negative battery connection (1).
931001641 3

4. Turn the battery disconnect (1), if equipped, to the on
position (2).
931001828 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 319
Wiring harness - Repair

NOTE: For Wiring Harness replacement, see Wiring harness - Replace (A.30.A)
1. Temporary Wiring Harness Repair
The following method to repair wiring is a temporary
expedient only. Wiring should be replaced as soon
as possible. Do not attempt to repair the wire on any
system sensors as these are sealed and should only
be replaced with a new component.
NOTE: When conducting a cable repair it is important that
only RESIN CORED SOLDER is used. Use of other types
of solder may result in further cable damage.
2. To carry out a temporary repair, proceed as follows:-
Locate damaged portion of cable then cut away outer
protective cover on both sides of the damaged area.
1z0o2004112111 1
3. Peel back the cable from both ends of the damaged

area and carefully cut away the inner cable cover at
the damaged area and strip about 13 mm ( 1/2 in) of
insulation from the wires. Do not cut away any wire
strands.
Using a suitable solvent, clean about 2 in ( 50 mm)
from each cover end. Clean the grey cable cover and
the individual leads.
Twist two bare leads together for each damaged
lead, being careful to match wire colours, then sol-
der the leads using resin cored solder. Tape each
repaired lead with vinyl insulation tape.
1z0o2004112112 2
4. Wind a layer of vinyl insulation tape up to the grey

cable cover at each end of the repair section. Make
a paper trough, then apply silicon rubber compound
(non hardening sealant) over the repaired section up
to the cover ends. Sufficient sealant must be used to
fill the ends of the cut away area.
1z0o2004112113 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 320
5. Allow the compound to cure then cover the area with

insulating tape taking the tape well over each end of
the repair. An overlap of at least 2 in ( 50 mm) of
tape at each end is necessary.
Check to ensure the repair is satisfactory and secure
the repaired cable so that repeat damage is avoided.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the dam-
aged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
1z0o2004112114 4
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 321
Wiring harness - Replace

NOTE: For Wiring Harness repair, see Wiring harness - Repair (A.30.A)
1. If a wire within the harness is found to be beyond re-
pair or is open circuit, a jumper wire may be installed
as a temporary repair until such time when a new
harness assembly can be installed. Use the follow-
ing procedure to install an additional wire:
Locate the faulty wire using the procedures de-
scribed in the fault code charts.
Disconnect the affected connectors.
If fitted carefully roll back the seal between the con-
nector and harness outer covering.
Remove the pins from the connector blocks of the af-
fected wire using the appropriate removal tool found
in the harness repair kit.
NOTE: Use the instructions supplied with the kit to ensure
correct pin removal.
1z0o2004112115 1
2. From the harness repair kit select the correct pin for
the connectors. Obtain locally the correct cross-sec-
tional size wire and measure out the length required
by following the harness routing.
Join the new wire to the new pins as described in the
harness repair kit and install one of the pins into its
connector.
If possible attempt to run the new wire within the ex-
isting harness outer covering, if this is not possible
run the wire along the harness, securing regularly
with suitable ties. With the wire correctly routed instal
the second terminal into its connector block. Replace
the connector seal if removed.
To ensure that the repair has been effective check
for continuity of the new wire using a suitable multi-
meter.
NOTE: This is a temporary repair only. Ensure the dam-
aged cable is replaced as soon as possible to prevent
ingress of water or chemicals.
1z0o2004112116 2
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 322
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing Diode Testing

N° Test Point Expected Result Other Result (Possible Cause)
1 Condition Result Result
Disconnect the connector from the The reading should be near the If reading is the same in both direc-
diode. Using a multi-meter on the range of 0.3 V to 0.7 V one way, and tions, the diode is shorted.
diode setting, infinite the other. If reading is near 3 V or infinite in
Check both directions, the diode is open.
measure the diode from pin to pin in Action
both directions. Replace diode.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 323
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing General Wire Testing

Circuit not functioning. Wire not broken. Wire is broken.
Check Action Action
Check wire run for an open circuit Go to test 2 Follow Wiring harness - Repair
by following ELECTRICAL POWER (A.30.A)
SYSTEM - Electrical test Open Cir-
cuit (A.30.A).
Circuit not functioning. Unless Wire not shorted. Wire is shorted.
checking the ground network, Action Action
Check Go to test 3 Follow Wiring harness - Repair
Check wire run for a short circuit to (A.30.A)
ground by following ELECTRICAL
POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test
Short to Ground (A.30.A).
Circuit not functioning. Wire not shorted. Wire is shorted.
Check Action Action
Check wire run for a short circuit to The fault may be intermittent. Visu- Follow Wiring harness - Repair
voltage by following ELECTRICAL ally inspect the relevant harnesses (A.30.A)
POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test and connectors for damage, bent or
Short to Voltage (A.30.A). dislocated pins, corroded terminals
or broken wires. Verify that the con-
nectors are fully installed. Flex the
harnesses involved to reveal inter-
mittent breaks or shorts in the wiring
concerned. If no damage is found,
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 324
Fuse and relay box - Testing Accessory Relay Control

NOTE: Use schematics
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 03 (A.30.A)
Remove the ACCESSORY RELAY No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
K-018 from the MAIN POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008. Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 948/
Check 985/983 (Black).
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS-
TEM - Testing General Wire Test-
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition
between MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 pin C12 and
ground.
With the relay removed, and the ig- 12 V 0V
nition on, Action Action
Check The relay control circuit wiring is Go to test 3
for voltage from MAIN POWER good. Go to Fuse and relay box -
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) to
pin C12 and ground. test relay.
Disconnect connector X-15 from No wire problems Wire problems are found.
the ACCESSORY BACKFEED DIODE Action Action
V-004. Use ELECTRICAL POWER Go to test 4 Repair or replace broken wire 139
SYSTEM - Testing General Wire (Orange) / 175 (White) (EH) / 153
Testing (A.30.A) to (Black).
Check
wire condition between MAIN POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008
pin D10 and connector X-15.
Disconnect connector X-15 from the Test satisfactory. Diode is faulty.
ACCESSORY BACKFEED DIODE V-004 Action Action
Check Go to test 5 Replace the diode.
the diode using ELECTRICAL
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Diode
Testing (A.30.A).
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Action Action
ing (A.30.A) to Use Data bus - General speci- Repair or replace broken wire 137
Check fication Instrument Cluster pin (White).
wire condition between connector information (A.50.A) to check
X-C23 pin 22 and connector X-15. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 22.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 325
Fuse and relay box - Testing Condenser Relay Control

Disconnect connector X-111 from No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
the CONDENSER RELAY K-020. Use Action Action
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 1087/
- Testing General Wire Testing 1088/1093 (Black).
(A.30.A) to
Check
wire condition between connector
X-111 pin 85 and ground.
12 V
With the relay removed, and the ig- 0V
nition and HVAC controls on, Action Action
good. Go to Fuse and relay box -
for voltage between connector X-111
pin 86 and ground. Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) to
test relay.
ing (A.30.A) to Repair or replace broken wire 840/
Check • Electronic A/C control 837 (White).
wire condition between connector - Testing A/C Switch
X-111 pin 86 and connector X-HVC1 (E.40.C) for further test-
pin 6. ing.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 326
Fuse and relay box - Testing Crank Relay Control

Remove the CRANK RELAY K-007 No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
from the MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION Action Action
FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008. Use ELEC- Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 944/
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- 985/983 (Black).
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A)
to
Check
pin A6 and ground.
nition in the crank position, Action Action
pin B4 and ground. test relay.
Disconnect connector X-C23 from No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
the Instrument Cluster. Use ELEC- Action Action
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- (For Mech machines) use Data bus Repair or replace broken wire 630
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) - General specification Instrument (EH)/628/622 (White) or 630 (EH)/
to Cluster pin information (A.50.A) to 628/623 (White).
Check check INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 9
wire condition between MAIN POWER and 11.
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 Go to test 4
pin B4 and connector X-C23 pins 9
and 11.
(For EH machines) disconnect con- No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
nector X-CN2B from the UCM, use Action Action
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM Use Data bus - General speci- Repair or replace broken wire 630
- Testing General Wire Testing fication Instrument Cluster pin (White) / 532 (Yellow).
(A.30.A) to information (A.50.A) to check
Check INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 9 and 11.
pin B4 and connector X-CN2B pin
24.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 327
Fuse and relay box - Testing Engine Preheat Relay Control

Disconnect connector X-PRHT from No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
the ENGINE PREHEAT RELAY K-004. Action Action
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 963/
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- 968/983 (Black).
ing (A.30.A) to
Check
X-PRHT pin 2 and ground.
With the relay removed, use Cold 12 V 0V
start aid - Overview Engine pre- Action Action
heat (B.80.A) to set up conditions for The relay control circuit wiring is Go to test 3
the preheat system to turn on. good. Go to Fuse and relay box -
Check Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) to
for voltage from connector X-PRHT test relay.
pin 1 and ground.
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- Use Data bus - General speci- Repair or replace broken wire 641
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) fication Instrument Cluster pin (White).
to information (A.50.A) to check
Check INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 8 (EH) 7
wire condition between X-PRHT pin (Mech).
1 and connector X-C23 pin 8 (EH) 7
(Mech).
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 328
Fuse and relay box - Testing Front Electric Relay Control

Remove the Front Electric Relay No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
K-017 from the ACCESSORY POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION. Use ELECTRICAL Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 974/
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Gen- 1008/1014 (Black).
eral Wire Testing (A.30.A) to
Check
wire condition between ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin C12 and
ground.
With the relay removed, and the ig-12 V 0V
for voltage from ACCESSORY POWER good. Go to Fuse and relay box -
DISTRIBUTION pin D10 and ground. Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) to
test relay.
Testing (A.30.A).
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 5 Repair or replace broken wire 146/
Check 141 /175 (EH) (White) / 153 (Black).
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin D10 and
connector X-15.
Check INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 22.
X-C23 pin 22 and connector X-15.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 329
Fuse and relay box - Testing Lights Relay #1 Control

Remove the LIGHTS RELAY #1 K-001 No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
to
Check
pin A12 and ground.
With the relay removed, use LIGHT- 12 V 0V
ING SYSTEM - Overview Lighting Action Action
(A.40.A) to set up conditions for the The relay control circuit wiring is Go to test 3
Front Work Lamps to turn on. good. Go to Fuse and relay box -
for voltage from MAIN POWER test relay.
pin B10 and ground.
the LAMP SELECTOR SWITCH S-012. Action Action
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- See LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing Repair or replace broken wire 325
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Lamp Selector Switch (A.40.A) for (White) / 790 (Violet).
ing (A.30.A) to further testing.
Check
pin B10 and connector X-311 pin 3.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 330
Fuse and relay box - Testing Lights Relay #2 Control

Remove the LIGHTS RELAY #2 K-002 No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
to
Check
pin A9 and ground.
With the relay removed, use LIGHT- 12 V 0V
ING SYSTEM - Overview Lighting Action Action
(A.40.A) to set up conditions for the The relay control circuit wiring is Go to test 3
Rear Work Lamps to turn on. good. Go to Fuse and relay box -
for voltage from MAIN POWER test relay.
pin B7 and ground.
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- See LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing Go to test 4
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Lamp Selector Switch (A.40.A) for
ing (A.30.A) to further testing.
Check
pin B7 and connector X-311 pin 5.
Remove SIDE LAMPS FUSE from the 0Ω Fuse is blown.
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE Action Action
BLOCK 1 Z-2008. Repair or replace broken wire 709 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check (White) / 708/792 (Violet). amp rating.
for continuity across SIDE LAMPS
FUSE.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 331
Fuse and relay box - Testing Main Power Relay Control

Remove the MAIN POWER RELAY No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
K-009 from the MAIN POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008. Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 947/
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- 985/983 (Black).
TEM - Testing General Wire Test-
ing (A.30.A) to
Check
pin C9 and ground.
pin D7 and ground. test relay.
the IGNITION BACKFEED DIODE V-007. Action Action
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- See Start control - Testing Ignition Repair or replace broken wire 144
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Switch (B.80.A) for further testing. (Orange).
ing (A.30.A) to
Check
pin D7 and connector X-316 pin B.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 332
Fuse and relay box - Testing Option Relay Control

Remove the OPTION RELAY K-019 No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
from the ACCESSORY POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION. Use ELECTRICAL Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 972/
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Gen- 1008/1014 (Black).
Check
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin A12 and
ground.
With the relay removed, and the ig-12 V 0V
DISTRIBUTION pin B10 and ground. Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) to
test relay.
Testing (A.30.A).
Check 141 /175 (EH) (White) / 153 (Black).
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin B10 and
connector X-15.
Check INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 22.
X-C23 pin 22 and connector X-15.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 333
Fuse and relay box - Testing UCM Power Relay Control


Remove the UCM Power Re- No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
lay K-003 from the ACCESSORY Action Action
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK Go to test 2 Repair or replace broken wire 1067/
2 Z-FUSE2. Use ELECTRICAL 1069/983 (Black).
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Gen-
Check
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2
Z-FUSE2 pin A9 and ground.
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) to
Z-FUSE2 pin B7 and ground. test relay.
Testing (A.30.A).
4 Condition Result Action
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- No wire problems. If wire problems are found.
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Action Repair or replace broken wire 335/
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 5 175 (White) / 153 (Black).
Check
Z-FUSE2 pin B7 and connector X-15
pin 1.
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- No wire problems. If wire problems are found.
ing (A.30.A) to Use Data bus - General speci- Repair or replace broken wire 137
Check fication Instrument Cluster pin (White).
wire condition between connector information (A.50.A) to check
X-C23 pin 22 and connector X-15 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 22.
pin 1.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 334
Auxiliary power connection - Testing Electric Auxiliary Hydraulic

On/Off Switch
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 29 (A.30.A) (EH)
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 24 (A.30.A) (Mech)
Remove FE ON/OFF FUSE from the 0Ω Fuse is blown.
ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION Action Action
Check Go to test 2 Replace the fuse with same type and
for continuity across FE ON/OFF amp rating.
FUSE.
With the ignition on, 12 V 0V
Check Action Action
for voltage from ACCESSORY POWER Go to test 3 There is a problem in the DC distribu-
DISTRIBUTION pin E1 and ground. tion system upstream of FE ON/OFF
FUSE
the ELECTRIC AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC Action Action
ON/OFF SWITCH Use ELECTRICAL Go to test 4 Repair or replace broken wire 129
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Gen- (Orange).
Check
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin E2 and
connector X-304 pin E.
4 Check Result Result
Using a multi-meter, check for resis- For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in both positions or infinite resis-
tance between ELECTRIC AUXILIARY one position, infinite resistance in the tance in both positions.
HYDRAULIC ON / OFF SWITCH other. Action
pins D and E Action The ELECTRIC AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC
while cycling the ELECTRIC Go to test 5 ON / OFF SWITCH has failed. Replace
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC ON / OFF the switch.
SWITCH.
Disconnect Multifunction Attach- No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
ment connector X-107. Use ELEC- Action Action
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- The fault may be intermittent. Visu- Locate and repair or replace bro-
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) ally inspect the relevant harnesses ken wire 856/422 (White) or adjacent
to and connectors for damage, bent or wiring.
Check dislocated pins, corroded terminals
wire condition between connector or broken wires. Verify that the con-
X-107 pin J and connector X-304 pin nectors are fully installed. Flex the
D. harnesses involved to reveal inter-
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 335
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
L213, L215, L218, L220
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 336
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Wiring harness - Detailed view Harness Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Auxiliary power connection - Testing Electric Auxiliary Hydraulic On/Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Battery - Check Maintenance Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Battery - Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Battery - Disconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Battery - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Battery - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Connector - Component diagram 01 - Connector X-10 to Connector X-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Connector - Component diagram 02 - Connector X-14 to Connector X-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Connector - Component diagram 03 - Connector X-161 to Connector X-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Connector - Component diagram 04 - Connector X-195 to Connector X-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Connector - Component diagram 14 - Connector X-502A to Connector X-510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Connector - Component diagram 15 - Connector X-512 to Connector X-52A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Connector - Component diagram 16 - Connector X-52B to Connector X-74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Connector - Component diagram 17 - Connector X-75 to Connector X-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Connector - Component diagram 18 - Connector X-93 to Connector X-AC_COMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Connector - Component diagram 19 - Connector X-ACC to Connector X-C01A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Connector - Component diagram 20 - Connector X-C01B to Connector X-CAB_GNDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Connector - Component diagram 21 - Connector X-CC1A to Connector X-CHS_GND_RR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Connector - Component diagram 22 - Connector X-CN1A to Connector X-CN4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Connector - Component diagram 23 - Connector X-CN4B to Connector X-ECC2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Connector - Component diagram 24 - Connector X-ECC2B to Connector X-ECC6B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Connector - Component diagram 25 - Connector X-EGR to Connector X-FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 337
Connector - Component diagram 26 - Connector X-FUSE1 to Connector X-HORN-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Connector - Component diagram 27 - Connector X-HORN-PWR to Connector X-K-C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Connector - Component diagram 28 - Connector X-NEG_TERM_A to Connector X-POS_TERM_A . . . . . . . . . 159
Connector - Component diagram 29 - Connector X-POS_TERM_B to Connector X-UJMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Connector - Component diagram 99 Engine connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Connector - Component identification Engine connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Diode Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Fuse Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Fuse Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Lighting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Miscellaneous Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Motor Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Relay Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Sensor Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Solenoid Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Switch Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Open Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Electrical test Short to Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Potentiometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Pulse width modulation (PWM) solenoid valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Resistance devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Overview Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing Diode Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Testing General Wire Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Fuse and relay box - General specification Accessory Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuse and relay box - General specification Main Power Distribution Fuse Block 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuse and relay box - Overview Location and access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Fuse and relay box - Testing Accessory Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Fuse and relay box - Testing Condenser Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Fuse and relay box - Testing Crank Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Fuse and relay box - Testing Engine Preheat Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Fuse and relay box - Testing Front Electric Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Fuse and relay box - Testing Lights Relay #1 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Fuse and relay box - Testing Lights Relay #2 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Fuse and relay box - Testing Main Power Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Fuse and relay box - Testing Option Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 338
Fuse and relay box - Testing UCM Power Relay Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Fuse and relay box Fuse - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Fuse and relay box Relay - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Sensing system - General specification Resistance to Temperature Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sensing system - Overview Speed and position sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Sensing system - Overview Temperature sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Wiring harness - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Wiring harness - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 339
84522361 15/06/2011
A.30.A / 340
LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
DIAGNOSTIC
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Testing Lamp Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Turn/hazard light
Testing Flasher Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Testing Hazard Lamp Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Testing Turn Signal Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 2
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM
LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing Lamp Selector Switch

Disconnect connector X-311 from For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in multiple positions or infinite
the LAMP SELECTOR SWITCH S-012. one position, infinite resistance in all resistance in all positions.
Check others. Action
Using a multi-meter, check for re- Action The LAMP SELECTOR SWITCH has
sistance between LAMP SELECTOR Go to test 2 failed. Replace the switch.
SWITCH
pins 2 and 3
pins 2 and 4
pins 2 and 5
while cycling the LAMP SELECTOR
SWITCH.
Disconnect connector X-311 from 12 V 0V
With the ignition on, Go to test 5 Go to test 3
Check
for voltage from connector X-311 pin
2 and ground.
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- No wire problems If wire problems are found,
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Action repair or replace broken wire 125/
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 4 123 (Orange).
between MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 pin C10 and
connector X-311 pin 2.
Use Fuse and relay box - Testing Test is satisfactory If problems were found and cor-
Accessory Relay Control (A.30.A) Action rected,
to check ACCESSORY RELAY K-018. There is a problem in the DC distribu- this test is complete.
tion system upstream of ACCESSORY
RELAY.
Use Fuse and relay box - Testing Test is satisfactory If problems were found and cor-
Lights Relay #1 Control (A.30.A) to Action rected,
check LIGHTING RELAY #1 K-001. Go to test 6 this test is complete.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 7 701 (Violet).
between connector X-311 pin 4 and
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE
BLOCK 1 Z-2008 pin E7.
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Action repair or replace broken wire 792 (Vi-
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition there is a problem in the lighting olet).
between connector X-311 pin 5 and circuitry, see LIGHTING SYSTEM
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE - Overview Lighting (A.40.A) for
BLOCK 1 Z-2008 pin E3. more information.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 3
Turn/hazard light - Testing Flasher Module


Remove FLASHER / BRAKE FUSE 0Ω Fuse is blown.
from the ACCESSORY POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION Go to test 2 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check amp rating.
for continuity across FLASHER /
BRAKE FUSE
With the fuse removed, and the key 12 V 0V
on, Action Action
Check Go to test 3 There is a problem in the DC distri-
for voltage from ACCESSORY POWER bution system upstream of FLASHER
DISTRIBUTION pin E9 and ground / BRAKE FUSE.
Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYS- No wire problems Wire problems are found.
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 4 Locate and repair or replace broken
Check wire 156 (Red) or adjacent wiring.
pin E10 and connector X-411 pin 30.
ing (A.30.A) to Locate and repair or replace broken
Check See the following for further testing wire 981/986/1014 (Black) or adja-
wire condition between connector • Turn/hazard light - Test- cent wiring.
X-411 pin 85 and ground. ing Turn Signal Switch
(A.40.A)
• Turn/hazard light - Test-
ing Hazard Lamp Switch
(A.40.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 4
Turn/hazard light - Testing Hazard Lamp Switch



Disconnect connector X-302 from For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in both positions or infinite resis-
the HAZARD LAMP SWITCH S-041. one position, infinite resistance in the tance in both positions.
Check other. Action
Using a multi-meter, check for re- Action The HAZARD LAMP SWITCH has
sistance between HAZARD LAMP Go to test 2 failed. Replace the switch.
SWITCH
pins B and A
pins E and F
while cycling the HAZARD LAMP
SWITCH.
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 3 Repair or replace broken wire
Check 784(White), 785 (Orange), or 769
wire condition between connector (Orange).
X-302 pins B and E and connector
X-411 pin 87A.
Disconnect connector X-HZRD- Test satisfactory. Diode is faulty.
DIODE from the HAZARD SWITCH Action Action
INDICATOR BACKFEED DIODE V-010. Replace the diode.
Check See the following for further testing
the diode using ELECTRICAL • Turn/hazard light - Test-
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Diode ing Flasher Module
Testing (A.30.A). (A.40.A)
ing Turn Signal Switch
(A.40.A)
• LIGHTING SYSTEM
- Overview Lighting
(A.40.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 5
Turn/hazard light - Testing Turn Signal Switch

NOTE: Use schematics Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A)


Disconnect connector X-408 (EH) For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in both positions or infinite resis-
X-407 (Mech) from the LEFT HAND one position, infinite resistance in the tance in both positions.
CONTROL HANDLE Z-005. other. Action
Check Action The TURN SIGNAL SWITCH has failed.
Using a multi-meter, check for resis- Go to test 2 Replace the switch.
tance between TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
S-027
pins 5 and 6
pins 5 and 7
while cycling the TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH.
Check wire 770/769 (Orange) or adjacent
wire condition between connector wiring.
X-408 (EH) X-407 (Mech) pin 5 and
connector X-411 pin 87A.
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 4 Locate and repair or replace bro-
Check ken wire 776/768 (Violet) or adjacent
connector X-302 pin A.
Check wire 765 (Violet) or adjacent wiring.
connector X-HZRDDIODE pin B.
Disconnect connector X-HZRD- Test satisfactory. Diode is faulty.
DIODE from the HAZARD SWITCH Action Action
INDICATOR BACKFEED DIODE V-010. Replace the diode.
Check See the following for further testing
the diode using ELECTRICAL • Turn/hazard light - Test-
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Diode ing Hazard Lamp Switch
Testing (A.30.A). (A.40.A)
ing Flasher Module
(A.40.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 6
Index

SYSTEMS - A

LIGHTING SYSTEM - Testing Lamp Selector Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Turn/hazard light - Testing Flasher Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Turn/hazard light - Testing Hazard Lamp Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Turn/hazard light - Testing Turn Signal Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 7
84522361 15/06/2011
A.40.A / 8
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM - 50.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
TECHNICAL DATA
Data bus
General specification Instrument Cluster pin information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electronic service tool (EST)

Overview EST overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
Electronic service tool (EST)

H1 - Calibration procedures Calibration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
H1 - Calibration procedures Calibration Procedure Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

H1 - Calibration procedures Joystick Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

H1 - Calibration procedures Ground Drive Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

H1 - Calibration procedures Throttle Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

H1 - Calibration procedures Loader Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

H1 - Calibration procedures Loader Start Pressure Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Control module
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 2
Vehical Control Module (VCM) - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Vehical Control Module (VCM) - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

DIAGNOSTIC
Fuse and relay box

Testing Relay Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 3
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
Data bus - General specification Instrument Cluster pin information

The following tables include pin resistance information for the Instrument Cluster. After disconnecting connector
X-C23 from the Instrument Cluster, use a multi-meter to check resistance from the desired pin to pin 20. The resulting
value should be near the table value. Other values may indicate a failure of the Instrument Cluster.
Mechanical Instrument Cluster A-002 pin information

Pin Signal Resistance to ground (pin 20) (in Input / Output
Ω)
1 Fuel Level Sender 3.69 M Input
2 Hydraulic Oil Temperature 3.69 M Input
3 Unswitched power 51.8 K Input
4 CAN Hi 1.19 M I/O
5 Pilot Interlock 250 K Output
6 CAN Lo 1.19 M I/O
7 Engine Preheat 246 K Output
8 Park Brake Release 248 K Output
9 Starter Relay 244 K Output
10 Park Brake Switch 603 Input
11 Key Switch Start 603 Input
12 Seat Switch 603 Input
13 Lap Bar / Seat Belt Switch 603 Input
14 Hydraulic Loader Port Lock 243 K Output
15 Hydraulic Filter Restriction 10.55 K Input
Switch
16 Air Filter Restriction Switch 10.55 K Input
17 Door Switch 10.55 K Input
18 Engine Oil Pressure Switch 10.55 K Input
19 Engine RPM 1.1 M Input
20 ECU Ground N/A N/A
21 Main Power Relay 244 K Output
22 Accessory Relay 248 K Output
23 Ignition Power 9.95 K Input
25 Engine Coolant Temperature 3.7 M Input
Sender
26 Fuel Solenoid 244 K Output
EH Instrument Cluster A-001 pin information

Pin Signal Resistance to ground (pin 20) (in Input / Output
Ω)
1 Fuel Level Sender 3.69 M Input
2 Hydraulic Oil Temperature 3.69 M Input
3 Unswitched power 51.8 K Input
4 CAN Hi 1.19 M I/O
5 Open
6 CAN Lo 1.19 M I/O
7 Fuel Solenoid 244 K Output
8 Engine Preheat 247 K Output
9 Starter Relay 244 K Output
10 Open
11 Key Switch Start 603 Input
12 Wake Up 603 Input
13 Open
14 Hydraulic Enable 243 K Output
15 Hydraulic Filter Restriction 10.55 K Input
Switch
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 4
16 Air Filter Restriction Switch 10.55 K Input

/ EGR
17 Door Switch 10.55 K Input
18 Engine Oil Pressure Switch 10.55 K Input
19 Open
20 ECU Ground N/A N/A
21 Main Power Relay 244 K Output
22 Accessory Relay 248 K Output
25 Engine Coolant Temperature 3.7 M Input
Sender
26 Open
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 5
Electronic service tool (EST) - Overview EST overview

The instrument cluster has the ability to interface with the EST in a service setting to modify parameters, recall saved
system faults, and update application software. It is recommended that the service technician attempt to retrieve
trouble codes with the EST on every service call, due to the number of "White" codes, which are not displayed on the
Instrument Cluster.
The EST is interfaced to the cluster through the machine service plug.
The EST and instrument cluster negotiate communication any time the EST is connected and operational, and the
cluster is powered on.
The EST connection allows service technicians to update cluster software in the field as updates become available.
The EST is interfaced to the cluster through the machine service plug. The EST software provides the interface the
technician uses to update the software.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 6
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures

Calibration Requirements
Calibration involves setting correct hardware parameters for joysticks, ground drive pumps, loader valve, and throttle
mechanism.
Unless noted otherwise, the operator has 30 seconds to complete each calibration step. The calibration procedure
will have to be restarted if a step times out.
The parameters associated with each calibration procedure will be saved when that particular procedure completes
successfully. If there are problems completing one of the five calibration procedures, only that procedure will need to
be repeated, not all five.
The audible alarm and calibration messages will not be displayed if any error codes are active.
If any calibration fails, see Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Calibration Procedure
Troubleshooting (A.50.A) for troubleshooting steps.
1. The following software will be required

• CNH Electronic Service Tool (EST), ver-
sion 6.3.0.0 or later.
• If downloading new application software -
SL57 UCM Application Software
(SSL_SL57_x-x-x-x.hx1),
and SL57 Instrument Cluster software
(SSLCluster_Vx_x_x_x.hx1)
2. If new software is available, download it before cali-
brating using the following steps.
• Connect the EST hardware to the ma-
chine diagnostic connector and laptop.
• Flash the new SL57 Application Software
onto the machine controller (UCM) with
the Electronic Service Tool (EST) pro-
gramming menu.
• Flash the new instrument cluster (IC) soft-
ware to the IC with the EST configuration
menu.
• Set the machine configurations (serial
number, model, door, etc.) in the EST
configuration menu.
3. Calibration Preparation Steps
• Connect the EST hardware to the ma-
chine diagnostic connector and laptop.
• Open the EST configuration menu.
• Clear any fault codes from the IC display
by cycling the Aux Override button until
the display is clear.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 7
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures

Calibration Procedure Troubleshooting
These are the codes that may be encountered during calibration. If seen, check condition description and compare
to calibration procedure prerequisite conditions.
Display Text Condition Name Condition Description Software Reaction

CD01 Calibration Enable Fail Calibration Enable Condition(s) Exit calibration and use old values
not met at time of initiation
CD02 Calibration Sustain Fail Calibration Sustain Condition(s) Exit calibration and use old values
not met during cal routine
CD03 Device Fault Device Fault Calibration Sustain Exit calibration and use old values
Condition(s) not met during cal
routine
CD04 Calibration Timeout Calibration Step was not Exit calibration and use old values
completed within allotted time
CD05 Operator Interrupt Calibration interrupted by Operator Exit calibration and use old values
via cluster Cal button
CD06 Calibration Value High Calibration value higher than Beep and flash code - give
upper-end of acceptance range operator a chance to retry cal step
CD07 Calibration Value Low Calibration value lower than Beep and flash code - give
lower-end of acceptance range operator a chance to retry cal step
CD08 Signal Unstable Signal being calibrated outside of Beep and flash code - give
settling noise tolerance operator a chance to retry cal step
1. Troubleshooting Suggestions
1. For CD01 - CD05, restart calibration pro-
cedure with the 'START CALIBRATION'
button. If this does not work, Press 'Exit'
on EST calibration procedure and re-en-
ter the calibration state and the individual
calibration procedure.
2. For CD-06 - CD-08, try 'Retry' button on
EST. If this does not work, Press 'Exit' on
the calibration procedure and re-enter the
calibration state and the individual calibra-
tion procedure.
3. Occasionally closing and reopening the
EST is required to restart a calibration.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 8
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Joystick

Calibration
The purpose of the Joystick Calibration is to calibrate the main axis of the left and right joystick and the proportional
thumbwheel.
1. Ensure the prerequisite requirements are complete

per Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration
procedures Calibration Requirements (A.50.A).
2. Ensure the following conditions are met
• Joysticks in Neutral
• Proportional Auxiliary Roller Switch in
Neutral
• Key ON
• Engine ON
• Hydraulics OFF
• Operator Present
• No Joystick Related Fault Codes
3. In the EST configuration menu, open the 'Calibration
- Joystick' item.
4. Press the 'SET UP CONTROLLER FOR CALIBRA-
TION' button.
• Ensure 'START CALIBRATION' is now ac-
tive.
5. Press the 'START CALIBRATION' button.
• Ensure that the text "C-J1" is displayed on
the cluster screen.
6. Press and release the loader float button to start cap-
turing step 1 values.
• Verify that an audible beep is heard from
the instrument cluster and the text "C-J2"
is displayed on the cluster screen upon
completion of step 1.
7. Move the proportional auxiliary roller switch to the
upper or left detent (toward the smaller icon). Move
both joysticks to the front right corner. Press and
release the loader float button to start capturing step
2 values.
the instrument cluster and the text "C-J3"
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 9
8. Move the proportional auxiliary roller switch to the

lower or right detent (towards the larger icon). Move
and hold both joysticks to the back left corner. Press
and release the loader float button to start capturing
step 3 values.
the instrument cluster upon completion of
step 3.
• Verify that the instrument cluster screen
returns to normal message display.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 10
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Ground

Drive Calibration
The purpose of the Ground Drive Calibration is to calibrate the command current to a nominal pressure and calibrate
the neutral position of the ground drive swashplate angles. This is a semi-automatic procedure, therefore most of the
operator interaction is via the cluster display screen only.
NOTE: It is not unusual to see a small amount of machine movement during calibrations the UCM finds the command
current that brings the pump on stroke.
Significant machine movement during calibration (more than 1 foot) is not expected and is a symptom of a problem
in the system.
• No Ground Drive Related Fault Codes
Neutral
• Key ON
• Engine ON
• Hydraulics ON
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature between 15 °C
(59.0 °F) and 80 °C (176.0 °F)
• Engine RPM less than 1200 RPM
- Ground Drive' item.
TION' button.
tive.
• Ensure that the text "C-G1" is displayed
on the cluster screen.
6. Move the right joystick to the front right corner (away
from the operator) and press and release the loader
float button. Keep the right joystick in the top right
corner for the entirety of the ground drive calibration.
the instrument cluster and the text "C-G2"
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 11
7. Keep the right joystick at the top right corner (away

from the operator).
from the operator).
from the operator).
from the operator).
step 5.
11. Release the right joystick.
• Verify that the EST Calibration Oper-
ation Status window says "Calibration
Completed Successfully." Verify that the
instrument cluster screen returns to nor-
mal message display.
12. Exit out of the Calibration - Ground Drive screen
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 12
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Throttle

Calibration
The purpose of the Throttle Calibration is to calibrate the six key throttle position points to improve robustness of the
load control algorithm.

• Key ON
• Engine ON
• Hydraulics OFF
• No Throttle Related Fault Codes
- Hand Throttle' item.
TION' button.
tive.
• Ensure that the text "C-T1" is displayed on
the cluster screen.
6. Move the hand throttle lever to the maximum throttle
end-stop position. Step on the foot throttle until it is
fully depressed. Press and release the loader float
button.
the instrument cluster and the text "C-T2"
7. Very slowly reduce the throttle to approximately 150
RPM below maximum engine RPM until audible
alarm sounds and display changes to "C-T3".
8. Pull the hand throttle lever to the minimum end-stop
position. Ensure that the foot throttle is not de-
pressed. Press and release the loader float button.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 13
9. Very slowly increase the throttle to approximately

150 RPM above low idle until audible alarm sounds
and display changes to "C-T5".
10. Adjust the hand throttle lever position such that the
engine RPM display flashing on the instrument clus-
ter screen is at 1750 +/- 150 RPM for ISM, 1600 +/-
150 RPM for F5C. Press and release the loader float
button.
11. Adjust the hand throttle lever position such that the
engine rpm display flashing on the instrument cluster
screen is at 2400 +/- 150 RPM for ISM, 2100 +/-
150 RPM for F5C. Press and release the loader float
button.
step 6. Verify that the EST Calibration Op-
eration Status window says "Calibration
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 14
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Loader

Calibration
The purpose of the Loader Calibration Procedure is to calibrate the command current to a nominal pressure for each
spool and calibrate the neutral position of the loader attachment spool sensors. This is a semi-automatic procedure,
therefore most of the operator interaction is via the cluster display screen only.
NOTE: It is not unusual to see a small amount of loader or bucket movement during calibration as the UCM finds the
command current that shifts the valve spools. Significant implement movement during calibration (more than 1 foot)
should not be expected and is a symptom of a problem in the system.
Neutral
• Key ON
• Engine ON
• Hydraulics ON
• Park Brake Engaged (park brake light on)
with the park brake switch, not the OPER-
ATE Button on the IC
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature between 15 -
80 °C (59.0 - 176.0 °F)
• Engine RPM less than 1200 RPM
• No Loader Related Fault Codes
- Loader Valve' item.
TION' button.
tive.
• Ensure that the text "C-L1" is displayed on
the cluster screen.
6. Move the right joystick to the top right corner (away
from the operator) and press and release the loader
float button. Keep the right joystick in the top right
corner for the entirety of the loader calibration.
the instrument cluster and the text "C-L2"
completion of the previous step.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 15

from the operator).
from the operator).
from the operator).
from the operator).
from the operator).
from the operator).
the previous step.
14. Exit out of the Calibration - Loader Valve screen.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 16
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Loader

Start Pressure Calibration
The purpose of the Loader Calibration Procedure is to calibrate the command current to a nominal pressure for each
spool and calibrate the neutral position of the loader attachment spool sensors. This is a semi-automatic procedure,
therefore most of the operator interaction is via the cluster display screen only.

Neutral
• Key ON
• Engine ON
• Hydraulics ON
• Park Brake Engaged
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature between 15 -
80 °C (59.0 - 176.0 °F)
• Engine RPM less than xxxx RPM
• Loader Calibration Complete Electronic
service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration pro-
cedures Loader Calibration (A.50.A)
• No Loader Related Fault Codes
- Loader Start Pressures' item.
TION' button.
tive.
• Ensure that the text "C-S1" is displayed on
the cluster screen.
6. Move the right joystick to the top right corner (away
from the operator) and press the loader float button.
Keep the right joystick in the top right corner for the
entirety of the loader start pressure calibration.
the instrument cluster and the text "C-S2"
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 17
7. Watch for loader raise motion. When detected, im-

mediately toggle that float button. This process is to
be repeated tree times for the calibration step.
8. Watch for loader lower motion. When detected, im-
9. Watch for bucket dump motion. When detected, im-
from the operator).
11. Watch for bucket curl motion. When detected, imme-
diately toggle that float button. This process is to be
repeated tree times for the calibration step.
the previous step.
13. Exit out of the Calibration - Loader Start Pressures
screen.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 18
Control module Vehical Control Module (VCM) - Remove

Prior operation:
Bucket - Remove (J.20.B)
1. Raise boom loader.

2. Engage boom lock out.
3. Remove left hand side and right hand side cab
mounting hardware.
4. Tilt cab forward and engage cab lock out.
5. Remove battery cover.
6. Turn off quick disconnect.
7. Disconnect negative cable connection.
8. Remove mounting hardware.
9. Pull bracket to rear of mounting bolts.
10. Disconnect upper electrical connections.
11. Disconnect lower electrical connections.
12. Remove mounting hardware.
13. Remove ECM.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 19
Control module Vehical Control Module (VCM) - Install

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 20
Fuse and relay box - Testing Relay Testing

NOTE: See Fuse and relay box Relay - Overview (A.30.A) for general relay information.
NOTE: For 4 pin relays follow steps 1-2. For 5 pin relays follow steps 3-5.
NOTE: See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Relay Index (A.30.A) for individual relay
loads.
Relay removed from fuse and relay There should be approximately 75 - If there is 0.0 Ω or infinite resistance
panel. 105 Ω. the coil is open or shorted internally.
Check Action Action
Use a multi-meter to measure the re- Go to test 2 Replace the relay.
sistance from pin 86 to pin 85.
For Normally Open (NO) Relays There should be no continuity. If there is continuity, the relay is
Check shorted.
Use a multi-meter to check for conti- Action
nuity between pin 30 to pin 87. Replace the relay.
Relay removed from fuse and relay There should be approximately 75 - If there is 0.0 Ω or infinite resistance
panel. 105 Ω. the coil is open or shorted internally.
Check Action Action
Use a multi-meter to measure the re- Go to test 4 Replace the relay.
sistance from pin 86 to pin 85.
Relay removed from fuse and panel There should be no continuity. If there is continuity, the relay is
relay. Action shorted.
Check Go to test 5 Action
Use a multi-meter to check for conti- Replace the relay.
nuity between pin 30 to pin 87.
Relay removed from fuse and panel There should be continuity. If there is no continuity, the relay is
relay. open.
Check Action
Use a multi-meter to check for conti- Replace the relay.
nuity between pin 30 to pin 87a.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 21
Index

SYSTEMS - A

Control module Vehical Control Module (VCM) - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Control module Vehical Control Module (VCM) - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Data bus - General specification Instrument Cluster pin information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Calibration Procedure Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Calibration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Ground Drive Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Joystick Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Loader Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Loader Start Pressure Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Throttle Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Electronic service tool (EST) - Overview EST overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuse and relay box - Testing Relay Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 22
FAULT CODES - 50.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 1
Contents

SYSTEMS - A
FAULT CODES - 50.A
DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRONIC SYSTEM
[EGR] - 111-EGR potentiometer valve could not be completely opened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 112-EGR potentiometer valve could not be completely closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 119-Engine crank signal present for 300 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 126-Battery voltage fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 131-Coolant temperature sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 134-Intake air pressure sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 141-Engine speed sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 186-EGR valve position sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 189-EGR valve position driver fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 1E5-Sensor voltage supply fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[EGR] - 2E5-Sensor ground fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
[IC] - 1002- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - Over Temperature >110° C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

[IC] - 1004- Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - Hydraulic Filter Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
[IC] - 1009- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - Over Temperature >210° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
[IC] - 1014- Cluster Battery Monitor - Over Voltage > 16.5 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
[IC] - 1015-Cluster Battery Monitor - Under Voltage < 11.5 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
[IC] - 1041- RPM Monitoring - Over Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
[IC] - 1045- Fuel Level Sensor - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
[IC] - 1201- Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
[IC] - 1202- RPM Monitoring - Over Speed (Max) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
[IC] - 1203- RPM Monitoring - Open Circuit / STG / STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
[IC] - 1204- Start Sequence - Key Switch State - Engine Running Plausability Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 2
[IC] - 1205- Hydraulic Enable (EH Machines) - Hydraulic Enable Output - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
[IC] - 1208- Seat Switch - Plausibility Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

[IC] - 3000- Engine Malfunction - ECU Fault - General/Undefined/Air Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

[IC] - 3007- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
[IC] - 3008- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
[IC] - 3028- Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil Pressure Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
[IC] - 3029- Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil Pressure Switch OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
[IC] - 3156- Engine Preheat - Glow Plug - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
[IC] - 3401- Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
[IC] - 3402- Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
[IC] - 3403- Starter - Starter is cranked > 30s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
[IC] - 3404- Starter - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
[IC] - 3405- Starter - STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
[IC] - 4043- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
[IC] - 4044- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
[IC] - 4401- Park Brake (Mechanical Machines) - Park Brake Solenoid - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
hydraulic controls
[IC] - 4402- Park Brake (Mechanical Machines) - Park Brake Solenoid - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
hydraulic controls
[IC] - 4951- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock Solenoid - STP . . . . . . . . . . 98
hydraulic controls
[IC] - 4952- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock Solenoid - OC . . . . . . . . . . 100
hydraulic controls
[IC] - 5503- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - EH AUX Output - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
hydraulic controls
[IC] - 9003- CAN - J1939 Receive Buffer - Buffer Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

[IC] - 9004- Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Location 1 Corrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
[IC] - 9401- Memory Error - Double Redundant - Memory Corruption Detected and repaired . . . . . . . 108
[IC] - 9403- Memory Error - Double Redundant - Un-recoverable memory corruption operable . . . . . . 109
[IC] - 9404- Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Hour Meter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
[IC] - 9405- CAN - DM1 (EH Machines) - Loss of DM1 message from UCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 3
[IC] - 9406- CAN - Can Communication Lost (EH Machines) - Loss of all can communication from UCM
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
[IC] - 9407- Memory Error - ID Errors - Unrecoverable Hardware ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

[IC] - 9408- Memory Error - ID Errors - Unrecoverable Panel ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
[UCM] - 1025- Throttle Sensor - out of range STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
[UCM] - 1030- Throttle Sensor - out of range STG/OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

[UCM] - 1206- CAN Connection - Configuration Response Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

[UCM] - 1207- Memory Parameters - Invalid configuration between IC and UCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
[UCM] - 1211- Calibration Functions - Joystick Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

[UCM] - 1212- Calibration Functions - Ground Drive Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
[UCM] - 1213- Calibration Functions - Loader Valve Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
[UCM] - 1214- Calibration Functions - Throttle Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

[UCM] - 1221- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Temperature / Current Draw Over Limit . . . . . 128
[UCM] - 1222- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over Temperature Limit . . . . . . . . . 129
[UCM] - 1223- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
[UCM] - 1224- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - Internal Memory or Core Monitoring Fault . . . . . . . . 131
[UCM] - 1225- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - EEPROM Memory Checksum Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 4
[UCM] - 1350- Hyd Ena switch - Implausible State (Hardwire vs CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
[UCM] - 1511- Brake Lights - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

L213 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L215 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L218 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L220
WE Electro hydraulic controls, L223 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L225 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L230 WE
Electro hydraulic controls, C227 WE Electro hydraulic controls, C232 WE Electro hydraulic controls, C238 WE Electro
hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 1512- Brake Lights - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 1513- Brake Lights - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 1521- Brake Lights - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 1522- Brake Lights - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 1523- Brake Lights - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 1532- Backup Alarm - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

[UCM] - 1533- Backup Alarm - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

[UCM] - 1900- UCM - UCM Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

[UCM] - 1901- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

[UCM] - 1902- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

[UCM] - 1904- UCM - Rail 12VB - 5V regulators supply Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
[UCM] - 1905- UCM - 5VREF1 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 5
[UCM] - 1906- UCM - 5VREF3 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
[UCM] - 1907- UCM - Rail 12VF1 - Aux Retract Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
[UCM] - 1908- UCM - Rail 12VF2 - Bucket Extend Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
[UCM] - 1909- UCM - Rail 12VF3 - Boom Raise/Lower Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
[UCM] - 1911- UCM - Rail 12VH1 - Left & Right Pmp Reverse Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
[UCM] - 1912- UCM - Rail 12VM - Lft & Rgt Brake Lights & Aux Extend Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . 165
[UCM] - 1913- UCM - Rail 12VS1 - Bucket Curl Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
[UCM] - 1914- UCM - Rail 12VS2 - Backup Alarm Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
[UCM] - 1915- UCM - Rail 12VT1 - Two Speed Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
[UCM] - 1916- UCM - Rail 12VU1 - Right & Left Pumps Forward Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
[UCM] - 1917- UCM - Rail 12VU2 - Park Brake Solenoid Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
[UCM] - 3154- Engine Preheat - Glow Plug - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

[UCM] - 4055- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
[UCM] - 4056- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
[UCM] - 4057- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
[UCM] - 4061- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . 184
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 6
[UCM] - 4062- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . 186
[UCM] - 4071- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . 188
[UCM] - 4072- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . 190
[UCM] - 4081- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP . . . . . . . . 192
[UCM] - 4082- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Pumps Forward Solenoids STG . . . . . . . 194
[UCM] - 4083- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return OC . . . . . . . . . 196
[UCM] - 4309- Park Brake Button - Park Brake Button Timeout (30 sec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
[UCM] - 4361-Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . 198
[UCM] - 4362- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . 200
[UCM] - 4371- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . 202
[UCM] - 4372- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . 204
[UCM] - 4381- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP . . . . . . . . 206
[UCM] - 4382- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Pumps Reverse Solenoids STG . . . . . . . 208
[UCM] - 4383- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return OC . . . . . . . . . 210
[UCM] - 4431- Park Brake Pressure Switch - Pressure Switch (plausibility check with solenoid valve) 212
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 7
[UCM] - 4731- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
[UCM] - 4732- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

[UCM] - 4734- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

[UCM] - 4735- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

[UCM] - 4737- Right Swashplate angle sensor - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

[UCM] - 4741- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

[UCM] - 4742- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

[UCM] - 4744- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

[UCM] - 4745- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

[UCM] - 4747- Left Swashplate angle sensor - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

[UCM] - 4752- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Implausible command, command does not match with
swashplate angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
[UCM] - 4754- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Implausible command, command does not match with
swashplate angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
[UCM] - 4781- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

[UCM] - 4782- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

[UCM] - 4783- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 8
[UCM] - 5051- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
[UCM] - 5052- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
[UCM] - 5053- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
[UCM] - 5061- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

[UCM] - 5062- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
[UCM] - 5063- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
[UCM] - 5121-R joy F-B axis - Pin A STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

[UCM] - 5122- R joy F-B axis - Pin B STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

[UCM] - 5124- R joy F-B axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

[UCM] - 5131- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
[UCM] - 5132- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
[UCM] - 5134- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
[UCM] - 5135- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
[UCM] - 5137- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
[UCM] - 5141- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 9
[UCM] - 5142- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
[UCM] - 5144- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

[UCM] - 5145-Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

[UCM] - 5147- Aux thumbwheel axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

[UCM] - 5201- L joystick L-R axis - Pin A STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

[UCM] - 5202- L joystick L-R axis - Pin B STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

[UCM] - 5204-L joystick L-R axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

[UCM] - 5211- L joy F-B axis - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

[UCM] - 5212- L joy F-B axis - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

[UCM] - 5214-L joy F-B axis - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

[UCM] - 5215- L joy F-B axis - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

[UCM] - 5217- L joy F-B axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

[UCM] - 5221- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Raise A Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
[UCM] - 5222- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Raise A Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
[UCM] - 5231- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Lower B Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 10
[UCM] - 5232- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Lower B Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
[UCM] - 5241- Boom Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
[UCM] - 5242- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Loader Arm Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
[UCM] - 5243- Boom Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
[UCM] - 5251- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid rollback (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
[UCM] - 5252- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid rollback (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
[UCM] - 5261- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid dump (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
[UCM] - 5262- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid dump (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
[UCM] - 5271- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
[UCM] - 5272- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Loader Bucket Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
[UCM] - 5273- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
[UCM] - 5281- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Forward (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
[UCM] - 5282- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Forward (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
[UCM] - 5291- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Reverse (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
[UCM] - 5292- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Reverse (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 11
[UCM] - 5309- Float Button - Float Button Timeout (30 sec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
[UCM] - 5409- CAN Message Error - Aux Override Disabled due to Aux Override Button Timeout (30 sec)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
[UCM] - 5501- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - Sensor STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

[UCM] - 5502- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - Sensor STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

[UCM] - 5504- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - Sensor STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

[UCM] - 5505- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - Sensor STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

[UCM] - 5507-Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - Sensor STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

[UCM] - 5508- Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - Sensor STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

[UCM] - 5511- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - implausible state sensor vs loader arm command, stuck spool/
PRV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
[UCM] - 5512- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - implausible state sensor vs loader bucket command . . . 344
[UCM] - 5513- Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - implausible state sensor vs auxiliary command . . . . . . 346
[UCM] - 5601- Aux Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
[UCM] - 5602- Loader Auxiliary Valve (Directional) - Loader Auxiliary Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
[UCM] - 5603- Loader Auxiliary Valve (Directional) - Solenoids Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

[UCM] - 5701- Pattern Switch - STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 12
[UCM] - 5703- Pattern Switch - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
[UCM] - 5811- switch - implausible state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

hydraulic controls
[UCM] - 9151- CAN Connection - CAN communication timed out after 5 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
[UCM] - 9152-CAN connection - CAN communication timed out after 5 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
[UCM] - 9158- H pattern indicator - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

[UCM] - 9159- ISO pattern indicator - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

[UCM] - 9160- H pattern indicator - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

[UCM] - 9161- ISO pattern indicator - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

[UCm] - 1903- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage Below Operational Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
[UCm] - 1910- UCM - Rail 12VH - Ldr Plt Interlk & Port Lock Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 13
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS - FAULT CODES
111-EGR potentiometer valve could not be completely opened

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Control Module : EGR

NOTE: The Electronic Service Tool must be used to remove faults from memory.
NOTE: The battery must be at full charge, and all connections must be clean and tight before testing the electrical
system
NOTE: If faults are present in the EST but engine fault lamp is not illuminated, check diagnostic lamp fault line for
open circuits.
Cause:
1. Faulty reading from component.

2. Connectors not mated fully, pins not pushed into connector fully, bent pin or broken wire at rear of connector.
3. Wiring or circuits open.
4. Wiring or circuits shorted.
5. Connector pins corroded or dirty. When removing connectors inspect and clean pins. Clean socket terminals
by removing and then reinstalling connector.
Solution:
1. Use the Electronic Service Tool to check fault status on the Controller Faults page. If Fault 111 is active go to
step 2. Clear all fault codes and check for reoccurrence.
(1) To check for fault code:

(a.) Run valve control test on EST.
(a1.) Go to CONTROLLER TEST screen.
(a2.) Activate START TEST button.
(a3.) Activate ENABLE button.
(a4.) Move EGR Valve Control Slider to 100%.
(a5.) EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal and EGR Pot Calibration – Higher Stroke should match within 2%.
A. NOT OK – EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal does not match EGR Pot Calibration – Higher Stroke:
EGR valve is not opening correctly. Replace EGR valve if obstruction is not found with step 3 procedure.
Exit test screen on EST and go to step 3.
B. NOT OK – EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal does not change with EST command: Exit test screen
on EST and go to step 4 to check harnesses related to the EGR valve.
C. OK – Exit test screen and continue to step 2.

2. Test the EGR valve by operating machine
(1) Start engine and run at full throttle for at least 4 seconds.
(2) Run engine at low throttle for at least 4 seconds.
(3) Repeat 1 and 2 ten (10) times.
A. NOT OK – Fault code 111 is recorded again. Go to Step 3.
B. OK – Fault is not recorded again. OK for return to service.

3. Inspect the EGR valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 14
BD08F227-01 1
(1) Remove the EGR valve from the machine.
(2) Check the EGR valve for obstructions.
A. NOT OK – Replace EGR valve. Return to Step 2 to confirm elimination of fault.
B. OK – Go to Step 4.
4. Disconnect the connectors at the EGR controller and the EGR valve.
(1) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 1 at EGR valve , a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
(2) Test circuit for continuity from pin 8 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 2 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
(3) Test circuit for continuity from pin 10 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 4 at EGR valve, a reading of con-
tinuity should be obtained.
(4) Test circuit for continuity from pin 3 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 5 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
(5) Test circuit for continuity from pin 19 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 6 at EGR valve, a reading of con-
tinuity should be obtained.
A. NOT OK – Go to Step 5.
5. Disconnect connector from EGR harness to engine EGR harness.
BD08F228-01 2
(1) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 1A at X-FPT connector, a reading of
continuity should be obtained.
(2) Test circuit for continuity from pin 8 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 3A at X-FPT connector, a reading of
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 15
(3) Test circuit for continuity from pin 10 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 5A at X-FPT connector, a reading
of continuity should be obtained.
(4) Test circuit for continuity from pin 3 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 1B at X-FPT connector, a reading of
(5) Test circuit for continuity from pin 19 X-EGR controller connector, to pin 4A at X-FPT connector, a reading
(6) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1A at X-FPT connector to pin 1 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity should
be obtained.
be obtained.
be obtained.
(9) Test circuit from pin 1B at X-FPT connector to pin 5 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(10) Test circuit for continuity from pin 4A at X-FPT connector to pin 6 at EGR valve , a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
A. NOT OK – Repair or replace harness as needed. Return to Step 2 to confirm elimination of fault.
6. Replace EGR valve,
A. Return to Step 2 to confirm elimination of fault. If fault is recorded again, go to Step 7.

7. Replace EGR controller.
A. Return to Step 2 to confirm elimination of fault. If fault is recorded again, contact Technical Services Group
for assistance.
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 12 (A.30.A.88-C.20.E.12)
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 16
112-EGR potentiometer valve could not be completely closed

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:

(a.) Run valve control test on EST.
(a1.) Go to CONTROLLER TEST screen.
(a2.) Activate START TEST button.
(a3.) Activate ENABLE button
(a4.) Move EGR Valve Control Slider to 0%.
(a5.) EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal and EGR Pot Calibration – Lower Stroke should match within 2%.
A. NOT OK – EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal does not match EGR Pot Calibration – Lower Stroke:
EGR valve is not closing correctly. Replace EGR valve if obstruction is not found with step 3 procedure.
Exit test screen on EST and go to step 3.
B. NOT OK – EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal does not change with EST command: Exit test screen
on EST and go to step 4 to check harnesses related to the EGR valve.
C. OK – Exit test screen and continue to step 2.

2. Test the EGR valve by operating machine
(1) Start engine and run at full throttle for at least 4 seconds.
(2) Run engine at low throttle for at least 4 seconds.
(3) Repeat 1 and 2 ten (10) times.

3. Inspect the EGR valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 17
BD08F227-01 1
(1) Remove the EGR valve from the machine.
(2) Check the EGR valve for obstructions.
A. NOT OK – Replace EGR valve. Return to Step 2 to confirm elimination of fault.
(1) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1 X-EGR controller connector to pin 1 at EGR valve connector, a reading
BD08F228-01 2
(1) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1 X-EGR controller connector to pin 1A at X-FPT connector, a reading of
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 18
(4) Test circuit for continuity from pin 3 X-EGR controller connector to pin 1B at X-FPT connector, a reading of
(6) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1A at X-FPT connector to pin 1 at EGR valve connector, a reading of
(9) Test circuit from pin 1B at X-FPT connector to pin 5 at EGR valve connector, a reading of continuity should
be obtained.
6. Replace EGR valve,

for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 19
119-Engine crank signal present for 300 seconds

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
(1). To check for fault code: Start and operate machine for at least 6 minutes.

2. Disconnect the connector at the EGR controller.
BD08F234-01 1
(1) Turn the ignition switch to the run position, check for voltage at pin 5 at the X-EGR controller connector, no
voltage should be present.
(2) Continue to take a voltage reading at pin 5, turn the ignition switch to the start position, a reading of battery
voltage should be obtained.
(3) Continue to take a voltage reading at pin 5, with the engine running, no voltage should be present.
3. Disconnect the connector from the EGR harness to the main engine harness.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 20
BD08F230-01 2
(1) Test circuit for continuity from pin 3 of the X-EGR controller connector to pin 4 of the X-FPT (also see con-
nector X-FPT) harness connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(2) Test circuit for continuity from pin 18 of the X-EGRcontroller connector to pin 3 of the X-FPT (also see con-
nector X-FPT) harness connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
4. Tilt the seat to gain access to connector 8 and do the following test on the engine harness.
BD08G019-02 3
(1) Test grounding circuit for continuity at pin 4 of the X-FPT (also see connector X-FPT) connector, a reading
(2) Test circuit for continuity from pin 3 of the X-FPT (also see connector X-FPT) wire 625 on starter solenoid or
at connector to pin 10 on the main chassis harness connector 8, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(3) Test circuit for continuity from pin 1 of the X-FPT (also see connector X-FPT) wire 625 on starter solenoid or
at connector to pin 10 on the main chassis harness connector 8, the circuit should be open.
(4) Test circuit for continuity from pin 2 of the X-FPT connector (also see connector X-FPT) wire 625 on starter
solenoid or at connector to pin 10 on the main chassis harness connector 8, the circuit should be open.
5. Check machine starting system, fuses and ignition switch.
A. NOT OK – Repair starting system as needed. Return to Step 1 to confirm elimination of fault.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 21
for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 22
126-Battery voltage fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

by removing and the reinstalling connector.
Solution:
1. Use the Electronic Service Tool to check battery voltage on Monitoring page. Voltage should be 9.5 - 16.5 V.
A. NOT OK – Voltage is out of range. Go to Step 3
B. OK – Voltage is in range. Clear all fault codes on EST and go to step 2.

2. Check for reoccurrence of fault.
(1). To check for fault code: Start and operate machine for at least 2 seconds.

3. Check machine charging system, fuses and ignition switch.
A. NOT OK – Repair charging system as needed. Return to Step 2 to confirm elimination of fault.
4. Disconnect the connector at the EGR controller and turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(1) Check for voltage at pin 14 X-EGR connector to ground, a reading of battery voltage should be obtained.
(2) Check for voltage at pin 5 X-EGR connector to ground, a reading of battery voltage should be obtained.
(3) Take a continuity reading at pin 3 X-EGR connector to ground, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
5. Disconnect connector from EGR harness to the main engine harness.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 23
BD08F230-01 1
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 14 X-EGR connector to pin 1 at X-FPT connector (see also connector
X-FPT), a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 1 at X-FPT connector (see also connector X-FPT) to fuse F2, a reading
of continuity should be obtained, check fuse.
(5) Test circuit from pin 2 at X-FPT connector (see also connector X-FPT) to fuse F3, a reading of continuity
should be obtained, check fuse and ignition switch.
(6) Test circuit from pin 4 at X-FPT connector (see also connector X-FPT) to ground, a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 24
131-Coolant temperature sensor fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
(1). Check for fault code by leaving key on for at least two (2) seconds.

2. Disconnect connector at temperature sensor.
BD08F236-01 1
(1) Turn ignition switch on, check for voltage at pin A at Coolant temperature sensor sensor, a reading of
approximately 5 V should be obtained.
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 20 X-EGR controller connector to pin A at Coolant temperature sensor,
a reading of continuity should be obtained.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 25
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 11 X-EGR controller connector to pin C at Coolant temperature sensor,
BD08F228-01 2
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 11 X-EGR controller connector to pin 4B at X-FPT connector, a reading
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 20 X-EGR controller connector to pin 5B at X-FPT connector, a reading
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 4B at X-FPT connector to pin C at Coolant temperature sensor, a reading
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 5B at X-FPT connector to pin A at Coolant temperature sensor, a reading
5. Replace coolant temperature sensor.

for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 26
134-Intake air pressure sensor fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
(1). Check for fault code by leaving key on for at least two (2) seconds.

2. Place ignition switch in the RUN position, monitor screen on EST.
(1) Pressure reading above 296.5 kPa (43 psi) means a short to power or open circuit on the sensor.
(2) Pressure reading less than 20.7 kPa (3 psi) means a short to ground on the sensor.
A. Go to Step 3.
NOTE: Procedures in Step 2 are done to see if there is a short circuit.
3. Disconnect connector at boost pressure-temperature sensor.
BD08F236-01 1
(1) Turn ignition switch on, check for voltage at pin 3 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor, a reading of
approximately 5 V should be obtained.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 27
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 12 X-EGR to pin 1 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor, a reading of
(5) Take a continuity reading from pin 22 X-EGR to pin 3 at X-EGR, circuit should be open.
(6) Take a continuity reading from pin 5 X-EGR to pin 14 at X-EGR, circuit should be open.
BD08F228-01 2
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 12 X-EGR to pin 6A at X-FPT connector, a reading of continuity should
be obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 21 X-EGR to pin 3B at X-FPT connector, a reading of continuity should
be obtained.
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 7 X-EGR to pin 2B at X-FPT connector, a reading of continuity should be
obtained.
be obtained.
(5) Take a continuity reading from pin 6A at X-FPT connector to pin 1 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor,
(6) Take a continuity reading from pin 3B at X-FPT connector to pin 2 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor,
(7) Take a continuity reading from pin 2B at X-FPT connector to pin 3 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor,
(8) Take a continuity reading from pin 7A at X-EGR connector to pin 4 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor,
(9) Take a continuity reading from pin 7A X-EGR to pin 6A at X-EGR, circuit should be open.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 28
6. Replace boost pressure/temperature sensor.

for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 29
141-Engine speed sensor fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
(1). To check for fault code: Start machine at low idle, increase to full throttle, hold at full throttle longer than 5
seconds.

2. Start and run engine at low idle, check reading on EST monitor.
(1) Engine speed should be 950 to 1200 RPM.
B. OK – Return to Step 1 to confirm elimination of fault.If fault is recorded again go to Step 5.

(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 25 X-EGR to pin 1 at Engine speed sensor connector, a reading of
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 23 X-EGR to pin 2 at Engine speed sensor connector, a reading of
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 30
BD08F228-01 1
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 25 X-EGR to pin 2C at X-FPT (see also: X-FPT) connector, a reading of
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 23 X-EGR to pin 3C at X-FPT (see also: X-FPT) connector, a reading of
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 2C at X-FPT (see also: X-FPT) connector to pin 1 at Engine speed
sensor connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 3C at X-FPT (see also: X-FPT) connector to pin 2 at Engine speed
sensor connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
5. Replace the engine speed pick up.

for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 31
186-EGR valve position sensor fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
step 2.
(1). Valve movement and feedback can be tested on CONTROLLER TEST page of the EST.
(1a) Go to CONTROLLER TEST screen.
(1b) Activate START TEST button.
(1c) Activate ENABLE button.
(1d) Move EGR Valve Control Slider to 100%.
(1e) EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal, Applied Duty Cycle, and EGR Pot Calibration – Higher Stroke should
all match within 2%.
(A) NOT OK: Values do not match. Go to step 2.

(B) OK: Values match. Continue checking for fault reoccurrence.
(2) Clear all fault codes and check for reoccurrence.
(3) To check for fault code: Start and operate machine for at least 2 seconds.

2. Disconnect connector at EGR valve, place the ignition switch in the ON position to check for power and ground-
ing circuits.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 32
BD08F227-01 1
(1) Turn ignition switch on, check for voltage at pin 2 at EGR valve.
(2) Take a continuity reading at pin 4 at EGR valve to ground, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(3) Check for short circuit by measuring continuity from pin 6 to pin 2 and pin 4 on the EGR valve, the circuits
should be open. If a short is present go to Step 5.
(4) Check for voltage between pin 6 at EGR valve to ground, no voltage should be present.
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 8 X-EGR to pin 2 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 10 X-EGR to pin 4 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity should be ob-
tained.
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 19 X-EGR to pin 6 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity should be ob-
tained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 19 X-EGR to all other EGR controller pins, the circuits should be open.
BD08F228-01 2
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 8 X-EGR to pin 3A at X-FPT connector, a reading of continuity should be
obtained.
be obtained.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 33
be obtained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 3A at X-FPT connector to pin 2 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
should be obtained.
should be obtained.
(7) Take a continuity reading from pin 4A X-FPT to all other EGR harness pins, the circuits should be open.
5. Replace EGR valve.

for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 34
189-EGR valve position driver fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
step 2.
(1). Valve movement and feedback can be tested on CONTROLLER TEST page of the EST.
(1a) Go to CONTROLLER TEST screen.
(1b) Activate START TEST button.
(1c) Activate ENABLE button.
(1d) Move EGR Valve Control Slider to 100%.
(1e) EGR Potentiometer Feedback Signal, Applied Duty Cycle, and EGR Pot Calibration – Higher Stroke should
all match within 2%.
(2) Clear all fault codes and check for reoccurrence.

(3a) Start engine.
(3b) Monitor applied duty cycle with EST.
(3c) Start machine at low idle then increase to full throttle.
(3d) The applied duty cycle should fluctuate as the controller adjusts the EGR valve. The duty cycle will not
change if other faults are preventing valve function.

2. Disconnect the connector at the EGR valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 35
BD08F227-01 1
(1) Take a continuity reading at pin 5 at EGR valve to ground, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 1 X-EGR to all other pins in the X-EGR connector, the circuits should be
open.
open.
BD08F228-01 2
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 1 X-EGR to pin 1A at X-FPT connector, a reading of continuity should be
obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 3 X-EGR to pin 1B at X-FPT connector, a reading of continuity should be
obtained.
should be obtained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 1B at X-FPT connector to pin 5 at EGR valve, a reading of continuity
should be obtained.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 36
open.
open.
5. Replace EGR valve.

for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 37
1E5-Sensor voltage supply fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

Solution:
1. Use the Electronic Service Tool to check fault status on the Controller Faults page. If Fault 1E5 is active go to
(1). To check for fault code: Start and operate machine at least 2 seconds.
A. NOT OK – Fault code 1E5 is recorded again. Go to Step 2.

2. Disconnect the EGR valve and the boost pressure-temperature sensor.
BD08F227-01 1
EGR valve
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 38
BD08F236-01 2
Boost pressure temperature sensor
(1) Turn ignition switch on, check for voltage at pin 2 at EGR valve connector, a reading of approximately 5 V
should be obtained.
(2) Check for voltage at pin 3 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor connector, a reading of approximately 5
V should be obtained.
3. (1) Take a continuity reading at the EGR controller from pin 7 on connector X-EGR to pin 3 at Boost pressure/
temperature sensor connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from the EGR controller, pin 8 of connector X-EGR to pin 2 at EGR valve, a reading
(4) Take a continuity reading from pins 7, 8, 10 and 12 at the EGR controller, X-EGR, to all other pins in the
X-EGR connector, all circuits should be open.
BD08F228-01 3
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 7 at the EGR controller X-EGR to pin 2B at engine harness connector,
X-FPT (see also connector: X-FPT), a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 8 EGR controller X-EGR to pin 3A at engine harness connector, EGR
valve (see also connector: X-FPT) connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 2B at engine harness connector, X-FPT (see also connector: X-FPT) con-
nector to pin 3 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor connector , a reading of continuity should be obtained.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 39
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 3A at engine harness connector, X-FPT (see also connector: X-FPT)
connector to pin 2 at EGR valve connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pins 3A, 5A, 6A and 3B at engine harness connector, X-FPT (see also con-
nector: X-FPT) connector to all other engine connector pins, the circuits should be open.
for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 40
2E5-Sensor ground fault

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

system
open circuits.
Cause:

by removing and then reinstalling connector..
Solution:
1. Use the Electronic Service Tool to check fault status on the Controller Faults page. If Fault 2E5 is active go to
(1). To check for fault code: Start and operate machine.
A. NOT OK – Fault code 2E5 is recorded again. Go to Step 2.

2. Disconnect the EGR valve and the boost pressure-temperature sensor.
BD08F227-01 1
EGR valve
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 41
BD08F236-01 2
Boost pressure temperature sensor
(1) Turn ignition switch on, check for voltage at pin 5 at EGR valve connector, voltage should be less than 1.2 V.
(2) Check for voltage at pin 4 at EGR valve connector, voltage should be less than 1.2 V.
(3) Check for voltage at pin 1 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor sensor connector, voltage should be less
than 1.2 V.
BD08F234-01 3
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 12 X-EGR to pin 1 at Boost pressure/temperature sensor sensor con-
nector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 10 X-EGR controller connector to pin 4 at EGR valve connector, a reading
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 3 X-EGR controller connector to pin 5 at EGR valve connector, a reading
(4) Take a continuity reading from pins 3, 10 and 12 X-EGR controller connector to all other EGR controller pins,
all circuits should be open.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 42
BD08F228-01 4
(1) Take a continuity reading from pin 12 X-EGR controller connector to pin 6A at X-FPT connector (also see
connector X-FPT), a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(2) Take a continuity reading from pin 10 X-EGR controller connector to pin 5A at X-FPT connector (also see
connector X-FPT) , a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(3) Take a continuity reading from pin 3 X-EGR controller connector to pin 1B at X-FPT connector (also see
connector X-FPT), , a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(4) Take a continuity reading from pin 6A at X-FPT connector (also see connector X-FPT), to pin 1 at Boost
pressure/temperature sensor sensor connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(5) Take a continuity reading from pin 5A at X-FPT connector (also see connector X-FPT), to pin 4 at EGR valve,
(6) Take a continuity reading from pin 1B at X-FPT connector (also see connector X-FPT) to pin 5 at EGR valve
connector, a reading of continuity should be obtained.
(7) Take a continuity reading from pins 3, 10 and 12 X-EGR controller connector to all other EGR controller pins,
all circuits should be open.
(8) Take a continuity reading from pins 5A, 6A and 1B at X-FPT connector (also see connector X-FPT) to all
other engine EGR harness pins, all circuits should be open.
for assistance.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 43
1002- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - Over Temperature

>110° C
Control Module : IC
Context:
Diagnostic Trouble Code 1002 has an error priority of Engine-Amber.
There are no restrictions with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1002.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Engine Coolant Temperature is high. (The fault is only activated when code
3007 is not active, Ignition is On, Start input is low, and temperature is greater than 110 °C (230.0 °F).)
Possible failure modes:
1. Shorted wire in circuit.

2. Failed ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER.
3. Failed INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1002 - Engine Coolant Temperature
Sender - Over Temperature >110° C is active. Verify correct mechanical operation of the Engine Coolant
System before troubleshooting this fault electrically.
A. If the fault is active, continue with step 2.
B. If the fault is not active, the fault may be intermittent and not currently active, continue with step 3.
2. Check for proper resistance in the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER. Disconnect connector X-504 (F5C)
X-516 (ISM) from the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance be-
tween ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER pin 1 and ground.
A. If resistance is more than 134.4 Ω, continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is less than 134.4 Ω, and the engine coolant is not overheated, the ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENDER has failed. Replace the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER.
3. Visually inspect the relevant harnesses and connectors for damage, bent or dislocated pins, corroded terminals
or broken wires. Verify that the connectors are fully installed. Flex the harnesses involved to reveal intermittent
breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned. Operate the machine while monitoring the EST and Display. Investi-
gate nearby wiring.
A. If damage is found or other than normal display readings are indicated, repair the damage discovered
during the inspection or locate and repair the other than normal display condition and verify that the error
has been resolved.
B. If no damage or other than normal display readings are indicated, erase the Diagnostic Trouble Code and
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 44
1004- Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - Hydraulic Filter Restricted

Control Module : IC
Context:
Diagnostic Trouble Code 1004 has an error priority of Hydraulic-Amber.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed a clogged hydraulic oil filter. (The fault is only activated when Engine is running
and Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch opens.)
1. Mechanical problem with the Hydraulic oil system.

2. Failure of Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch.
3. Open wire in circuit.
4. Instrument Cluster Failure.
Solution:
1. Check if Diagnostic Trouble Code 1201 is active.
A. If Diagnostic Trouble code 1201 is active, it indicates a failed HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH.
Follow the resolution procedure for 1201 - Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - OC first.When Diagnostic
Trouble Code 1201 is no longer active, continue with this procedure.
B. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 1201 is not active, it indicates a possible mechanical problem with the Hydraulic
Oil System. Ensure the hydraulic filter is clean and verify correct mechanical operation of the Hydraulic
Oil System before troubleshooting this fault electrically. Continue with step 2.
2. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1004 - Hydraulic Filter Restriction
Switch - Hydraulic Filter Restricted is active.
3. Check for proper resistance in the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Disconnect connector X-OILFLT
from the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between HYDRAULIC
FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH pin 1 and ground.
A. If resistance is less than 900 Ω, continue with step 4.
B. If resistance is more than 900 Ω, and the Hydraulic Oil filter is not dirty, the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION
SWITCH has failed. Replace the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 45
1009- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - Over Temperature >210° F

Control Module : IC
Context:
Fault code 1009 has an error priority of Hydraulic-Amber.
There are no restrictions with Fault code 1009.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Hydraulic Oil Temperature is high. (The fault is only activated when code 4043
is not active, Ignition is On, Start input is low, and temperature is greater than 110 °C (230.0 °F).)
1. Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender has failed.

3. Failure of Instrument Cluster.
Solution:
1. Verify correct mechanical operation of the Hydraulic Oil System before troubleshooting this fault electrically. Use
the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1009 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender
- Over Temperature >210° F is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER. Disconnect connector X-OILTMP from
the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance across the HYDRAULIC OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER.
A. If resistance is more than 134.4 Ω, continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is less than 134.4 Ω, and the Hydraulic Oil is not overheated, the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE
SENDER has failed. Replace the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 46
1014- Cluster Battery Monitor - Over Voltage > 16.5 volts

Control Module : IC
Context:
Diagnostic Trouble Code 1014 has an error priority of Amber.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the battery voltage is high. (The fault is only activated when Engine is running
and battery voltage is more than 16.5 V.)
1. Failure of Battery or Charging System.

Solution:
1. Check for proper operation of the BATTERY and Charging System. If there is any problem with the charging
system, fix the mechanical issues first, before troubleshooting this code electrically.
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1014 - Cluster Battery Monitor - Over
Voltage > 16.5 volts is active.
2. Check for high voltage. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 3 and ground.
A. If voltage is less than 16.5 V, continue with step 3.
B. If voltage greater than 16.5 V, there is problem with the battery or charging system. Repair the charging
system.
3. Check for high voltage. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 23 and ground.
A. If voltage is less than 16.5 V, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
B. If voltage greater than 16.5 V, there is problem with the battery or charging system. Repair the charging
system.
gate nearby wiring.
This Diagnostic Trouble Code resolution procedure does not completely rule out the Instrument Cluster as a
failure point. Therefore, all other possibilities should be investigated before the Instrument Cluster is considered
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 47
1015-Cluster Battery Monitor - Under Voltage < 11.5 volts

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the battery voltage is low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is Running
and battery voltage is less than 11.5 V.)
1. Problem with battery or charging system.

2. Failure of F-008 (EH) F-007 (Mech) or F-011 in MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1.
3. Failure of Main Power Relay in MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1.
Solution:
1. Before troubleshooting this Trouble Code electrically, ensure the battery and charging system are working prop-
erly. Due to the nature of the fault, and the design of the 12 VDC distribution system, this Trouble Code can
be caused by a short in a number of different places. Use information regarding other active trouble codes to
logically determine possible fault locations. This resolution procedure does not fully isolate the fault, it only tests
the most likely components. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1015 -
Cluster Battery Monitor - Under Voltage < 11.5 volts is active.
2. Check for proper voltage. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter,
check for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 3 and ground.
A. If voltage is more than 11.5 V, continue with step 3.
B. If voltage less than 11.5 V, continue with step 5.

3. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 23 and ground.
A. If voltage is more than 11.5 V, continue with step 4.

4. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 24 and ground.
A. If voltage is more than 11.5 V, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.

5. Check for proper resistance of the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 3 and 20.
A. If resistance is about 51.8 K Ω, continue with step 6.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has shorted internally. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
C. If resistance is greater than 65 K Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has opened internally. Replace the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 48

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
A. If resistance is about 244 K Ω, continue with step 9.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
9. Check for blown fuse. Remove fuse F-011 from MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Using a multi-meter,
check for resistance across the fuse.
A. If resistance is 0 Ω, re-insert fuse and continue with step 10.
B. If resistance is infinite, the fuse has blown. Replace with fuse of same type and amp rating.
10. Check for blown fuse. Remove fuse F-008 (EH) F-007 (Mech) from MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1.
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance across the fuse.
A. If resistance is 0 Ω, re-insert fuse and continue with step 11.
11. Check for proper operation of the MAIN POWER RELAY. If a spare relay is not available, disconnect the ACCESSORY
RELAY from MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Connect the substitute relay to the MAIN POWER RELAY
socket on MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1.
Reconnect all connectors and turn on ignition.
A. If Trouble Code 1015 is no longer active, the MAIN POWER RELAY has failed. Replace the MAIN POWER
RELAY.
B. If Trouble Code 1015 is still active, re-insert relay and continue with step 12.
12. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Disconnect fuse F-011 from
the MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-C23
pin 3 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin D2.
A. If there is continuity, continue with step 15.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 161/310/313 (Red) between connector
X-C23 pin 3 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Continue with step 13.
13. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) from connector X-ECC1A (EH)
X-CC1A (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin
12 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin D2.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 49
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 310/161 (Red) between connector X-ECC1B
(EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin 12 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin D2. Repair or replace the
wire.
B. If there is continuity, continue with step 14.

14. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A
(Mech) pin 12 and connector X-C23 pin 3.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 310/313 (Red) between connector X-ECC1A
(EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 12 and connector X-C23 pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) and X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A (Mech) are
not making a good connection at pin 12. Repair the connector.
15. Check for open circuit. Disconnect fuse F-008 (EH) F-007 (Mech) from the MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE
BLOCK 1. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-C23 pin 23 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BLOCK 1 pin D4.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 301/309/300 (Orange) between connector
X-C23 pin 23 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Continue with step 13.
16. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) from connector X-ECC2A (EH)
X-CC2A (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin
4 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin D4.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 300/309 (Orange) between connector
X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 4 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin D4. Repair or
replace the wire.

A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 301/309 (Orange) between connector
X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 4 and connector X-C23 pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) and X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) are
18. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) from connector X-ECC2A (EH)
X-CC2A (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin
4 and connector X-C23 pin 24.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 302 (Orange) between SPLICE 010 and
connector X-C23 pin 24. Repair or replace the wire.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 50
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 51
1041- RPM Monitoring - Over Speed

Control Module : IC
Context:
Diagnostic Trouble Code 1041 has an error priority of White. White errors are not displayed on the Instrument Cluster
and are not known to the Owner/Operator. They will appear in the EST fault stack when the technician checks for
active trouble codes while troubleshooting another fault.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed high Engine RPM. (The fault is only activated when Engine is Running , code 9406 is
not active and Engine RPM is greater than 2800 RPM (F5C) 3230 RPM (ISM).)
1. Failure of Alternator.
3. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Verify correct mechanical operation of the Engine before troubleshooting this fault electrically.
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1041 - RPM Monitoring - Over Speed
is active.
A. If the fault is active, Follow procedure for 1203 - RPM Monitoring - Open Circuit / STG / STP.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 52
1045- Fuel Level Sensor - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Fault code 1045 has an error priority of White. White errors are not displayed on the Instrument Cluster and are not
known to the Owner/Operator. They will appear in the EST fault stack when the technician checks for active trouble
codes while troubleshooting another fault.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has determined that the Fuel Level Sensor resistance has failed high. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is on and Fuel Level Sensor resistance indicates high.)
1. Fuel Level Sensor has failed.

3. Instrument Cluster has internal failure.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1045 - Fuel Level Sensor - OC is
present.
A. If the fault is present, continue with step 2.
B. If the fault is not present, the fault may be intermittent and not currently active, continue with step 8.
2. Disconnect connector X-14 from the FUEL LEVEL SENSOR. Check for an open condition across the sensor by
using a multi-meter to check resistance between Fuel Level Sensor pins A and B.
A. If the resistance is between 1 Ω and 95 Ω for small frame skid steers, or between 26 Ω and 255 Ω for
medium and large frame skid steers, continue with step 3.
B. If the resistance is greater than 5000 Ω, the sensor is open. Replace the sensor.
3. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the Instrument Cluster. Check for an open wire condition by using a multi-
meter to check continuity between connector X-14 pin B and connector X-C23 pin 1.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open on wire 234 (Red/Yellow) between connector X-14 pin B and
connector X-C23 pin 1. Continue with step 4 to isolate fault.
4. Disconnect connector X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A (Mech) from connector X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) . Check
for an open wire condition by using a multi-meter to check continuity between connector X-14 pin B and con-
nector X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin 8.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 234 (Red) between connector X-14 pin B
and connector X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin 8. Repair or replace the faulty wire.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 234 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC1A
(EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 8 and connector X-C23 pin 1. Repair or replace the faulty wire.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A (Mech) and X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) are
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 53
6. Check for continuity in the ground circuit. Disconnect connector X-14 from the FUEL LEVEL SENSOR. Use a
multi-meter to check for continuity between connector X-14 pin A and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use frames 1 and 2 to locate and isolate
the faulty wire. Repair or replace the wire.

A. If resistance is about 3.69 M Ω, continue with step 8.
C. If resistance is greater than 4.5 M Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has opened internally. Replace the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 54
1201- Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Hydraulic Filter indicates clogged. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is
On and Start input is low and the Hydraulic Filter Restriction switch is open.)
1. Failure of Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1201 - Hydraulic Filter Restriction
Switch - OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Disconnect connector X-OILFLT
from the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between HYDRAULIC
FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH pin 1 and ground.
A. If resistance is more than 900 Ω, the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH has failed. Replace the
HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH.
B. If resistance is less than 900 Ω, continue with step 3.

3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-OILFLT from the HYDRAULIC FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Dis-
connect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between con-
nector X-OILFLT pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 15.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 261 (Yellow) between connector X-OILFLT
pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 15. Continue with step 4.
4. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) from connector X-ECC2B (EH)
X-CC2B (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin

5. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B
(Mech) pin 6 and connector X-OILFLT pin 1.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 261 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC2B
(EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 6 and connector X-OILFLT pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 55
B. If resistance is greater than 15 K Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has opened internally. Replace the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 56
1202- RPM Monitoring - Over Speed (Max)

Control Module : IC
Context:
Diagnostic Trouble Code 1202 has an error priority of Red.
The vehicle is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1202.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed very high Engine RPM. (The fault is only activated when Engine is Running , code
9406 is not active and Engine RPM is greater than 2900 RPM (F5C) 3330 RPM (ISM).)
1. Failure of Alternator.
3. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Verify correct mechanical operation of the Engine before troubleshooting this fault electrically. Use the machine
to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1202 - RPM Monitoring - Over Speed (Max) is active.
2. Check if Diagnostic Trouble Code 1041 or 1203 is active.
A. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 1041 or 1203 is not active, continue with step 3.
B. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 1041 or 1203 is active, follow procedure for 1203 - RPM Monitoring - Open
Circuit / STG / STP.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 57
1203- RPM Monitoring - Open Circuit / STG / STP

Control Module : IC
NOTE: For EH machines, follow steps 1, and 13-22.
For Mechanical machines, follow steps 1-12, and 22.
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Alternator Tach signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Engine is
running , code 9406 is not active and Instrument Cluster senses low RPM.)

4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1203 - RPM Monitoring - Open Circuit
/ STG / STP is active.
A. If the fault is active, continue with step 2 for Mechanical machines, or 13 for EH machines.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-5 from the ALTERNATOR. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-5 pin 3 and connector X-C23
pin 19.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-5 pin 3
and connector X-C23 pin 19. Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-CC1A from connector X-CC1B. Disconnect connector X-52B
from connector X-52A. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CC1A pin 6 and connector
X-C23 pin 19.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CC1A
pin 6 and connector X-C23 pin 19. Repair or replace the wire.

4. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CC1B pin 6 and connector
X-52B pin 4.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CC1B
pin 6 and connector X-52B pin 4. Repair or replace the wire.

5. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-5 pin 3 and X-52A pin 4.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-52A pin
4 and connector X-5 pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 58
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-CC1A and X-CC1B are not making a good connection at pin 6, or
connectors X-52A and X-52B are not making a good connection at pin 4. Repair the connector.
6. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-C23 pin 19 and
ground.
A. If there is no continuity, continue with step 9.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-5 pin
3 and connector X-C23 pin 19. Continue with step 7.
7. Locate the short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CC1A from connector X-CC1B. Disconnect connector
X-52A from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-C23 pin 19 and
ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CC1A
pin 6 and connector X-C23 pin 19. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
8. Locate the short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CC1B pin 6 and
ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-5 pin 3 and
X-52A pin 4. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CC1B
pin 6 and connector X-52B pin 4. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
9. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 19 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, continue with step 12.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-5 pin 3 and
connector X-C23 pin 19. Continue with step 10.
10. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-CC1A from connector X-CC1B. Disconnect connector X-52A
from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-5 pin 3 and ground.
connector X-CC1B pin 6. Repair or replace the wire.
11. Locate the short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-52B pin 4 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CC1A pin
6 and connector X-C23 pin 19. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-52B pin 4 and
connector X-CC1B pin 6. Repair or replace the wire.
Disconnect connector X-C23 to the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 19 and 20.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
13. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-5 from the ALTERNATOR. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from
the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-5 pin 3 and connector X-CN1A pin 16.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 59
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-5 pin 3
and connector X-CN1A pin 16. Continue with step 14.
14. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-52B from connector X-52A. Using a multi-meter, check conti-
nuity between connector X-52B pin 4 and connector X-CN1A pin 16.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CC1A
pin 6 and connector X-CN1A pin 16. Repair or replace the wire.

15. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-5 pin 3 and X-52A pin 4.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-52A and X-52B are not making a good connection at pin 4. Repair the
connector.
16. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN1A pin 16 and
ground.
3 and connector X-CN1A pin 16. Continue with step 17.
17. Locate the short to ground. Disconnect connector X-52A from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check for
continuity between connector X-CN1A pin 16 and ground.
X-52A pin 4. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-52B
pin 4 and connector X-CN1A pin 16. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
18. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-CN1A pin 16 and ground.
connector X-CN1A pin 16. Continue with step 19.
19. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-52A from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check for
voltage between connector X-5 pin 3 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 124 (Yellow) between connector X-CN1A pin
16 and connector X-52B pin 4. Repair or replace the wire.
connector X-52A pin 4. Repair or replace the wire.
20. Check for proper operation of the UCM. Reconnect connector X-CN1A to the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-52B pin 4 and ground.
A. If there is voltage, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.
B. If voltage is 0 V, continue with step 21.

21. Check for proper resistance of the UCM.
Completely power down the UCM by removing all six connectors.
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between UCM pins CN1A-16 and CN1A-1.
A. If resistance is normal, continue with step 22.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the UCM has shorted internally. Replace the UCM.
C. If resistance is greater than 100 K Ω, the UCM has opened internally. Replace the UCM.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 60
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 61
1204- Start Sequence - Key Switch State - Engine Running

Plausability Fault
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster does not think that the engine is running when there are indications that the engine is running.
(The fault is only activated when Engine is Running.)

2. Failure of the Instrument Cluster.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1204 - Start Sequence - Key Switch
State - Engine Running Plausability Fault is active.
2. Check if any other Diagnostic Trouble Codes are active.
A. If any other Diagnostic Trouble Codes are active, follow the resolution procedure for those codes first.
When all other Diagnostic Trouble Codes are no longer active, continue with this procedure.
B. If no other Diagnostic Trouble Codes are active, continue with step 3.

Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
A. If resistance is about 603 Ω, continue with step 4.
C. If resistance is greater than 750 Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has opened internally. Replace the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 62
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
6. For Mechanical machines, check for proper resistance of the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 63
1205- Hydraulic Enable (EH Machines) - Hydraulic Enable Output -

STP
Control Module : IC
Context:
Fault code 1205 has an error priority of Amber.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has determined that the Hydraulic Enable output from the Instrument Cluster does not match
the request from the Instrument Cluster. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is on and Hydraulic Enable Com-
manded State is Low and Hydraulic Enable Solenoid is energized.)
1. Shorted or open wire in circuit.

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1205 - Hydraulic Enable (EH Machines)
- Hydraulic Enable Output - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-CN3A pin 23, or connector
X-C23 pin 14 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303 (White) between connector X-CN3A pin 23
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-ECC2A from connector X-ECC2B. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-CN3A pin 23, or connector X-ECC2B pin 5 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303 (White) between connector X-ECC2A pin
and connector X-ECC2B pin 5. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the
UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CN3A pin 23 and connector X-C23 pin 14.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-CN3A
5. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC2A from connector X-ECC2B. Using a multi-meter, check
continuity between connector X-ECC2A pin 5 and connector X-C23 pin 14.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 64
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-ECC2A
B. If there is continuity, continue with step 6

6. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC2B pin 5 and connector
X-CN3A pin 23.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-ECC2B
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-ECC2A and X-ECC2B are not making a good connection at pin 5.
Repair the connector.
7. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-C23 from
the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN3A pin 23, or con-
nector X-C23 pin 14 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-CN3A
8. Locate the short to ground. Disconnect connector X-ECC2A from connector X-ECC2B. Using a multi-meter,
check for continuity between connector X-ECC2A pin 5, or connector X-C23 pin 14 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 303 (White) between connector X-CN3A pin 23
and X-ECC2B pin 5. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-ECC2A
pin 5 and connector X-C23 pin 14. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 14 and 20..
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has shorted internally. Replace the UCM.
C. If resistance is greater than 300 K Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has opened internally. Replace the UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 65
1208- Seat Switch - Plausibility Fault

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster and UCM do not agree on the presence of an operator. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On.)

2. Failure of EH Seat Sw UCM Diode.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1208 - Seat Switch - Plausibility Fault
is active.
2. Check for proper operation of the Diode V-005, the EH Seat Sw UCM Diode. Disconnect connector X-98 from
the EH Seat Sw UCM Diode. Using a multi-meter on the diode setting, measure the diode from pin A to pin B.
The reading should be near the range of 0.3 V to 0.7 V. Reverse the leads. The reading should be infinite.
A. If your reading is the same in both directions, the diode is shorted. Replace diode.
B. If reading is near 3 V or infinite in both directions, the diode is open. Replace diode.
C. If the readings are correct, continue with step 3.

Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 66
5. Check for open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-C23 pin 12 and connector
X-98 pin A.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 328/329/332 (Yellow) between connector
X-C23 pin 12 and connector X-98 pin A. Continue with step 6.
6. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC2B from connector X-ECC2A. Using a multi-meter, check
continuity between connector X-ECC2B pin 3 and connector X-98 pin A.
pin 3 and connector X-98 pin A. Repair or replace the wire.

7. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC2A pin 3 and connector
X-C23 pin 12.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 328/329 (Yellow) between connector
X-ECC2A pin 3 and connector X-C23 pin 12. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-ECC2B and X-ECC2A are not making a good connection at pin 3.
8. Check for an open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-98 pin B and connector
X-CN1A pin 14.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 330/525 (Yellow) between connector X-98
pin Band connector X-CN1A pin 14. Repair or replace the wire.

gate nearby wiring.
This Diagnostic Trouble Code resolution procedure does not completely rule out the UCM or Instrument Cluster
as a failure point. Therefore, all other possibilities should be investigated before the UCM or Instrument Cluster
is considered for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 67
3000- Engine Malfunction - ECU Fault - General/Undefined/Air Filter

Restriction
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Air Filter Restriction Switch is closed or, for F5C engines, the EGR unit has
generated a fault. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Start input is low.)

2. Failed AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH.
3. Failed INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
4. For F5C engines, failed EGR.
Solution:
1. Verify correct mechanical operation of the Air Intake System before troubleshooting this fault electrically. Use
the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3000 - Engine Malfunction - ECU Fault -
General/Undefined/Air Filter Restriction is active.
For F5C engines, use EST to check for, diagnose, and resolve any EGR related error codes. The following
steps only troubleshoot a failed AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH circuit.
2. Check for proper resistance in the AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Disconnect connector X-508 from the AIR
FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH
pins 1 and 2.
A. If resistance is infinite, continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH is shorted. Replace the AIR FILTER RESTRICTION
SWITCH.
3. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-508 from the AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH. Disconnect
connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector
X-508 pin 1, or connector X-C23 pin 16 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 267 (Yellow) between connector X-508
4. Locate the short to ground. Disconnect connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) from connector X-ECC2B
(EH) X-CC2B (Mech). Disconnect connector X-52A from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check for con-
tinuity between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 7 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, Continue with step 5.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 267 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC2A
(EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 7 and connector X-C23 pin 16. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
5. Locate the short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-52A pin 1 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 68
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 267 (Yellow) between connector X-52B pin 1
and X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 7. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 267 (Yellow) between connector X-52A
pin 1 and connector X-508 pin 1. Or between SP-001 and X-EGR pin 17 (F5C). Repair or replace the
shorted wire.
6. Check for proper operation of the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Reconnect connector X-C23 to the INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER. Start the engine.
A. If Code 3000 is no longer active, continue with step 7.
B. If Code 3000 is still active, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 69
3007- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - STG

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Engine Coolant Temperature Sender has failed. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On, Start input is low, and Engine Coolant Temperature Sender resistance is less than 25 Ω.)

2. Failure of Engine Coolant Temperature Sender.
Solution:
Sender - STG is active.
A. If resistance is between 50 Ω and 9850 Ω, continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER is shorted. Replace the ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENDER.
3. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) from the ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE SENDER. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter,
check for continuity between connector X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) pin 1, or connector X-C23 pin 25 and ground.
(F5C) X-516 (ISM) pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 25. Continue with step 4.
pin 3 and connector X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) pin 1. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 70
6. Check for proper resistance of the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 25 and 20.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 71
3008- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Engine Coolant Temperature Sender has failed. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On and Start input is low and Engine Coolant Temperature Sender Resistance is greater than 30 K
Ω.)
1. Failure of Engine Coolant Temperature Sender.

Solution:
Sender - OC is active.
A. If resistance is 50 Ω to 9800 Ω, continue with step 3.
B. If resistance greater than 30 K Ω, the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER has developed an open.
Replace the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) from the ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENDER. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 25.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 257 (Yellow) between connector X-504
X-CC2B (Mech). Disconnect connector X-52A from connector X-52B . Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 13 and connector X-C23 pin 25.

(Mech) pin 13 and connector X-52B pin 3.
(EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 13 and connector X-52B pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 72

6. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-52A pin 3 and connector
X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) pin 1.
3 and connector X-504 (F5C) X-516 (ISM) pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
not making a good connection at pin 13 or connectors X-52A and X-52B are not making a good connection
at pin 3. Repair the connector.
A. If resistance is 3.7 M Ω, continue with step 8.
B. If resistance is greater than 5 M Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 73
3028- Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil Pressure Low

Control Module : IC
Context:
The vehicle is disabled Diagnostic Trouble Code 3028.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed improper oil pressure. (The fault is only activated when Engine is running and
Engine Oil Pressure Switch is closed.)
1. Mechanical problem with the oil system.

2. Failure of Engine Oil Pressure Switch.
Solution:
1. Verify correct mechanical operation of the oil system before troubleshooting this fault electrically. Use the ma-
chine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3028 - Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil
Pressure Low is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) from the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity
between connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) pin 1, or connector X-C23 pin 18 and ground.
pin 2 and connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) pin 1. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
5. Check for proper operation of the sensor. Reconnect connector X-C23 to the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Leave
connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) disconnected, as this simulates a high oil pressure. Start the engine.
A. If code 3028 is no longer active, the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH has failed. Replace the ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH.
B. If code 3028 is still active, continue with step 6.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 74
CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 18 and 20.
A. If resistance is around 10.55 K Ω, continue with step 7.
B. If resistance is less than 1 K Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has shorted internally. Replace the INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 75
3029- Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil Pressure Switch OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
There are no limitations with Diagnostic Trouble Code 3029.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed improper oil pressure. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is on, Engine is
off and Engine Oil Pressure Switch is open.)

3. Failure of Engine Oil Pressure Switch.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3029 - Engine Oil Pressure Switch -
Engine Oil Pressure Switch OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Disconnect connector X-510 (F5C) X-512
(ISM) from the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH pin 1 and ground.
A. If resistance is infinite, the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH has developed an open. Replace the ENGINE
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH is closed. Continue with step 3.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) from the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH.
Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between
connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 18.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 255 (Yellow) between connector X-510
X-CC2B (Mech). Disconnect connector X-52A from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 8 and connector X-C23 pin 18.

(EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 8 and connector X-52B pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.

X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) pin 1.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 76
2 and connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
not making a good connection at pin 8 or connectors X-52A and X-52B are not making a good connection
CLUSTER. Reconnect connector X-510 (F5C) X-512 (ISM) to the ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Start the engine.
A. If code 3029 is no longer active, continue with step 8.
B. If code 3029 is still active, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 77
3156- Engine Preheat - Glow Plug - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed an open circuit condition in the Engine Preheat circuit. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On, Preheat Commanded State is on, and Preheat Status is low.)

2. Failure of Engine Preheat Relay.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3156 - Engine Preheat - Glow Plug -
OC is active.
2. Check for proper operation of the ENGINE PREHEAT RELAY. Disconnect connector X-PRHT from the ENGINE
PREHEAT RELAY. Connect a spare relay to connector X-PRHT. Recreate conditions for error.
A. If Trouble Code 3156 is no longer active, the ENGINE PREHEAT RELAY has failed. Replace the ENGINE
PREHEAT RELAY.
B. If Trouble Code 3156 is still active, continue with step 3.

3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-PRHT from the ENGINE PREHEAT RELAY. Disconnect connector
X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-PRHT pin 1
and connector X-C23 pin 8.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 641 (White) between connector X-PRHT
pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 8 (EH) pin 7 (Mech). Continue with step 4.
2 and connector X-C23 pin 8 (EH) pin 7 (Mech).
(EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 2 and connector X-C23 pin 8 (EH) pin 7 (Mech). Repair or replace the wire.

(Mech) pin 2 and connector X-PRHT pin 1.
(EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 2 and connector X-PRHT pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 78
6. Check for proper resistance in the ground circuit by using a multi-meter to check for continuity between connec-
tor X-PRHT pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 1 and 11 to troubleshoot and
isolate the faulty wire.
7. Check for proper resistance of the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 7 (pin 8 for EH Machines) and pin 20.
A. If resistance is 246 K Ω, continue with step 8.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 79
3401- Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid - STP

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed a short to positive condition in the Fuel Solenoid circuit. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On, Fuel Solenoid Command State is Low, and Fuel Solenoid Status is low.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3401 - Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid -
STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) from the FUEL SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector
X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1, or connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech) and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 602 (White) between connector X-517 (ISM)
X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech). Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A (Mech) from connector X-ECC1B (EH)
X-CC1B (Mech). Disconnect connector X-52A from connector X-52B. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
between connector X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 602 (White) between connector X-517 (ISM)
X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1 and connector X-52A pin 6. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Locate the short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-52B pin 6 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 602 (White) between connector X-ECC1A
(EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 13 and connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech). Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 602 (White) between connector X-52B pin 6 and
connector X-ECC1B (EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin 13. Repair or replace the wire.
CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 13
and ground.
A. If there is voltage, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
B. If there is no voltage, continue with step 6.

gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 80
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 81
3402- Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed an open circuit condition in the Fuel Solenoid circuit. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On, Fuel Solenoid Commanded State is high, and Fuel Solenoid Status is low.)

2. Failure of Fuel Solenoid.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3402 - Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid -
OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the FUEL SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) from the
FUEL SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between FUEL SOLENOID pin 1 and ground.
B. If resistance is infinite, the FUEL SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the FUEL SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the FUEL SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the FUEL SOLENOID.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) from the FUEL SOLENOID. Discon-
nect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector
X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech).
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 602 (White) between connector X-517
(ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech). Continue with step 4.
X-CC1B (Mech). Disconnect connector X-52B from connector X-52A. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 13 and connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech).
(EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 13 and connector X-C23 7 (EH) 26 (Mech). Repair or replace the wire.

(EH) X-CC1A (Mech) pin 13 and connector X-C23 pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech). Repair or replace the wire.

X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 82
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 602 (White) between connector X-52A pin
6 and connector X-517 (ISM) X-FUEL (F5C) pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
not making a good connection at pin 13, or connectors X-52B and X-52A are not making a good connection
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 7 (EH) 26 (Mech) and pin 20.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 83
3403- Starter - Starter is cranked > 30s

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the starter is continuously energized. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is
On and Starter input is high for longer than 30 seconds.)
1. Failure of Starter Relay.

Solution:
1. Verify correct operation of the ignition system by following Start control - Overview Ignition System (B.80.A)
before troubleshooting Diagnostic Trouble Code 3403 electrically.
Follow testing procedure Fuse and relay box - Testing Crank Relay Control (A.30.A) to test the CRANK RELAY
K-007 before troubleshooting Diagnostic Trouble Code 3403.
Check if Diagnostic Trouble Code 3404 is active.
A. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 3404 is active, follow the resolution procedure for 3404 - Starter - STP first.
When this Diagnostic Trouble Code is no longer active, continue with this procedure.
B. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 3404 is not active, continue with step 2.

2. Check for short to high. Disconnect CRANK RELAY from the MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Using a
multi-meter, check for voltage between Crank Relay socket pin A4 on MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK
1 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 629 (Orange) / 626 (White) between the CRANK
RELAY and the STARTER MOTOR. Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-52B from connector X-52A. Using a multi-meter, check for
voltage between connector X-52B pin 10 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source between connector X-52A pin 10 and the STARTER
MOTOR. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 629 (Orange) / 626 (White) between connector
X-52B pin 10 and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin A4. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 84
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 85
3404- Starter - STP

Control Module : IC
Context:
The vehicle is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 3404 if the engine is off.
There are no restrictions with Diagnostic Trouble Code 3404 if the engine is running.
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed a short to positive condition in the starting circuit. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On and start relay commanded state is low.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3404 - Starter - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-C23 pins 9 and 20.
B. If there is voltage there is a short to high source on wire 622/628/630 (White) (EH) 622/628 (White) (Mech)
between connector X-C23 pin 9 and K-007 CRANK RELAY, or on wire 624 (White) between SPLICE 005
and connector X-9 pin 2. Continue with step 3.
X-CC2B (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-C23 pins 9 and 20.
A. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 622/628 (White) between connector X-ECC2A
(EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 10 and connector X-C23 pin 9, or on wire 624 (White) between SPLICE 005 and
connector X-9 pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 628/630 (White) (EH) 628 (White) (Mech)
between K-007 CRANK RELAY and connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 10. Repair or replace
the wire.
and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 86
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 87
3405- Starter - STG / OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed a problem in the starting circuit. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and
start relay commanded state is high.)
1. Shorted or open wire in circuit.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3405 - Starter - STG / OC is active.
Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
4. Check for a short to ground. Remove the CRANK RELAY from MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1. Dis-
connect connector X-9 from the IGNITION SWITCH. For EH Machines, also disconnect connector X-CN2B from
the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK
1 pin B4, or connector X-C23 pin 9 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 622/628/630 (White) (EH) 622/628 (White)
(Mech) between MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B4 and connector X-C23 pin 9, or between
SPLICE 005 and connector X-9 pin 2, or between SPLICE 005 and connector X-C23 pin 11. For EH Ma-
chines, also between SPLICE 102 and connector X-CN2B pin 24. Continue with step 5.
(EH) X-CC2B (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A
(Mech) pin 10, or connector X-C23 pin 9 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 88
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 628/630 (White) (EH) 628 (White) (Mech) be-
tween connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B4 and X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech)
pin 10. For EH Machines, also between SPLICE 102 and connector X-CN2B pin 24.. Repair or replace the
shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 628/630 (White) (EH) 628 (White) (Mech)
between connector X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 10 and connector X-C23 pin 9, or between SPLICE
005 and connector X-C23 pin 11, or between SPLICE 005 and connector X-9 pin 2. Repair or replace the
shorted wire.
6. Check for open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B4 and connector X-C23 pin 9.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 622/628/630 (White) (EH) 622/628 (White)
(Mech) between connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B4 and connector X-C23 pin 9.
Continue with step 7.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 622/628 (White) between connector
X-ECC2A (EH) X-CC2A (Mech) pin 10 and connector X-C23 pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.

(Mech) pin 10 and connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B4.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 628/630 (White) (EH) 628 (White) (Mech)
between connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 10 and connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE
BLOCK 1 pin B4. Repair or replace the wire.
9. Check for open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B4 and connector X-C23 pin 11.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 623 (White) between SPLICE 005 and
10. Check for proper resistance in the ground circuit by using a multi-meter to check for continuity between MAIN
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin A6 and ground.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 89
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 90
4043- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - STG

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender has failed. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On Start input is low and Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender resistance is less than 25 Ω.)
1. Failure of Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4043 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Sender - STG is active.
the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between HYDRAULIC OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER pin 1 and ground.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER is shorted. Replace the HYDRAULIC OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER.
3. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-OILTMP from the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER.
Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between
connector X-OILTMP pin 1, or connector X-C23 pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 264 (Yellow) between connector X-OILTMP
(EH) X-CC1B (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-ECC1A (EH) X-CC1A
(Mech) pin 11 and ground.
A. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 264 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC1A
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 264 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC1B
(EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin 11 and connector X-OILTMP pin 1. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 91
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 92
4044- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed that the Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender has failed. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On and Start input is low and Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender Resistance is greater than 30 K Ω.)
1. Failure of Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4044 - Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Sender - OC is active.
the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between HYDRAULIC OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER pin 1 and ground.
B. If resistance greater than 30 K Ω, the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER has developed an open.
Replace the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-OILTMP from the HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE SENDER. Dis-
connect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between con-
nector X-OILTMP pin 1 and connector X-C23 pin 2.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 264 (Yellow) between connector X-OILTMP

(Mech) pin 11 and connector X-OILTMP pin 1.
(EH) X-CC1B (Mech) pin 11 and connector X-OILTMP pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 93
B. If resistance is greater than 5 M Ω, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 94
4401- Park Brake (Mechanical Machines) - Park Brake Solenoid - OC

Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has sent a signal to the Brake Valve solenoid to energize, but the solenoid is off. (The fault is
only activated when Ignition is on and solenoid output is off and Brake Commanded State is high.)
1. Brake Valve solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4401 - Park Brake (Mechanical Ma-
chines) - Park Brake Solenoid - OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-BRK from the BRAKE VALVE
SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance between BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the BRAKE VALVE
SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the BRAKE VALVE
SOLENOID.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-BRK from the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect connector
X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-BRK pin 1
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 258 (White) between connector X-BRK pin
tor X-BRK pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 1, 2, and 3 to troubleshoot and
5. Check for proper resistance of the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 95
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 96
4402- Park Brake (Mechanical Machines) - Park Brake Solenoid -

STP
Control Module : IC
Context:
Vehicle is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4402.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sent a signal to the Park Brake Valve solenoid to de-energize, but voltage is still active.
(The fault is only activated when Ignition is on and Brake Commanded State is low and Brake Status is low.)

2. Instrument Cluster has an internal failure.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4402 - Park Brake (Mechanical Ma-
chines) - Park Brake Solenoid - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-BRK from the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect connector
X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-BRK pin 1,
or connector X-C23 pin 8 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 258 (White) between connector X-BRK pin 1 and
CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-BRK pin 1 and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 97
4951- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock

Solenoid - STP
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed a short in the Hydraulic Interlock circuit. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is
On and Hydraulic Enable Commanded state is low and Hydraulic Enable solenoid is energized.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4951 - Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical
Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock Solenoid - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-PORT_LK from the PORT LOCK. Disconnect connector X-C23
from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Disconnect connector X-TELE from TELEMATICS. Using a multi-meter, check for
voltage between connector X-PORT_LK pin A, or connector X-C23 pin 14 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303/304 (White) between connector X-PORT_LK
pin A and connector X-C23 pin 14. Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-CC2A from connector X-CC2B. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-PORT_LK pin A, or connector X-CC2B pin 5 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303/304 (White) between connector X-CC2A
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303/304 (White) between connector X-PORT_LK
pin A and connector X-CC2B pin 5, or on wire 308 (Yellow) between SPLICE 187 and connector X-TELE
pin E. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 98

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 99
4952- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock

Solenoid - OC
Control Module : IC
NOTE: A machine with Loader Lock on will trigger trouble code 4952. This is expected.
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed an open circuit condition in the Hydraulic Interlock circuit. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On and Hydraulic Enable commanded state is high and Hydraulic Enable solenoid is not energized.)

Solution:
Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock Solenoid - OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-PORT_LK from the PORT LOCK. Disconnect connector X-C23
from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-PORT_LK pin A and
connector X-C23 pin 14.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303/304 (White) between connector
X-PORT_LK pin A and connector X-C23 pin 14. Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-CC2A from connector X-CC2B. Using a multi-meter, check
continuity between connector X-CC2A pin 5 and connector X-C23 pin 14.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303/304 (White) between connector X-CC2A

4. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CC2B pin 5 and connector
X-PORT_LK pin A.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303/304 (White) between connector X-CC2B
pin 5 and connector X-PORT_LK pin A. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-CC2A and X-CC2B are not making a good connection at pin 5. Repair
the connector.
tor X-PORT_LK pin B and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 100
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 101
5503- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - EH AUX Output -

STP
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Instrument Cluster has sensed a short to positive condition in the EH Aux Output circuit. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On, Aux Output Commanded state is low and EH Aux output is energized.)

Solution:
Machines) - EH AUX Output - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-430 from the EH AUX PWM CONTROLLER. Disconnect connec-
tor X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-430 pin
1, or connector X-C23 pin 5 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 319 (Orange) between connector X-430 pin 1
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-CC1A from connector X-CC1B. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-430 pin 1, or connector X-CC1B pin 9 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 319 (Orange) between connector X-CC1A pin
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 319 (Orange) between connector X-430 pin 1
and connector X-CC1B pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.
CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-CC1A pin 9 and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
for replacement.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 102
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 103
9003- CAN - J1939 Receive Buffer - Buffer Overflow

Control Module : IC
Context:
Diagnostic Trouble Code 9003 has an error priority of White.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed an internal memory corruption that has been automatically fixed.
1. Memory Fault of the Instrument Cluster.
Solution:
1. White errors are not displayed on the Instrument Cluster and are not known to the Owner/Operator. They will
appear in the EST fault stack when the technician checks for active trouble codes while troubleshooting another
fault. Use the EST to verify 9003 - CAN - J1939 Receive Buffer - Buffer Overflow is active.
A. If the fault is active, erase it with the EST.

2. If the fault persists, it may be an indication of a potential future INSTRUMENT CLUSTER failure. Continue normal
operations of the machine.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 104
9004- Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Location 1

Corrupt
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Solution:
fault. Use the EST to verify 9004 - Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Location 1 Corrupt is
active.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 105

Corrupt
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Solution:
active.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 106

Corrupt
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Solution:
active.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 107
9401- Memory Error - Double Redundant - Memory Corruption

Detected and repaired
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
1. Memory Fault in the Instrument Cluster.
Solution:
fault. Use the EST to verify 9401 - Memory Error - Double Redundant - Memory Corruption Detected and
repaired is active.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 108
9403- Memory Error - Double Redundant - Un-recoverable memory

corruption operable
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed an internal failure.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9403 - Memory Error - Double Redun-
dant - Un-recoverable memory corruption operable is active.
A. If the fault is active, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 109
9404- Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Hour Meter

Failure
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9404 - Memory Error - Triple Redun-
dant - Hour Meter - Hour Meter Failure is active.
2. Use the EST to reset the Instrument Cluster memory and clear the fault.
A. If the fault clears, Continue normal operation.
B. If the fault does not clear, the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER has failed. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 110
9405- CAN - DM1 (EH Machines) - Loss of DM1 message from UCM
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed a loss of CAN message. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and no
DM1 message is received for 5 seconds.)
1. Shorted or Open wire in circuit.

3. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9405 - CAN - DM1 (EH Machines) -
Loss of DM1 message from UCM is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CN1B pin 34 and connector
X-C23 pin 4.
X-CN1B pin 34 and connector X-C23 pin 4. Continue with step 4.
3. Check for open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CN1B pin 25 and connector
X-C23 pin 6.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 505/504/507 (Green) between connector

X-CN1B pin 34.
pin 3 and connector X-CN1B pin 34. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 111
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 505/504 (Green) between connector

X-CN1B pin 25.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 507 (Green) between connector X-ECC1B
8. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-C23 from
the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Disconnect connector X-DIAG from the CAN DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR. Disconnect
connector X-TELE from the TELEMATICS CONNECTOR. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between con-
nector X-CN1B pin 34, or connector X-C23 pin 4 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 500/503/502 (Yellow) between connector
the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN1B pin 25, or con-
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 505/504/507 (Green) between connector
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 502 (Yellow) between connector X-CN1B pin
34 and X-ECC1B pin 3 or between SPLICE 188 and connector X-TELE pin M, or between SPLICE 89 and
connector X-DIAG pin C. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 500/503 (Yellow) between connector
X-ECC1A pin 3 and connector X-C23 pin 4. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 507 (Green) between connector X-CN1B pin
25 and X-ECC1B pin 4 or between SPLICE 189 and connector X-TELE pin N, or between SPLICE 90 and
connector X-DIAG pin B. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 505/504 (Green) between connector
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 112
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between UCM pins CN1B-25 and CN1A-1.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 113
9406- CAN - Can Communication Lost (EH Machines) - Loss of all

can communication from UCM
Control Module : IC
Context:
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed a loss of CAN message. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and no
CAN message is received for 2 seconds.)
1. Shorted or Open wire in circuit.

3. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9406 - CAN - Can Communication
Lost (EH Machines) - Loss of all can communication from UCM is active.
X-C23 pin 4.
X-C23 pin 6.

X-CN1B pin 34.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 114

X-CN1B pin 25.
the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Disconnect connector X-DIAG from the CAN DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR. Disconnect
connector X-TELE from the TELEMATICS CONNECTOR. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between con-
nector X-CN1B pin 34, or connector X-C23 pin 4 and ground.
the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN1B pin 25, or con-
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 502 (Yellow) between connector X-CN1B pin
34 and X-ECC1B pin 3 or between SPLICE 188 and connector X-TELE pin M, or between SPLICE 89 and
connector X-DIAG pin C. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 507 (Green) between connector X-CN1B pin
25 and X-ECC1B pin 4 or between SPLICE 189 and connector X-TELE pin N, or between SPLICE 90 and
connector X-DIAG pin B. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 115

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 116
9407- Memory Error - ID Errors - Unrecoverable Hardware ID

Control Module : IC
Context:
The vehicle is immediately disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 9407.
Cause:
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9407 - Memory Error - ID Errors -
Unrecoverable Hardware ID is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 117
9408- Memory Error - ID Errors - Unrecoverable Panel ID

Control Module : IC
Context:
The vehicle is immediately disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 9408.
Cause:
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9408 - Memory Error - ID Errors -
Unrecoverable Panel ID is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 118
1025- Throttle Sensor - out of range STP

Control Module : UCM

Context:
Load Control operating mode is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1025.
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on Throttle Pin. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is on and
Throttle Pin voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Throttle Position Sensor.
3. UCM has internal failure.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1025 - Throttle Sensor - out of range
STP is active.
2. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Disconnect connector X-20 from THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR.
Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-20 pin
A, or X-CN3A pin 24, and ground.
A. If there is voltage, wire 545 (Yellow) is shorted between connector X-20 pin A and X-CN3A pin 24 to a
voltage source. Repair or replace wire.

voltage between connector X-20 pin A and ground.
A. If voltage greater than 5 V, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 119
1030- Throttle Sensor - out of range STG/OC


Context:
Load Control operating mode is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1030.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Throttle Pin
voltage falls less than 0.2 V.)
1. Failure of Throttle Position Sensor.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1030 - Throttle Sensor - out of range
STG/OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-20 from THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-20 pin A and connector X-CN3A
pin 24.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 545 (Yellow) between connector X-20 pin
A and connector X-CN3A pin 24. Repair or replace the wire.
3. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN3A pin 24, or
connector X-20 pin A and chassis ground.
A. If there is no continuity, continue with 4.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 545 (Yellow) between connector X-CN3A
pin 24 and connector X-20 pin A. Repair or replace the open wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR pins A and B.
B. If resistance is infinite, the THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR has developed an open, replace the THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR.
5. Check for proper resistance in the ground circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-20
pin B and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 120
B. If there is no continuity there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 1 and 25 to troubleshoot and
6. Check for a short in the UCM. Completely power down the UCM by removing all six connectors. Using a multi-
meter, check for resistance between UCM pins CN3A-24 and CN1A-1.
gate nearby wiring. This Diagnostic Trouble Code resolution procedure does not completely rule out the UCM
as a failure point. Therefore, all other possibilities should be investigated before the UCM is considered for
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 121
1206- CAN Connection - Configuration Response Timeout


Context:
Limp Home Loader Hydraulics and Limp Home Ground Drive and enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1206.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has not received a configuration message from the UCM within 10 seconds of startup.

2. Failure of the UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the EST to verify 1206 - CAN Connection - Configuration Response Timeout is active.

2. If the fault persists, use the EST to reconfigure the machine. Continue normal operations. If the fault still persists,
follow diagnostic for trouble code 9151 9151 - CAN Connection - CAN communication timed out after 5
seconds.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 122
1207- Memory Parameters - Invalid configuration between IC and

UCM

Context:
Limp Home Loader Hydraulics and Limp Home Ground Drive and enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1207.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster configuration does not match UCM configuration.

Solution:
1. Use the EST to verify 1207 - Memory Parameters - Invalid configuration between IC and UCM is active.

2. If the fault persists, use the EST to reconfigure the machine. Continue normal operations. If the fault still persists,
follow diagnostic for trouble code 9151 9151 - CAN Connection - CAN communication timed out after 5
seconds.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 123
1211- Calibration Functions - Joystick Calibration not Complete


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Joystick Calibration is not complete.
1. Calibration not complete

2. Failure of UCM
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1211 - Calibration Functions - Joystick
Calibration not Complete is active.
2. Use the EST to perform calibration on the Joystick.
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Joystick Calibration (A.50.A)
A. If the fault code clears, continue normal operation.
B. If the fault code does not clear, replace the Joystick and reperform calibration. If the code persists, replace
the UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
This Diagnostic Trouble Code resolution procedure does not completely rule out the UCM as a failure point.
Therefore, all other possibilities should be investigated before the UCM is considered for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 124
1212- Calibration Functions - Ground Drive Calibration not

Complete

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Ground Drive Calibration is not complete.

2. Failure of UCM
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1212 - Calibration Functions - Ground
Drive Calibration not Complete is active.
2. Use the EST to perform calibration on the Ground Drive.
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Ground Drive Calibration (A.50.A)
B. If the fault code does not clear, replace the Ground Drive and reperform calibration. If the code persists,
replace UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 125
1213- Calibration Functions - Loader Valve Calibration not Complete


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Loader Valve Calibration is not complete.

2. Failure of UCM
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1213 - Calibration Functions - Loader
Valve Calibration not Complete is active.
2. Use the EST to perform calibration on the Loader Valve.
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Loader Calibration (A.50.A)
B. If the fault code does not clear, replace the Loader Valve and reperform calibration. If the code persists,
replace UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 126
1214- Calibration Functions - Throttle Calibration not Complete


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Throttle Calibration is not complete.

2. Failure of UCM
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1214 - Calibration Functions - Throttle
Calibration not Complete is active.
2. Use the EST to perform calibration on the Throttle.
Electronic service tool (EST) - H1 - Calibration procedures Throttle Calibration (A.50.A)
B. If the fault code does not clear, replace the Throttle and reperform calibration. If the code persists, replace
UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 127
1221- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Temperature / Current

Draw Over Limit

Context:
Limp Home Hydraulics are enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1221.
Cause:
UCM has sensed high current or high temperature in the UCM.
1. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Turn off the machine. Restart the machine and recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1221 - Health
Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Temperature / Current Draw Over Limit is active.
A. If the fault is active, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 128
1222- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over

Temperature Limit

Context:
Disable Hydraulics is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1222.
Cause:
UCM has sensed high temperature in the UCM.
1. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over Temperature Limit is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 129
1223- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over

Current Limit

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed high current in the UCM.
1. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over Current Limit is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 130
1224- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - Internal Memory or Core

Monitoring Fault

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an internal fault in the UCM.
1. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Monitor Functions - UCM - Internal Memory or Core Monitoring Fault is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 131
1225- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - EEPROM Memory

Checksum Fault

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed a checksum failure in the UCM memory.
1. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Monitor Functions - UCM - EEPROM Memory Checksum Fault is active.
A. If the fault persists for three machine restarts, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 132
1350- Hyd Ena switch - Implausible State (Hardwire vs CAN)


Context:
Loader Limp Home and Ground drive Limp Home operating modes are enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1350.
Cause:
UCM is receiving conflicting information about the Hydraulic Enable button. (The fault is only activated when Ignition
is On, crank pin is low and Hydraulic Enable button pin voltage is opposite of value from Instrument Cluster.)

4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1350 - Hyd Ena switch - Implausible
State (Hardwire vs CAN) is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-C23 pin 14 and connector
X-CN3A pin 23.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-C23 pin
continuity between connector X-ECC2B pin 5 and connector X-CN3A pin 23.

X-C23 pin 14.
5. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-C23 pin 14, or
connector X-CN3A pin 23 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 133
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-C23
pin 14 and connector X-CN3A pin 23. Continue with step 6.
6. Locate the short to ground. Disconnect connector X-ECC2B from connector X-ECC2A. Using a multi-meter,
check for continuity between connector X-ECC2B pin 5, or connector X-CN3A pin 23 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 303 (White) between connector X-C23 pin 14
and X-ECC2A pin 5. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 303 (White) between connector X-ECC2B
7. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 14, or connector
X-CN3A pin 23 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303 (White) between connector X-C23 pin 14
8. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-ECC2B from connector X-ECC2A. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-C23 pin 14, or connector X-ECC2A pin 5 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303 (White) between connector X-ECC2B pin
5 and connector X-CN3A pin 23. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 303 (White) between connector X-C23 pin 14
and connector X-ECC2A pin 5. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 134
1511- Brake Lights - OC

L213 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L215 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L218 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L220 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L223 WE
Electro hydraulic controls, L225 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L230 WE Electro hydraulic controls, C227 WE Electro hydraulic controls, C232 WE Electro
hydraulic controls, C238 WE Electro hydraulic controls

Context:
Brake Lights are disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1511.
Cause:
UCM has sensed an open circuit condition on the Brake Light actuation line. (The fault is only activated when Engine
is On and Brake Light voltage falls out of the range of 1 - 8 V.)

2. Failure of brake light.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1511 - Brake Lights - OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the RH REAR ROAD LAMP Brake Lamp. Remove the Brake Lamp bulb from the
RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance across the Brake Lamp bulb.
A. If resistance is normal, replace bulb and continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is infinite, the bulb has blown. Replace the Brake Lamp bulb.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the Brake Lamp bulb has shorted internally. Replace the Brake Lamp bulb.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-44 from the RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector
X-CN1B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-44 pin C and connector
X-CN1B pin 29.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 580/721/737/734 (Violet) between connec-
tor X-44 pin C and connector X-CN1B pin 29. Continue with step 4.
4. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-200 from connector X-203. Using a multi-meter, check conti-
nuity between connector X-200 pin 5 and connector X-CN1B pin 29.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 580/721 (Violet) between connector X-200

5. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-203 pin 5 and connector
X-44 pin C.
pin 5 and connector X-44 pin C. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-200 and X-203 are not making a good connection at pin 5. Repair the
connector.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 135
tor X-44 pin B and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit on wire 999/1000/950/965/967 (Black). Use
Frames 16, 8, and 1 to troubleshoot and isolate the faulty wire.
Completely power down the UCM by removing all eight connectors.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 136
1512- Brake Lights - STG


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an short circuit condition on the Brake Light actuation line. (The fault is only activated when Brake
Lights are commanded On and Brake Light current greater than 3 A.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1512 - Brake Lights - STG is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the RH REAR ROAD LAMP Brake Lamp. Remove the Brake Lamp bulb from the
RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance across the Brake Lamp bulb.
3. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-44 from the RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-37 from the LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector
X-39. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-44 pin C, or connector X-CN1B pin 29 and
ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 580/721/737/734 (Violet) between con-
nector X-44 pin C and connector X-CN1B pin 29, or adjacent wiring. Continue with step 4.
4. Locate the short to ground. Disconnect connector X-200 from connector X-203. Using a multi-meter, check for
continuity between connector X-200 pin 5, or connector X-CN1B pin 29, and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 737/734 (Violet) between connector X-44 pin C
and X-203 pin 5, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 580/721 (Violet) between connector X-200
pin 5 and connector X-CN1B pin 29, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 137
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 138
1513- Brake Lights - STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an short to high condition on the Brake Light actuation line. (The fault is only activated when Brake
Lights are commanded Off and Brake Light voltage is greater than 8 V.)
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1513 - Brake Lights - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-44 from the RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector
X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-37 from the LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector X-39.
Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-44 pin C, or connector X-CN1B pin 29 and ground.
B. If voltage greater than 8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 580/721/737/734 (Violet) between con-
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-200 from connector X-203. Using a multi-meter, check for
voltage between connector X-44 pin C, or connector X-203 pin 5 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 580/721 (Violet) between connector X-200 pin
5 and connector X-CN1B pin 29, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If voltage greater than 8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 737/734 (Violet) between connector X-44
pin C and connector X-203 pin 5, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for proper operation of the UCM. Reconnect connector X-CN1B to the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-44 pin C and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 8 V, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.
B. If voltage is less than 8 V, continue with step 5.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 139
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 140
1521- Brake Lights - OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an open circuit condition on the Brake Light actuation line. (The fault is only activated when Engine
is On and Brake Light voltage falls out of the range of 1 - 8 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1521 - Brake Lights - OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the LH REAR ROAD LAMP Brake Lamp. Remove the Brake Lamp bulb from the
LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance across the Brake Lamp bulb.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-37 from the LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector
X-CN1B pin 30.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 579/721/737/732 (Violet) between connec-
tor X-37 pin C and connector X-CN1B pin 30. Continue with step 4.
4. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-200 from connector X-203. Using a multi-meter, check conti-
nuity between connector X-200 pin 5 and connector X-CN1B pin 30.

X-37 pin C.
connector.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 141
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit on wire 998/1000/950/965/967 (Black). Use
Frames 16, 8, and 1 to troubleshoot and isolate the faulty wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 142
1522- Brake Lights - STG


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an short circuit condition on the Brake Light actuation line. (The fault is only activated when Brake
Lights are commanded On and Brake Light current greater than 3 A.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1522 - Brake Lights - STG is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the LH REAR ROAD LAMP Brake Lamp. Remove the Brake Lamp bulb from the
LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance across the Brake Lamp bulb.
3. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-37 from the LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-44 from the RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector
X-39. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-37 pin C, or connector X-CN1B pin 30 and
ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 579/721/737/732 (Violet) between con-
continuity between connector X-200 pin 5, or connector X-CN1B pin 30, and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 737/732 (Violet) between connector X-37 pin C
and X-203 pin 5, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 579/721 (Violet) between connector X-200
pin 5 and connector X-CN1B pin 30, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 143
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 144
1523- Brake Lights - STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an short to high condition on the Brake Light actuation line. (The fault is only activated when Brake
Lights are commanded Off and Brake Light voltage is greater than 8 V.)
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1523 - Brake Lights - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-37 from the LH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector
X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-44 from the RH REAR ROAD LAMP. Disconnect connector X-39.
Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-37 pin C, or connector X-CN1B pin 30 and ground.
B. If voltage greater than 8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 579/721/737/732 (Violet) between con-
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-200 from connector X-203. Using a multi-meter, check for
voltage between connector X-37 pin C, or connector X-203 pin 5 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 579/721 (Violet) between connector X-200 pin
5 and connector X-CN1B pin 30, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If voltage greater than 8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 737/732 (Violet) between connector X-37
pin C and connector X-203 pin 5, or adjacent wiring. Repair or replace the wire.
for voltage between connector X-37 pin C and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 145
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 146
1532- Backup Alarm - STG


Context:
Backup Alarm is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1532.
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper current from the Backup Alarm. (The fault is only activated with both pumps in reverse
and Backup Alarm solenoid output current is high.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1532 - Backup Alarm - STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-BKUP-PWR from the BACKUP ALARM. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-BKUP-PWR pin
1, or connector X-CN3B pin 18 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 895 (White) between connector X-BKUP-
PWR pin 1 and connector X-CN3B pin 18. Repair or replace the wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the BACKUP ALARM. Disconnect connector X-BKUP-GND from the BACKUP
ALARM. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance between BACKUP ALARM pins 1 and 1.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BACKUP ALARM has developed an open. Replace the BACKUP ALARM.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BACKUP ALARM has shorted internally. Replace the BACKUP ALARM.
4. Check for proper resistance of the UCM. Completely power down the UCM by removing all six connectors.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 147
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 148
1533- Backup Alarm - STP


Context:
Backup Alarm is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1533.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Backup Alarm solenoid output does not agree with the desired Backup Alarm status. (The
fault is only activated with pumps not in reverse and Backup Alarm solenoid output voltage is greater than 8 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1533 - Backup Alarm - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-BKUP-PWR from the BACKUP ALARM SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-BKUP-PWR pin
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 895 (White) between connector X-BKUP-PWR
for voltage between connector X-BKUP-PWR pin 1 and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 149
1900- UCM - UCM Ground Fault


Context:
All hydraulics are disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1900.
Cause:
UCM has sensed low current in the UCM ground line. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and there is a
high resistance in the UCM ground line.)
1. Wire or connection in circuit.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1900 - UCM - UCM Ground Fault is
active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the ground circuit. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Using a multi-
meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN1A pin 7 and negative battery post.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Ensure the battery post is clean. See Battery
- Check Maintenance Free (A.30.A) for battery check procedure. Ensure there is a clean connection
between connector X-CN1A and the UCM at pin 7.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 150
1901- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage HIGH


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the supply voltage is high. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On, and voltage is greater
than 16 V.)

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
erly. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1901 - UCM - UCM Supply Voltage
HIGH is active.
A. If the fault is active, replace the UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 151
1902- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage LOW


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that a UCM input voltage is low. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and UCM input
voltage is less than 11.5 V.)
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
fault.
Follow procedure for Trouble Code 1903 for resolution.
1903 - UCM - UCM Supply Voltage Below Operational Limit
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 152
1904- UCM - Rail 12VB - 5V regulators supply Input Power OFF


Context:
All Hydraulics are disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1904.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that a 12 V UCM input has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On, crank pin is
low, Diagnostic Code 1903 is not active, and UCM input voltage is less than 9 V.)
1. Failure of UCM Power Relay

2. Open wire in circuit
3. Shorted wire in circuit
4. Failure of UCM
Solution:
the most likely components.
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1904 - UCM - Rail 12VB - 5V regulators
supply Input Power OFF is active.
2. Check for proper operation of the UCM POWER RELAY. If a spare relay is not available, disconnect the OPTION
RELAY from the ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2. Connect the substitute relay to the UCM
Power Relay socket on ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2. Start the engine.
A. If Trouble Code 1904 is no longer active, the UCM POWER RELAY has failed. Replace the UCM POWER
RELAY.
B. If Trouble Code 1904 is still active, remove the relay and continue with step 3.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-CN1A pin 26 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A7.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 240/241/190 (Orange) between ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A7 and connector X-CN1A pin 26. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A7 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 240/241/190 (Orange) between ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A7 and connector X-CN1A pin 26, or on the connecting distribu-
tion wiring. Use frames 1, 5, and 26 to repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 153

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 154
1905- UCM - 5VREF1 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the sensor supply voltage is out of range. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and
pin voltage falls out of the range of 4.8 V and 5.2 V.)

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
erly. Turn off the machine. Restart the machine and recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1905 -
UCM - 5VREF1 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 155
1906- UCM - 5VREF3 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the sensor supply voltage is out of range. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and
pin voltage falls out of the range of 4.8 V and 5.2 V.)

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
erly. Turn off the machine. Restart the machine and recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1906 -
UCM - 5VREF3 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range is active.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 156
1907- UCM - Rail 12VF1 - Aux Retract Input Power OFF


Context:
Disable Aux operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1907.
Cause:

3. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1907 - UCM - Rail 12VF1 - Aux Retract
Input Power OFF is active.
2. Check for blown fuse. Remove fuse F-18 from ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2. Using a multi-
meter, check for resistance across the fuse.
A. If resistance is 0 Ω, continue with step 3.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-CN1B pin 26 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B2.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 177/128 (Orange) between ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B2 and connector X-CN1B pin 26. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 126 (Orange) between SPLICE 109 and
connector X-CN1B pin 27. Repair or replace the wire.
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B2 and ground.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 157
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 177/128 (Orange) between ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B2 and connector X-CN1B pin 26, or on wire 126 (Orange) be-
tween SPLICE 109 and connector X-CN1B pin 27. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 158
1908- UCM - Rail 12VF2 - Bucket Extend Input Power OFF


Context:
Disable Bucket operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1908.
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1908 - UCM - Rail 12VF2 - Bucket
Extend Input Power OFF is active.
between connector X-CN4A pin 1 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4 and connector X-CN4A pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CN4A pin 8 and ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4.
connector X-CN4A pin 8. Repair or replace the wire.
5. Check for a short to ground. Check if Diagnostic Trouble Code 1913 is active.
A. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 1913 is active, follow the "short to ground" portion of 1913 - UCM - Rail 12VS1
- Bucket Curl Input Power OFF in conjunction with step 6 of this procedure.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 159

DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4 and ground.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4 and connector X-CN4A pin 1, or on wire 0061 (Orange) be-
tween SPLICE 111 and connector X-CN4A pin 8. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 160
1909- UCM - Rail 12VF3 - Boom Raise/Lower Input Power OFF


Context:
Disable Boom operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1909.
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1909 - UCM - Rail 12VF3 - Boom
Raise/Lower Input Power OFF is active.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B6 and connector X-CN2B pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-CN2B pin 17 and ACCESSORY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B6.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 161
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B6 and connector X-CN2B pin 9, or on wire 158 (Orange) between
SPLICE 110 and connector X-CN2B pin 17. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 162
1911- UCM - Rail 12VH1 - Left & Right Pmp Reverse Input Power OFF

Context:
Disable Reverse Ground Drive is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1911.
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1911 - UCM - Rail 12VH1 - Left & Right
Pmp Reverse Input Power OFF is active.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A6.
5. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-94 from the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect
connector X-93 from the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between
connector ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A6 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 163
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A6 and connector X-CN2A pin 2, or on wire 165 (Orange) between
SPLICE 152 and connector X-CN2A pin 3, or on wire 102 (Orange) between SPLICE 152 and connector
X-94 or connector X-93. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 164
1912- UCM - Rail 12VM - Lft & Rgt Brake Lights & Aux Extend Input
Power OFF

Context:
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1912 - UCM - Rail 12VM - Lft & Rgt
Brake Lights & Aux Extend Input Power OFF is active.
between connector X-CN1B pin 32 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A2.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A2 and connector X-CN1B pin 32. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 165
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A2 and connector X-CN1B pin 32, or on wire 166 (Orange) be-
tween SPLICE 113 and connector X-CN1B pin 31. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 166
1913- UCM - Rail 12VS1 - Bucket Curl Input Power OFF


Context:
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1913 - UCM - Rail 12VS1 - Bucket Curl
between connector X-CN3B pin 8 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4 and connector X-CN3B pin 8. Repair or replace the wire.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4.
5. Check for a short to ground. Check if Diagnostic Trouble Code 1908 is active.
A. If Diagnostic Trouble Code 1908 is active, follow the "short to ground" portion of 1908 - UCM - Rail 12VF2
- Bucket Extend Input Power OFF in conjunction with step 6 of this procedure.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 167

DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4 and ground.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin D4 and connector X-CN3B pin 8, or on wire 147 (Orange) between
SPLICE 111 and connector X-CN3B pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 168
1914- UCM - Rail 12VS2 - Backup Alarm Input Power OFF


Context:
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1914 - UCM - Rail 12VS2 - Backup
Alarm Input Power OFF is active.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 167 (Orange) between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B2 and connector X-CN3B pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 167 (Orange) between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 pin B2 and connector X-CN3B pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 169
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 170
1915- UCM - Rail 12VT1 - Two Speed Input Power OFF


Context:
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1915 - UCM - Rail 12VT1 - Two Speed
between connector X-CN3A pin 7 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin E4.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin E4 and connector X-CN3A pin 7. Repair or replace the wire.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin E4.
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin E4 and ground.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 171
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin E4 and connector X-CN3A pin 7, or on wire 171 (Orange) between
SPLICE 115 and connector X-CN3A pin 13. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 172
1916- UCM - Rail 12VU1 - Right & Left Pumps Forward Input Power
OFF

Context:
Disable Forward Ground Drive is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1916.
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1916 - UCM - Rail 12VU1 - Right & Left
Pumps Forward Input Power OFF is active.
between connector X-CN3A pin 21 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B4.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 120 (Orange) between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B4 and connector X-CN3A pin 21. Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 120 (Orange) between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin B4 and connector X-CN3A pin 21. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 173
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 174
1917- UCM - Rail 12VU2 - Park Brake Solenoid Input Power OFF

Context:
Disable Ground Drive is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1917.
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1917 - UCM - Rail 12VU2 - Park Brake
Solenoid Input Power OFF is active.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 175
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin A4 and connector X-CN3A pin 2, or on wire 169 (Orange) between
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 176
3154- Engine Preheat - Glow Plug - STP

Context:
Fault code 3154 has an error priority of Engine-Amber.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has determined that the Glow Plug circuit has a short to positive condition. (The fault is only
activated when Ignition is on, the Preheat Command State is low and the Preheat Status is low.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 3154 - Engine Preheat - Glow Plug -
STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-PRHT from the ENGINE PREHEAT RELAY. Disconnect connector
X-C23 from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-PRHT pin
1 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 641 (White) between connector X-PRHT pin 1
and connector X-C23 pin 8 (EH) pin 7 (Mech). Continue with step 3.
X-CC2B (Mech). Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-PRHT pin 1 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 641 (White) between connector X-ECC2B
(EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 2 and connector X-C23 pin 8 (EH) pin 7 (Mech). Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 641 (White) between connector X-PRHT pin 1
and connector X-ECC2B (EH) X-CC2B (Mech) pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.
and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 177

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 178
4055- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC


Context:
Ground Drive operating mode is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4055.
Cause:
UCM has sensed an open in the solenoid supply. (The fault is only activated when Engine is on and UCM pin voltage
is between 1 - 8 V.)
1. Park Brake Valve solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4055 - Park Brake Valve (On/Off) -
Solenoid Supply OC is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-BRK from the BRAKE VALVE
SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance between BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
SOLENOID.
SOLENOID.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-BRK from the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-BRK pin 1 and connector
X-CN3A pin 4.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 258 (White) between connector X-BRK pin
tor X-BRK pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 1, 26, and 28 to troubleshoot
and isolate the faulty wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 179
B. If resistance is greater than 100 K Ω, the UCM has opened internally. Replace the UCM.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 180
4056- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG


Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Park Brake Valve solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The fault
is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and the Park Brake is disabled and Park Brake Valve solenoid output
current is high.)
1. Park Brake Valve solenoid failed.

3. UCM has an internal failure.
Solution:
Solenoid Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-BRK from
the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-BRK pin 1, or con-
nector X-CN3A pin 4 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 258 (White) between connector X-BRK
3. Check for proper resistance in the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance between
BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
SOLENOID.
SOLENOID.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 181
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 182
4057- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP


Context:
Disable Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4057.
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Park Brake Valve solenoid to de-energize, but voltage is still active. (The fault
is only activated when Hydraulics are Disabled or Park Brake is enabled and Park Brake Valve solenoid output pin
voltage is high.)

Solution:
Solenoid Supply STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-BRK from the BRAKE VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-BRK pin 1, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 258 (White) between connector X-BRK pin 1 and
for voltage between connector X-BRK pin 1 and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 183
4061- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right

(A) Supply OC

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper RH Drive Pump Forward Solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics
are enabled and solenoid currents are incorrect.)
1. RH Drive Pump Forward solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4061 - Forward Pump Control Valves
(Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply OC is present.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-17 from the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-17 pin 1 and
connector X-CN3B pin 32.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 519 (White) between connector X-17 pin 1
and connector X-CN3B pin 32. Repair or replace the open wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the RH
DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the RH DRIVE
PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID.
tor X-17 pin 2 and ground.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 184
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 185
4062- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right

(A) Supply STG

Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Right Forward Ground Drive Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected.
(The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are enabled and Aux Override is disabled and Park Brake is off and
solenoid output pin current is high.)

2. RH Drive Pump Forward Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
(Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-17 from the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Discon-
nect connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-17 pin 1,
or connector X-CN3B pin 32 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 519 (White) between connector X-17 pin
1 and connector X-CN3B pin 32. Repair or replace the wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the RH
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the RH DRIVE
PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID.

breaks or shorts in the wiring concerned. Operate the machine while monitoring the EST and Display. Inves-
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 186
tigate nearby wiring. If multiple Diagnostic Trouble Codes are active, troubleshoot another Diagnostic Trouble
Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 187
4071- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left

(B) Supply OC

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper Left Drive Pump Forward Solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics
1. Left Drive Pump Forward solenoid has failed.

Solution:
(Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-13 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Disconnect
and connector X-CN3B pin 33. Repair or replace the wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for
resistance between LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LEFT

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 188
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 189
4072- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left

(B) Supply STG

Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Left Drive Pump Forward Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected.
(The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are enabled and Aux Override is disabled and Parking Brake is off and

2. Left Drive Pump Forward Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
(Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-13 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Dis-
connect connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-13
pin 1, or connector X-CN3B pin 33 and ground.
1 and connector X-CN3B pin 33. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for
resistance between LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LEFT

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 190
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 191
4081- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common

Solenoid Return STP

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Forward Ground Drive Valve Solenoids ground line. (The fault is
only activated when Hydraulics are disabled and solenoid voltage feedback is greater than 5 V.)

Solution:
(Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN3B from the
UCM. Disconnect connector X-13 from the LEFT HAND DRIVE PUMP FORWARD. Disconnect connector X-17 from
the RIGHT HAND DRIVE PUMP FORWARD. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-17 pin 1
and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 519 (White) between connector X-17 pin 1 and
3. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-17 pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1021/1040 (Blue) between connector X-CN2B
pin 25 and connector X-17 pin 2, or on wire 1038 (Blue) between SPLICE 098 and connector X-13 pin 2.
Repair or replace the wire.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 516 (White) between connector X-CN3B pin 33
and connector X-13 pin 1. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 192
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 193
4082- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Pumps Forward

Solenoids STG

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the solenoid return voltage is low. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are disabled and
solenoid return voltage feedback is low.)

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
(Directional) - Pumps Forward Solenoids STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-17 from the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD. Disconnect connec-
tor X-13 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-me-
ter, check for continuity between connector X-17 pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 1021/1040 (Blue) between connector
X-CN1A pin 13 and connector X-17 pin 2, or on wire 1038 (Blue) between SPLICE 098 and connector X-13
pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 194
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 195
4083- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common

Solenoid Return OC

Context:
Disable Forward Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4083.
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper Forward Pump Control Valve solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics
are enabled and solenoid return current is incorrect.)

Solution:
(Directional) - Common Solenoid Return OC is active.
2. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-17
from the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-13 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD
SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between X-CN2B pin 25 and X-13 pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1021 (Blue) X-CN2B pin 25 and SPLICE
098. Repair or replace the wire.

replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 196
4309- Park Brake Button - Park Brake Button Timeout (30 sec)

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Park Brake button
output is high for more than 30 s.)
1. Failure of Park Brake switch.

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4309 - Park Brake Button - Park Brake
Button Timeout (30 sec) is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the NH PARK BRAKE SWITCH. Disconnect connector X-365 from the NH PARK
BRAKE SWITCH. Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between NH PARK BRAKE SWITCH pins 2 and 3.
A. If resistance is infinite, the NH PARK BRAKE SWITCH is not closed. Continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the NH PARK BRAKE SWITCH has shorted internally. Replace the NH PARK BRAKE
SWITCH.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 197
4361-Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right

(A) Supply OC

Context:
Disable Reverse Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4361.
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper Right Reverse Ground Drive Solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics
1. Right Reverse Ground Drive solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4361 - Reverse Pump Control Valves
(Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-18 from the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-18 pin 1 and
connector X-CN2A pin 8.
and connector X-CN2A pin 8. Repair or replace the wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for
resistance between RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the RIGHT
DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 198
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 199
4362- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right

(A) Supply STG

Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Right Reverse Ground Drive Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected.
(The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are enabled and Aux Override is disabled and Park Brake is off and

2. Right Reverse Ground Drive Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
(Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-18 from the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Dis-
connect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-18
pin 1, or connector X-CN2A pin 8 and ground.
3. Check for proper resistance in the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for
resistance between RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the RIGHT

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 200
Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 201
4371- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left

(B) Supply OC

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper Left Reverse Ground Drive solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics
are enabled and solenoid supply current is incorrect.)
1. Left Drive Pump Reverse solenoid has failed.

Solution:
(Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-16 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Disconnect
3. Check for proper resistance in the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2
B. If resistance is infinite, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LEFT

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 202
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 203
4372- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left

(B) Supply STG

Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Left Reverse Ground Drive Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected.
(The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are enabled and Aux Override is disabled and Loader Lock is off and

2. Left Reverse Ground Drive Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
(Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-16 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Dis-
connect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-16
pin 1, or connector X-CN2A pin 14 and ground.
1 and connector X-CN2A pin 14. Repair or replace wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LEFT

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 204
Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 205
4381- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common

Solenoid Return STP

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Reverse Ground Drive Valve Solenoids ground line. (The fault is
only activated when Hydraulics are disabled and solenoid voltage is greater than 5 V.)

Solution:
(Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN2A from the
UCM. Disconnect connector X-16 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE. Disconnect connector X-18 from the
RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-18 pin 1 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1022/1041 (Blue) between connector X-CN1A
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 206
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 207
4382- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Pumps Reverse

Solenoids STG

Context:
Disable Reverse Ground Drive is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4382.
Cause:

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
(Directional) - Pumps Reverse Solenoids STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-18 from the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE. Disconnect
connector X-16 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Using a
multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-18 pin 2 and ground.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 208
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 209
4383- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common

Solenoid Return OC

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper Reverse Pump Control Valve solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics
are enabled and solenoid return current is incorrect.)

Solution:
(Directional) - Common Solenoid Return OC is active.
2. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-16
from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between X-CN1A pin
19 and X-16 pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1022/1039 (Blue) X-CN1A pin 19 and

3. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-18 from the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE SOLENOID.
Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between X-CN1A pin 19 and X-18 pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1041 (Blue) between SPLICE 099 and

replacement.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 210
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 211
4431- Park Brake Pressure Switch - Pressure Switch (plausibility

check with solenoid valve)

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed disagreement between the PARK BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH and the PARK BRAKE SOLENOID. (The
fault is only activated when Engine is On and PARK BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH input and PARK BRAKE SOLENOID output
are not the same.)
1. Failure of PARK BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH.

2. Failure of PARK BRAKE SOLENOID.
3. Failure of UCM.
4. Open or shorted wire in circuit.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4431 - Park Brake Pressure Switch -
Pressure Switch (plausibility check with solenoid valve) is active.
2. Check if Diagnostic Trouble Code 4055, 4056, or 4057 is active.
A. If any of these Diagnostic Trouble Codes are active, follow the resolution procedure for these codes
first.4055- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC (D.32.C)
4056- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG (D.32.C)
4057- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP (D.32.C)
When these Diagnostic Trouble Codes are no longer active, continue with this procedure.
B. If none of these Diagnostic Trouble Codes are active, continue with step 3.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-BRKPRS from the BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-BRKPRS pin 1 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 535 (Yellow) between connector X-BRKPRS
pin 1 and connector X-CN2B pin 13. Repair or replace the open wire.
tor X-BRKPRS pin 2 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 212
5. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-BRKPRS from the BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH. Disconnect
connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-BRKPRS pin
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 535 (Yellow) between connector
X-BRKPRS pin 1 and connector X-CN2B pin 13. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
6. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-BRKPRS from the BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-BRKPRS pin 1, or
connector X-CN2B pin 13 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 535 (Yellow) between connector X-BRKPRS pin
A. If resistance is around 4500 Ω, continue with step 8.
8. Cycle the BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH and monitor the EST and INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. Check to see if Diagnos-
tic Trouble Code 4431 - Park Brake Pressure Switch - Pressure Switch (plausibility check with solenoid
valve) clears.
A. If the Diagnostic Trouble Code clears, continue with step 9.
B. If the Diagnostic Trouble Code does not clear, the BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH has failed. Replace the BRAKE
PRESSURE SWITCH.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 213
4731- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STG / OC


Context:
Limp Home Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4731.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Right Swash-
plate angle sensor Voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

2. Failure of Swashplate Angle Sensor.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4731 - Right Swashplate angle sensor
- Pin A STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-93 from RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN2B from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-93 pin 4 and connector X-CN2B
pin 32.
3. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN2B pin 32, or
connector X-93 pin 4 and chassis ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 576 (Yellow) between connector X-CN2B
pin 32 and connector X-93 pin 4. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR pins 4 and 6.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has developed an open, replace the RH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has shorted internally. Reeplace the RH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 214
B. If there is no continuity, there is and open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 1 and 27 to troubleshoot and
meter, check for resistance between UCM pins CN2B-32 and CN1A-1.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 215
4732- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on pin A of the RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On and RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor voltage is high.)

2. Failure of RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor.
Solution:
- Pin A STP is active.
2. Check for short to high source. Disconnect connector X-93 from RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect
connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-93 pin 4, or X-CN2B
pin 32 and battery ground.
A. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 576 (Yellow). Repair or replace wire.

3. Check for proper operation of the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Reconnect connector X-93 to the RH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-CN2B pin 32 and ground.
A. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has failed. Replace the RH PUMP SWASH
PLATE SENSOR.
B. If voltage is less than 4.8 V, continue with step 4.

4. Check for proper operation of the UCM. Disconnect connector X-93 from the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Reconnect connector X-CN2B to the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-93 pin 4
and ground.
A. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 216
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 217
4734- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Right Swash-
plate angle sensor voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

Solution:
- Pin B STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-93 from RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN2B from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-93 pin 3 and connector X-CN2B
pin 33.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 575 (Yellow) between connector X-CN2B,
pin 33 and connector X-93 pin 3. Repair or replace the open wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR pins 3 and 1.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has developed an open, replace the RH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the RH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 218
B. If there is no continuity, there is and open in the ground circuit, use Frames 1 and 27 to troubleshoot and
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 219
4735- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on pin B of the RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On and RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor voltage is high.)

2. Failure of RH Pump Swash Plate Sensor.
Solution:
- Pin B STP is active.
2. Check for short to high source. Disconnect connector X-93 from RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect
connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-93 pin 3, or con-
nector X-CN2B pin 33 and ground.
A. If there is voltage, there is a short to voltage condition on wire 575 (Yellow) between connector X-93 pin 3
and connector X-CN2B pin 33. Repair or replace the shorted wire.

3. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Reconnect connector X-93 to the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE
SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-CN2B pin 33 and ground.
A. If voltage greater than 4.8 V the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has failed. Replace the RH PUMP SWASH
PLATE SENSOR.
B. If there is less than 4.8 V, continue with step 4.

4. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Disconnect connector X-93 from RH PUMP SWASH PLATE
SENSOR. Reconnect connector X-CN2B to the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector
A. If voltage greater than 4.8 V the UCM has an internal fault. Replace the UCM.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 220
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 221
4737- Right Swashplate angle sensor - in-range fault


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the RIGHT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR has failed. (The fault is only activated when Engine is
On and the sum of the Right Swashplate Angle Sensor output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the RIGHT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR
Solution:
- in-range fault is active.
2. Check Instrument Cluster for other Trouble Codes.
A. If the other Trouble Codes are active, follow the procedure for those first.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the RIGHT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR has failed. Replace the
RIGHT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 222
4741- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Left Swashplate
angle sensor Voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4741 - Left Swashplate angle sensor
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-94 from LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-94 pin 3 and connector X-CN3A
pin 9.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 574 (Yellow) between connector X-CN3A
4. Check for proper resistance in the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR pins 3 and 1.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has developed an open, replace the LH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the LH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 223
B. If there is no continuity, there is and open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 1 and 27 to troubleshoot and
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 224
4742- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on pin A of the LH Pump Swash Plate Sensor. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On and LH Pump Swash Plate Sensor voltage is high.)

2. Failure of LH Pump Swash Plate Sensor.
Solution:
2. Check for short to high source. Disconnect connector X-94 from LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect
connector X-CN3A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-94 pin 3, or connector
and connector X-CN3A pin 9. Repair or replace the shorted wire.

3. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Reconnect connector X-94 to the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE
SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-CN3A pin 9 and ground.
A. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has failed. Replace the LH PUMP SWASH
PLATE SENSOR.

4. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Disconnect connector X-94 from the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE
SENSOR Reconnect connector X-CN3A to the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-94
pin 3 and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 225
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 226
4744- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Left Swashplate
angle sensor Voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

Solution:
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-94 from LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-94 pin 4 and connector X-CN3A
pin 10.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 573 (Yellow) between connector X-CN3A,
4. Check for proper resistance in the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR pins 4 and 6.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has developed an open. Replace the LH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the LH PUMP
SWASH PLATE SENSOR.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 227
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 228
4745- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on pin B of the Left Swashplate Angle Sensor. (The fault is only activated
when Ignition is On and Left Swashplate Angle Sensor voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Left Swashplate Angle Sensor.
Solution:
2. Check for short to high source. Disconnect connector X-94 from LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR. Disconnect
connector X-CN3A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-94 pin 4, or connector
and connector 25727062 pin 10. Repair or replace the shorted wire.

3. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Reconnect connector X-94 to the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE
SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-CN3A pin 10 and ground.
A. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has failed. Replace the LH PUMP SWASH
PLATE SENSOR.

4. Check for source of higher than normal voltage. Disconnect connector X-94 from the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE
SENSOR. Reconnect connector X-CN3A to the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check voltage between connector

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 229
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 230
4747- Left Swashplate angle sensor - in-range fault


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the LEFT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR has failed. (The fault is only activated when Engine is
On and the sum of the Left Swashplate Angle Sensor output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the LEFT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR
Solution:
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the LEFT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR has failed. Replace the
LEFT SWASHPLATE ANGLE SENSOR.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 231
4752- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Implausible command,

command does not match with swashplate angle

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Left Swashplate Angle Sensor does not agree with the direction of vehicle travel. (The
fault is only activated when Engine is On and the Left Swashplate Angle Sensor senses vehicle movement when the
solenoids are not energized or vehicle movement opposite of the energized solenoid.)
1. Improper wiring in circuit.

2. Failure of LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Solution:
- Implausible command, command does not match with swashplate angle is active.
2. Check for proper connections to the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE, LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE, RH DRIVE PUMP
FORWARD, and LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD solenoids.
Ensure that connector X-18 is connected to the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE solenoid.
Ensure that connector X-16 is connected to the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE solenoid.
Ensure that connector X-17 is connected to the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD solenoid.
Ensure that connector X-13 is connected to the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD solenoid.
A. If all connectors are correctly installed, continue with step 3.
B. If any connector is not correctly installed, Use frame 27 to ensure connectors X-18, X-16, X-17, and X-13
are installed correctly.
3. Check for proper connections to LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR and RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-94 is connected to the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-93 is connected to the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
A. If both connectors are correctly installed, continue with step 4.
B. If either connector is not correctly installed, Use frame 27 to ensure connectors X-94 and X-93 are installed
correctly.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has failed. Replace the LH
PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 232
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 233
4754- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Implausible command,

command does not match with swashplate angle

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Right Swashplate Angle Sensor does not agree with the direction of vehicle travel. (The
fault is only activated when Engine is On and the Right Swashplate Angle Sensor senses vehicle movement when
the solenoids are not energized or vehicle movement opposite of the energized solenoid.)

2. Failure of RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Solution:
- Implausible command, command does not match with swashplate angle is active.
2. Check for proper connections to the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE, LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE, RH DRIVE PUMP
FORWARD, and LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD solenoids.
Ensure that connector X-18 is connected to the RIGHT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE solenoid.
Ensure that connector X-16 is connected to the LEFT DRIVE PUMP REVERSE solenoid.
Ensure that connector X-17 is connected to the RH DRIVE PUMP FORWARD solenoid.
Ensure that connector X-13 is connected to the LEFT DRIVE PUMP FORWARD solenoid.
B. If any connector is not correctly installed, Use frame 27 to ensure connectors X-18, X-16, X-17, and X-13
are installed correctly.
3. Check for proper connections to LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR and RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-94 is connected to the LH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-93 is connected to the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
correctly.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the RH PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR has failed. Replace the RH
PUMP SWASH PLATE SENSOR.
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 234
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 235
4781- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply OC


Context:
Disable Two Speed operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4781.
Cause:
UCM has sent a signal to the 2 Speed Solenoid to energize, but the UCM does not sense proper voltage. (The fault
is only activated when the Engine is on and solenoid output pin voltage falls out of the range of 1 - 8 V.
1. 2 Speed solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 4781 - solenoid valve - Solenoid
Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-2SPD from the 2 SPEED SOLENOID. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-2SPD pin A and connector
X-CN3A pin 25.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 564 (White) between connector X-2SPD
pin A and connector X-CN3A pin 25. Repair or replace the wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the 2 SPEED SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance between 2
SPEED SOLENOID pins A and B.
B. If resistance is infinite, the 2 SPEED SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the 2 SPEED SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the 2 SPEED SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the 2 SPEED SOLENOID.
tor X-2SPD pin B and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 236
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 237
4782- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply STG


Context:
Disable Two Speed is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 4782.
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the 2 Speed solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The fault is only
activated when Two Speed is on and solenoid output pin current is high.)

2. 2 Speed Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-2SPD from the 2 SPEED SOLENOID. Disconnect connector
X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-2SPD pin A, or connector
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 564 (White) between connector X-2SPD
3. Check for proper resistance in the 2 SPEED SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance between 2
SPEED SOLENOID pins A and B.
B. If resistance is infinite, the 2 SPEED SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the 2 SPEED SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the 2 SPEED SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the 2 SPEED SOLENOID.

Code.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 238
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 239
4783- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the 2 Speed Solenoid. (The fault is only activated when Two Speed
is off and 2 Speed Solenoid output voltage is high.)

2. Failure of 2 Speed Solenoid.
Solution:
Supply STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-2SPD from
the 2 SPEED SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-2SPD pin A, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 564 (White) between connector X-2SPD pin A
for voltage between connector X-2SPD pin A and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 240
5051- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC


Context:
Loader Hydraulics operating mode is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5051.
Cause:
1. Loader Pilot Interlock Valve solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5051 - Loader Pilot Interlock Valve
(On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-PLTLK from the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID. Dis-
connect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-PLTLK
pin A and connector X-CN2A pin 4.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 536 (White) between connector X-PLTLK
3. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for
resistance between LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID pins A and B.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace
the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the
LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID.
tor X-PLTLK pin B and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 241
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 242
5052- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG


Context:
Loader Hydraulics is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5052.
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Loader Pilot Interlock solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The
fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and Loader Pilot Interlock solenoid output pin current is high.)
1. Loader Pilot Interlock Valve solenoid failed.

Solution:
(On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-PLTLK from
the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector
X-PLTLK pin A, or connector X-CN2A pin 4 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 536 (White) between connector X-PLTLK
3. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for
resistance between LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID pins A and B.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace
the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the
LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID.

gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 243
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 244
5053- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP


Context:
Disable Loader Hydraulics operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5053.
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Loader Pilot Interlock solenoid to de-energize, but voltage is still active. (The fault
is only activated when Hydraulics are Disabled and Loader Pilot Interlock solenoid output pin voltage is high.)

Solution:
(On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-PLTLK from the LOADER PILOT INTERLOCK VALVE SOLENOID.
Disconnect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector
X-PLTLK pin A, or connector X-CN2A pin 4 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 536 (White) between connector X-PLTLK pin A
for voltage between connector X-PLTLK pin A and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 245
5061- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC


Context:
Cause:
1. Loader Port Lock solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5061 - Port Lock Valve (On/Off) -
Solenoid Supply OC is active.
2. Disconnect connector X-PORT_LK from the Loader Port Lock solenoid. Check for an open condition across
the solenoid by using a multi-meter to check resistance between Loader Port Lock solenoid pins 1 and 2.
A. If the resistance is normal, continue with step 3.
B. If the resistance is infinite, the solenoid is open. Replace the solenoid.
C. If the resistance is 0 Ω, the solenoid is shorted. Replace the solenoid.

3. Disconnect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Check for an open wire condition by using a multi-meter to check
continuity between connector X-PORT_LK pin 1 and connector X-CN2A pin 5.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open on wire 537 (White) between connector X-PORT_LK pin 1 and
connector X-CN2A pin 5. Replace the wire.
4. Check for continuity in the ground circuit. Use a multi-meter to check for continuity between connector
X-PORT_LK pin 2 and chassis ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use frames 26, 15, 4 and 1 to locate and
isolate the faulty wire. Repair or replace the wire.

5. Check for proper operation of the UCM. Completely power down the UCM by removing all six connectors. Using
a multi-meter, check for resistance between UCM pins CN2A-5 and CN1A-1.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 246
Code. This Diagnostic Trouble Code resolution does not completely rule out the UCM as a failure point. There-
fore, all other possibilities should be investigated before considering the UCM for replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 247
5062- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG


Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Loader Port Lock Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The
fault is only activated when Hydraulics are on and Loader Lock is off and Aux Override is off and solenoid output pin
current is high.)

2. Loader Port Lock Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
Solenoid Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-PORT_LK from the LOADER PORT LOCK SOLENOID. Dis-
connect connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-TELE from the TELEMATICS CONNECTOR.
Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-PORT_LK pin 1 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 537 (White) between SPLICE 187 and
connector X-CN2A pin 5, or on wire 304 (White) between SPLICE 187 and connector X-PORT_LK pin 1,
or on wire 308 (Yellow) between connector X-TELE pin E and SPLICE 187. Use Frames 15 and 32 to
troubleshoot and isolate the fault. Repair or replace faulty wire.
3. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER PORT LOCK SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between LOADER PORT LOCK SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER PORT LOCK SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the LOADER
PORT LOCK SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER PORT LOCK SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LOADER PORT
LOCK SOLENOID.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 248
Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 249
5063- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Port Lock Valve Solenoid. (The fault is only activated when
Hydraulics are off or Loader Lock is on or Aux Override is on and Port Lock Valve voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Port Lock Valve Solenoid.
Solution:
Solenoid Supply STP is active.
2. Check for a short to high. Disconnect connector X-PORT_LK from PORT LOCK VALVE SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-CN2A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-TELE from the TELEMATICS CONNECTOR. Using a
multi-meter, check voltage between connector X-PORT_LK pin 1 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high condition on wire 537 (White) between SPLICE 187 and connector
X-CN2A pin 5, or on wire 304 (White) between SPLICE 187 and connector X-PORT_LK pin 1, or on wire
308 (Yellow) between connector X-TELE pin E and SPLICE 187. Use Frames 15 and 32 to troubleshoot
and isolate the fault. Visually inspect the affected wires for damage. Repair or replace faulty wire.
for voltage between connector X-PORT_LK pin 1 and ground.

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 250
5121-R joy F-B axis - Pin A STP / STG / OC


Context:
In ISO Pattern, Limp Home Implement operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5121.
In H-Pattern, Limp Home Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5121.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Joystick voltage
falls out of the range of 0.2 V to 4.8 V.

3. Failure of RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5121 - R joy F-B axis - Pin A STP /
STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-UJMR from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect
connector X-CN4A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJMR pin 3 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 561 (White) between connector X-UJMR
pin 3 and connector X-CN4A pin 17. continue with step 3.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC5A from X-ECC5B. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC5B pin 9 and connector X-CN4A pin 17.
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 561 (White) between connector X-ECC5A pin
9 and connector X-UJMR pin 3, or connectors X-ECC5A and X-ECC5B are not making a good connection
at pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-UJMR pin 3, or
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 561 (White) between connector X-UJMR
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 251
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 561 (White) between connector X-UJMR pin 3
and X-ECC5A pin 9. Repair or replace the shorted conductor.
6. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-UJMR pin 3, or connector
B. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 561 (White) between connector X-UJMR
7. Locate short to high. Disconnect connector X-ECC5A from X-ECC5B. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
between connector X-UJMR pin 3 and ground.
B. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 561 (White) between connector X-UJMR
pin 3 and connector X-ECC5A pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.
8. Check for proper resistance in the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE pins 3 and 4.
B. If resistance is infinite, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has developed an open. Replace the RIGHT
HAND CONTROL HANDLE.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has shorted internally. Replace the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.
tor X-UJMR pin 4 and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 26, 23, 19, 25 and 1 to trou-
bleshoot and isolate the faulty wire.
10. Check for proper operation of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Reconnect connector X-UJMR to the RIGHT
HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect connector X-ECC5B from connector X-ECC5A. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-ECC5A pin 9 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.

for voltage between connector X-ECC5B pin 9 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the UCM has failed. Replace the UCM.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 252
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 253
5122- R joy F-B axis - Pin B STP / STG / OC


Context:
When in H-Pattern, Limp Home Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5122.
When in ISO Pattern, Limp Home Implement operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5122.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Joystick voltage
falls out of the range of 0.2 V to 4.8 V.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5122 - R joy F-B axis - Pin B STP /
STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-UJMR from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect
connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJMR pin 9 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 560 (Green) between connector X-UJMR
pin 9 and connector X-CN1B pin 13. Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC4A from X-ECC4B. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC4B pin 14 and connector X-CN1B pin 13.

4. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-ECC4A pin 14 and connec-
tor X-UJMR pin 9.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 560 (Green) between connector X-ECC4A
pin 14 and connector X-UJMR pin 9. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 254
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 560 (Green) between connector X-UJMR
check for continuity between connector X-ECC4B pin 14, or connector X-CN1B pin 13 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 560 (Green) between connector X-UJMR pin 9
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 560 (Green) between connector X-ECC4B
pin 14 and connector X-CN1B pin 13. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
7. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-UJMR pin 9, or connector
X-CN1B pin 13 and ground.
B. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 560 (Green) between connector
X-UJMR pin 9 and connector X-CN1B pin 13. Continue with step 8.
8. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-ECC4A from X-ECC4B. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
between connector X-UJMR pin 9 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 560 (Green) between connector X-ECC4B
B. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 560 (Green) between connector
X-UJMR pin 9 and connector X-ECC4A pin 14. Repair or replace the wire.
CONTROL HANDLE.
11. Check for proper operation of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Reconnect connector X-UJMR to the RIGHT
HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect connector X-ECC4B from connector X-ECC4A. Using a multi-meter, check
for voltage between connector X-ECC4A pin 14 and ground.
CONTROL HANDLE.


A. If resistance is around 56 K Ω, continue with step 14.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 255
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 256
5124- R joy F-B axis - in-range fault


Context:
When in H-Pattern, Ground Drive operating mode is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5124.
When in ISO-Pattern, Disable Boom operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5124.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On
and the sum of the Right Hand Joystick output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5124 - R joy F-B axis - in-range fault
is active.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the RIGHT
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 257
5131- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin A STG / OC


Context:
Limp Home Implement operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5131.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and pin voltage is
less than 0.2 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5131 - R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern)
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-UJMR from RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN4A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJMR, pin 2 and connector
X-CN4A, pin 24.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-UJMR,
pin 2 and connector X-CN4A, pin 24. Continue with step 3 to isolate the fault.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC5B from X-ECC5A. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC5B, pin 3 and connector X-CN4A, pin 24.
A. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-UJMR, pin 2
and connector X-ECC5A, pin 3, or connectors X-ECC5A and X-ECC5B are not making a good connection
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-ECC5B,
pin 3 and connector X-CN4A, pin 24. Repair or replace the wire.
connector X-UJMR pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-CN4A
pin 24 and connector X-UJMR pin 2. Continue with 5 to isolate the fault.
5. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-ECC5A from X-ECC5B. Using a multi-meter, check for
continuity between connector X-ECC5A, pin 3 and ground.
A. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-UJMR,
pin 2 and connector X-ECC5A, pin 3. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 258
B. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-CN4A,
pin 24 and connector X-UJMR, pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.
6. Check for proper resistance in the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
B. If resistance is infinite, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has developed an open, replace the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.
CONTROL HANDLE.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 259
5132- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin A STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed high. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Right Joystick
Voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Right Joystick.
Solution:
2. Check for short to positive condition. Disconnect connector X-UJMR from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL MODULE
X-UJMR pin 2, or connector X-CN4A pin 24 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 549 (White) between connector X-UJMR pin 2
3. Locate short to positive condition. Disconnect connector X-ECC5B from X-ECC5A. Using a multi-meter, check
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to positive condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-UJMR
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to positive condition on wire 549 (White) between connector X-ECC5B
4. Check for proper operation of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL MODULE. Reconnect connector X-UJMR to the RIGHT
HAND CONTROL MODULE. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-ECC5A pin 3 and ground.
A. If there is greater than 4.8 V, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL MODULE has failed. Replace the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL MODULE.
B. If there is less than 4.8 V,continue with step 6.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 260
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 261
5134- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin B STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and pin B voltage
is less than 0.2 V.)

Solution:
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-UJMR from RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN3A from UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJMR pin 8 and connector
X-CN3A pin 11.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-UJMR
pin 8 and connector X-CN3A pin 11. Continue with step 3 to isolate the fault.
3. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC4B from X-ECC4A. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
A. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-UJMR pin 8
and connector X-ECC4A pin 13, or connectors X-ECC4A and X-ECC4B are not making a good connection
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-ECC4B
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-UJMR
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-UJMR pin 8
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 262
6. Check for proper resistance in the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE by using a multi-meter to check for resistance
B. If resistance is infinite, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has developed an open, replace the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.
CONTROL HANDLE.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 263
5135- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin B STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed high. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Right Joystick
Voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Right Joystick.
Solution:
2. Check for short to positive condition. Disconnect connector X-UJMR from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL MODULE
X-UJMR pin 8, or connector X-CN3A pin 11 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-UJMR pin 8
3. Locate short to positive condition. Disconnect connector X-ECC4B from X-ECC4A. Using a multi-meter, check
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to positive condition on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-UJMR
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to positive condition on wire 548 (Green) between connector X-ECC4B
4. Check for proper operation of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL MODULE. Reconnect connector X-UJMR to the RIGHT
HAND CONTROL MODULE. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-ECC4A pin 13 and ground.
A. If there is greater than 4.8 V, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL MODULE has failed. Replace the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL MODULE.
B. If there is less than 4.8 V,continue with step 5.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 264
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 265
5137- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - in-range fault


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On
and the sum of the Right Hand Joystick output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE
Solution:
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the RIGHT
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 266
5141- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Aux Thumb-
wheel Axis voltage is less than 0.2 V.

2. Failure of Right Hand Control Handle.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5141 - Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A
STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-403 from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-403 pin 2 and con-
nector X-CN2B pin 28.
2 and connector X-CN2B pin 28. continue with step 3.

tor X-403 pin 2.
pin 14 and connector X-403 pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.
5. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-403 pin 2, or con-

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 267
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 547 (Yellow) between connector X-UJMR pin 2
CONTROL HANDLE.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 268
5142- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Aux Thumbwheel Pin A. (The fault is only activated when Ignition
is on and Aux Thumbwheel Pin A voltage is greater than 4.8 V.)

2. Right Hand Control Handle has internal failure.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5142 - Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A
STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-403 from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect
connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-403 pin 2, or
connector X-CN2B pin 28. Continue with step 3.
between connector X-403 pin 2 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 547 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC6B
connector X-ECC6A pin 14. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for proper operation of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Reconnect connector X-403 to the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect connector X-ECC6B from connector X-ECC6A. Using a multi-meter, check for
voltage between connector X-ECC6A pin 14 and ground.
CONTROL HANDLE.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 269

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 270
5144- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B STG / OC


Context:
Disable Aux operating mode is enabled with Fault code 5144.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Aux Thumb-
wheel voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

2. Failure of Right Hand Control Handle.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5144 - Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B
STG / OC is present.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-403 from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN4B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-403 pin 11 and
11 and connector X-CN4B pin 21. Continue with step 3.
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 546 (Yellow) between connector X-ECC6A pin
11 and connector X-403 pin 11, or connectors X-ECC6A and X-ECC6B are not making a good connection
4. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-403 pin 11, or
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 271
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 546 (Yellow) between connector X-403 pin 11
CONTROL HANDLE.
tigate nearby wiring. This fault code resolution procedure does not completely rule out the UCM as a failure
point. Therefore, all other possibilities should be investigated before the UCM is considered for replacement.
has been resolved.
B. If no damage or other than normal display readings are indicated, erase the fault code and continue oper-
ation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 272
5145-Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Aux Thumbwheel Pin B. (The fault is only activated when Ignition
is on and Aux Thumbwheel Pin B voltage is greater than 4.8 V.)

2. Right Hand Control Handle has internal failure.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5145 - Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B
STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-403 from the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN4B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-403 pin 11, or
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 546 (Yellow) between connector X-403 pin 11
and connector X-CN4B pin 21. Continue with step 3.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 546 (Yellow) between connector X-403 pin 11
4. Check for proper operation of the RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Reconnect connector X-403 to the RIGHT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 273

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 274
5147- Aux thumbwheel axis - in-range fault


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the AUX THUMBWHEEL has failed. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and the sum
of the Aux Thumbwheel output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the AUX THUMBWHEEL
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5147 - Aux thumbwheel axis - in-range
fault is active.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the AUX THUMBWHEEL has failed. Replace the AUX THUMBWHEEL.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 275
5201- L joystick L-R axis - Pin A STP / STG / OC


Context:
In ISO Pattern, Limp Home Ground Drive operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5201.
In H-Pattern, Limp Home Implement operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5201.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and the sum of the
Left Hand Joystick output voltages falls out of the range of 0.2 V to 4.8 V.)

3. Failure of LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5201 - L joystick L-R axis - Pin A STP
/ STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-UJML from the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN4A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJML pin 2 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 567 (White) between connector X-UJML
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC6B from X-ECC6A. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-ECC6B pin 1 and connector X-CN4A 25.
pin 1 and connector X-CN4A 25. Repair or replace the wire.

X-UJML pin 2.
pin 1 and connector X-UJML pin 2. Repair or replace the wire.
5. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-UJML pin 2, or
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 276
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 567 (White) between connector X-UJML
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 567 (White) between connector X-UJML pin 2
7. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-UJML pin 2, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 567 (White) between connector X-UJML pin 2
between connector X-UJML pin 2 and ground.
9. Check for proper resistance in the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE pins 2 and 4.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has developed an open. Replace the LH
JOYSTICK.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has shorted internally. Replace the LEFT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.
tor X-UJML pin 4 and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 26, 25, 23, 19, 2 and 1 to
troubleshoot and isolate the faulty wire.
11. Check for proper operation of the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Reconnect connector X-UJML to the LEFT HAND
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the LEFT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.


84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 277
C. If resistance is greater than 100 K Ω, the UCM has opened internally. 0.2Replace the UCM.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 278
5202- L joystick L-R axis - Pin B STP / STG / OC


Context:
In ISO pattern, Limp Home Ground Drive operation mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5202.
In H-Pattern, Limp Home Implement operation mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5202.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and pin voltage falls
out of the range of 0.2 V to 4.8 V.)

3. Failure of LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5202 - L joystick L-R axis - Pin B STP
/ STG / OC is active.
nector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJML pin 8 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 562 (Green) between connector X-UJML
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-ECC5B from X-ECC5A. Using a multi-meter, check continuity

tor X-UJML pin 8.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 562 (Green) between connector X-ECC5A
pin 11 and connector X-UJML pin 8. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 279
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 562 (Green) between connector X-UJML
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 562 (Green) between connector X-UJML pin 8
7. Check for short to high. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-UJML pin 8, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 562 (Green) between connector X-UJML pin 8
B. If resistance is infinite, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has developed an open. Replace the LEFT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.
CONTROL HANDLE.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 26, 25, 23, 19, 2 and 1 to
troubleshoot and isolate the faulty wire.
11. Check for proper operation of the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE. Reconnect connector X-UJML to the LEFT HAND
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the LEFT HAND
CONTROL HANDLE.


84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 280
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 281
5204-L joystick L-R axis - in-range fault


Context:
In ISO Pattern, Ground Drive operating mode is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5204.
In H-Pattern, Disable Boom operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5204.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On
and the sum of the Left Hand Joystick output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5204 - L joystick L-R axis - in-range
fault is active.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the LEFT
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 282
5211- L joy F-B axis - Pin A STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Left Joystick F-B 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On
and voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

2. Failure of Left Hand Control Handle.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5211 - L joy F-B axis - Pin A STG / OC
is active.
nector X-CN4A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJML pin 3 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 569 (White) between connector X-UJML
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 569 (White) between connector X-ECC6A pin
2 and connector X-UJML pin 3, or connectors X-ECC6A and X-ECC6B are not making a good connection
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 569 (White) between connector X-UJML
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 569 (White) between connector X-UJML pin 3
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 283
CONTROL HANDLE.
CONTROL HANDLE.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 284
5212- L joy F-B axis - Pin A STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed high. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Voltage is >
4.8 V.)

2. Left Hand Control Module.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5212 - L joy F-B axis - Pin A STP is
active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-UJML from the LH JOYSTICK. Disconnect connector X-CN4A
from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-UJML pin 3, or connector X-CN4A
pin 18 and ground.
4. Check for proper operation of the LH JOYSTICK. Reconnect connector X-UJML to the LH JOYSTICK. Discon-
nect connector X-ECC6B from connector X-ECC6A. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector
X-ECC6A pin 2 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the LH JOYSTICK has failed. Replace the LH JOYSTICK.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 285
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 286
5214-L joy F-B axis - Pin B STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Voltage falls
less than 0.2 V.)

2. Failure of Left Hand Control Handle.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5214 - L joy F-B axis - Pin B STG / OC
is active.
nector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-UJML pin 9 and
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 568 (Green) between connector X-UJML
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 568 (Green) between connector X-ECC5A pin
12 and connector X-UJML pin 9, or connectors X-ECC5A and X-ECC5B are not making a good connection
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 568 (Green) between connector X-UJML
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 568 (Green) between connector X-UJML pin 9
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 287
CONTROL HANDLE.
CONTROL HANDLE.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 288
5215- L joy F-B axis - Pin B STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed high. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Voltage is >
4.8 V.)

2. Failure of Left Hand Control Module.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5215 - L joy F-B axis - Pin B STP is
active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-UJML from the LH JOYSTICK. Disconnect connector X-CN2B
from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-UJML pin 9, or connector X-CN2B
pin 31 and ground.
4. Check for proper operation of the LH JOYSTICK. Reconnect connector X-UJML to the LH JOYSTICK. Discon-
nect connector X-ECC5B from connector X-ECC5A. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector
X-ECC5A pin 12 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the LH JOYSTICK has failed. Replace the LH JOYSTICK.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 289
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 290
5217- L joy F-B axis - in-range fault


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. (The fault is only activated when Engine is on and
the sum of the Left Hand Handle output voltages falls out of the range of 4.8 V to 5.2 V.)
1. Failure of the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5217 - L joy F-B axis - in-range fault
is active.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the LEFT HAND CONTROL HANDLE has failed. Replace the LEFT
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 291
5221- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Raise A Supply OC


Context:
Disable Boom is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5221.
Cause:
UCM has sent a signal to the Boom Valve Solenoid to energize, but the UCM does not sense proper current flow.
(The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and current from pin A is abnormal..)
1. Loader Valve Extend solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5221 - Loader Arm Valve (Directional)
- Solenoid Raise A Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-28 from the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Disconnect
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 513 (White) between connector X-28 pin
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-88 from connector X-10. Using a multi-meter, check continuity
between connector X-10 pin 7 and connector X-CN3B pin 6.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 513 (White) between connector X-10 pin 7
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 513 (White) between connector X-88 pin 7 and
connector X-28 pin 1, or connectors X-88 and X-10 are not making a good connection at pin 7. Repair or
replace the wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the LOADER
VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LOADER
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 292
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 293
5222- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Raise A Supply STG


Context:
Disable Boom operation mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5222.
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Loader Valve Extend Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The
fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and Aux Override is disabled and Loader Lock is Off and solenoid
output pin current is high.)

2. Loader Valve Extend Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
- Solenoid Raise A Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-28 from the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-28 pin 1, or
continuity between connector X-10 pin 7, or connector X-CN3B pin 6 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 513 (White) between connector X-28 pin 1 and
X-88 pin 7. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the LOADER
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LOADER
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 294

Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 295
5231- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Lower B Supply OC


Context:
Disable Boom operation mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5231.
Cause:
UCM has sent a signal to the Boom Valve Solenoid to energize, but the UCM does not sense proper current flow.
(The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and current from pin B is abnormal.)
1. Loader Valve Retract solenoid has failed.

Solution:
- Solenoid Lower B Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-27 from the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Disconnect
between connector X-10 pin 5 and connector X-CN3A pin 22.
replace the wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LOADER
VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 296
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 297
5232- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Lower B Supply

STG

Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Loader Valve Retract Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The
fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and Aux Override is disabled and Loader Lock is Off and solenoid
output pin current is high.)

2. Loader Valve Retract Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
- Solenoid Lower B Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-27 from the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Discon-
nect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-27 pin 1,
or connector X-CN3A pin 22 and ground.
continuity between connector X-10 pin 5, or connector X-CN3A pin 22 and ground.
5 and connector X-CN3A pin 22. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the LOADER
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 298

Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 299
5241- Boom Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Boom Valve Solenoids ground line. (The fault is only activated
when Hydraulics are disabled, ignition is on and solenoid voltage is greater than 5 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5241 - Boom Valve (Directional) -
Common Solenoid (C) Return STP is present.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN3A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN3B from
the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-27 from the LOADER VALVE
RETRACT. Disconnect connector X-28 from the LOADER VALVE EXTEND. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1019/1080 (Black) between connector X-CN2B
pin 7 and connector X-27 pin 2, or on wire 1081 (Black) between SPLICE 155 and connector X-28 pin 2.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 300
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 301
5242- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Loader Arm Solenoids STG


Context:
Disable Boom is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5242.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the solenoid return voltage is low. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are disabled
and solenoid return voltage is low.)

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
- Loader Arm Solenoids STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-27 from the LOADER VALVE EXTEND. Disconnect connector
X-28 from the LOADER VALVE RETRACT. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter,
check for continuity between connector X-27 pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 1019/1080 (White) between connector
X-CN2B pin 7 and connector X-27 pin 2, or on wire 1081 (White) between SPLICE 155 and connector X-28
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 302

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 303
5243- Boom Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed abnormal current on the Boom Valve Solenoids ground line. (The fault is only activated when
Hydraulics are enabled and Boom Valve solenoid ground line current is abnormal.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5243 - Boom Valve (Directional) -
Common Solenoid (C) Return OC is active.
2. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-27
from the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-28 from the LOADER VALVE EXTEND
SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN2B pin 7 and connector X-27 pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1019 (Blue) between X-CN2B pin 7 and
SPLICE 155. Continue with step 3.

3. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-88 from connector X-10. Using a multi-meter, check
for continuity between X-88 pin 6 and X-27 pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1019 (Blue) between X-88 pin 6 and SPLICE
155. Repair or replace wire.

4. Check for an open wire condition. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-10 pin 6 and
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1019 (Blue) between X-10 pin 6 and con-
nector X-CN2B pin 7. Repair or replace wire.
connector.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 304
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 305
5251- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid rollback (A)

Supply OC

Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed abnormal solenoid current flow. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and current
from pin A is abnormal.)
1. Bucket Valve solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5251 - Loader Bucket Valve (Direc-
tional) - Solenoid rollback (A) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-25 from the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Disconnect

4. Locate the open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-88 pin 1 and connector X-25
pin 1.
connector.
5. Check for proper resistance in the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 306
B. If resistance is infinite, the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the BUCKET
6. Check for proper resistance in the ground circuit. Disconnect connector X-88 from connector X-10. Using a
multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-25 pin 2 and ground.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 26, 25 and 24 to troubleshoot
7. Check for proper resistance of the UCM. Completely power down the UCM by removing all eight connectors.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 307
5252- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid rollback (A)

Supply STG

Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Bucket Valve Retract Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The
fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and solenoid output pin current is greater than 3 A.)

2. Bucket Valve Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
tional) - Solenoid rollback (A) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-25 from
the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-25 pin
4. Check for proper resistance in the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the
BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the BUCKET
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 308

Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 309
5261- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid dump (B) Supply OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed abnormal solenoid current flow. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and current
from pin B is abnormal.)
1. Bucket Valve solenoid has failed.

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5261 - Bucket Valve (Directional) -
Solenoid dump (B) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-26 from the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Disconnect
replace the wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the BUCKET
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the BUCKET
5. Check for proper resistance in the ground circuit. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 310
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 311
5262- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid dump (B) Supply STG


Context:
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Bucket Valve Retract Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage detected. (The
fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and solenoid output pin current is greater than 3 A.)

2. Bucket Valve Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
Solenoid dump (B) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN4A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-26 from
the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-26 pin 1,
or connector X-CN4A pin 19 and ground.
connector X-88 pin 3. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
4. Check for proper resistance in the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace the BUCKET
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the BUCKET

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 312

Code.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 313
5271- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Bucket Valve Solenoids ground line. (The fault is only activated
when Hydraulics are disabled and voltage feedback is greater than 5 V.)

Solution:
Common Solenoid (C) Return STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN4A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN3B from
the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-25 from the BUCKET VALVE
RETRACT. Disconnect connector X-26 from the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1018/1078 (Black) between connector X-CN1A
pin 13 and connector X-25 pin 2, or on wire 1079 (Black) between SPLICE 154 and connector X-26 pin 2.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 314
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 315
5272- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Loader Bucket Solenoids

STG

Context:
Disable Bucket is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5272.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the solenoid return voltage is low. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are disabled
and solenoid return voltage is low.)

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
tional) - Loader Bucket Solenoids STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-26 from the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND. Disconnect connector
X-25 from the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter,
check for continuity between connector X-25 pin 2 and ground.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 316
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 317
5273- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed abnormal current . (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics is enabled and Bucket Valve solenoid
return line current is abnormal.)

Solution:
Common Solenoid (C) Return OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-25 from the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Disconnect
connector X-26 from the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Using
a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-25 pin 2 and connector X-CN1A pin 13.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1018 (Blue) between SPLICE 154 and
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1018 (Blue) between connector X-10 pin 2

pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1018 (Blue) between SPLICE 154 and
connector.
Using a multi-meter, check for resistance between UCM pinsCN1A-13 and CN1A-1.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 318
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 319
5281- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Forward (A) Supply OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed improper Loader Auxiliary Valve solenoid current. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are
enabled and solenoid supply current is incorrect.)

2. Failure of Proportional Aux Valve Extend solenoid.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5281 - Aux Valve (Directional) - Sole-
noid Forward (A) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-24 from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Dis-
connect connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-24 pin
1 and connector X-CN1B pin 33.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 514 (White) between connector X-10 pin

X-24 pin 1.
connector.
5. Check for proper resistance in the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check
for resistance between PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 320
B. If resistance is infinite, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace
the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the
PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 321
5282- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Forward (A) Supply STG


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Proportional Aux Valve Extend solenoid has high output current. (The fault is only activated
when Hydraulics are enabled and solenoid output pin current is greater than 3 A.)

2. Failure of Proportional Aux Valve Extend solenoid.
Solution:
noid Forward (A) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-24 from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
Disconnect connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-24
pin 1, or connector X-CN1B pin 33 and ground.
4. Check for proper resistance in the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check
for resistance between PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has developed an open. Replace
the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the
PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 322

replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 323
5291- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Reverse (B) Supply OC


Context:
Cause:
1. Proportional Aux Valve Retract Solenoid has failed.

Solution:
noid Reverse (B) Supply OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-29 from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-29
pin 1 and connector X-CN1A pin 24.
3. Locate the open circuit. Disconnect connector X-88 from X-10. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between
connector X-10 pin 10 and connector X-CN1A pin 24.
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 515 (White) between connector X-88 pin 10
and connector X-29 pin 1, or connectors X-88 and X-10 are not making a good connection at pin 10.
4. Check for proper resistance in the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check
for resistance between PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has developed an open. Re-
place the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the
PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 324
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 26, 25 and 24 to troubleshoot
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 325
5292- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Reverse (B) Supply STG


Context:
Disable Auxiliary operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5292.
Cause:
The UCM has sent a signal to the Proportional Aux Valve Retract Solenoid to energize, but there is no voltage de-
tected. (The fault is only activated when Hydraulics are Enabled and solenoid output pin current feedback is greater
than 3 A.)

2. Proportional Aux Valve Retract Solenoid has failed.
Solution:
noid Reverse (B) Supply STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-29 from
the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector
X-29 pin 1, or connector X-CN1A pin 24 and ground.
4. Check for proper resistance in the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter to check
for resistance between PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
B. If resistance is infinite, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has developed an open. Re-
place the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID has shorted internally. Replace the
PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 326

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 327
5309- Float Button - Float Button Timeout (30 sec)


Context:
Loader Float is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5309.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Float button output is
high for more than 30 s.)
1. Failure of Float Button.

3. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5309 - Float Button - Float Button
Timeout (30 sec) is active.
2. Check for proper resistance in the FLOAT BUTTON. Disconnect connector X-403 from the FLOAT BUTTON. Using
a multi-meter, check for resistance between FLOAT BUTTON pins 13 and 14.
A. If resistance is infinite, the FLOAT BUTTON is not closed. Continue with step 3.
B. If resistance is 0 Ω, the FLOAT BUTTON has shorted internally. Replace the FLOAT BUTTON.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 328
5409- CAN Message Error - Aux Override Disabled due to Aux

Override Button Timeout (30 sec)

Context:
Aux Override is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5409.
Cause:
The Instrument Cluster has sensed an error with the Aux Override Button status. (The fault is activated when ignition
is on and CAN message from AIC is high for more than 30 seconds.
Solution:
1. Use the EST to verify 5409 - CAN Message Error - Aux Override Disabled due to Aux Override Button
Timeout (30 sec) is active.

2. If the fault persists, it is an indication of an INSTRUMENT CLUSTER failure. Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 329
5501- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - Sensor STG / OC


Context:
Limp Home Implement Hydraulics operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5501.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is On and Spool sensor

3. Boom Spool Position Sensor has failed.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5501 - Loader Arm Spool Sensor -
Sensor STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-22 from the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-22 pin A and connector
X-CN3B pin 13.
A and connector X-CN3B pin 13. Continue with step 3.
connector X-10 pin 8 and connector X-CN3B pin 13.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 571 (Yellow) between connector X-10 pin
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 571 (Yellow) between connector X-88 pin 8
and connector X-22 pin A, or connectors X-88 and X-10 are not making a good connection at pin 8. Repair
or replace the wire.
4. Check for a short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-22 pin A, or con-
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 571 (Yellow) between connector X-22 pin A and
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 330
6. Check for proper resistance in the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR pins A and B.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has developed an open. Replace the BOOM
SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the BOOM SPOOL
POSITION SENSOR.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open in the ground circuit. Use Frames 26, 25, 24, and 1 to troubleshoot
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 331
5502- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - Sensor STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Loader Arm Spool Sensor. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On and Loader Arm Spool Sensor voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Loader Arm Spool Sensor.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5502 - Loader Arm Spool Sensor -
Sensor STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-22 from the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-22 pin A, or con-
B. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 571 (Yellow) between connector X-22
pin A and connector X-CN3B pin 13. Continue with step 3.
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-88 from X-10. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between
connector X-22 pin A and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 571 (Yellow) between connector X-10 pin 8
B. If voltage greater than 4.8 V, there is a short to high source on wire 571 (Yellow) between connector X-22
pin A and connector X-88 pin 8. Repair or replace the wire.
4. Check for proper operation of the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Reconnect connector X-22 to the BOOM
SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect connector X-10 from connector X-88. Using a multi-meter, check for volt-
age between connector X-88 pin 8 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has failed. Replace the BOOM SPOOL
POSITION SENSOR.

for voltage between connector X-10 pin 8 and ground.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 332
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 333
5504- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - Sensor STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On and Bucket Spool
Position Sensor voltage is less than 0.2 V.)

3. Bucket Spool Position Sensor has failed.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5504 - Bucket Valve Spool sensor -
Sensor STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-21 from the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect
B. If there is continuity, Continue with step 4.

pin 4.
B. If there is continuity, connectors X-88 and X-10 are not making a good connection at pin 4. Repair or
replace the connector.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 334
7. Check for proper resistance in the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Using a multi-meter to check for resistance
between BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR pins 3 and 4.
B. If resistance is infinite, the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has developed an open. Replace the BUCKET
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the BUCKET
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 335
5505- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - Sensor STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Bucket Valve Spool Sensor. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On and Bucket Valve Spool Sensor voltage is high.)

2. Failure of Bucket Valve Spool Sensor.
Solution:
Sensor STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-21 from the
BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-21 pin 4, or
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-88 from connector X-10. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
4. Check for proper operation of the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Reconnect connector X-21 to the BUCKET
SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-CN3B pin 12 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has failed. Replace the BUCKET

5. Check for proper operation of the UCM. Reconnect connector X-CN3B to the UCM. Disconnect connector X-10
from connector X-88. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-10 pin 4 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 336
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 337
5507-Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - Sensor STG / OC


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the 5 V signal has failed low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is on and spool sensor

3. Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor has failed.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5507 - Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor
- Sensor STG / OC is active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-23 from the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect
connector X-10 pin 13 and connector X-CN3B pin 14.
B. If there is continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 572 (Yellow) between connector X-88 pin
13 and connector X-23 pin 4, or connectors X-88 and X-10 are not making a good connection at pin 13.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 338
6. Check for proper resistance in the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Using a multi-meter to check for resis-
tance between AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR pins 3 and 4.
B. If resistance is infinite, the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has developed an open. Replace the
AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
C. If resistance is 0 Ω, the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has shorted internally. Replace the AUXILIARY
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 339
5508- Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - Sensor STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor. (The fault is only activated when
Ignition is On and Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor voltage is greater than 4.8 V.)

2. Failure of Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor.
Solution:
- Sensor STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN3B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-23 from the
AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-23 pin 13, or
3. Locate the short to high. Disconnect connector X-88 from X-10. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between
connector X-23 pin 4 and ground.
4. Check for proper operation of the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Reconnect connector X-23 to the
AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect connector X-10 from connector X-88. Using a multi-meter,
check for voltage between connector X-88 pin 13 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 4.8 V, the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has failed. Replace the AUXILIARY

for voltage between connector X-10 pin 13 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 340

gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 341
5511- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - implausible state sensor vs

loader arm command, stuck spool/PRV

Context:
Loader Hydraulics are disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5511.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Boom Spool Position Sensor does not agree with the direction of Loader travel. (The fault is
only activated when Engine is On and the Boom Spool Position Sensor senses Loader movement when the solenoids
are not energized or Loader movement opposite of the energized solenoid.)

2. Failure of Boom Spool Position Sensor.
3. Stuck open or shut valve boom spool.
Solution:
1. Verify Boom Spool Valve is not mechanically stuck before troubleshooting this fault electrically. Use the machine
to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5511 - Loader Arm Spool Sensor - implausible state
sensor vs loader arm command, stuck spool/PRV is active.
2. Check for proper connections to LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID and LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
Ensure that connector X-27 is connected to the LOADER VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
Ensure that connector X-28 is connected to the LOADER VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
correctly.
3. Check for proper connections to AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR, BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR, and
BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-21 is connected to the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-22 is connected to the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
Ensure that connector X-23 is connected to the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
B. If any connector is not correctly installed, Use frame 24 to ensure connectors X-21, X-22, and X-23, are
installed correctly.
4. Check Instrument Cluster or EST for other Trouble Codes.
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the BOOM SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has failed. Replace the BOOM
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 342
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 343
5512- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - implausible state sensor vs

loader bucket command

Context:
Loader Hydraulics are disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5512.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Bucket Spool Position Sensor does not agree with the direction of Bucket travel. (The
fault is only activated when Engine is On and the Bucket Spool Position Sensor senses Bucket movement when the
solenoids are not energized or Bucket movement opposite of the energized solenoid.)

2. Failure of Bucket Spool Position Sensor.
Solution:
implausible state sensor vs loader bucket command is active.
2. Check for proper connections to BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID and BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
Ensure that connector X-25 is connected to the BUCKET VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
Ensure that connector X-26 is connected to the BUCKET VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
correctly.
B. If either connector is not correctly installed, Use frame 24 to ensure connectors X-21, X-22, and X-23, are
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has failed. Replace the
BUCKET SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 344
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 345
5513- Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - implausible state sensor vs

auxiliary command

Context:
Loader Hydraulics are is disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5513.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the Auxiliary Valve Spool Position Sensor does not agree with the direction of Auxiliary travel.
(The fault is only activated when Engine is On and the Auxiliary Spool Position Sensor senses Auxiliary movement
when the solenoids are not energized or Auxiliary movement opposite of the energized solenoid.)

2. Failure of Auxiliary Spool Position Sensor.
Solution:
- implausible state sensor vs auxiliary command is active.
2. Check for proper connections to PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID and PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE
EXTEND SOLENOID.
Ensure that connector X-29 is connected to the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID.
Ensure that connector X-24 is connected to the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID.
correctly.
B. If either connector is not correctly installed, Use frame 24 to ensure connectors X-21, X-22, and X-23 are
B. If the no other Trouble Codes are active, the AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR has failed. Replace the
AUXILIARY SPOOL POSITION SENSOR.
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 346
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 347
5601- Aux Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP


Context:
Disable Aux is enabled with Fault code 5601.
Cause:
UCM has sensed higher than normal voltage on the Proportional Aux Valve Solenoid Common Return. (The fault is
only activated when Ignition is on, hydraulics are disabled, and solenoid voltage feedback is greater than 5 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5601 - Aux Valve (Directional) - Com-
mon Solenoid Return STP is present.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN1B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the
UCM. Disconnect connector X-29 from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT. Disconnect connector X-24
from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-29
pin 1 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1020/1082 (Blue) between connector X-CN1A
gate nearby wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 348
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 349
5602- Loader Auxiliary Valve (Directional) - Loader Auxiliary

Solenoids STG

Context:
Disable aux operating mode is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5602.
Cause:

2. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5602 - Loader Auxiliary Valve (Direc-
tional) - Loader Auxiliary Solenoids STG is active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-24 from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE EXTEND. Discon-
nect connector X-29 from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the
UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-29 pin 2 and ground.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 350
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 351
5603- Loader Auxiliary Valve (Directional) - Solenoids Return OC


Context:
Cause:

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5603 - Loader Auxiliary Valve (Direc-
tional) - Solenoids Return OC is active.
2. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-CN1A from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-29
from the PROPORTIONAL AUX VALVE RETRACT SOLENOID. Disconnect connector X-24 from the PROPORTIONAL
AUX VALVE EXTEND SOLENOID. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-CN1A pin 22 and
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1020 (Blue) between connector X-CN1A
pin 22 and SPLICE 156. Continue with step 3.

3. Check for an open wire condition. Disconnect connector X-88 from connector X-10. Using a multi-meter, check
for continuity between connector X-88 pin 11 and connector X-29 pin 2.
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1020 (Blue) between connector X-88 pin
11 and SPLICE 156. Repair or replace wire.

4. Check for an open wire condition. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-10 pin 11 and
A. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 1020 (Blue) between connector X-10 pin
11 and connector X-CN1A pin 22. Repair or replace wire.
connector.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 352
replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 353
5701- Pattern Switch - STG / OC


Context:
Freeze Current Pattern is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5701.
Cause:
UCM has sensed all 3 Drive Pattern Select pins are low. (The fault is only activated when Engine is on and all 3 pins
are less than 1.5 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5701 - Pattern Switch - STG / OC is
active.
2. Check for short to ground. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN1B from
the UCM. Disconnect connector X-95 from the DRIVE PATTERN SELECT. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 521 (Yellow) between connector X-95 pin 3 and
3. Check for short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-95 pin 1 and ground.
4. Check for short to ground. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-95 pin 6 and ground.
5. Check for an open circuit. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-95 pin 1 and connector
X-CN2B pin 20.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open on wire 522 (Yellow) between connector X-95 pin 1 and connector
X-CN2B pin 20, or connectors X-ECC4B and X-ECC4A are not making a good connection at pin 9. Repair
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 354
X-CN1B pin 15.
X-CN1B pin 15, or connectors X-ECC4B and X-ECC4A are not making a good connection at pin 4. Repair
X-CN2B pin 21.
X-CN2B pin 21, or connectors X-ECC4B and X-ECC4A are not making a good connection at pin 11.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 355
5703- Pattern Switch - STP


Context:
Freeze Current Pattern is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 5703.
Cause:
UCM has sensed 2 or more Drive Pattern Select pins are high. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is on and 2
or more pins are greater than 3.5 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5703 - Pattern Switch - STP is active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-CN2B from the UCM. Disconnect connector X-CN1B from
the UCM. Disconnect connector X-95 from the DRIVE PATTERN SELECT. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 356
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 357
5811- switch - implausible state


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed an implausible state of the Loader Lockout switch. (The fault is activated when Engine is on, EU
Roading Option is activated, and both inputs are greater than 3.5 V or both inputs are less than 1.5 V.)

2. Failure of Loader Lockout switch.
3. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 5811 - switch - implausible state is
active.
2. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-306 from the LOADER LOCKOUT SWITCH. Disconnect connector
X-CN2B pin 23.
C and connector X-CN2B pin 23. Continue with step 3.
continuity between connector X-ECC4B pin 3 and connector X-CN2B pin 23.

X-306 pin C.
5. Check for open circuit. Disconnect connector X-306 from the LOADER LOCKOUT SWITCH. Disconnect connector
X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check continuity between connector X-306 pin A and connector
X-CN3B pin 19.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 358
continuity between connector X-ECC4B pin 12 and connector X-CN3B pin 19.

tor X-306 pin A.
pin 12 and connector X-306 pin A. Repair or replace the wire.
8. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-306 from the LOADER LOCKOUT SWITCH. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-306 pin C, or
pin C and connector X-CN2B pin 23. Continue with step 9.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 398 (Yellow) between connector X-306 pin C
10. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-306 from the LOADER LOCKOUT SWITCH. Disconnect con-
nector X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-306 pin A, or
pin A and connector X-CN3B pin 19. Continue with step 11.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 312 (Yellow) between connector X-306 pin A
12. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-306 from the LOADER LOCKOUT SWITCH. Disconnect connector
X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-306 pin C, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 398 (Yellow) between connector X-306 pin C and
for voltage between connector X-306 pin C, or connector X-ECC4A pin 3 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 359
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 398 (Yellow) between connector X-306 pin C and
14. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-306 from the LOADER LOCKOUT SWITCH. Disconnect connector
X-CN3B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-306 pin A, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 312 (Yellow) between connector X-306 pin A and
for voltage between connector X-306 pin A, or connector X-ECC4A pin 12 and ground.
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 312 (Yellow) between connector X-306 pin A and
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 360
9151- CAN Connection - CAN communication timed out after 5

seconds

Context:
Limp Home Loader Hydraulics operating mode and Limp Home Ground Drive operating mode are enabled with Di-
agnostic Trouble Code 9151.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that CAN messages are not received. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On, code 1350 is
not active, Crank Pin is low and CAN message is not received for 5 s.)

2. Failure of UCM.
3. Open or shorted wire in system.
Solution:
1. Trouble code 9151 may not be displayed on the Instrument Cluster due to the nature of the fault. Use indications
of no trouble codes displayed on the Instrument Cluster with Limp Home Loader Hydraulics and Limp Home
Ground Drive operating modes enabled to help determine if trouble code 9151 is active. Use the machine to
recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9151 - CAN Connection - CAN communication timed out
after 5 seconds is active.
X-C23 pin 4.
X-C23 pin 6.

X-CN1B pin 34.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 361

X-CN1B pin 25.
8. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-TELE from TELEMATICS. Using a multi-meter, check for
continuity between connector X-CN1B pin 34, or connector X-C23 pin 4 and ground.
connector X-C23 pin 6 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 502 (Yellow) between connector X-CN1B pin 34
and X-ECC1B pin 3 or between SPLICE 188 and connector X-TELE pin M. Repair or replace the shorted
wire.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 507 (Green) between connector X-CN1B pin 25
and X-ECC1B pin 4 or between SPLICE 189 and connector X-TELE pin N. Repair or replace the shorted
wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 362

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 363
9152-CAN connection - CAN communication timed out after 5

seconds

Context:
All hydraulics are disabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 9152.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that CAN messages are not received. (The fault is only activated when Ignition is On, code 1350 is
active, Crank Pin is low and CAN message is not received for 5 s.)

2. Failure of UCM.
3. Open or shorted wire in system.
Solution:
1. Trouble code 9152 may not be displayed on the Instrument Cluster due to the nature of the fault. Use indications
of no trouble codes displayed on the Instrument Cluster with no hydraulics available to help determine if trouble
code 9152 is active. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9152 - CAN
connection - CAN communication timed out after 5 seconds is active.
X-C23 pin 4.
X-C23 pin 6.

X-CN1B pin 34.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 364

X-CN1B pin 25.
8. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-TELE from TELEMATICS. Using a multi-meter, check for
continuity between connector X-CN1B pin 34, or connector X-C23 pin 4 and ground.
connector X-C23 pin 6 and ground.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 502 (Yellow) between connector X-CN1B pin 34
and X-ECC1B pin 3 or between SPLICE 188 and connector X-TELE pin M. Repair or replace the shorted
wire.
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 507 (Green) between connector X-CN1B pin 25
and X-ECC1B pin 4 or between SPLICE 189 and connector X-TELE pin N. Repair or replace the shorted
wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 365

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 366
9158- H pattern indicator - STG


Context:
Flash Pattern to Text display occurs with Diagnostic Trouble Code 9158.
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the H-Pattern indicator voltage signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when ISO Pattern
is active and Pattern Select voltage is less than 5 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9158 - H pattern indicator - STG is
active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-95 from the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-95 pin 8, or connector
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 1024 (Blue) between connector X-95 pin
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 1024 (Blue) between connector X-95 pin 8 and
X-ECC3A pin 8. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 1024 (Blue) between connector X-ECC3B
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 367
9159- ISO pattern indicator - STG


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the ISO-Pattern indicator voltage signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when H-Pattern
is active and Pattern Select voltage is less than 5 V.)

Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9159 - ISO pattern indicator - STG is
active.
2. Check for a short to ground. Disconnect connector X-95 from the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR. Disconnect connec-
tor X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for continuity between connector X-95 pin 9, or connector
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 1023 (Blue) between connector X-95 pin
A. If there is no continuity, there is a short to ground on wire 1023 (Blue) between connector X-95 pin 9 and
X-ECC3A pin 6. Repair or replace the shorted wire.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 1023 (Blue) between connector X-ECC3B
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 368
9160- H pattern indicator - STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the H-Pattern indicator voltage signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when H-Pattern is
active and Drive Pattern Selector voltage is greater than 8 V.)

2. Failure of Drive Pattern Selector.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9160 - H pattern indicator - STP is
active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-95 from the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN2A from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-95 pin 8, or connector
B. If there is voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1024 (Blue) between connector X-95 pin 8 and
for voltage between connector X-95 pin 8, or connector X-ECC3A pin 8 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1024 (Blue) between connector X-ECC3B pin
4. Check for proper operation of the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR. Reconnect connector X-95 to the DRIVE PATTERN
SELECTOR. Disconnect connector X-ECC3A from connector X-ECC3B. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
between connector X-ECC3A pin 8 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 8 V, the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR has failed. Replace the DRIVE PATTERN
SELECTOR.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 369

replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 370
9161- ISO pattern indicator - STP


Context:
Cause:
UCM has sensed that the ISO Pattern indicator voltage signal has failed. (The fault is only activated when ISO Pattern
is active and Drive Pattern Selector voltage is greater than 8 V.)

2. Failure of Drive Pattern Selector.
Solution:
1. Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 9161 - ISO pattern indicator - STP is
active.
2. Check for short to high. Disconnect connector X-95 from the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR. Disconnect connector
X-CN2B from the UCM. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage between connector X-95 pin 9, or connector
for voltage between connector X-95 pin 9, or connector X-ECC3A pin 6 and ground.
A. If there is no voltage, there is a short to high source on wire 1023 (Blue) between connector X-ECC3B pin
4. Check for proper operation of the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR. Reconnect connector X-95 to the DRIVE PATTERN
SELECTOR. Disconnect connector X-ECC3A from connector X-ECC3B. Using a multi-meter, check for voltage
between connector X-ECC3A pin 6 and ground.
A. If voltage is greater than 8 V, the DRIVE PATTERN SELECTOR has failed. Replace the DRIVE PATTERN
SELECTOR.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 371

replacement.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 372
1903- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage Below Operational Limit

Control Module : UCm

Context:
Cause:
low, and UCM input voltage is less than 9 V.)
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1903 - UCM - UCM Supply Voltage
Below Operational Limit is active.
between connector X-CN1A pin 20 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C6.
B. If there is no continuity, there is an open wire condition on wire 189 (Red) between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C6 and connector X-CN1A pin 20. Repair or replace the wire.
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C6 and ground.
B. If there is continuity, there is a short to ground condition on wire 189 (Red) between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C6 and connector X-CN1A pin 20. Repair or replace the wire.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 373
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 374
1910- UCM - Rail 12VH - Ldr Plt Interlk & Port Lock Input Power OFF
Control Module : UCm

Context:
Disable Loader Hydraulics is enabled with Diagnostic Trouble Code 1910.
Cause:
1. Blown fuse.
4. Failure of UCM.
Solution:
Use the machine to recreate conditions for error. Use the EST to verify 1910 - UCM - Rail 12VH - Ldr Plt Interlk
& Port Lock Input Power OFF is active.
between connector X-CN2A pin 7 and ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C4.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C4 and connector X-CN2A pin 7. Repair or replace the wire.
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C4.
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C4 and ground.

84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 375
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 2 pin C4 and connector X-CN2A pin 7, or on wire 163 (Orange) between
gate nearby wiring.
has been resolved.
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 376
Index

SYSTEMS - A
FAULT CODES - 50.A

1002- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - Over Temperature >110° C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1004- Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - Hydraulic Filter Restricted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
1009- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - Over Temperature >210° F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1014- Cluster Battery Monitor - Over Voltage > 16.5 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
1015-Cluster Battery Monitor - Under Voltage < 11.5 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1025- Throttle Sensor - out of range STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1030- Throttle Sensor - out of range STG/OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
1041- RPM Monitoring - Over Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
1045- Fuel Level Sensor - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
111-EGR potentiometer valve could not be completely opened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
112-EGR potentiometer valve could not be completely closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
119-Engine crank signal present for 300 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1201- Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
1202- RPM Monitoring - Over Speed (Max) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1203- RPM Monitoring - Open Circuit / STG / STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1204- Start Sequence - Key Switch State - Engine Running Plausability Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1205- Hydraulic Enable (EH Machines) - Hydraulic Enable Output - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1206- CAN Connection - Configuration Response Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
1207- Memory Parameters - Invalid configuration between IC and UCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
1208- Seat Switch - Plausibility Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1211- Calibration Functions - Joystick Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
1212- Calibration Functions - Ground Drive Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 377
1213- Calibration Functions - Loader Valve Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
1214- Calibration Functions - Throttle Calibration not Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
1221- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Temperature / Current Draw Over Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1222- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over Temperature Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
1223- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - UCM Sustained Over Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
1224- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - Internal Memory or Core Monitoring Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
1225- Health Monitor Functions - UCM - EEPROM Memory Checksum Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
126-Battery voltage fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
131-Coolant temperature sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
134-Intake air pressure sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1350- Hyd Ena switch - Implausible State (Hardwire vs CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
141-Engine speed sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1511- Brake Lights - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
L213 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L215 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L218 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L220 WE Electro
hydraulic controls, L223 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L225 WE Electro hydraulic controls, L230 WE Electro hydraulic controls,
C227 WE Electro hydraulic controls, C232 WE Electro hydraulic controls, C238 WE Electro hydraulic controls
1512- Brake Lights - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
1513- Brake Lights - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1521- Brake Lights - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
1522- Brake Lights - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
1523- Brake Lights - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
1532- Backup Alarm - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
1533- Backup Alarm - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
186-EGR valve position sensor fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
189-EGR valve position driver fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 378
1900- UCM - UCM Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
1901- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
1902- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
1903- UCM - UCM Supply Voltage Below Operational Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
1904- UCM - Rail 12VB - 5V regulators supply Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
1905- UCM - 5VREF1 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1906- UCM - 5VREF3 Sensor Supply Voltage Out of Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
1907- UCM - Rail 12VF1 - Aux Retract Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
1908- UCM - Rail 12VF2 - Bucket Extend Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
1909- UCM - Rail 12VF3 - Boom Raise/Lower Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
1910- UCM - Rail 12VH - Ldr Plt Interlk & Port Lock Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
1911- UCM - Rail 12VH1 - Left & Right Pmp Reverse Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
1912- UCM - Rail 12VM - Lft & Rgt Brake Lights & Aux Extend Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
1913- UCM - Rail 12VS1 - Bucket Curl Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
1914- UCM - Rail 12VS2 - Backup Alarm Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
1915- UCM - Rail 12VT1 - Two Speed Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
1916- UCM - Rail 12VU1 - Right & Left Pumps Forward Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
1917- UCM - Rail 12VU2 - Park Brake Solenoid Input Power OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
1E5-Sensor voltage supply fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
2E5-Sensor ground fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 379
3000- Engine Malfunction - ECU Fault - General/Undefined/Air Filter Restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3007- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3008- Engine Coolant Temperature Sender - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3028- Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil Pressure Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3029- Engine Oil Pressure Switch - Engine Oil Pressure Switch OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3154- Engine Preheat - Glow Plug - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
3156- Engine Preheat - Glow Plug - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3401- Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3402- Engine Start - Fuel Solenoid - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3403- Starter - Starter is cranked > 30s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3404- Starter - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3405- Starter - STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4043- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4044- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4055- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4056- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
4057- Park Brake Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4061- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4062- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
4071- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4072- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
4081- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
4082- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Pumps Forward Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
4083- Forward Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
4309- Park Brake Button - Park Brake Button Timeout (30 sec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
4361-Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 380
4362- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Right (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4371- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4372- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Solenoid Left (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
4381- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4382- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Pumps Reverse Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
4383- Reverse Pump Control Valves (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
4401- Park Brake (Mechanical Machines) - Park Brake Solenoid - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4402- Park Brake (Mechanical Machines) - Park Brake Solenoid - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4431- Park Brake Pressure Switch - Pressure Switch (plausibility check with solenoid valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
4731- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
4732- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
4734- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
4735- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
4737- Right Swashplate angle sensor - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
4741- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
4742- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4744- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
4745- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
4747- Left Swashplate angle sensor - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 381
4752- Left Swashplate angle sensor - Implausible command, command does not match with swashplate angle 232
4754- Right Swashplate angle sensor - Implausible command, command does not match with swashplate angle
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
4781- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
4782- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
4783- solenoid valve - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
4951- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock Solenoid - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4952- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - Hydraulic Interlock Solenoid - OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5051- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
5052- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
5053- Loader Pilot Interlock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
5061- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
5062- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
5063- Port Lock Valve (On/Off) - Solenoid Supply STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
5121-R joy F-B axis - Pin A STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
5122- R joy F-B axis - Pin B STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
5124- R joy F-B axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
5131- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
5132- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
5134- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 382
5135- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
5137- R joy R-L axis (ISO/H Pattern) - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
5141- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
5142- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
5144- Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
5145-Aux thumbwheel axis - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
5147- Aux thumbwheel axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
5201- L joystick L-R axis - Pin A STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
5202- L joystick L-R axis - Pin B STP / STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
5204-L joystick L-R axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
5211- L joy F-B axis - Pin A STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
5212- L joy F-B axis - Pin A STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
5214-L joy F-B axis - Pin B STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
5215- L joy F-B axis - Pin B STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
5217- L joy F-B axis - in-range fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
5221- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Raise A Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
5222- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Raise A Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
5231- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Lower B Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
5232- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Lower B Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 383
5241- Boom Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
5242- Loader Arm Valve (Directional) - Loader Arm Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
5243- Boom Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5251- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid rollback (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5252- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid rollback (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
5261- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid dump (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
5262- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Solenoid dump (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
5271- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
5272- Loader Bucket Valve (Directional) - Loader Bucket Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
5273- Bucket Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid (C) Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
5281- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Forward (A) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
5282- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Forward (A) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
5291- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Reverse (B) Supply OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
5292- Aux Valve (Directional) - Solenoid Reverse (B) Supply STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
5309- Float Button - Float Button Timeout (30 sec) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
5409- CAN Message Error - Aux Override Disabled due to Aux Override Button Timeout (30 sec) . . . . . . . . . . 329
5501- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - Sensor STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
5502- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - Sensor STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
5503- Hydraulic Enable (Mechanical Machines) - EH AUX Output - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 384
5504- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - Sensor STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
5505- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - Sensor STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
5507-Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - Sensor STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
5508- Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - Sensor STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
5511- Loader Arm Spool Sensor - implausible state sensor vs loader arm command, stuck spool/PRV . . . . . . 342
5512- Bucket Valve Spool sensor - implausible state sensor vs loader bucket command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
5513- Auxiliary Valve Spool Sensor - implausible state sensor vs auxiliary command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
5601- Aux Valve (Directional) - Common Solenoid Return STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
5602- Loader Auxiliary Valve (Directional) - Loader Auxiliary Solenoids STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
5603- Loader Auxiliary Valve (Directional) - Solenoids Return OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
5701- Pattern Switch - STG / OC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
5703- Pattern Switch - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
5811- switch - implausible state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
9003- CAN - J1939 Receive Buffer - Buffer Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
9004- Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Location 1 Corrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
9151- CAN Connection - CAN communication timed out after 5 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
9152-CAN connection - CAN communication timed out after 5 seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
9158- H pattern indicator - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
9159- ISO pattern indicator - STG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 385
9160- H pattern indicator - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
9161- ISO pattern indicator - STP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
9401- Memory Error - Double Redundant - Memory Corruption Detected and repaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
9403- Memory Error - Double Redundant - Un-recoverable memory corruption operable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
9404- Memory Error - Triple Redundant - Hour Meter - Hour Meter Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9405- CAN - DM1 (EH Machines) - Loss of DM1 message from UCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
9406- CAN - Can Communication Lost (EH Machines) - Loss of all can communication from UCM . . . . . . . . . . 114
9407- Memory Error - ID Errors - Unrecoverable Hardware ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
9408- Memory Error - ID Errors - Unrecoverable Panel ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 386
84522361 15/06/2011
A.50.A / 387
New Holland Site 100 Brubaker Avenue New Holland, Pennsylvania United States 17557
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
© 2011 CNH America LLC.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices,
specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION Dealer.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
ENGINE AND PTO IN
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B
Contents
ENGINE AND PTO IN - B
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.10.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.20.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.30.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.50.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B.80.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B
ENGINE - 10.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
SERVICE
ENGINE
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L213, L215, L218, L220
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - ENGINE
ENGINE - Remove
L213, L215, L218, L220
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
1. Remove the hood strut (1) from hood
931001682 1
2. Remove hood mounting hardware (2) from left and

right hand side
931002025 2
3. Remove the hood (3).
931002026 3
4. Remove the rear access door refer to Engine hood

- Remove (E.20.A).
5. Drain the engine oil.
6. Remove the radiator refer to Radiator - Remove
(B.50.A).
7. Remove the oil cooler refer to Oil cooler - Remove
(A.10.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 3
8. Remove the four mounting bolts (4) and slide the fan
off the hub.
931002027 4
9. Remove the five mounting bolts (5) retaining the muf-

fler inlet pipe mounting flange to the turbocharger
and remove muffler.
931002028 5
10. Remove the two retaining bolts (6) from the muffler
support.
931002029 6
11. Disconnect air restriction sensor (7).
931002030 7
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 4
12. Loosen the hose clamps on the intake tube at both

ends, remove the intake tube (8), cover turbocharger
inlet to avoid entry of debris.
931002031 8
13. Remove air cleaner housing (9).
931002032 9
14. Loosen hose clamp and remove upper radiator hose

(10) from engine.
931002033 10
15. Disconnect the glow plug connection (11). Remove

wire clamp (12).
931002034 11
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 5
16. Disconnect the starter connections (13).
931002035 12
17. Disconnect the alternator connection (14).
931002036 13
18. Disconnect temperature sender wire (15).
931002037 14
19. Disconnect oil pressure sender wire (16) and wire

clamp (17).
931002038 15
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 6
20. Disconnect throttle cable by removing the nut (A)and

bolt (B) from the throttle body. Remove cable support
clamp (C) by loosening the two hex head bolts (D).
931002039 16
21. Disconnect wire harness (18) and clamps (19) from

the top of the flywheel housing.
931002040 17
22. Place a suitable container under lines to prevent

spillage and remove the fuel supply line (20).
931002042 18
23. Remove the fuel return line (21).
931002041 19
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 7
24. Disconnect the spade connector (E)from the back

side of the fuel shut off solenoid.
931002043 20
25. Place a suitable container under the remote engine

oil filter lines. Label and disconnect oil filter lines (22).
NOTE: Cap the ends to avoid entry of debris.
931002044 21
26. Disconnect the ground from the engine (23) to the

battery quick disconnect.
931002045 22
27. Remove the twelve mounting bolts (24) securing the

hydraulic pump to the engine plate
931002046 23
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 8
28. Remove engine oil pan drain hose clamp (F).
931002050 24
29. Remove the front engine mounts (25).
931002047 25
30. Remove the rear engine mount (26).
931002048 26
31. Remove the four mounting bolts (27) from the fixed
hood, remove hood.
931002049 27
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 9
32. Place a suitable support beam across the skid steer

frame. Tie a suitable strap around the pump and
secure to the support beam, as shown.
931002051 28
33. Attach proper lifting straps to the eye hooks (28) pro-
vided on the engine.
931002052 29
34. Use a suitable hoist to carefully lift the engine slightly

rearward to separate from the hydraulic pumps.
Once free, lift the engine and remove from the rear
of chassis.
931002053 30
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 10
ENGINE - Remove
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
WARNING
Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine.
1. Disengage all drives.
2. Engage parking brake.
3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks.
4. Shut off engine.
5. Remove key from key switch.
6. Switch off battery key, if installed.
7. Wait for all machine movement to stop.
W0047A
WARNING
Fire hazard!
When handling diesel fuel, observe the following precautions:
1. Do not smoke.
2. Never fill the tank when the engine is running.
3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
W0099A
WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or
other injury. To prevent personal injury: Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or per-
forming work on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight
and all components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your
doctor immediately.
W0178A
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
Prior operation:
Radiator - Remove (B.50.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 11
1. Remove the hood struts (1) from each side by gently

prying the retaining clip (2) just enough to release the
strut.
931001887 1
2. Remove hood mounting hardware (1) from left-hand

and right-hand side of the hood.
931002025 2
3. Remove the hood (1).

4. Remove the rear access door refer to Engine hood
- Remove (E.20.A).
5. Remove the oil cooler refer to Oil cooler - Remove
(A.10.A).
931002026 3
6. Remove the three mounting bolts (1) retaining

the muffler inlet pipe mounting flange to the tur-
bocharger, cover turbocharger inlet the avoid entry
of debris.
931001896 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 12
7. Remove the four retaining bolts (1) from the muffler

support.
931001895 5
8. Disconnect air restriction sensor (1).
931002030 6
9. Loosen the hose clamps on the intake tube at both

ends, remove the air cleaner to turbo charger tube
(1).
931001898 7
10. Remove the engine cover (1).
931001899 8
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 13
11. Remove air cleaner housing (1) by removing the

three bolts (2).
931001900 9
12. Loosen hose clamp (1) and remove upper radiator

hose (2) from engine.
931001903 10
13. Disconnect the alternator electrical connections (1).
931001908 11
14. Disconnect the starter electrical connections (1).
931001909 12
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 14
15. Disconnect ground connection (1) below the starter

(2).
931001910 13
16. Unplug wire harness connection (1).
931001911 14
17. Disconnect low pressure line (1) from the Air-condi-

tioning compressor (2).
931002113 15
NOTE: Place a suitable container under the machine to catch any lost fuel.
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 15
18. WARNING
Fire hazard!
When handling diesel fuel, observe the
following precautions:
1. Do not smoke.
2. Never fill the tank when the engine is
running.
3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
W0099A
WARNING 931001917 16
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking un-
der pressure can penetrate the skin and
cause infection or other injury. To prevent
personal injury: Relieve all pressure be-
fore disconnecting fluid lines or perform-
ing work on the hydraulic system. Be-
fore applying pressure, make sure all con-
nections are tight and all components are
in good condition. Never use your hand
to check for suspected leaks under pres-
sure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking
fluid, see your doctor immediately.
serious injury.
W0178A
Remove the fuel return line (1).

19. Remove the fuel supply line (1).
931001919 17
20. Remove the throttle cable (1).
931001922 18
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 16
21. Place a suitable container under the remote engine

oil filter lines (1). Label and disconnect oil filter lines.
931001923 19
22. Remove the twelve mounting bolts (24) securing the

hydraulic pump to the engine plate
931002046 20
23. Disconnect fuel pump electrical connection (1).
931001925 21
24. Disconnect harness (1) from connector (2).
931001926 22
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 17
25. Place a suitable support beam (1) across the skid

steer frame. Tie a suitable strap (2) around the pump
(3) and secure to the support beam, as shown.
931001929 23
26. Remove the two pump mounting bolts (1).
931001928 24
27. Disengage pump assembly (1) from engine housing

(2).
931001936 25
28. DANGER
Heavy parts!
Support designated component(s) with
adequate lifting equipment.
Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury.
D0018A
Attach proper lifting straps (1) to support the engine

(2).
931001944 26
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 18
29. Remove the front and rear engine mounts (1).
931001933 27
30. Raise the engine slightly as shown.
931001938 28
31. Remove engine oil drain hose clamp (1).
931002050 29
32. Remove heater hose clamp (1).
931001943 30
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 19
33. Remove upper heater hose (1).

NOTE: Use a suitable device to catch any coolant not
drained previously.
931002114 31
34. Remove lower heater hose (1).
931001940 32
35. WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use adequate lifting equipment
(heavy-duty hoist, loader, or forklift) to lift
the component.
serious injury.
W0101A
Remove engine (1) from the chassis.
931001946 33
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 20
ENGINE - Install
1. Attach proper lifting straps to the eye hooks (1) pro-
vided on the front right and rear left of the engine.
931002052 1
2. Using a suitable hoist carefully lower engine into en-

gine compartment on the skid steer.
931002053 2
3. Slowly orient the hydraulic pump coupler to the

adapter on the engine ensuring the attachment of
engine plate to flywheel housing.
4. Attach engine to hydraulic pump mounting plate us-
ing the twelve mounting bolts (2).
931002046 3
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 21
5. Remove support brace and straps from hydraulic

pump.
931002051 4
6. Install front engine mounting bolts (3).
931002047 5
7. Install rear engine mounting bolt (4).
931002048 6
8. Install Fixed hood and secure with hardware (5).
931002049 7
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 22
9. Install engine oil pan drain hose into clamp (6).
931002050 8
10. Connect ground from the quick battery disconnect to

the engine (7).
931002045 9
11. Connect remote engine oil filter lines (8).
931002044 10
12. Connect the spade connector to the back of the fuel

shut off solenoid (9).
931002043 11
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 23
13. Connect the fuel return line (10).
931002041 12
14. Connect the fuel supply line (11).
931002042 13
15. Connect the wire harness (12) and clamps (13) to the
top of the flywheel housing..
931002040 14
16. Connect throttle cable by installing the nut (A)and

bolt (B) to the throttle body. Install cable support
clamp (C) and tighten the two hex head bolts (D).
931002039 15
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 24
17. Connect oil pressure sender wire (14) and support

(15).
931002038 16
18. Connect temperature sensor wire (16).
931002037 17
19. Connect alternator connection (17).
931002036 18
20. Connect starter connections (18).
931002035 19
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 25
21. Connect glow plug connection (19) and wire clamp

(20).
931002034 20
22. Install upper radiator hose (21) to engine and tighten

hose clamp.
931002033 21
23. Install air cleaner housing to bracket, secure with

mounting bolts (22).
931002032 22
24. Install air cleaner to turbo hose (23) and tighten hose
clamp.
931002031 23
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 26
25. Connect air restriction sensor (24).
931002030 24
26. Install muffler inlet pipe mounting flange to tur-

bocharger and secure with the five mounting bolts
(25).
931002028 25
27. Install the two retaining bolts (26) to the muffler sup-
port.
931002029 26
28. Place fan on hub and secure with the four retaining
bolts (A).
931002027 27
29. Install oil cooler refer to Oil cooler - Install (A.10.A).

30. Install radiator refer to Radiator - Install (B.50.A).
31. Add engine oil.
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 27
32. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir refer to Reservoir - Filling

(A.10.A).
33. Fill coolant refer to Radiator - Filling (B.50.A).
34. Lift engine hood into place on the top of the skid steer.
931002026 28
35. Install the left and right hand side hood mounting
bolts (27).
931002025 29
36. Connect the hood support strut (B) to the left hand
side of hood.
931001682 30
37. Install rear access door refer to Engine hood - In-

stall (E.20.A).
38. Lower cab refer to Tilt system - Lower (E.34.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 28
ENGINE - Install
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Attach proper lifting straps to the eye hooks provided

on the front and rear of the engine, as shown.
931001946 1
2. Using a suitable hoist carefully lower engine into en-

gine compartment on the skid steer.
931001944 2
3. Carefully orient hydraulic pump coupler to adapter

on the engine ensuring attachment of engine plate
to flywheel housing.
931001936 3
4. Install pump mounting bolts and washers (1) into

pump housing.
931001928 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 29
5. Install the two rear engine mounting bolts and bush-

ings (2).
931001933 5
6. Install the two front engine mounting bolts and bush-

ings (3).
931002047 6
7. Verify pump mounting bolts are secure and carefully

remove support brace (4)and straps (5) from pump.
931001929 7
8. Connect the lower heater hose (6).
931001940 8
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 30
9. Connect the upper heater hose (7).
931002114 9
10. Attach heater hose support clamp (8).
931001943 10
11. Attach engine oil pan drain hose support clamp (9).
931002050 11
12. Connect the wiring harness connection (10).
931001926 12
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 31
13. Connect the fuel pump wire connection (11).
931001925 13
14. Connect the two remote oil filter lines (12) and (13)
as previously labeled.
931001923 14
15. Connect throttle cable by installing the nut (A) and

bolt (B) to the throttle body. Install cable support
clamp and tighten the two hex head bolts (C).
931001922 15
16. Connect fuel supply line (14).
931001919 16
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 32
17. Connect fuel return line (15).
931001917 17
18. Connect low pressure line to the air condition com-

pressor (16).
931002113 18
19. Connect wire harness connection (17) located on left

hand side above motor mount.
931001911 19
20. Connect the ground to engine from battery quick dis-

connect (18) and cab ground (19).
931001910 20
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 33
21. Connect the two starter connections (D) and (E).
931001909 21
22. Connect the two alternator connections (F) and (G).
931001908 22
23. Install upper radiator hose (20) to engine and tighten

hose clamp.
931001903 23
24. Install the three mounting bolts (21) that secure air
cleaner housing and bracket to frame.
931001900 24
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 34
25. Install the fixed hood and secure with hardware (22).
931001899 25
26. Connect air cleaner to turbo hose (23).
931001898 26
27. Connect air restriction sensors electrical connection

(24).
931001897 27
28. Install the four mounting bolts from the muffler brack-
ets (25).
931001895 28
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 35
29. Install the three retaining bolts (26) to the exhaust

manifold mounting flange .
931001896 29
30. Attach lifting straps through the engine hood and

hoist in mounting location.
931001894 30
31. Install left and right hand side hood mounting hard-
ware (27).
931001887 31
32. Connect left and right hand side hood struts (28).
931001887 32
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 36
33. Connect condenser fan electrical connection (29).
931001893 33
34. Connect top and bottom air condition condenser

lines (30).
931001890 34
35. Install air condition refrigerant.
931001889 35
Next operation:
Oil cooler - Install (A.10.A).
Next operation:
Radiator - Install (B.50.A).
Next operation:
Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A).
Next operation:
Radiator - Filling (B.50.A).
Next operation:
Tilt system - Lower (E.34.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 37
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ENGINE - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L213, L215, L218, L220
ENGINE - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
B.10.A / 38
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Sensing system
General specification Resistance Fuel Bar Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Throttle command
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fuel tank
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sensing system
Level sensor - Remove Fuel Level Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Level sensor - Install Fuel Level Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
Sensing system - General specification Resistance Fuel Bar

Conversion
Resistance Fuel Bar Conversion for Large Machines
Resistance Low (in Ω) Resistance High (in Ω) Bars
< 32 32 8
33 67 7
68 107 6
108 154 5
155 187 4
188 210 3
211 242 2
243 > 243 1
Resistance Fuel Bar Conversion for Medium Machines

< 32 32 8
33 47 7
48 87 6
88 131 5
132 154 4
155 200 3
201 230 2
231 > 231 1
Resistance Fuel Bar Conversion for Small Machines

86 > 86 8
80 85 7
73 79 6
66 72 5
55 65 4
38 54 3
16 37 2
0 15 1
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 3
Throttle command - Adjust

1. Start the machine. Press and Hold Auxiliary Over
Ride Button (1) for 2 seconds. Release button, and
press to toggle (2) to next display setting. Continue
to press and release button until RPM’s are displayed
931007504 1
2. Adjust the clevis (1) on the end of the foot pedal, so

that with the first 5 degrees of handle movement the
pedal starts to move. If the pedal does not move with
the throttle handle, turn the clevis in to shorten the
cable.
93111552 2
3. Loosen the jam nut (1), turn the stop bolt (2) IN sev-
eral turns.
93111549 3
NOTE: Make sure the plunger is through the L-Bracket when the jam nut is tight. Plunger must move freely through
L-bracket . Do not pinch the L-Bracket between plunger and washer.
4. Place engine throttle in low idle position to adjust ca-
ble length on the engine. Turn the plunger thumb
screw (1) in until cable (2) is fairly tight. If cable is
too tight, the engine will not return to low idle. Idle
should be approximately 1075 RPM +/- 75 RPM.
93111551 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 4
5. Move hand throttle (1) to full position. Full throttle

should be approximately 2675 RPM +/- 75 RPM.
93111550 5
6. Turn stop bolt (1) OUT until is contacts the pedal.

Tighten the jam nut (2).
93111549 6
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 5
Fuel tank - Remove

Prior operation:
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A)
1. Disconnect the fuel sender connector (1).
931002098B 1
2. Label and disconnect fuel supply line (2).
931002098B 2
3. Remove left hand side fuel tank bracket (3).
931002099B 3
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 6
4. Remove right hand side fuel tank bracket (4).
931002100B 4
5. Drain fuel from the tank using the drain plug located
at the bottom of the tank.
6. Remove fuel tank.
931002102B 5
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 7
Fuel tank - Install

1. Position fuel tank into correct location on skid steer.
931002102B 1
2. Install left hand side fuel tank bracket (1).
931002099B 2
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 8
3. Install right hand side fuel tank bracket (2).
931002100B 3
4. Connect fuel supply line (3).
931002098B 4
5. Connect fuel sender (4).
931002098B 5
6. Install engine refer to ENGINE - Install (B.10.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 9
Sensing system Level sensor - Remove Fuel Level Sender

1. Locate and open rear engine hood (1).
93107449 1
2. Remove hardware (1) from air filter housing (2).
931002032 2
3. Disconnect connector X-14 (1) from the fuel level

sender B-001 (2).
931002098 3
4. Label and disconnect the fuel lines (1).
931002098 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 10
5. Remove hardware (1) and fuel level sender retainer

(2).
931002098 5
6. Remove fuel level sender B-001 (1) from fuel tank.
931002098 6
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 11
Sensing system Level sensor - Install Fuel Level Sender

1. Insert fuel level sender B-001 (1) into the fuel tank.
93111533 1
2. Place the fuel level sender retainer (1), and hardware

(2) onto fuel tank. Tighten hardware.
93111534 2
3. Reconnect the fuel lines (1).
931002098 3
4. Reconnect connector X-14 (1) to the fuel level sender

B-001 (2).
931002098 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 12
5. Install air filter housing (1) and bolts (2). Tighten the
bolts.
931002032 5
6. Close rear engine hood (1).
93107449 6
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 13
Index

Fuel tank - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fuel tank - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sensing system - General specification Resistance Fuel Bar Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sensing system Level sensor - Install Fuel Level Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sensing system Level sensor - Remove Fuel Level Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Throttle command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.20.A / 14
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B.30.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Sensing system
Air cleaner restriction - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Air cleaner restriction - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84522361 15/06/2011
B.30.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Remove

1. Locate and open rear engine hood (1) and service
door (2).
93107449A1 1
2. Remove hardware (1) from air filter housing (2).
931002032 2
3. Remove hose clamp (1) from air cleaner assembly

(2).
931002030 3
4. Remove clip (1) securing connector X-508. Discon-

nect connector X-508 from the air filter restriction
switch B-016 (2).
931002030 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.30.A / 3
5. Unscrew the air filter restriction switch B-016 (1) by

hand from air cleaner assembly (2).
931002030 5
84522361 15/06/2011
B.30.A / 4
Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Install

1. Install the air filter restriction switch (1) into the air
cleaner assembly.
931002030 1
2. Connect the connector (1) to the air filter switch, and

insert clip (2).
931002030 2
3. Place hose clamp (1) over hose and connect to air

cleaner assembly (2). Tighten the hose clamp.
931002030 3
4. Insert hardware (1), and attach air cleaner assembly

(2) to mount.
931002032 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.30.A / 5
Index

Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
B.30.A / 6
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Radiator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
Radiator - Remove
Prior operation:
Radiator - Drain fluid (B.50.A).
1. Disconnect the radiator over-flow hose, (1), at the ra-

diator and elevate above the overflow reservoir al-
lowing fluid to drain into over-flow. Hose can be
draped anywhere it is save from damage.
931001645 1
2. Loosen the hose clamp and remove the upper radi-

ator hose from the radiator (2).
931001648 2
3. Loosen the top mounting bolts from both left hand

side and right hand side of radiator (3).
931001650 3
4. Tilt the top of the radiator out, as shown.
931001653 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 3
5. Loosen the hose clamp and disconnect lower radia-

tor hose (4).
931002071 5
6. Remove the two radiator support clips (5) from the

support pins on the right hand side of bracket. Push
the support pins out.
931002060 6
931002061 7
7. Remove left hand side support hardware (6) from the

bottom of the bracket.
931002062 8
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 4
8. Remove radiator along with left hand side bracket.
931001654 9
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 5
Radiator - Install
1. Slide radiator back in right hand side mounting
bracket (1).
931001654 1
2. Install left hand side bracket support hardware (2).
931002062 2
3. Tilt radiator out and connect lower radiator hose (3)

and tighten hose clamp.
931002071 3
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 6
4. Push right hand side radiator support pins through

bracket and install retaining clips (4).
931002060 4
931002061 5
5. Tilt radiator in and align top brackets.
931001653 6
6. Tighten top mounting bolts (5) on both left and right

hand side.
931001650 7
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 7
7. Connect the upper radiator hose (6) to the radiator

931001648 8
8. Connect over flow hose (7).
931001645 9
9. After the radiator has been installed refer to the fol-

lowing procedure for filling the radiator. Radiator -
Filling (B.50.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 8
Radiator - Remove
Prior operation:
Radiator - Drain fluid (B.50.A).
1. Locate the radiator drain (1) on the lower left hand

side of the of the radiator and connect a hose. Place
a suitable bucket under the hose to retain the an-
tifreeze. Turn the drain valve counter-cloclwise to
open drain.
931001849 1
2. Disconnect the radiator over-flow hose (2) from ra-

diator and elevate hose allowing fluid to drain into
over-flow tank. Hose can now be draped anywhere
it is safe from damage..
931001851 2
3. Loosen the hose clamp and remove the upper radi-

ator hose (3) from radiator.
931001854 3
4. Loosen the left and right hand side top radiator

mounting bolts (4).
931001856 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 9
931001857 5
6. Loosen the hose clamp and remove lower radiator

hose (5) from radiator.
931001859 6
7. Remove the two radiator support clips (6) from the

support pins and pull pins out.
931001860 7
8. Lift the radiator up and out of the skid steer, as

shown.
931001864 8
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 10
Radiator - Install
1. Lower the radiator into the mounting brackets, as
shown.
931001864 1
931001863 2
2. Insert the radiator support pins through the bracket

and radiator and secure with support clips (1).
931001860 3
931001857 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 11
4. Connect the lower radiator hose (2) and tighten hose

clamp.
931001858 5
5. Tilt the top of the radiator back in and secure both

sides with the top mounting bolts (3).
931001856 6
6. Connect the upper radiator hose (4) to the radiator

931001853 7
7. Connect the radiator over flow hose (5) to the radia-

tor.
931001850 8
8. Fill the radiator to correct level refer to Radiator -

Filling (B.50.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 12
Radiator - Drain fluid

1. If engine is HOT do not drain cooling system. Allow
the system to cool before draining the radiator.
2. Open the rear access door.
3. Drain the engine coolant system by loosening the
drain valve (1), and drain the coolant into a suitable
container. When the radiator is empty, tighten the
drain valve
931001644 1
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 13
Radiator - Filling
CAUTION
Burn hazard!
Take care if removing the filler cap while the system is hot. Before removing the cap: completely cover
the cap using a thick cloth, and slowly open the filler cap to allow the pressure to escape. Do not add
cold water to a hot coolant reservoir.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0031A
1. Open the rear access door and remove the radiator

cap (1) after the engine has cooled.
931001652 1
2. Fill the radiator with a 50% mixture of ethylene glycol

engine coolant and 50% water mixture. The coolant
level must be to the top of the radiator fill neck, just
below the overflow tube (1). Install cap loosely (2).
931001645 2
3. Start and run the engine until it reaches operating

temperature. Stop the engine and check the level of
the coolant in the recovery bottle (2). Fill the recov-
ery bottle with a 50% mixture of ethylene glycol en-
gine coolant and 50% water mixture to the full level
marked on the bottle. Once level is good tighten cap.
NOTICE: Do not remove the radiator cap from the radiator
while the engine is HOT.
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 14
Index

Radiator - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Radiator - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Radiator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Radiator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Radiator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Radiator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 15
84522361 15/06/2011
B.50.A / 16
STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Cold start aid

Overview Engine preheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
DIAGNOSTIC
Start control
Testing Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 2
ENGINE AND PTO IN - STARTING SYSTEM
Cold start aid - Overview Engine preheat

During cold starts, diesel engine preheating is completed by the use of glow plugs. Engines use glow-plugs in each
combustion chamber to increase the temperature of the cylinder. Diesel engines rely solely on compression to raise
the temperature of the air to a point where the diesel will combust spontaneously when introduced to the hot high
pressure air. At normal temperature, the high pressure and spray pattern of the diesel ensures a controlled, complete
burn. The piston rises, compressing the air in the cylinder; this causes the air's temperature to rise. By the time the
piston reaches the top of its travel path, the temperature in the cylinder is very high. The fuel mist is then sprayed into
the cylinder; it instantly combusts, forcing the piston downwards, thus generating power.
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 3
Start control - Testing Ignition Switch

Use Fuse and relay box - Test- Test satisfactory. If problems are found,
ing Main Power Relay Control Action repair them. This test is complete.
(A.30.A) to check MAIN POWER Go to test 2
RELAY.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 3 133 (Orange).
connector X-316 pin A.
TEM - Testing General Wire Test- Action repair or replace broken wire 132
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 4 (Orange) / 131 (White).
Disconnect connector X-316 from Test satisfactory Diode is faulty,
the IGNITION BACKFEED DIODE V-007 Action Action
Check Go to test 5 replace the diode.
TEM - Testing Diode Testing
(A.30.A) to test the diode
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 6 622 (White) or 624/623 (White).
connector X-C23 pins 9 and 11.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 7 (Red) / 311 (Yellow).
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 8 (Orange) / 153 (Black).
Disconnect connector X-15 from the Test satisfactory Diode is faulty,
Check Go to test 9 replace the diode.
TEM - Testing Diode Testing
(A.30.A) to test the diode
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 4

ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 10 (White).
Use Data bus - General specifica- No resistance problems If resistance problems are found,
tion Instrument Cluster pin infor- Action replace the Instrument Cluster.
mation (A.50.A) to check Instrument The Ignition Switch S-008 has failed.
Cluster pins 3, 9 ,11, 21, and 22. Replace the IGNITION SWITCH S-008.
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 5
Index

Cold start aid - Overview Engine preheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Start control - Testing Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 6
84522361 15/06/2011
B.80.A / 7
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
C
Contents
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - C
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C.20.F

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
C
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - 20.F
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Pump
General specification 35cc EH Hydrostatic pump, used with small and medium frame models. . . . . . . . 5
L213, L215, L218, L220
- General specification 46cc EH Hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
General specification 46cc EHF Hydrostatic pump, used with large frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L230, C238
General specification Mechanical controls 35cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used with small and medium
frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
L213, L215, L218, L220
General specification 46cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used with medium and large frame models. . . . . 9
General specification 53cc hydrostatic pump, used with large frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
General specification 46cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used with large frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Motor
General specification for EH and Mechanical 325cc single speed motor on medium and small frame mod-
els . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls
General specification for mechanical 470cc single speed motor on medium and large frames . . . . . . . 13
L223, L225, L230
General specification for 325cc 2 speed motor on medium frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

L218, L220
General specification for EH and Mechanical 470cc 2 speed motor on medium and large frames . . . . 15
L223, L225, L230
General specification for track drive 2 speed motor on medium and large frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
C232, C238
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Pump
Overview Hydrostatic pump model identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SERVICE
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Command
Remove Right hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro
hydraulic controls
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 2
Install Right hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
hydraulic controls
Remove Left hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

hydraulic controls
Install Left hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

hydraulic controls
Relief valve
Pressure test Ground Drive Relief Valve - Manual control models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
L213, L215, L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Pressure test (Machines Equipped with EH Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Pump
Travel adjust (Stopping machine creep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L220
Adjust Servo Piston Centering Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

L220
Adjust Hydraulic Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

L220
Remove mechanical hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

hydraulic controls
Install mechanical hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

hydraulic controls
Remove EH hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

hydraulic controls
Install EH hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Adjust Mechanical pump creep setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Motor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls,
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls,
L225 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C227 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232
Mechanical hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Remove track drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Install track drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Sensing system
Remove Right hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
hydraulic controls
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 3
Install Right hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
hydraulic controls
Remove Left hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

hydraulic controls
Install Left hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

hydraulic controls
DIAGNOSTIC
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 4
TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
Pump - General specification 35cc EH Hydrostatic pump, used with

small and medium frame models.
L213, L215, L218, L220
Manufacturer Bosch Rexroth
Type Tandem, Axial Piston, EH control
Direction of Rotation Clockwise
Nominal displacement 35 cm³ (2.1 in³)
Shaft test speed 2000 RPM
Charge pressure 25 bar (363 psi)+/- 1.0 bar (15 psi)
Differential pressure A 360 bar (5220.0 psi)+/- 10 bar (145.0 psi)
Differential pressure B 360 bar (5220.0 psi)+/- 10 bar (145.0 psi)
Nominal voltage 14 V
Port (A) Service line port

(B) Service line port
(T) Case drain port
(X1) Control Pressure (before the orfice)
(R) Air bleed
(Ma) Pressure gauge operating pressure A
(Mb) Pressure Gauge Operating pressure B
(G) Pressure port for auxiliary circuit
(G2) Pressure port for auxiliary circuit
(S) Boost suction port
(Mg) Pressure gauge operating pressure G
(Yst) Control pressure gauge port
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 5
Pump - General specification 46cc EH Hydrostatic pump

L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Manufacturer Bosch-Rexroth
Type Tandem pump
Nominal displacement 46 cm³ (3 in³)
Charge pressure 25 bar (363 psi +/- ) 1 bar (15 psi)
Differential pressure A 360 bar (5220.0 psi +/- 14.5 bar +/- 1)
Differential pressure B 360 bar (5220.0 psi +/- 14.5 bar +/- 1)
(T) Case drain port
(R) Air bleed
(Yst) Control pressure supply port
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 6
Pump - General specification 46cc EHF Hydrostatic pump, used

with large frame models.
L230, C238
Manufacturer Bosch Rexroth
Type Combination pump
Nominal displacement 46 cm³ (3 in³)
Maximum displacement port A 46 cm³ (3 in³ +/- ) 0.9 cm³ (0.1 in³)
Maximum displacement port B 46 cm³ (3 in³ +/- ) 0.9 cm³ (0.1 in³)
Charge pressure 25 bar (363 psi +/- ) 1 bar (15 psi)
Relief valve A 385 bar (5583 psi +/- ) 10 bar (145 psi)
Differential pressure A 360 cm³ (22 in³ +/- ) 10 cm³ (0.6 in³)
Relief valve B 385 bar (5583 psi +/- ) 10 bar (145 psi)
Differential pressure B 360 cm³ (22 in³ +/- ) 10 cm³ (0.6 in³)

(T) Case drain port
(R) Air bleed
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 7
Pump - General specification Mechanical controls 35cc Hydrostatic

tandem pump, used with small and medium frame models.
L213, L215, L218, L220
Manufacturer Sauer-Danfoss
Type Pump-Tandem - Axial piston
Direction of Rotation Clockwise - When viewed looking into the input shaft
Front and rear displacments 35 cm³ (2.1 in³)
Manual swashplate displacement control 19.05 mm (0.75 in) square input shaft
Charge pressure relief setting 24 - 25 bar (348 - 363 psi) @ 1800 RPM
System pressure relief setting 345 bar (5003 psi) +5 / 0 %
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 8
Pump - General specification 46cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used

with medium and large frame models.
Type Combination pump
Maximum displacement port A 46 cm³ (2.8 in³ +/- ) 0.9 cm³ (0.1 in³)
Maximum displacement port B 46 cm³ (2.8 in³ +/- ) 0.9 cm³ (0.1 in³)
Charge pressure 25 bar (363 psi +/- ) 1.0 bar (15 psi)
Relief valve A 385 bar (5583 psi +/- ) 10 bar (145 psi)
Differential pressure A 360 cm³ (22 in³ +/- ) 10 cm³ (0.6 in³)
Relief valve B 385 bar (5582 psi +/- ) 10 bar (145 psi)
Differential pressure B 360 cm³ (22 in³ +/- ) 10 cm³ (0.6 in³)

(T) Case drain port
(R) Air bleed
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 9
Pump - General specification 53cc hydrostatic pump, used with

large frame models.
Manufacturer Rexroth
Type Piston pump
Test speed 2800 RPM
Charge pressure 25 bar (363 psi)
Relief valve A 276 bar (4002 psi)
Differential pressure A 241 bar (3495 psi)
Relief valve B 207 bar (3002 psi)
Differential pressure B 182 bar (2639 psi)
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 10
Pump - General specification 46cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used

with large frame models.
Manufacturer Sauer-Danfoss
Type Pump-Tandem
Front and rear displacments 46 cm³ (2.8 in³)
Bushed block rotating speed up to 3600 RPM
Manual displacement control Mechanical input, servo actuated with swashplate position feedback
Charge pump flow 30.3 l/min (8 US gpm) at 1800 RPMwith 48.9 °C (120 °F) oil
Charge pressure relief setting 24 - 25 bar (348 - 363 psi) @ 1800 RPM with 48.9 °C (120 °F) oil
System pressure relief setting 360 bar (5220 psi) +5 % set at 4.5 - 4.9 l/min (1.2 - 1.3 US gpm)
with 48.9 °C (120 °F) oil
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 11
Motor - General specification for EH and Mechanical 325cc single

speed motor on medium and small frame models
Type Direct drive radial piston motor
Direction of Rotation Bi-directional
Displacement 325 cm³/rev (20 in³/rev)
Speed Maximum Operating: 330 RPM
Maximum Operating Pressure System operating differential relief pressure 345 bar (5003 psi).
Brake Release 11 - 15 bar (160 - 218 psi)
Ports Main Ports: A and B

Case Drain Port: L
Brake Release Port: Z
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 12
Motor - General specification for mechanical 470cc single speed

motor on medium and large frames
L223, L225, L230
Displacement 470 cm³/rev (28.7 in³/rev)
Speed Maximum Operating: 385 RPM
System Operating Pressure Differential relief pressure 345 bar (5003 psi).

Case Drain Port: L
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 13
Motor - General specification for 325cc 2 speed motor on medium

frames
L218, L220
Displacement 325 - 200 cm³/rev (19.8 - 12.2 in³/rev).
Speed Maximum Operating: 330 RPM, 430 RPM at minimum

displacement.
Output Shaft 10 Tooth RC 80 Sprocket
Maximum Operating Pressure System operating differential relief pressure 345 bar
(5003 psi).
Displacement Shift Pressure 15 bar (218 psi) maximum.

Case Drain Port: L
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 14
Motor - General specification for EH and Mechanical 470cc 2 speed

motor on medium and large frames
L223, L225, L230
Displacement 470 - 282 cm³/rev (28.7 - 17.2 in³/rev).
Speed Maximum Operating: 385 RPM, 465 RPM at minimum

displacement.
Output Shaft 9 Tooth RC 100 Sprocket
Maximum Operating Pressure 414 bar (6000 psi)

System operating differential relief pressure 345 bar
(5003 psi).
Displacement Shift Pressure 15 bar (218 psi) maximum.

Case Drain Port: L
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 15
Motor - General specification for track drive 2 speed motor on

medium and large frames
C232, C238
Manufacturer Bonfiglioli
Type Radial or Axial piston with planetary reducer
Direction of Rotation Dual rotation
Displacement Two speed 50.9 - 33.1 cm³/rev (3.1 - 2.0 in³/rev) with 21.58:1 output reducer.
Speed Maximum Operating: 106 RPM in low range. 162 RPM in high range.
Maximum Operating 241 bar (3500 psi)
Pressure Maximum differential relief pressure 345 bar (5003 psi).
Brake Release Fully released at 13 bar (189 psi). Maximum allowable brake pressure 49 bar (711 psi)
Displacement Shift 15 bar (218 psi) maximum.
Pressure
Ports Service Ports: P1 and P2
2 Speed Control Port: Ps
Drain Port: Dr
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 16
Pump - Overview Hydrostatic pump model identification

The skid steer product line is very versatile and comes with many options. The information below is to help with
understanding what hydrostatic pumps may be equipped with certain models.
Model Controls Hydrostatic Pump

L213 Mechanical Sauer Danfoss 35 cm³ mechanical
hydrostatic tandem pump
Electro-hydraulic Bosch Rexroth 35 cm³
electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump
hydrostatic tandem pump containing
bushed blocks for use with 67 kW
(91.1 Hp) F5C engines
Optional:
Bosch Rexroth 46 cm³
electro-hydraulic EHF hydrostatic
pump
pump
C227 Electro-hydraulic Bosch Rexroth 46 cm³
Optional:
pump
pump
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 17
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Cleaning

The hydrostatic system is a closed loop made up of the charging pump, piston pump, drive motors and the hoses
between these components. The hydraulic cooler and reservoir are also part of the closed loop system. Any con-
tamination in the hydrostatic system will stay in the closed loop, and probably cause damage. If the piston pump or a
motor in the hydrostatic system is removed for repair or replacement, you must clean the hydrostatic system. If any
contamination is left in the closed loop, the contamination will damage the remaining components of the hydrostatic
system.
1. Remove the piston pumps and at least the motor in

the circuit that failed. If there is a quantity of contam-
ination present, removal of the opposite pump and
motor is also required.
2. Disassemble, clean, and inspect the piston pumps
and motor(s).
3. Clean all hoses and tubes in the hydrostatic sys-
tem. Remove each hose and tube from the machine.
Flush and clean the hoses and tubes with hot soapy
water. Hang and allow them to air dry. Hoses and
tubes must be dry before installing.
4. Install, inspected and repaired, or new piston pumps
and motors.
5. Change the hydraulic filter.
6. Make sure that the hydraulic system is clean so that
the charge pump will not cause new contamination
in the closed loop. Remember that the oil cooler
may have internal passages that can trap and hold
contamination that can be dislodged later and cause
a repeat failure.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE SHOULD BE
USED FOR CLEANING HOSES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS.
It is recommended that hoses, tubes and fittings be cleaned
with a steam cleaner and dried with compressed air.
7. Fasten the parts to a rack in a position as near to
vertical as possible. This will allow water to drain as
you flush parts.
8. Clean the exterior surfaces of the parts thoroughly.
9. Clean the interior surfaces of the parts. Use hot wa-
ter and soap first. Then use clean hot water to rinse.
NOTE: If the steam cleaner does not have a soap injection
system, spray an oil solvent into the parts. This will dissolve
the oil film that holds contaminants inside the parts. Then
use clean hot water to rinse.
10. Fasten the parts in the rack so that the parts can be
flushed from opposite ends. Repeat steps 8 an 9.
11. Use compressed air to dry the inside of each part.
Dry the parts from both ends to make sure all of the
water is removed.
12. Install caps or plugs in the ends of each hose, tube or
fitting as soon as the parts are dry. This will prevent
entry of contaminants. Remove the caps or plugs
from the part only when the part is in position in the
machine and you are ready to make the connection.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 18
Command - Remove Right hand drive solenoid(s)

controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls
Prior operation:
Tilt system - Tilt To secure the lift arm in the raised position on radial lift machines. (E.34.A)
NOTE: This procedure covers how to remove the right hand forward and right hand reverse drive solenoids located
on the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump.
1. Locate the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump (1).
931001814 1
2. Locate the drive solenoid that needs to be removed.

The right hand reverse (1) and right hand forward (2)
solenoids are located on the input shaft side of the
hydrostatic pump.
931001814 2
3. Disconnect the connector (1) from the solenoid. Un-

screw the cap (2).
931001814 3
4. Slide the solenoid off.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 19
Command - Install Right hand drive solenoid(s)

NOTE: This procedure covers how to install the right hand forward and right hand reverse drive solenoids located on
the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump.
1. Place the solenoid on to the valve body. See picture
for location of solenoids. The right hand reverse (1)
and right hand forward (2) solenoids are located on
the input shaft side of hydrostatic pump.
931001814 1
2. Screw the cap (2) onto valve body. Connect the con-
nector (1) to the solenoid.
931001814 2
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 20
Command - Remove Left hand drive solenoid(s)

Prior operation:
NOTE: This procedure covers how to remove the left hand forward and left hand reverse drive solenoids located on
the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump.
1. Locate the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump (1).
931001814 1
2. Locate the drive solenoid that needs to be removed.

The left hand forward (1) and left hand reverse (2)
solenoids are located near the auxiliary pump.
931001814 2
3. Disconnect the connector (1) from the solenoid. Un-

screw the cap (2).
931001814 3
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 21
Command - Install Left hand drive solenoid(s)

NOTE: This procedure covers how to install the left hand forward and left hand reverse drive solenoids located on the
electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump.
1. Place the solenoid on to the valve body. See picture
for location of solenoids. The left hand reverse (1)
and left hand forward (2) solenoids are located near
the auxiliary pump.
931001814 1
2. Screw the cap (2) onto valve body. Connect the con-
nector (1) to the solenoid.
931001814 2
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 22
Relief valve - Pressure test Ground Drive Relief Valve - Manual

control models
L213, L215, L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Test Procedure:
1. Raise and securely block the unit off the ground.

2. Remove the brake release line from the tee fitting that
connects to the B port (1) of the brake valve (2).
931002074 1
3. Cap the tee fitting that connects to the B port (1) of

the brake valve (2).
931002074 2
4. Connect a 690 bar (10,000 psi) pressure gauge to the

high pressure loop gauge port. See the illustration
below.
HI01E019 3
Sauer M46 (1) Right Hand motor reverse test port, (2) Right Hand forward test port, (3) Left Hand motor
test port, (4) Left Hand reverse test port
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 23
93111529 4
Sauer M35 right side view (1) front service line port, (2) rear service line port
93111523 5
Sauer M35 top view (1) front service line port, (2) rear service line port (opposite side bottom)
5. Lower the cab and route the pressure gauge so that
it can be viewed while running the unit from the op-
erator’s seat. Start the unit and disengage interlocks
to operate unit.
NOTE: An error will appear on the Instrument Cluster during this test. When the unit is shut down and all connections
are returned to normal, the fault code will be stored as inactive. This fault can be cleared using the Electronic Service
Tool (EST).
6. If the hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature, run
the engine at full throttle and hold the bucket control
lever in the ROLLBACK position for 5 seconds. Then
return the bucket control lever to NEUTRAL for 5 sec-
onds. Repeat this cycle until the temperature of the
oil is at least 52°C (125°F).
7. Increase the engine speed to full throttle. Move the
control lever for the circuit being tested one half the
distance of full travel and watch the pressure gauge.
When the pressure gauge stops increasing, read the
pressure gauge and move the control lever to NEU-
TRAL.
8. The correct pressure is the gauge reading minus the
charge pressure. If the pressure is not correct, use a
new circuit relief valve. You can temporarily repair a
forward circuit by interchanging a functioning reverse
circuit relief valve with the forward circuit relief valve.
See the illustration below.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 24
HI01E019_2 6
Sauer M46
93111523 7
Sauer M35 top view (1) bypass relief valves, (2) bypass relief valves (opposite side bottom)
93111529 8
Sauer M35 right side view (1) charge pressure relief valve
9. Reconnect the brake lines to their original state.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 25
Relief valve - Pressure test (Machines Equipped with EH Controls)

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Connect a 68 947 kPa (690 bar) (10,000 psi) pres-

sure gauges to the test ports MA (1) and MB (2). See
the figure below.
NOTE: You will need two people to perform this test. The
operator seat must be in the raised position to gain access
to the hydrostatic pump. This test can be done in either
ISO or H pattern. H pattern in preferred, only one pump
will be actuated at a time.
20111250 1
2. Connect a 4137 kPa (41.4 bar) gauge in the Yst port

located on the top center of pump.
3. Remove brake release lines from B port of the brake
valve, plug lines and cap fittings in B port.
5. Run the engine at low idle. Move the ground drive
control lever slowly to the FORWARD position.
6. Increase the engine speed to full throttle. Slowly
move the ground drive control lever for the circuit
being tested one half the distance of full travel and
watch the pressure gauge. When the pressure
gauge stops increasing, read the pressure gauge
and move the ground drive control lever to NEU-
TRAL.
7. The correct pressure is the gauge reading minus the
charge pressure. If the pressure is not correct, use a
new circuit relief valve. You can temporarily repair a
forward circuit by interchanging a functioning reverse
circuit relief valve with the forward circuit relief valve.
See the figure below.
20111248 2
(1)Right Hand Forward Drive Circuit Relief Valve (3) Left Hand Forward Drive Circuit Relief Valve
(2) Right Hand Reverse Drive Circuit Relief Valve (4) Left Hand Reverse Drive Circuit Relief Valve
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 26
Pump - Travel adjust (Stopping machine creep)

L220
Pump Adjustments
Stopping Machine Creep

1. In order to correct a creeping hydrostatic drive, a sys-
tematic diagnosis procedure must be followed. First,
determine if it is the pump’s fault by disconnecting
the control linkage to the servo control levers on the
pump. If the problem disappears, inspect the linkage
and correct the problem. Improper rod length, bind-
ing control bushings, binding control cables, etc., are
some common problems.
If, after disconnecting the linkage, the system still
moves, pump adjustments are available to correct
the problem. If the only operational symptom noted
is that one or both drive systems continue to move
with the controls in neutral, adjustment of the servo
control valve may possibly be all that is required (See
Pump - Adjust Hydraulic Neutral (C.20.F)). If the
unit does not track in a straight line or if one side
tends to continue in the direction that it was going
last, it is recommended to adjust the servo piston
centering mechanism before adjusting the hydraulic
neutral control.
Centering the Servo Piston

2. The servo control piston has a very strong spring
centering mechanism to return the pump to neutral
condition when the hydraulic servo control is in neu-
tral. A control rod from the centering mechanism
runs through one end cover to allow for external ad-
justment. Use the following procedure to center the
pilot servo piston:
NOTE: You will need two people to perform this procedure.

NOTICE: The machine MUST be raised up on supports until the tires are above the floor. This is a safety procedure
if the parking brakes fail to hold.
3. Raise and secure block the unit off the ground.
4. Disconnect and cap the charge pressure supply line
(from the brake release solenoid valve) to the servo
control inlet line. This is a small steel line that runs
in between the two servos. This will allow you to
adjust both pumps without hydraulic interference to
the mechanical adjust you are performing.
931001966 1
5. Start the engine and run at full throttle.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 27
6. Loosen the jam nut and turn the servo adjusting

screw in one direction until the tires just begin rotate,
note the position of the adjusting screw. Turn the ad-
justing screw in the opposite direction until the tires
just begin to rotate in the opposite direction, note the
position of the screw. Repeat these steps again to
verify the position of the screw when the tires begin
to rotate. Center the adjusting screw between both
positions and tighten the lock nut. NOTE: if more
than one full turn of the adjusting screw is required
to attain tire rotation in each direction, the internal
locking nut at the servo piston centering spring is
probably misadjusted (see servo centering spring
adjustment).
NOTE: If more than one full turn of the adjusting screw is required to attain tire rotation in each direction, the inter-
nal locking nut at the servo piston centering spring is probably misadjusted. Perform Pump - Adjust Servo Piston
Centering Spring (C.20.F).
7. If the other pump requires adjustment, repeat Step 6
on the other pump.
8. Stop the engine.
9. Uncap and reconnect the charge pressure supply
line
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 28
Pump - Adjust Servo Piston Centering Spring

L220
NOTE: If more than one full turn of the servo adjusting screw was required when performing Pump - Travel adjust
(C.20.F), or if the machine has the tendency to continue traveling in the direction that it was going last, both forward
and reverse, check and adjust the locking nut on the adjusting screw at the servo piston centering spring. The only
way for this nut to change adjustment, is if the internal centering spring should break, the spring retainer snap ring
fails or the lock nut becomes loose.
1. Remove the cap and external sealing nut (1).
2. Remove the bolts retaining the servo piston cover in
place.
3. Rotate the piston cover off of the servo adjusting
screw.
4. Tighten or loosen the centering spring lock nut (2) un-
til all looseness is removed from the centering spring.
To adjust the lock nut, hold the screw with an Allen
Wrench and use whatever is necessary to adjust the
nut inside the piston bore. If the lock nut is too tight or
too loose, the centering spring will not function cor- 23111053 1
rectly. The lock nut must be exactly positioned just

tight to the spring. After the lock nut is adjusted it
must remain in that exact position, the nut may have
to be replaced to provide adequate holding power.
5. Install the piston end covers and bolts.
6. Perform Pump - Travel adjust (Stopping machine
creep) (C.20.F) to center the servo piston.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 29
Pump - Adjust Hydraulic Neutral

L220
1. Raise and secure block the unit off the ground.

2. Start and run the engine at full throttle.
3. Loosen the lock bolt for the servo control adjustment
bracket. Move the bracket in one direction until the
tires just begin to rotate in one direction and mark the
position of the bracket. Move the bracket in the oppo-
site direction until the tires just begin to rotate in op-
posite direction and mark the position of the bracket.
Repeat the above steps to assure that the proper
bracket position was marked. Center the adjustment
bracket between the marks and tighten the lock bolt.
Securely hold the bracket in position when tightening
the lock bolt to prevent movement caused by the bolt
head. 23111054 1
4. After the bracket has been secured in position, grad-

ually move the pump control lever away from the
centered position in both directions. The servo con-
trol adjustment bracket is properly adjusted when an
even amount of lever travel is required to begin tire
rotation in both directions. Readjust as necessary to
attain the centered position.
5. If the other pump requires adjustment, repeat Steps
3 and 4 on the other pump.
6. Stop the engine.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 30
Pump - Remove mechanical hydrostatic pump

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Tilt system - Tilt (E.34.A)
1. Label and disconnect the four left hand side hydraulic

hoses (1) and cap open ports
931002072 1
2. Label and disconnect the gear pump hydraulic tube

(1) and supply hose (2) and cap open ports.
931002073 2
3. Label and disconnect right hand side hydraulic hoses

(1) and cap open ports
931002074 3
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 31
4. Disconnect control linkage hardware (1).
931002075 4
5. Disconnect electrical connection (1).
931002076 5
6. Using a metal rod as a brace across the pump attach

lifting straps and hoist to support pump, as shown.
931002077 6
7. Remove the four pump mounting bolts (1) and (2).
931002078 7
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 32
8. Using the hoist carefully remove pumps.
931002079 8
Next operation:
Pump - Install mechanical hydrostatic pump (C.20.F)
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 33
Pump - Install mechanical hydrostatic pump

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Pump - Remove mechanical hydrostatic pump (C.20.F)
1. Before pump installation, apply MOLYKOTE® G-N

METAL ASSEMBLY PASTE or NEW HOLLAND AM-
BRA GR75MD to the pump and the coupling splines.
Pre-fill the pump with clean hydraulic oil. Inspect
O-ring on the pump pilot and replace if necessary.
Lubricate the O-ring with clean hydraulic oil.
2. Position the pump in the mounting location. Rotate
the gear pump shaft until it aligns with the coupling
splines at the rear of the hydrostatic pump. After the
splines are aligned, move the pump inward until the
mounting flange is flush with the mounting surface of
the hydrostatic pump.
931002077 1
3. Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the pump mounting bolts (1).

Install washers on the bolts and install the bolts (1)
into the pump mounting flange. Tighten the mount-
ing bolts to 86 - 117 N·m (63.4 - 86.3 lb ft). Apply
LOCTITE® 243 to pump support bracket bolts (2). In-
stall washer on bolts and install bolts. Tighten the
pump support bracket bolts 55 - 60 N·m (40.6 - 44.3
lb ft).
931002078 2
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 34
931002076 3
5. Connect control linkage (1).
931002075 4
6. Connect the right hand side hydraulic hoses (1).
931002074 5
7. Connect the rear hydraulic tube (1) and supply hose

(2).
931002073 6
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 35
8. Connect the four left hand side hydraulic hoses (1)

to the correct ports.
931002072 7
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 36
Pump - Remove EH hydrostatic pump

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Tilt system - Tilt (E.34.A)
Oil cooler - Remove (A.10.A)
1. Label and disconnect control wires (1) on bottom of

pumps
931001961 1
2. Label and disconnect the two front (1) and two rear
(2) pump control connections.
20111248 2
3. Label and disconnect the hydraulic oil temperature

sender (1).
931001963 3
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 37
4. Label and disconnect the right hand side hydraulic

hose (1).
931001964 4
5. Label and disconnect the oil supply hose (1) by loos-

ening the hose clamp and cap ports.
931001965 5
6. Label and disconnect the top hydraulic tube (1) and

cap open ports.
931001966 6
7. Label and disconnect right hand side drive motor

hoses (1) and cap open ports.
931001970 7
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 38
8. Label and disconnect left hand side drive motor

931001971 8
9. Label and disconnect hydraulic hose (1) and cap

open ports.
931001972 9
10. Label and disconnect case drain hose (1) and cap
open ports.
931001963 10
11. Label and disconnect gear pump supply hose (1) and
cap open ports.
931001955 11
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 39
12. Label and disconnect gear pump hydraulic tubes (1)

and cap open ports.
931001956 12
13. WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components us-
ing lifting equipment with adequate ca-
pacity. Always support units or parts with
suitable slings or hooks. Make sure the
work area is clear of all bystanders.
serious injury.
W0398A
Place a lifting strap around the pump and using a

hoist support the pump, as shown.
931001974 13
14. Remove the two mounting bolts and washers (1)

from the pump.
931001928 14
15. Using the hoist, carefully remove pumps.
931001976 15
Next operation:
Pump - Install EH hydrostatic pump (C.20.F)
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 40
Pump - Install EH hydrostatic pump

WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Pump - Remove EH hydrostatic pump (C.20.F)
NOTE: Before pump installation, apply NEW HOLLAND AMBRA GR75MD to the pump and the coupling splines.
Mount coupling star (1) to pump shaft with supplier logo facing out, toward the engine. Set coupling to dimension
shown in the image below. Torque set screws to 25.7 - 28.3 N·m (19.0 - 20.9 lb ft) . Pre-fill the pump with clean
hydraulic oil. Inspect O-ring on the pump pilot and replace if necessary. Lubricate the O-ring with clean hydraulic oil.
1. Position the pump in the mounting location. Rotate
the gear pump shaft until it aligns with the coupling
splines (1) at the rear of the hydrostatic pump. The
distance (X) should be 49 mm (1.9 in) . After the
splines are aligned, move the pump inward until the
mounting flange is flush with the mounting surface of
the hydrostatic pump.
93111555A 1
2. Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the pump mounting bolts (1).

Install washers on the bolts and install the bolts into
the pump mounting flange. Tighten the mounting
bolts to 86 - 117 N·m (63.4 - 86.3 lb ft).
931001928 2
3. Connect gear pump hydraulic hoses (1) as shown.
931001956 3
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 41
4. Connect the gear pump supply hose (1) and tighten

hose clamp.
931001955 4
5. Connect case drain hose (1) and secure with clamp.
931001963 5
6. Connect hydraulic hose (1), as shown.
931001972 6
7. Connect left hand side drive motor hoses (1).
931001971 7
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 42
8. Connect right hand side motor hoses (1).
931001970 8
9. Connect the top hydraulic hose (1).
931001966 9
10. Connect the oil supply hose (1) and tighten hose
clamp.
931001965 10
11. Connect right hand side hydraulic hose (1).
931001964 11
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 43
12. Connect hydraulic oil temperature sender (1) and se-

cure with nut.
931001963 12
13. Connect the front (1) and rear pump control connec-
tions (2).
20111248 13
14. Connect the sensor wires (1) located on the bottom

of pumps.
931001961 14
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 44
Pump - Adjust Mechanical pump creep setting

1. Raise and support (1) the machine.
931002069 1
2. Loosen the jam nut (1) on the adjustment rod.
931002075 2
3. Rotate the rod (1) until the tires rotate in a forward

direction.
931002075 3
4. Turn the rod in opposite direction until the tires just

rotate in a reverse direction. Count the number of
turns for the rod to go from the tires rotating forward
to the tires rotating in reverse.
5. Turn the rod in the opposite direction ½ the number
of turns recorded in step number 4 of this procedure.
This should be the center of neutral.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 45
6. Loosen the jam nut (1) on the adjustment rod (oppo-

site side).
931002075 4
7. Rotate the rod (1) until the tires rotate in a forward

direction.
931002075 5
8. Turn the rod in opposite direction until the tires just

rotate in a reverse direction. Count the number of
turns for the rod to go from the tires rotating forward
to the tires rotating in reverse.
9. Turn the rod in the opposite direction ½ the number
of turns recorded in step number 8 of this procedure.
This should be the center of neutral.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 46
Motor - Remove
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic
controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Prior operation:
1. The loader must be raised and supported with the

tires off the ground. Used adequate blocks or jack
stands to safely support the loader.
931002069 1
2. Remove the wheel hardware (1) and pull wheels from

hub.
931002070 2
3. Place suitable container under chain tank drain plug

and remove drain plug (3) and drain chain oil.
931002081 3
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 47
4. Remove the six bolts (2) securing the drive chain

inspection cover and remove cover.
931002080 4
5. Remove front and rear axle housing hardware (4).
931002082B 5
6. Remove front and rear axle housings
931002083B 6
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 48
7. Push the sprocket forward and remove chains from

drive sprocket, as shown.
931002084 7
931002085B 8
8. Label and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from hydro-

static drive motor and cap the open hoses and ports.
931002086 9
9. Disconnect shift tube (on 2 speed equipped models).
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 49
10. Remove and discard hydraulic motor mounting hard-

ware (2).
NOTE: DO NOT reuse motor mounting hardware after
tightening to spec. Hardware is permanently stretched
during tightening and must be discarded if loosened.
931002085B 10
11. Use acceptable lifting equipment and remove the

drive motor/brake assembly.
931002087 11
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 50
Motor - Install
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225 Mechanical hydraulic
controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C227 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical hydraulic controls
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Failure to engage the loader arm support pin could cause the loader arm to fall unexpectedly. Verify
that the loader arm support pin is engaged.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0020A
1. Apply a bead of LOCTITE® 598 ULTRA BLACK adhe-

sive, (1), in corner between pilot and flange of motor,
around diameter of pilot, similar to o-ring, (approxi-
mately 12.5 ml (0.4 US fl oz) per motor).
931001687A 1
2. Apply a 3 mm (0.1 in) bead around the outside of

the bolt holes of the motor flange and 2 dabs per nut
between the nut and motors.
3. Use acceptable lifting equipment and move the drive
motor/brake assembly (1) into the chassis mounting
location (2). Refer to images one and two.
931002004 2
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 51
4. Install new mounting hardware (1) and torque to 122

N·m (90 lb ft) plus 60 degrees.
NOTE: DO NOT reuse motor mounting hardware after
tightening to spec. Hardware is permanently stretched
during tightening and must be discarded if loosened.
931002085B 3
5. Connect the hydraulic hoses (1) to hydrostatic drive

motor to the correct ports
6. Connect shift tube (on 2 speed equipped models).
931002086 4
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 52
7. Connect chains to drive sprocket
931002085B 5
8. Install front (1) and rear axle housings.
931002083B 6
9. Install front and rear axle housing hardware (1) and

Chain drive - Check (C)
931002082B 7
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 53
10. Install chain oil drain plug (1). oil level is approxi-
mately mid-way up the inspection cover. Cover must
be installed before filling with oil.
931002081 8
11. Install chain inspection cover (1) and mounting hard-

ware (2)
12. Fill chain tank to correct level and install check plug.
931002080A 9
13. Install wheels (1) and wheel hardware (2)
931002070 10
14. Remove supports and lower skid steer
931002069 11
15. Disengage cab lock out and tilt cab down. See Tilt
system - Tilt To secure the lift arm in the raised
position on radial lift machines. (E.34.A) for more
information on Radial working arm units
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 54
16. Install bucket refer to Bucket - Install (J.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 55
Motor - Remove track drive motor

Prior operation:
Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B)
1. Loosen and remove the upper and lower mounting

bolts (1) which fasten the rear cover (2) to the main
frame (3).
bs05c139_1 1
2. Apply vacuum to the reservoir. Refer to Reservoir -

Apply vacuum (A.10.A)
NOTE: Clean the hydraulic lines, fittings, and connectors
and the area around motor connections to prevent dirt from
entering the hydraulic system before the lines are discon-
nected from the motor.
3. Loosen and remove all of the hydraulic lines that are
connected to the drive motor. Place plugs in all of the
lines.
5. Loosen and remove all of the connectors from the
ports on the drive motor to allow room to slide the bs05c164_1 2
drive motor out of the main frame. Install clean plas-
tic plugs into the ports (1) to avoid contamination.
6. Make a reference mark on the drive motor (2) and the
main frame (3) to be used for alignment of the drive
motor during the installation procedure.
7. Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1) which fas-
ten the drive motor (2) to the main frame (3).
8. Slide the drive motor (2) out of the main frame (3)
and place on the bench.
bs05c164_2 3
Next operation:
Motor - Install track drive motor (C.20.F)
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 56
Motor - Install track drive motor

Prior operation:
Motor - Remove track drive motor (C.20.F)
1. Slide the drive motor (1) into the main frame (2)
mounting location. If the same motor is being in-
stalled, use the marks made during removal and
align the drive motor in the main frame. If a new
motor is being installed, transfer the reference mark
from the old motor to the same location on the new
motor and align the drive motor in the main frame.
bs05c164_3 1
2. Install the mounting bolts (1) into the main frame.
bs05c164_4 2
3. Tighten the mounting bolts to an initial torque of 67

- 163 Nm (50 - 120 lb ft) using the star tightening
sequence shown. After the initial torque is complete,
tighten the mounting bolts to a final torque of 183 -
205 Nm (136 - 153 lb ft) using the star tightening
sequence shown.
bs05c156_1 3
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 57
4. Remove the plastic plugs from the motor ports (1).

Install the connectors into the motor ports (1) and
tighten the connectors.
bs05c164_1 4
5. Apply vacuum to the reservoir. Refer to Reservoir -

Apply vacuum (A.10.A)
6. Start the vacuum pump. Remove the caps from
the lines and connect the lines to the drive motor.
Tighten all of the hydraulic lines.
7. Stop the vacuum pump and remove the vacuum
pump from the reservoir.
8. Install rubber tracks. Refer to Rubber track - Install
(D.50.B)
9. Start and run the engine at low idle for 2 to 5 minutes
and check for any leaks.
11. Install the rear cover (2) onto the main frame (3).
Install the upper and lower mounting bolts (1) into
the rear cover (2). Tighten the mounting bolts (1).
bs05c139_1 5
12. Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir and add
hydraulic oil as required. Refer to : Reservoir - Fill-
ing (A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 58
Sensing system - Remove Right hand swash plate sensor

Prior operation:
1. Locate the right hand swash plate sensor on the bot-

tom of the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump (1).
931001814 1
2. Label and disconnect the connector from the swash

plate sensor. The right hand swash plate sensor (1)
is located on the input shaft side of the hydrostatic
pump.
931001961 2
3. Remove the two screws (1) holding the swash plate

shield (2) and sensor.
931001961 3
4. Remove the swash plate sensor.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 59
Sensing system - Install Right hand swash plate sensor

1. Install the right hand swash plate sensor (1).
931001961 1
2. Place the swash plate shield (2) over the right hand
swash plate sensor. Insert the two screws (1) and
tighten to proper torque.
931001961 2
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 60
Sensing system - Remove Left hand swash plate sensor

Prior operation:
1. Locate the left hand swash plate sensor on the bot-

tom of the electro-hydraulic hydrostatic pump (1).
931001814 1
2. Label and disconnect the connector from the swash

plate sensor. The left hand swash plate sensor (1) is
located near the auxiliary pump.
931001961 2
3. Remove the two screws (1) holding the swash plate

shield (2) and sensor.
931001961 3
4. Remove the swash plate sensor.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 61
Sensing system - Install Left hand swash plate sensor

1. Install the left hand swash plate sensor (1).
931001961 1
2. Place the swash plate shield (2) over the left hand
swash plate sensor. Insert the two screws (1) and
tighten to proper torque.
931001961 2
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 62
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting

Problem Possible Cause Correction
One Transmission (Right 1.If you have a EH unit perform EH pump A. Is there still a problem?
or Left) Works Correctly electrical check and verify that unit has No: Troubleshooting complete.
and the Other Does Not been properly calibrated. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Check the interlock valve power/function.
2. Check the brake valve power/function. Is there still a problem?
Make sure park brakes are released. No: Troubleshooting complete.
Yes: Go to Step 3.
4. Check the charge pressure. Do - Checking the Charge Pressure/Flow.
Refer to Charge pump - Pressure test
(A.10.A)
Charge pressure OK? Stroke the control
lever. A 20 psi or greater drop indicates a
leaky servo.
Is there still a problem?
No: Troubleshooting complete.
Yes: Go to Step 4.
Check the pressure setting of the circuit re- Do - Checking Circuit Relief Valve Pres-
lief valve for the transmission with the prob- sure.
lem. Refer to Relief valve - Pressure test
(C.20.F)
Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 5.
6. There is too much leakage in the hy-
drostatic system. Disassemble and inspect
the hydrostatic pump and hydrostatic drive
motors.
Machine does not have 1. If you have a EH unit perform EH pump Is there still a problem?
enough power electrical check and verify that unit has No: Troubleshooting complete.
been properly calibrated. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Check the interlock valve power/function.
2. Full throttle engine speed is OK, rated A. Problem in engine or fuel system. Repair
engine speed is low. as required.
B. Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 3.
3. Check charge pressure. Refer to Charge pump - Pressure test
(A.10.A)
Also check for damaged parts. Adjust pres-
sure setting.
A. Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 4.
4. Faulty hydrostatic pump or hydrostatic A. Disassemble and inspect the hydrostatic
drive motors. pump and hydrostatic drive motors. Repair
as required.
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 63
Index

Command - Install Left hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
L230 Electro hydraulic controls, C227 Electro hydraulic controls, C232 Electro hydraulic controls, C238 Electro hydraulic controls
Command - Install Right hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Command - Remove Left hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Command - Remove Right hand drive solenoid(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Motor - General specification for 325cc 2 speed motor on medium frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
L218, L220
Motor - General specification for EH and Mechanical 325cc single speed motor on medium and small frame models
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Motor - General specification for EH and Mechanical 470cc 2 speed motor on medium and large frames . . . . . 15
L223, L225, L230
Motor - General specification for mechanical 470cc single speed motor on medium and large frames . . . . . . . . 13
L223, L225, L230
Motor - General specification for track drive 2 speed motor on medium and large frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
C232, C238
Motor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225
Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C227 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232 Mechanical hydraulic
controls, C238 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Motor - Install track drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Motor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
L213, L215, L218 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L220 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L223 Mechanical hydraulic controls, L225
Mechanical hydraulic controls, L230 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Motor - Remove track drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Pump - General specification 46cc EH Hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Pump - Adjust Hydraulic Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
L220
Pump - Adjust Mechanical pump creep setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Pump - Adjust Servo Piston Centering Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
L220
Pump - General specification 35cc EH Hydrostatic pump, used with small and medium frame models. . . . . . . . . 5
L213, L215, L218, L220
Pump - General specification 46cc EHF Hydrostatic pump, used with large frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L230, C238
Pump - General specification 46cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used with large frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Pump - General specification 46cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used with medium and large frame models. . . . . . 9
Pump - General specification 53cc hydrostatic pump, used with large frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Pump - General specification Mechanical controls 35cc Hydrostatic tandem pump, used with small and medium
frame models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
L213, L215, L218, L220
Pump - Install EH hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Pump - Install mechanical hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pump - Overview Hydrostatic pump model identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 64
Pump - Remove EH hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Pump - Remove mechanical hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Pump - Travel adjust (Stopping machine creep) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L220
Relief valve - Pressure test (Machines Equipped with EH Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Relief valve - Pressure test Ground Drive Relief Valve - Manual control models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
L213, L215, L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Sensing system - Install Left hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Sensing system - Install Right hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Sensing system - Remove Left hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Sensing system - Remove Right hand swash plate sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
84522361 15/06/2011
C.20.F / 65
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
D
Contents
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - D
Final drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.15.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
Final drive Hydraulic drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.15.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
STEERING Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.B

2 - Series
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.32.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.B

C227 , C232 , C238
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
D
Final drive - 15.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.A / 1
Contents
Final drive - 15.A
SERVICE
Chain drive
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.A / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - Final drive
Chain drive - Check

Check the tension of the four drive chains after the first 250 hours of operation on a new machine or if new chains
have been installed and every 500 hours of operation.
1. With the machine blocked up, rotate each tire and

check for allowable movement. 6 - 12 mm (0.2 - 0.5
in) is the acceptable range.
63107489 1
Drive chain adjustment

2. WARNING
Jack stands can slip or fall over. Drop-
ping, tipping, or slipping of machine or its
components is possible.
DO NOT work under a vehicle supported
by jack stands only. Park machine on a
level surface. Block wheels. Support ma-
chine with safety stands. 931002280 2

serious injury.
W0069A
To adjust the final drive chains, jack up and block the

complete skid steer securely off the ground.
3. Each axle drive chain is adjustable by loosening the
retaining nuts (1) (left front shown) and sliding the
axle-hub assembly to remove the excessive slack.
To tighten the chains slide the front axle-hubs forward
and rear axle-hubs rearward.
Torque the axle retaining hardware to 244 N·m (180
lb ft).
93109317 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.A / 3
Index
Final drive - 15.A

Chain drive - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.A / 4
Final drive Hydraulic drive - 15.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Command
Overview 2 Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Overview Self Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Overview Glide Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
DIAGNOSTIC
Command
Testing Glide Ride Control Solenoid and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Testing 2 Speed Switch and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Testing Self Level Switch and Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - Final drive Hydraulic drive
Command - Overview 2 Speed Switch

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
The button (1) on the left control handle switches the machine between first and second gear to increase or decrease
ground speed. This feature will only be possible when all of the following conditions are met:
63109409 1
• Operator is seated properly.

• Seat belt is latched or lap bar is in the down position.
• Hydraulics enabled is activated.
• Park brake is not applied.
• Ignition is on.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 3
Command - Overview Self Level

The automatic parallel-lift feature maintains a constant angle between the loader bucket / work-tool and the machine
chassis as the loader arm is raised (one direction only). When in parallel lift mode, the loader operation is similar to
that of a mechanical tool carrier linkage.
Self level feature is engaged by pressing the On/Off switch mounted on left hand A post. The switch is illuminated
when Self Level is on.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 4
Command - Overview Glide Ride control

Ride Control mode is enabled by a pressing a switch on the right hand joystick which opens a flow-path to an accu-
mulator from the loader arm cylinders. This flow path enables the loader arm to be cushioned by absorbing the quick
up and down motions of the machine as it travels across rough terrain.
Ride Control is engaged by pressing the momentary on button. To disengage, by pressing the momentary button the
second time.
The Loader-Arm Ride Control feature is always active when the ignition is on.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 5
Command - Testing Glide Ride Control Solenoid and Switch

Disconnect connector X-RDCTRL Normal resistance. 0 Ω, or greater than 1 K Ω
from the RIDE CONTROL SOLENOID Action Action
Y-010 Go to test 2 The RIDE CONTROL SOLENOID has
Check failed. Replace the solenoid.
for resistance between RIDE
CONTROL SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
Disconnect connector X-406 (EH) For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in all positions or infinite resis-
X-402 (Mech) from the RIGHT HAND one position, infinite resistance in the tance in all positions.
CONTROL HANDLE. other. Action
Check Action The RIDE CONTROL / GLIDE RIDE
Using a multi-meter, check for re- Go to test 3 SWITCH has failed. Replace the
sistance between RIDE CONTROL / RIGHT HAND CONTROL HANDLE.
GLIDE RIDE SWITCH pins C and D
(EH) pins C and D (Mech) while cy-
cling the switch.
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 4 Locate and repair or replace bro-
Check ken wire 951/964/967 (Black) adja-
wire condition between connector cent wiring.
X-RDCTRL pin 2 and ground.
Check wire 831 (White) or adjacent wiring.
wire condition between X-RDCTRL
pin 1 and connector X-406 pin D.
ing (A.30.A) to There is a problem in the DC distri- Locate and repair or replace broken
Check bution system upstream of IGNITION wire 832/357/351 (Orange) or adja-
wire condition between connector FUSE. cent wiring.
X-406 pin C (EH) X-402 pin 3 (Mech)
and MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE
BLOCK 1 Z-2008 pin C4.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 6
Command - Testing 2 Speed Switch and Indicator

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238

Remove IGNITION FUSE from the 0Ω Fuse is blown.
BLOCK 1 Z-2008. Go to test 2 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check amp rating.
for continuity across IGNITION FUSE.
With the fuse removed and ignition 12 V 0V
on, Action Action
for voltage from MAIN POWER bution system upstream of IGNITION
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 FUSE.
pin C3 and ground.
Check wire 891/357/351 (Orange) or adja-
X-408 pin 4 (EH) X-405 pin A (Mech)
Using a multi-meter, check for resis- 0 Ω in all positions or infinite resis-
For each resistance check, 0 Ω in
tance across 2 SPEED SWITCH S-024 tance in all positions.
one position, infinite resistance in the
while cycling the switch. other. Action
Action The 2 SPEED SWITCH has failed.
Go to test 5 Replace the LEFT HAND CONTROL
HANDLE.
Disconnect connector X-310 from No circuit problems. No change in circuit response, re-
the 2-SPEED INDICATOR. Connect a Action move jumper.
jumper between connector X-310 The 2-SPEED INDICATOR has failed. Action
pins 7 and 9. Replace the indicator. Go to test 6
Check
Check circuit operation.
Check wire 563 (White) / 565 (Violet) or ad-
wire condition between connector jacent wiring.
X-408 pin 9 (EH) X-405 pin D (Mech)
and connector X-310 pin 7.
ing (A.30.A) to Locate and repair or replace bro-
Check See the following for further testing ken wire 917/941/942/1094 (Black)
wire condition between connector • Command - Testing or adjacent wiring.
X-310 pin 9 and ground. Glide Ride Control
Solenoid and Switch
(D.15.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 7
Command - Testing Self Level Switch and Valve

Remove ACCESSORY FUSE from the 0Ω Fuse is blown.
Check amp rating.
for continuity across ACCESSORY
FUSE.
With the fuse removed and Ignition 12 V 0V
on, Action Action
Check Go to test 3 There is a problem in the DC distribu-
for voltage from MAIN POWER tion system upstream of ACCESSORY
pin C1 and ground.
Check wire 405/134 (Orange) or adjacent
wire condition between connec- wiring.
tor X-317 pin B and MAIN POWER
pin C2.
Disconnect connector X-317 from For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in all positions or infinite resis-
the SELF LEVEL SWITCH S-013. one position, infinite resistance in the tance in all positions.
Check other. Action
Using a multi-meter, check for resis- Action The SELF LEVEL SWITCH has failed.
tance between SELF LEVEL SWITCH Go to test 5 Replace the switch.
pins A and B while cycling the switch.
the SELF LEVEL VALVE Y-318. Re- Action move jumper.
connect all other connectors. Con- The SELF LEVEL VALVE has failed. Action
nect a jumper between connector Replace the valve. Go to test 6
X-318 pins 1 and 2.
Check
ing (A.30.A) to The fault may be intermittent. Visu- Locate and repair or replace broken
Check ally inspect the relevant harnesses wire 949/964/967 (Black) or adjacent
wire condition between connector and connectors for damage, bent or wiring.
X-318 pin 2 and ground. dislocated pins, corroded terminals
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 8
Index

Command - Overview 2 Speed Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Command - Overview Glide Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Command - Overview Self Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Command - Testing 2 Speed Switch and Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Command - Testing Glide Ride Control Solenoid and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Command - Testing Self Level Switch and Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 9
84522361 15/06/2011
D.15.C / 10
STEERING Mechanical - 20.B
2 - Series
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
STEERING Mechanical
Adjust for hand controls with direct mechanical hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
hydraulic controls
Adjust hand controls with servo operated pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

C227 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C232 Mechanical hydraulic controls, C238 Mechanical hydraulic controls
Adjust Float Detent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - STEERING Mechanical
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust for hand controls with direct

mechanical hydrostatic pump
Adjustment preparation for hand controls

1. Raise machine off ground and place securely on jack
stands
2. Check spring caps to make sure they are pushing
against centering plate and there is no gap between
jam nuts and spring caps.
3. If there is any gap, loosen all 4 nuts and adjust
23112911 1
Adjustment for hand controls

1. Loosen Jam Nut (1).
2. Take engine to high idle.
3. Turn rod /spring assembly (2) until wheels just turn
in forward direction.
4. Turn rod (2) in opposite direction until wheels just
rotate in reverse direction. Count number of turns
of rod from forward motion to reverse.
5. Turn the rod back ½ the number of turns recorded in
the step prior.
6. Tighten jam nut (1) .
23112912 2
7. Move handle in both directions to confirm neutral is
set. Adjust if needed.
8. Repeat steps 4-7 for other pump. Please note the dif-
ferences between the right and left sides, as shown
in images 2 and 3. Keep these differences in mind
when repeating steps 4-7.
23112912 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 3
9. After Creep has been set use control rods (1) to set
handle position, by loosening the left hand side jam
nut (2) and right hand side jam nut (3). Rotate rod (1)
until the handle is in the correct position, and tighten
jam nuts (2) and (3).
23112913 4
10. Factory setting is 75 ° represented by (X).
23112914 5
Adjusting stop bolts.

NOTE: Images may or may not represent your exact machine configuration. This procedure is the same for all me-
chanically operated machines in any configuration.
11. Turn stop bolt (1) out several turns.
12. Push handle (2) full forward until pump is fully
stroked, hold handle in this position and turn stop
bolt in until it just contacts casting.
13. Repeat for other side
23112915 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 4
14. Operate machine – Record Drift

15. Use stop bolt to slow down fast side of machine.
23112916 7
NOTE: Stop bolt should just contact casting when pump is at full stroke.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 5
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust hand controls with servo operated

pump
1. Loosen bolts (1) attaching the self centering damp-

eners
2. Use the control rods to set handle position. First,
loosen the left hand side jam nut (3) and right hand
side jam nut (4). Rotate rod (2) until the handle is in
the correct position and then tighten both jam nuts
(3) and (4).
3. Tighten bolts attaching the self centering dampeners.
4. Repeat for other pump.
5. Set stop bolts and drift – same as direct mechanical.
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust for hand con-
23112921 1
trols with direct mechanical hydrostatic pump
(D.20.B)
6. After drift is set, adjust forward stop bolts on the
pump that was NOT adjusted in step 5, so that the
handles are aligned side to side when pushed full
ahead. Take note not to adjust the stop bolt to the
point where that side of the machine has slowed
down. This step should only reduce the dead band at
the end of handle stroke and not effect travel speed.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 6
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust Float Detent

1. Angle between lift control rod and ear on jackshaft

must be 90 °or less when spoon is in neutral.
2. If angle is greater then 90 ° increase length of rod by
turning out the clevis ends on rod.
23112922A 1
3. If length of rod from ear on jackshaft to valve spool

is increased, the grip will need to be repositioned by
adjusting connecting rod.
23112923 2
4. If detent still does not hold check clearance between

rod end and pivot. If rod end is hitting, shorten con-
necting rod between grip and jack shaft. After de-
creasing length of connecting rod, you must check
to confirm grip does not hit window or side screen
during full raise.
23112924 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 7
Index

STEERING Mechanical - Adjust for hand controls with direct mechanical hydrostatic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust Float Detent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust hand controls with servo operated pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.20.B / 8
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - 32.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
General specification of the EH track brake valve on medium and large frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General specification of the EH 2 speed brake valve on medium and large frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
controls, L230 Electro hydraulic controls
General specification 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
General specification of the EH single speed brake valve on small frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

L213, L215
General specification of the Mechanical single speed brake valve on all frames except track models . . 8
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Electrical control
Overview Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SERVICE
Command
Remove Brake valve solenoid for models with single speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install Brake valve solenoid for models with single speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remove 2speed solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Install 2speed solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Remove Loader pilot interlock valve solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

hydraulic controls
Install Loader pilot interlock valve solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

hydraulic controls
Remove Brake valve solenoid for models equipped with EH brake valve/EH 2speed brake valve/EH track
brake valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
hydraulic controls
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 2
Install Brake valve solenoid for models equipped with EH brake valve/EH 2speed brake valve/EH track
brake valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
hydraulic controls
Control valve
Remove EH 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Install EH 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Remove EH brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

L213, L215
Install EH brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

L213, L215
Remove 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Install 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Remove Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

hydraulic controls
Install Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

hydraulic controls
Sensing system
Pressure sensor - Remove Charge pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Pressure sensor - Install Charge pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 3
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic
Control valve - General specification of the EH track brake valve on

medium and large frame
Brake Solenoid Valve Configuration: Solenoid operated, 3 way, 2 way position, direct acting, spool type hydraulic
cartridge valve.
2 Speed Solenoid Valve Solenoid operated, 3 way, 2 way position, direct acting, spool type hydraulic
Configuration: cartridge valve.
EH Interlock Solenoid Valve Solenoid operated, 3 way, 2 way position, direct acting, spool type hydraulic
Hydraulic Requirements: Flow = 7.6 l/min (2 US gpm)
Charge Pressure = 25 bar (363 psi)
Brake Release Pressure = 15 bar (218 psi)
Brake Release Solenoid Connection Type: Deutsch DT series.
2 Speed Solenoid Connection Type :Packard Metri - Pack 150 Series
EH Interlock Release Solenoid Connection Type: Packard Metri - Pack
150 series .
Pressure Switch Requirements: Operating Voltage = 14 V
Maximum Current = 2 A @ 12 V nominal.
Switch is normally open
Switch opening pressure settings: 15.5 bar (225 psi)
(T) Tank Return
(B1) Brake Motor 1
(B2) Brake Motor 2
(2 SPD) 2 Speed Shift
(LV) EH Pilot Pressure
(PS1) Charge Pressure Switch
(PS2) Brake Pressure Switch
Control valve - General specification of the EH 2 speed brake valve

on medium and large frame
controls
cartridge valve.
Sequence Valve Pressure = 12 bar (174 psi)
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 4

Brake Release Solenoid Connection Type: Deutsch DT series .
2 Speed Solenoid Connection Type :Packard Metri - Pack 150 Series
150 Series .
(T) Tank Return
(B1) Brake Motor 1
(B2) Brake Motor 2
(SPD) 2 Speed Shift
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 5
Control valve - General specification 2speed brake valve

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
cartridge valve.

Brake Release Solenoid Connection Type: Deutsch DT series .
2 Speed Solenoid Connection Type: Packard Metri - Pack 150 Series must
(T) Tank Return
(B1) Brake Motor 1
(B2) Brake Motor 2
(SPD) 2 Speed Shift
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 6
Control valve - General specification of the EH single speed brake

valve on small frame
L213, L215
cartridge valve.


Minimum On-Off Duty Cycle = 50,000 cycles
150 series.

Voltage Drop: 50 mV @ 2 A

(T) Tank Return
(B1) Brake Motor 1
(B2) Brake Motor 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 7
Control valve - General specification of the Mechanical single

speed brake valve on all frames except track models
cartridge valve.


(T) Tank Return
(B1) Brake Motor 1
(B2) Brake Motor 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 8
Electrical control - Overview Park Brake

The park brake enable switch allows the operator to turn on and off the park brake after the hydraulics are enabled.
The switch is located in the RH Console.
The button engages and disabling the ground drive brake system. The parking brake can be engaged independent
of the loader valve by a park brake switch on the joystick. The button will only toggle the park brake on and off if the
master enable switch is on. A LED will indicate that the park brake is on and the hydraulics enable has enabled the
machine.
The park brake switch can be activated when

1. Operator is seated properly
2. The seat belt is latched or lap bar in down position while operator in seat
3. The ignition is on
4. Hydraulics are enabled
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 9
Command - Remove Brake valve solenoid for models with single

speed
1. Locate the single speed brake valve, on the floor left
side, underneath the operator's cab.
93111536 1
2. Remove the electrical connector (1) from the brake

valve solenoid.
931001725A 2
3. Unthread the cap (1) and slide the solenoid off.
931001725A 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 10
Command - Install Brake valve solenoid for models with single

speed
1. Place solenoid (1) onto valve block . Thread cap (2)
onto valve body.
931001725A 1
2. Connect the electrical connector (2) to the solenoid.
931001725A 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 11
Command - Remove 2speed solenoid

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Locate the brake valve (1) on the floor. Located in

the front left corner, under the operator's seat.
931001728 1
2. Disconnect the connector (2) from the 2speed sole-

noid (1).
931001728 2
3. Unthread the cap (1) from the solenoid.
931001725A 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 12
Command - Install 2speed solenoid

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Slide the 2speed solenoid onto the valve body.

Thread cap (1) onto valve body.
931001727 1
2. Connect the connector (2) to the 2speed solenoid (1).
931001728 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 13
Command - Remove Loader pilot interlock valve solenoid

NOTE: This procedure can be used on models with EH 2speed brake valve or track models with EH track brake valve.
93111535 1
2. Disconnect the connector (1) from the pilot interlock

solenoid.
931001727 2
3. Unthread cap (1) from the solenoid.
93111535 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 14
Command - Install Loader pilot interlock valve solenoid

1. Slide the solenoid onto the valve body. Thread cap

(1) onto the valve body.
93111535 1
2. Connect the connector (1) to the pilot interlock sole-

noid.
931001727 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 15
Command - Remove Brake valve solenoid for models equipped

with EH brake valve/EH 2speed brake valve/EH track brake valve.

93111535 1
2. Remove the electrical connector (1) from the brake

valve solenoid.
NOTE: The brake valve solenoid can be determined from
looking at the brake valve body. The ports for the brake
valve are labeled B1 and B2
931001725A 2
3. Unthread the cap (1) and slide the solenoid off.
931001725A 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 16
Command - Install Brake valve solenoid for models equipped with

EH brake valve/EH 2speed brake valve/EH track brake valve.
1. Slide the solenoid onto the valve body. Thread the

cap (1) onto the valve body.
931001725A 1
2. Connect the electrical connector (1) to the brake

valve solenoid.
NOTE: The brake valve solenoid can be determined from
looking at the brake valve body. The ports for the brake
valve are labeled B1 and B2
931001725A 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 17
Control valve - Remove EH 2speed brake valve

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Label and disconnect hydraulic hose (1) from back

side of valve.
931001727 1
2. Label and disconnect four hoses (A), (B), (C), (D)

and one tube (E) from right hand side of valve.
931001726 2
3. Label and disconnect the drain hose (2).
931001726 3
4. Label and disconnect five electrical connections, as

shown.
931001731 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 18
5. Remove mounting hardware (3).
931001728 5
6. Remove valve.
931001729 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 19
Control valve - Install EH 2speed brake valve

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Locate correct position on body to mount valve.

2. Install mounting hardware (1).
NOTE: There is two mounting bolts securing the valve.
931001728 1
3. Connect the five electrical connections to the correct

outlets as previously labeled.
931001731 2
4. Connect drain hose (2).
931001726 3
5. Connect the four hoses (A), (B), (C), (D) and one
tube (E) to the correct locations as previously la-
beled.
931001728 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 20
6. Connect hydraulic hose (3) to the back side of valve.
931001727 5
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 21
Control valve - Remove EH brake valve

L213, L215

side of valve. Cap open ports.
931001727 1
2. Label and disconnect switch connections (1) on the

brake valve.
931001727 2
3. Label and disconnect solenoid connections (1) on

the brake valve.
931001728 3
4. Label and disconnect hoses (1) from valve. Cap

open ports.
931001726AA 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 22
5. Label and disconnect the drain hose (1). Cap open

ports.
931001726AA 5
931001728 6
7. Remove valve.
931001729A 7
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 23
Control valve - Install EH brake valve

L213, L215
1. Place brake valve into machine, left front corner on

the floor.
931001729A 1
2. Insert mounting hardware (1).
931001728 2
3. Connect the drain hose (1).
931001726AA 3
4. Connect hoses (1) to the valve.
931001726AA 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 24
5. Connect solenoid (1) connections onto the brake

valve.
931001728 5
6. Connect switch connections (1) onto the brake valve.
931001727 6
7. Connect the hydraulic hose (1) to the back side of

valve.
931001727 7
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 25
Control valve - Remove 2speed brake valve

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Prior operation:

931001727 1

the brake valve.
931001728 2

open ports.
931001726AA 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 26

ports.
931001726AA 4
931001728 5
6. Remove valve.
931001729A 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 27
Control valve - Install 2speed brake valve

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
1. Place brake valve into machine, left front corner on

the floor.
931001729A 1
2. Insert mounting hardware (1).
931001728 2
931001726AA 3
4. Connect hoses (1) to the valve.
931001726AA 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 28
5. Connect solenoid connections (1) onto the brake

valve.
931001728 5
6. Connect the hydraulic hose (1) to the back side of

valve.
931001727 6
7. Lower cab and lift arms refer to Tilt system - Tilt To

secure the lift arm in the raised position on radial
lift machines. (E.34.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 29
Control valve - Remove Brake valve

Prior operation:

931001726B 1

the brake valve.
931001725A 2

open ports.
931001726C 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 30

ports.
931001726C 4
931001726B 5
6. Remove valve.
931001729B 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 31
Control valve - Install Brake valve

1. Place valve onto floor of machine, front left floor.
931001729B 1
2. Insert and tighten mounting hardware (1).
931001726B 2
931001726C 3
4. Connect hoses (1) to valve.
931001726C 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 32
5. Connect solenoid connector (1) to the brake valve

solenoid.
931001725A 5
6. Connect hydraulic hose (1) to the back side of valve.
931001726B 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 33
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Remove Charge pressure switch

NOTE: Removing the charge pressure switch is the same procedure for the EH brake valve and EH 2speed brake
valve. This procedure uses the EH 2speed brake valve.
1. Locate the brake valve.
931002289 1
2. Locate the charge pressure switch, port PS1. Dis-

connect the connector (1) from the harness.
931001731 2
3. Unscrew the pressure sensor from the valve body.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 34
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Install Charge pressure switch

NOTE: Installing the charge pressure switch is the same procedure for the EH brake valve and EH 2speed brake
valve. This procedure uses the EH 2speed brake valve.
1. Thread and tighten the charge pressure switch into
the brake valve body port PS1.
2. Connect the charge pressure connector to the elec-
trical harness.
931001731 1
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 35
Index

Command - Install Brake valve solenoid for models equipped with EH brake valve/EH 2speed brake valve/EH track
brake valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Command - Install Brake valve solenoid for models with single speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Command - Install 2speed solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Command - Install Loader pilot interlock valve solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Command - Remove Brake valve solenoid for models equipped with EH brake valve/EH 2speed brake valve/EH
track brake valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Command - Remove Brake valve solenoid for models with single speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Command - Remove 2speed solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Command - Remove Loader pilot interlock valve solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Control valve - General specification 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Control valve - General specification of the EH 2 speed brake valve on medium and large frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
L230 Electro hydraulic controls
Control valve - General specification of the EH single speed brake valve on small frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L213, L215
Control valve - General specification of the EH track brake valve on medium and large frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Control valve - General specification of the Mechanical single speed brake valve on all frames except track models
.................................................................................................. 8
Control valve - Install 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Control valve - Install Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Control valve - Install EH 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Control valve - Install EH brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
L213, L215
Control valve - Remove 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Control valve - Remove Brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Control valve - Remove EH 2speed brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Control valve - Remove EH brake valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
L213, L215
Electrical control - Overview Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Install Charge pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Remove Charge pressure switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
84522361 15/06/2011
D.32.C / 36
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks - 50.B
C227
C232
C238
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Drive sprocket
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Rubber track
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tension adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Track tensioning mechanism

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Track adjustment mechanism

Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
C227, C232, C238
Roller
- Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Idler wheel
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks
Drive sprocket - Remove

1. Prior operation: Refer to Rubber track - Tension

adjust (D.50.B) and completely loosen the tension
on the track.
Make reference marks on the cover (1) and the drive
sprocket (2) to be used for alignment and the bolt
torque procedure during installation.
231002477A 1
2. Loosen and remove the socket head cap screws (1)

from the drive sprocket (2). Use acceptable lifting
equipment and lift the track above the drive sprocket
to allow the guide teeth to disengage from the drive
sprocket. Slide the drive sprocket off of the hub and
remove the drive sprocket.
231002477A 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 3
Drive sprocket - Install

NOTE: Photos are for reference only. Photo shows socket head cap screws installed on the drive sprocket.
1. Slide the drive sprocket over the hub. If the same
sprocket that was removed is being installed, use the
alignment marks made during removal to align the
drive sprocket on the hub. Lift the track above the
drive sprocket to allow the drive sprocket to engage
the guide teeth (1) on the track. Make sure the drive
sprocket is between the guide teeth (1) on the track.
231002477A 1
2. Install the socket head cap screws (1) into the drive
sprocket (2).
231002477A 2
3. Use the reference mark on the hub as the starting

point and tighten the socket head cap screws to a
torque of 67 - 163 Nm (50 - 120 lb ft) in the sequence
shown.
231002477A 3
4. Tighten the socket head cap screws to a final torque

of 285 - 320 Nm (208 - 235 lb ft) in the sequence
shown.
Next operation: After the drive sprocket has been in-
stalled, follow the procedure - Rubber track - Ten-
sion adjust (D.50.B) and adjust the tension of the
track.
231002477A 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 4
Rubber track - Remove

1. Park the machine on a level surface with the bucket

approximately 125 mm (5 in) off of the ground and
stop the engine.
231002469 1
2. Place 101 mm (4 in) blocks on the ground under

the bucket. Enter the operators compartment and
start the engine and lower the bucket until the front
of the machine is raised off the ground. Stop the
engine and exit the operators compartment. Place
a floor jack under the rear of the machine and raise
the rear of the machine until the tracks are completely
off of the ground. Install blocks under the machine to
securely block the machine in the raised position with
the tracks off the ground.
3. Remove the screws (1) from the adjuster cover (2)
and remove the cover.
231002468A 2
4. Slowly loosen the grease valve (1) on the adjuster (2)

until the grease begins to discharge from the adjuster
(2). Allow the grease to completely discharge from
the adjuster (2) to release the tension on the track as
the idler wheel moves rearward.
NOTE: DO NOT remove the grease valve body from the
adjuster. Internal parts (ball, spring, and poppet) may be
lost.
231002478 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 5
5. The idler wheel (1) can be moved farther rearward

either by pushing the idler wheel rearward or by lifting
on the center (2) of the track.
231002469 4
6. Lift the track (2) off of the drive sprocket (1) to allow
room for the drive sprocket (1) to slide off of the hub.
Next operation: Refer to Drive sprocket - Remove
(D.50.B) and remove the drive sprocket (1).
231002469 5
7. Remove the rubber track from the main frame (2)
231002469 6
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 6
Rubber track - Install

1. Follow the procedure in Steps 1 and 2 of Rubber

track - Remove (D.50.B) and raise and install blocks
under the machine to securely block the machine
in the raised position so that the tracks are off the
ground.
231002469 1
2. Install the track around the rear idler wheel (1). Make
sure the rear idler wheel is between the guide teeth
(2) on the track.
231002473 2
3. Continue towards the front idler wheel (1) engaging

the track guide teeth (3) between the rollers (2) and
then around the front idler wheel (1). Make sure the
front idler wheel (1) is between the guide teeth (3) on
the track.
Next operation: Refer to Drive sprocket - Install
(D.50.B) and install the drive sprocket.
Next operation: Refer to Rubber track - Tension
adjust (D.50.B) and adjust the tension of the track.
231002474 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 7
Rubber track - Tension adjust

1. Follow the procedure in Steps 1 and 2 of Rubber

track - Remove (D.50.B) and raise and install blocks
under the machine to securely block the machine
in the raised position so that the tracks are off the
ground.
231002469 1
2. Remove the screws (1) from the adjuster cover (2)

and remove the cover (2).
231002468A 2
3. Tighten the grease valve (1) to a torque of 90 ± 10

Nm (66 ± 10 lb ft). Install a power grease gun on the
grease zerk (3) on the grease valve (1).
231002478 3
4. To tighten the track, apply grease to the adjuster (2)

to increase the tension to the track.
231002478 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 8
5. Apply grease to the adjuster until the distance from

the bottom of the 2 center rollers (1) to the top surface
(2) of the track is within 12 - 19 mm (0.47 - 0.75 in)
231002475 5
6. To loosen the track, loosen the grease valve on the

adjuster until grease discharges from the adjuster.
Allow the grease to discharge from the adjuster until
the distance from the bottom of the two center rollers
to the top surface of the track is within 12 - 19 mm
(0.47 - 0.75 in) as shown in the step above. When
the distance is within the specifications, tighten the
grease valve to a torque of 90 ± 10 Nm (66 ± 10 lb
ft) .
NOTE: DO NOT remove the grease valve body from the
adjuster. Internal parts (ball, spring, and poppet) may be
lost.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 9
Track tensioning mechanism - Remove

Prior operation:
Refer to Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B) and remove the track from the machine
1. Remove the track from the machine.
231002469 1
2. Slide the track tension assembly (2) out of the main

frame (1).
231002470 2
3. Slide the yoke assembly (2) off of the track tension

assembly (1).
231002470 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 10
Track tensioning mechanism - Install

1. Slide the yoke assembly (2) onto the track tension

assembly (1).
231002471 1
2. Slide the track tension assembly (2) into the main

frame (1).
231002470 2
Next operation:
Refer to Rubber track - Install (D.50.B) and install the track.
After the track has been installed, follow the procedure Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B) and adjust the tension
of the track.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 11
Track adjustment mechanism - Adjust

C227, C232, C238
1. Make sure all paint is removed from contact surface

on end cap and shaft.
23112927 1
2. Inspect inside edge at all roller locations for any ex-

cess paint or rough edges. Remove as required.
23112928 2
23112929 3
3. Add one Keeper to each end of the rear idler. Two

Keepers total are required.
23112930 4
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 12
4. Start both bolts, but do not tighten.
23112931 5
5. Insert one shim (1) on each end of the rear idler (2). A
total of two shims are needed, the arrows show there
location. Be sure to add medium strength thread
locker (3)
23112932 6
23112933 7
6. Move Idler as far back in holes as possible and

tighten bolts.
23112934 8
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 13
7. Make sure the idler end cap ears are not pinched by
track frame after bolts are tight.
23112935 9
8. Install roller with out bolts and push roller against

inside track frame wall.
9. Use shim as guide to determine the required number
of shims needed to fill gap between the roller and the
track frame wall.
10. Maximum of one shim on each end of the roller.
11. If only one shim is required, install between roller and
the outside track frame wall.
12. Install shim as shown
23112937 10
13. Install bolts in roller, but do not tighten. Repeat shim

procedure for all three rollers, then add medium
strength thread lock, before tightening all of the
bolts.
23112938 11
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 14
14. Spin all rollers by hand.
23112939 12
NOTE: Rollers should spin easily by hand, using only your palm to grip the roller.
If a roller does not spin freely

15. Remove edge of track frame wall for 2 inches on
each side of roller hole.
16. Install roller and confirm roller spins freely.
23112940 13
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 15
Roller - Remove
Prior operation:
Refer to Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B) and remove the track from the machine.
NOTE: Photos are for reference only. Photo shows track installed on the machine.
1. After the track has been removed from the machine,
loosen and remove the cap screws and washers (1)
from the roller (2). Remove the roller (2) from the
track assembly.
231002476 1
2. Repeat the procedure above and remove the remain-

ing rollers (1) from the track assembly.
231002476 2
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 16
Roller - Install
NOTE: Photos are for reference only. Photo shows track installed on the machine.
NOTE: Apply Locktite 243 to the threads of the roller mounting bolts prior to installation.
1. Install the roller (2) into the mounting location in the
track frame. Install the cap screw (1) and washer
into the track frame and through the roller pilot hole.
Tighten the mounting bolt (1) to a torque of 336 - 371
Nm. (248 - 274 lb ft)
231002476 1
2. Install the remaining rollers in the track frame mount-

ing locations. Install the cap screw and washer into
the track frame and through the roller pilot hole.
Tighten the mounting bolt to a torque of 336 - 371
Nm. (248 - 274 lb ft)
231002476 2
Next operation:
After the track has been installed, follow the procedure Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B) and adjust the tension
of the track.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 17
Idler wheel - Remove

Prior operation:
Refer to Rubber Track - Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B) and remove the track from the machine.
1. Front Idler Wheel:

Remove the track from the machine. Slide the track
tension assembly (2) out of the main frame (1).
231002470 1
2. Loosen and remove the mounting screw (1) in the

yoke (2) which fastens the front idler wheel (3) to the
yoke (2). Remove the front idler wheel (3) from the
yoke (2).
231002471 2
3. Rear Idler Wheel:

Loosen and remove the cap screw (1) and washer
from the rear idler wheel (2). Remove the rear idler
wheel (2) from the main frame (3).
231002472 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 18
Idler wheel - Install

NOTE: Apply LOCTITE® 243 to the threads of the front and rear idler wheel mounting bolts prior to installation.
1. Front Idler Wheel:
Install the front idler wheel (3) into the yoke (2). Install
the screw into the yoke and into the front idler wheel.
Tighten the screw (1) to a torque of 183 - 205 Nm
(136 - 153 lb ft)
231002471 1
2. Slide the track tension assembly (2) into the main

frame (1).
231002470 2
3. Rear Idler Wheel:

Install the rear idler wheel (2) into the main frame (3).
Install the screw (1) into the main frame and into the
rear idler wheel (2). Tighten the screw (1)to a torque
of 555 - 620 Nm (406 - 460 lb ft).
231002472 3
Next operation:
After the track has been installed, follow the procedure - Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B) and adjust the
tension of the track.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 19
Index

Drive sprocket - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive sprocket - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Idler wheel - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Idler wheel - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Roller - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Roller - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Rubber track - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rubber track - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rubber track - Tension adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Track adjustment mechanism - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
C227, C232, C238
Track tensioning mechanism - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Track tensioning mechanism - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.B / 20
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - 50.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.C / 1
Contents
SERVICE
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels

Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.C / 2
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - Service instruction

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Always maintain correct tire pressure as indicated in this manual. DO NOT inflate tires above the
recommended pressure. Excessive pressure could result in tire failure.
W0109A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Tires must be replaced by skilled personnel with the proper tools and technical knowledge. Unskilled
personnel replacing wheels or tires could result in serious physical injuries, tire damage, and/or wheel
distortion. Always have a qualified tire mechanic service wheels and tires.
W0171A
1. The skid steer will be hard to turn and the tires will
wear faster if the correct pressure is not maintained.
When a worn or damaged tire is replaced, the re-
placement must be the same size and tread design
as the other tires on the machine. Two different sized
tires on one side of the machine will cause acceler-
ated tire wear, loss of power, and excessive strain
on the drivetrain. Replace worn tires in pairs with the
two new tires used on the same side of the loader. If
this tilts the loader too much, replace all four tires.
Adding air to the tires

NOTICE: Tire pressure gauges should be checked at regular intervals for calibration and accuracy.
TIRE SIZE PRESSURE

XD2002 10x16.5 40 - 60 psi
XD2002 12x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Beefy Baby II 10x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Beefy Baby II 12x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Hulk 10x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Hulk 12x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Bulky Hulk 33/15.5x16.5 40 - 60 psi
King Kong 10x16.5 40 - 60 psi
King Kong 12x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Hippo 31/15.5x16.5 40 - 60 psi
Hippo 33/15.5x16.5 40 - 60 psi
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.C / 3
AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
Wheel torque
Wheel taper nut torque 169.5 N·m (125 lb ft)
Flange nut 203.5 N·m (150 lb ft)
This procedure is only for adding air to the tire. If the tire
has lost most or all of the air, do the following.
1. Before you add air, have the wheel correctly installed
on the machine or put the wheel in a restraining de-
vice (tire inflation cage).
2. Use an air hose with a remote shutoff valve, self-
locking air chuck and wear eye protection.
3. Stand BEHIND the tread of the tire and make sure
ALL persons are away from the side of the tire before
you start to add air.
4. Inflate the tire to the recommended air pressure. DO
NOT inflate the tire more than the recommended
maximum pressure given on the tire.
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.C / 4
Index

WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
D.50.C / 5
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
FRAME AND CAB
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FRAME Primary frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.10.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
SHIELD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.20.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.32.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.40.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E
FRAME AND CAB - E
FRAME Primary frame - 10.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.10.B / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FUNCTIONAL DATA
FRAME Primary frame

Overview Model Frame Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.10.B / 2
FRAME AND CAB - FRAME Primary frame
FRAME Primary frame - Overview Model Frame Identification

Model Frame Size Engine
L213 Small ISM 34 kW (46.2 Hp)
Radial boom architecture
L215 Small ISM 39 kW (53.0 Hp)

L218 Medium ISM 45 kW (61.2 Hp)

Vertical boom architecture
L220 Medium ISM 45 kW (61.2 Hp)

L223 Large F5C 55 kW (74.8 Hp)



C227 Medium F5C 55 kW (74.8 Hp)

C232 Large F5C 61 kW (82.9 Hp)

C238 Large F5C 67 kW (91.1 Hp)

84522361 15/06/2011
E.10.B / 3
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

FRAME Primary frame - Overview Model Frame Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.10.B / 4
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
SERVICE
Engine hood
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - SHIELD
Engine hood - Remove

1. Remove fuel lines (1) from support strap.
931001670 1
2. Remove hardware (2) from filter base and remove

from door
931001668 2
3. Disconnect back up alarm electrical connections (3).
931001672 3
4. If applicable, disconnect rear light electrical connec-

tions (4).
931001675 4
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 3
5. Remove door hardware (5).
931001676 5
6. Remove rear door and grill assembly (6).
931001678 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 4
Engine hood - Install

1. Install rear access door and grill assembly in mounts
931001678 1
2. Install door hardware, bolt (1) and nut (2) to the upper
and lower mounts.
931001676 2
3. Connect back up alarm electrical connection (3).
931001673 3
4. Mount fuel filter base to door using bolts (B) and nuts
(A).
931001671 4
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 5
5. Support the fuel lines (5) to the back door using wire
ties (4).
931001670 5
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 6
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
Engine hood - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine hood - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 7
84522361 15/06/2011
E.20.A / 8
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SERVICE
Console
Left - Remove Left hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Left - Install Left hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Instrument panel
Digital instrument cluster - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Digital instrument cluster - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remove Right hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Instrument panel - Install Right hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
Console Left - Remove Left hand side console

1. Locate the left hand console (1), inside operator's
cab front left side cab frame post
93107448A 1
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 3
2. Remove left console mounting hardware (1).
93109327Z 2
3. Remove connector from the switch (1).
20111506 3
4. Unclip the switch from the console.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 4
Console Left - Install Left hand side console

1. Insert switch into console. Connect the connector to
the switch (1).
20111506 1
2. Insert the mounting hardware into the left side (1) and
right side of the console (2).
93109327Z 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 5
Instrument panel Digital instrument cluster - Remove

1. Locate instrument cluster (1) on the right hand frame
post inside operator's cab.
93107444 1
2. Remove hardware (1) retaining the instrument clus-

ter on to the right hand frame post.
93109330 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 6
3. Disconnect connector X-C23 from the instrument

cluster (1).
93105890B 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 7
Instrument panel Digital instrument cluster - Install

Prior operation:
Instrument panel Digital instrument cluster - Remove (E.32.A)
1. Connect connector X-C23 to the instrument cluster

(1).
93105890B 1
2. Place instrument cluster (1) into right hand frame

post. Place hardware (2) into instrument cluster to
secure to frame post.
93109330 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 8
Instrument panel - Remove Right hand side console

1. Locate instrument cluster (1) on the right hand frame
post inside operator's cab.
93107444 1
2. Remove the mounting hardware from the left side (1)

and right side (2) of the right hand console.
93109330 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 9
3. Disconnect connector from the switch. Remove

switch from the right hand console (1).
20111505 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 10
Instrument panel - Install Right hand side console

1. Insert switch into the right hand console (1). Connect
the connector to the switch.
20111505 1
2. Insert the mounting hardware into the left side (1) and
right side (2) of the right hand console. Tighten to
proper torque.
93109330 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 11
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Console Left - Install Left hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Console Left - Remove Left hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Instrument panel - Install Right hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Instrument panel - Remove Right hand side console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Instrument panel Digital instrument cluster - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Instrument panel Digital instrument cluster - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.A / 12
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat - 32.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
DIAGNOSTIC
Command
Testing Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Testing Operator Restraint Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Heater
Testing Seat Heat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT Operator seat
Command - Testing Seat Switch

NOTE: The seat switch may become misaligned and not function properly, due to switch mounting or seat cushion
compression. Ensure proper switch mounting before replacing switch.
connector X-58A. Connect a jumper Action move jumper.
between connector X-58 pins 3 and The SEAT SWITCH S-002 or connect- Action
4. ing wiring has failed. Replace the Go to test 2
Check switch or failed wiring.
for circuit operation.
Check wire 315/317/313 (Red) or adjacent
X-C23 pin 3 and connector X-58 pin
3.
Check wire 323/328 (Yellow) (EH) 323 (Yel-
wire condition between connector low) (Mech) or adjacent wiring.
X-C23 pin 12 and connector X-58
pin 4.
Use Data bus - General specifica- No resistance problems. Resistance problems are found.
tion Instrument Cluster pin infor- Action Action
mation (A.50.A) to The SEAT SWITCH S-002 or connect- Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Check ing wiring has failed. Replace the
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pins 3 and 12. switch or failed wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 3
Command - Testing Operator Restraint Switch

NOTE: For EH machines follow steps 1-5. For Mechanical machines follow steps 6-8.
Disconnect connector X-104 from No circuit problems No change in circuit response, re-
the OPERATOR RESTRAINT SWITCH Action move jumper.
S-043. Connect a jumper between The OPERATOR RESTRAINT SWITCH Go to test 2
connector X-104 pins 1 and 2. has failed. Replace the switch.
Check
EH LAP BAR DIODE V-005. Action Action
Testing (A.30.A).
Check wire 317/316 (Red) / 313 (Yellow) or
wire condition between X-104 pin 1 adjacent wiring.
Check wire 314 (Yellow) or adjacent wiring.
wire condition between X-99 pin A
and connector X-104 pin 2.
TEM - Testing General Wire Test-Action Action
Check ally inspect the relevant harnesses wire 524 (Yellow) or adjacent wiring.
and connectors for damage, bent or
wire condition between X-CN4A pin
10 and connector X-99 pin B. dislocated pins, corroded terminals
continue operation.
Disconnect connector X-104 from No circuit problems No change in circuit response, re-
the OPERATOR RESTRAINT SWITCH Action move jumper.
S-011. Connect a jumper between The OPERATOR RESTRAINT SWITCH Go to test 7
connector X-104 pins 1 and 2. has failed. Replace the switch.
Check
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 4

Check wire 317/316 (Red) / 313 (Yellow) or
wire condition between X-104 pin 1 adjacent wiring.
Check ally inspect the relevant harnesses wire 314 (Yellow) or adjacent wiring.
wire condition between X-C23 pin 13 and connectors for damage, bent or
and connector X-104 pin 2. dislocated pins, corroded terminals
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 5
Heater - Testing Seat Heat Switch

NOTE: See schematics
Place the SEAT HEAT SWITCH to the Bulb comes on. Bulb does not light.
on position. Action Action
Check The seat heat wiring has developed Go to test 2
for indicator bulb illumination. an open, or the SEAT HEAT ELEMENT
R-001 has failed. Replace the SEAT
HEAT ELEMENT or faulty wiring.
Remove ACCESSORY FUSE from the 0 Ω Fuse is blown.
BLOCK 1 Z-2008 Go to test 3 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check amp rating.
for continuity across ACCESSORY
FUSE.
With the fuse removed, and ignition 12 V 0V
on, Action Action
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 FUSE
pin C1 and ground.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 5 Locate and repair or replace broken
between MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION wire 134/152/756 (Orange) or adja-
FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 pin C2 and cent wiring.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 6 Locate and repair or replace broken
between connector X-58 pin 2 and wire 933/1088/1093 (Black) or adja-
cab ground. cent wiring.
While cycling the SEAT HEAT Infinite resistance with switch in off Open in both positions.
SWITCH, position, low resistance with switch Action
Check in on position. The SEAT HEAT SWITCH S-003 has
resistance between connector X-58 Action failed. Replace the switch.
pin 1 and connector X-58 pin 2. The seat heat wiring has developed
an open, or the SEAT HEAT ELEMENT
R-001 has failed. Replace the SEAT
HEAT ELEMENT or faulty wiring.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 6
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Command - Testing Operator Restraint Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Command - Testing Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Heater - Testing Seat Heat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 7
84522361 15/06/2011
E.32.C / 8
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER PLATFORM - 34.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Door, window and windscreen

Overview Door Switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Tilt system
Tilt To secure the lift arm in the raised position on radial lift machines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DIAGNOSTIC
Cigar lighter
Testing Accessory Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Door, window and windscreen
Testing Door Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER PLATFORM
Door, window and windscreen - Overview Door Switch - Overview

If a unit has a door, the Door Switch Function will prevent the operator from operating the loader arm and bucket while
the door is open. This will prevent damage to the machine because when the door is open it is directly in the path of
the implement.
The operator can open the door at any time and the joystick control of loader and bucket will be shut off over software
and the port locks will engage. Once the door is closed the operator will regain control of the attachment.
The Door Switch is a magnetic reed switch. The switch operates on low current, and closes in the presence of metal.
The switch mush be adjusted properly to function correctly.
The Door Switch Function is active when Ignition is ON.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 3
Tilt system - Tilt To secure the lift arm in the raised position on
radial lift machines.
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Loader lift arm is unsupported during support strut removal. Do not enter or exit the operator's com-
partment with an unsupported loader lift arm. Two persons are required during storage. One person
should remove and store the support strut while the operator remains in the operator's compartment.
D0021A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
W0230A
1. Remove any attachment.

2. Park the machine on firm and level surface.
3. See the instructional decal on the inside of the right
lift arm, just above the support strut. Read and un-
derstand these instructions before you perform this
procedure.
4. Remove the retaining clip (1) that secures the lift arm
support strut.
93106848A 1
5. Lay the support (1) down on the lift arm tubing and
cylinder, as shown.
6. Slowly raise the lift arms until the support strut drops
down onto the cylinder, as shown.
7. Install retaining clip (2) to secure support strut to the
lift arm cylinder. Gently, lower the lift arms down until
the support strut is in contact with the cylinder.
93106854A 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 4
To secure the lift arms up and install the support lock pin on vertical lift machines.
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
D0020A
1. Remove any attachment.

2. Park machine on firm level surface.
3. See instructional decal (2) located by the lift arm lever
lock.
4. Raise the loader arm until loader link is above the
lock pins.
5. Rotating mechanical lift arm lock lever (1) towards
the inside of the machine will extend the pins and
the lift arms will be LOCKED.
6. Slowly lower lift arm until it rests on the lock pins.
93109334 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 5
Move operator protective structure to service position.

1. The operators compartment may be tilted forward,
for service access, only with the lift arms raised. Fol-
lowing instruction provided to access the engine, hy-
drostatic pumps, motors and control linkage.
2. To tilt the cab, confirm that the following steps have
been completed.
3. The machine is on firm, level ground.
4. The lift arms are up with the support strut or lock pin
in lock position.
5. Use a 24 mm (15/16 in) socket or wrench to remove
the two rear ROPS retaining nuts (1).
6. Use the cab entry hand holds and pivot the cab for-
ward as shown.
7. Confirm red lock tube (1) has lowered over pivot link-
age.
93107498 4
93105463 5
93107499A 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 6
Tilt system - Lower

DANGER
Crushing hazard!
D0021A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
W0230A
To lower the cab

1. To place the cab and loader lift arms back into the
work position raise the red lock tube over the cab
pivot linkage.
2. Confirm red lock tube (1) is raised over pivot linkage.
93107499A 1
3. Use the cab entry hand holds and pivot the cab down
onto frame.
4. Use a 24mm socket or wrench to install the two
rear ROPS retaining nuts (1) to a torque of 170 N·m
(125.4 lb ft) .
931001633 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 7
To lower the working arms and disengage the support lock pin on vertical lift machines.
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
D0020A
1. While sitting in the operator's seat with the seat belt

fastened and the engine running, Raise the lift arm
(4) high enough to clear the lift arm lock pins (3).
Rotate the mechanical lift arm lock lever away from
the seat (counter - clockwise) to retract the lock pins.
93107457 3
93109334 4
NOTICE: See the instructional decal (2) located by the mechanical lift arm lock lever.
2. Slowly lower the lift arm until the lift arms are on the
ground or floor.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 8
To lower the working arms and disengage the support bracket on radial lift machines.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
W0230A
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
D0021A
1. See the instructional decal on the inside of the right

lift arm, just above the support strut. Read and un-
derstand these instructions before you perform this
procedure.
NOTE: Two people are required for this procedure.

2. One person should remove retaining clip (1) from
support strut while the operator remains in the op-
erator's compartment.
93106854A 5
3. Slowly raise the lift arms until the support strut sepa-
rates from the cylinder.
4. Have the person outside the unit raise support strut
and secure through tab with retaining clip (1), as
shown.
5. Once the second person has cleared the area, the
working arm can be lowered.
93106848A 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 9
Cigar lighter - Testing Accessory Power Outlet

Remove ACCESSORY / BEACON FUSE 0Ω Fuse is blown.
FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008. Go to test 2 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check amp rating.
for continuity across ACCESSORY /
BEACON FUSE.
With the fuse removed and Ignition 12 V 0V
on, Action Action
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BLOCK 1 Z-2008 / BEACON FUSE.
pin D5 and ground.
Check wire 801/115/196 (Red) or adjacent
wire condition between connec- wiring.
tor X-ACC pin B and MAIN POWER
pin D6.
ing (A.30.A) to The ACCESSORY POWER OUTLET Locate and repair or replace broken
Check Z-008 has failed. Replace the wire 952/842/1094 (Black) or adja-
wire condition between connector ACCESSORY POWER OUTLET. cent wiring.
X-ACC pin A and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 10
Door, window and windscreen - Testing Door Switch

the DOOR SWITCH. Connect a jumper Action move jumper.
between connector X-505 pins 1 and The DOOR SWITCH has failed. Re- Action
2. place the switch. Go to test 2
Check
the DOOR WIPER MOTOR. Use ELEC- Action Action
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- Go to test 4 Repair or replace broken wire 250/
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) 251 (Yellow) or wire 220 (Yellow).
to
Check
X-505 pin 1 and connector X-C23
pin 17.
Use Data bus - General specifica- No resistance problems. Resistance problems are found.
tion Instrument Cluster pin infor- Action Action
mation (A.50.A) to The fault may be intermittent. Visu- Replace the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER.
Check ally inspect the relevant harnesses
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER pin 17. and connectors for damage, bent or
dislocated pins, corroded terminals
continue operation.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 11
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Cigar lighter - Testing Accessory Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Door, window and windscreen - Overview Door Switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Door, window and windscreen - Testing Door Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Tilt system - Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tilt system - Tilt To secure the lift arm in the raised position on radial lift machines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
E.34.A / 12
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - 40.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system

Overview HVAC System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overview HVAC Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Overview HVAC Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Electronic A/C control
Overview HVAC Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DIAGNOSTIC

Problem solving HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Compressor
Testing A/C Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Condenser
Testing HVAC Condenser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Electronic A/C control
Testing Blower Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Testing A/C Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Testing HVAC Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Testing HVAC Heat Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensing system
Testing HVAC High Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 2
FRAME AND CAB - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview

HVAC System
NOTE: For more information on the mechanical operation of the HVAC system see: ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-
conditioning system - Overview HVAC Mechanical (E.40.C) and for more information on the electrical operation of
the HVAC system see: ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC Electrical (E.40.C).
The function of the HVAC system is to improve the operator's comfort by conditioning the air inside the cab.
In AC mode, temperature control is achieved by absorbing the heat within the cab into a refrigerant and then allowing
the heat absorbed by the refrigerant to be transferred to the outside air.
In heat mode, temperature control is achieved by air absorbing heat from a heat exchanger (heater core).
The BLOWER SWITCH S-020 can provide 4 speed levels (off, low, medium, high) to the Electric Fan Motor (2) (internal
to HVAC Box). Low and medium speeds are provided through a Resistor (internal to HVAC Box).
The fan blows a mix of outside and cab air (1) across an evaporator (3) and across the heater core (4), providing
conditioned air entering the cab through vents (5), and is energized anytime the ignition is on.
ACPATHSL57 1
HVAC air flow path
In AC mode, with the AC SWITCH S-017 on, and an Electric Fan speed selected, the HVAC CONDENSER FAN and A/C
COMP are energized, starting the refrigeration cycle and providing cool air to the cab.
In heat mode, with AC Switch off and the TEMPCONTROL Z-017 potentiometer to “hot”, the potentiometer provides a
control signal to the WATER VALVE Z-019 which directs hot engine coolant to flow to the heater core. The Electric Fan
Motor (internal to HVAC Box) blows air across the evaporator (not in use) and hot heater core, providing hot air to cab.
If both AC switch is on and Tempcontrol potentiometer is turned to "hot", both the Water Valve and AC components
are energized, and the air will cool across the Evaporator, then heat across the heater core, then enter the cab.
The Blower Switch, AC Switch, and Tempcontrol potentiometer are all located on the Left Console.
There are three safety switches in the system that protect the compressor. The Single-Level Pressure Switch (internal
to HVAC Box) protects from a liquid lock condition in the refrigeration cycle. The HVAC HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
protects against an overpressure condition caused by a system blockage or compressor failure. The Thermostat
(internal to HVAC Box) is a freeze sensor, located on the condenser, that cycles the A/C COMPRESSOR off preventing
an ice over condition, which would prevent heat transfer.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 3

HVAC Mechanical
The principal components of an air conditioning system are
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Expansion Valve
To achieve the absorption and the release of heat, which is, in essence, the function of an air conditioning system,
requires the use of a suitable refrigerant, a liquid that has a relatively low temperature boiling point, plus certain de-
sirable safety and stability features. The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is R-134a.
The refrigerant starts as a low temperature, low pressure liquid and enters the evaporator. The evaporator (1) consists
of a number of turns of continuous coils mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum heat transfer
area in a minimum amount of space.
Low temperature refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the hotter air in the cab, cooling the air.
The Electric Fan Motor (internal to HVAC Box) blows a mix of outside air and recirculated cab air across the evaporator
and blows this cool air into the cab.
The refrigerant now changes to a high temperature, low pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator, moving to the
suction (low pressure) side of the compressor.
REFCYCLESL57 1
Refrigeration Cycle
The compressor (2) acts as a pump which raises the refrigerant temperature and pressure by compression to a higher
degree of temperature than the ambient (outside air) temperature and provides the driving force required to circulate
the volume of refrigerant through the system.
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a high temperature, low pressure vapor which is compressed and then
pumped out as a high temperature, high pressure vapor to the condenser. The Thermostat (internal to HVAC Box)
cycles power to the A/C COMPRESSOR via removing power to compressor relay control.
The condenser (3) consists of a number of turns of continuous coil mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide
a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum area of space.
The condenser receives the high temperature, high pressure refrigerant vapor from the compressor. The hot vapor
passes through the condenser coils and outside air is pushed across the condenser by the HVAC CONDENSER FAN.
Heat moves from the hot refrigerant vapor into the cooler outside air flowing across the condenser coils and fins.
When the refrigerant vapor reaches the pressure and temperature that will induce a change of state to a liquid, a large
quantity of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant changes to a low temperature, high pressure liquid.
The refrigerant from the condenser enters the expansion valve (4) as a low temperature, high pressure liquid. The
expansion valve allows the refrigerant to expand rapidly, which causes the pressure and temperature of the refrigerant
to be reduced and the refrigerant leaves the expansion valve as a low temperature, low pressure liquid.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 4

HVAC Electrical
NOTE: See schematic Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A)
The HVAC system has several power inputs. One line of source power comes from the ACCESSORY RELAY K-018 to
the HVAC BOX A-003 on pin 11. This energizes the Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan coil (internal to HVAC Box). The
Accessory Relay is powered from the INSTRUMENT CLUSTER when the ignition is on, which shuts the Auxiliary Relay
for Electric Fan.
NOTE: See HVAC Box overview for more information Electronic A/C control - Overview HVAC Box (E.40.C)
The Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan main power comes directly from the BATTERY via HVAC FUSE F-001 through
HVAC Box pin 14. The Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan is shut anytime the ignition is on, allowing power to WATER
VALVE Z-019 and TEMPCONTROL Z-017 potentiometer, also allowing power to BLOWER SWITCH S-020 from HVAC Box
pin 10. Power is provided to the AC SWITCH S-017, from the Blower Switch, anytime a fan speed is selected. The
Blower Switch, AC Switch, and Tempcontrol potentiometer are all located on the Left Console.
Since the Water Valve and Tempcontrol are energized, cab heat is available anytime the ignition is on.
When the AC Switch is turned “on” and an Electric Fan speed is selected,
power is provided to HVAC Box pin 6, through Single-Level Pressure Switch (internal to HVAC Box), through Ther-
mostat (internal to HVAC Box), out HVAC Box pin 7 to HVAC HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH back into HVAC Box pin 8 to
the Compressor Relay coil (internal to HVAC Box), shutting the Compressor Relay (internal to HVAC Box). When
Compressor Relay is shut, this allows
battery power via COMPRESSOR FUSE F-002 through HVAC Box pin 2 to the Compressor Relay, out HVAC box pin 12,
to the A/C COMP.
When the AC Switch is turned “on” and an Electric Fan speed is selected,
power is also applied to the CONDENSER RELAY coil, shutting the Condenser Relay, providing battery power via fuse
F-002 to the CONDENSER FAN.
The Blower Switch, since energized, can provide 4 speed levels (off, low, medium, high) through HVAC box pins 3,
4, and 5 (low, medium, and high) to the Electric Fan Motor (internal to HVAC Box). This is done through a Resistor
(internal to HVAC Box).
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 5
Electronic A/C control - Overview HVAC Box

NOTE: See X-HVC1 and X-HVC2 for connector information
NOTE: See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC Electrical (E.40.C)for electri-
cal flowpath description.
Components in HVAC BOX A-003

Designation Component
(1) Compressor Relay
(2) Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan
(3) Resistor
(4) Electric Fan Motor
(5) No-Frost Electronic Thermostat
(6) Single-Level Pressure Switch
(7) Connector X-HVC2
HVACBOXSCHEMSL5 1
HVAC BOX A-003 Schematic
HVAC Box Pin Information (numbered from top to bottom on schematic)

Pin Number Wire Description
3 Power to Low Speed portion of Resistor from BLOWER
SWITCH S-020
4 Power to Medium Speed portion of Resistor from
BLOWER SWITCH S-020
5 High Speed power to Electric Fan Motor from BLOWER
SWITCH S-020
2 Power to Compressor Relay from COMPRESSOR FUSE
F-002
10 Power to BLOWER SWITCH S-020, TEMPCONTROL Z-017
potentiometer, and WATER VALVE Z-019 from Auxiliary
Relay for Electric Fan
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 6
14 Power to Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan from HVAC

FUSE F-001
9 Ground path from Thermostat
12 Power to A/C COMPRESSOR from Compressor Relay
11 Power to Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan coil from
ACCESSORY RELAY K-018
6 Power to Single-Level Pressure Switch and Thermostat
from AC SWITCH S-017
1 Ground for Compressor Relay coil
Ground for Auxiliary Relay for Electric Fan coil
Ground for Electric Fan Motor
13 not used
8 Power to Compressor Relay coil from HVAC HIGH
PRESSURE SWITCH
7 Power to HVAC HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH from Thermostat
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Disconnect air condition hoses (1) and cap open

ports.
931001817 1
2. Label and disconnect heater hoses (2) and cap open

ports.
931001817 2
3. Remove seat hardware (3).
931001759 3
4. Disconnect seat safety switch electrical connection

(4).
931001793 4
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 8
5. Remove operators seat.
931001756 5
6. Remove mounting screws (5) and remove cover (6).
931001752 6
7. Remove rear panel hardware (7).
931001751 7
8. Remove window wash bottle lid (8).
931001775 8
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 9
9. Remove rear panel exposing air conditioning unit.
931001774 9
10. Remove left hand side and right hand side duct work
hardware (9).
931001763 10
11. Remove air condition unit mounting hardware (10).
931001769 11
12. Disconnect air condition electrical connector (11).
931001771 12
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 10
13. Remove air condition unit.
931001773 13
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 11
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Install

Prior operation:
1. Disconnect air condition hoses (1) and cap open

ports.
931001817 1

ports.
931001817 2
931001759 3

(4).
931001793 4
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 12
93109313 5
931001752 6
931001751 7
931001775 8
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 13
931001774 9
hardware (9).
931001763 10
931001769 11
931001771 12
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 14
931001773 13
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 15
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove

Prior operation:
1. Raise cab to disconnect air conditioning system

NOTE: If R134A is still in system, it should be drained and
captured prior to disconnecting hoses.
931001817 1

ports.
NOTE: Drain coolant into a suitable container prior to dis-
connecting heater hoses.
931001817 2
931001759 3

(4).
931001793 4
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 16
93109313 5
931001752 6
931001751 7
931001775 8
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 17
931001774 9
hardware (9).
931001763 10
931001769 11
931001771 12
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 18
931001773 13
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 19
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem

solving HVAC
OPERATION
To understand the electrical flowpaths and help narrow down the troubleshooting efforts, refer to HVAC System Elec-
trical overview ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC Electrical (E.40.C).
TROUBLESHOOTING
Before troubleshooting ensure that

1. HVAC FUSE F-001 is good.
2. COMPRESSOR FUSE F-002 is good.
3. ACCESSORY RELAY K-018 is good. See ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Component identification Relay
Index (A.30.A).
4. Switches are operated in accordance with Operator's Manual.
No heat Faulty TEMPCONTROL Z-017 potentiometer Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Heat Components (E.40.C)
Faulty WATER VALVE Z-019 Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Faulty Fan Relay (internal to HVAC Box) Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Box (E.40.C)
Poor Heat Faulty TEMPCONTROL Z-017 potentiometer Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Faulty WATER VALVE Z-019 Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Poor cooling No voltage at connector X-74 pin B. Faulty CONDENSER RELAY or associated
wiring. See Fuse and relay box - Testing
Relay Testing (A.50.A) and Fuse and
relay box - Testing Condenser Relay
Control (A.30.A)
Faulty HVAC CONDENSER FAN Condenser - Testing HVAC Condenser
Fan (E.40.C)
Thermostat (internal to HVAC Box) not cy- Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
cling correctly Box (E.40.C)
Poor cooling after engine Faulty WATER VALVE Z-019 Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
is at normal temperature Heat Components (E.40.C)
Faulty TEMPCONTROL Z-017 potentiometer Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
No cooling Faulty Fan Relay (internal to HVAC Box) Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Box (E.40.C)
Faulty BLOWER SWITCH S-020 Electronic A/C control - Testing Blower
Switch (E.40.C)
Faulty AC SWITCH S-017 Electronic A/C control - Testing A/C
Switch (E.40.C)
Faulty Single-Level Pressure Switch (inter- Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
nal to HVAC Box) Box (E.40.C)
Faulty Thermostat (internal to HVAC Box) Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Box (E.40.C)
Faulty HVAC HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Sensing system - Testing HVAC High
Pressure Switch (E.40.C)
Faulty Compressor Relay (internal to HVAC Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Box) Box (E.40.C)
Faulty A/C COMPRESSOR Compressor - Testing A/C Compressor
(E.40.C)
No fan speeds available No voltage at HVAC Box pin 14 Faulty HVAC FUSE F-001 or associated
wiring
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 20

No voltage at HVAC Box pin 11 Faulty ACCESSORY RELAY K-018 or asso-
ciated wiring. See Fuse and relay box -
Testing Relay Testing (A.50.A) and Fuse
and relay box - Testing Accessory Relay
Control (A.30.A)
Faulty BLOWER SWITCH S-020 Electronic A/C control - Testing Blower
Switch (E.40.C)
Faulty Fan Relay (internal to HVAC Box) Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
Box (E.40.C)
Faulty Electric Fan Motor (internal to HVAC Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
box) Box (E.40.C)
Faulty HVAC Box ground wiring Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM -
Testing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) to
ensure proper ground from HVAC Box pin
1
Only high speed fan Faulty Resistor (internal to HVAC Box) Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC
available Box (E.40.C)
Only one fan speed is not Wiring problem common to HVAC BOX Use ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM -
available A-003 (Resistor) and BLOWER SWITCH Testing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) to
S-020 locate faulty wire
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 21
Compressor - Testing A/C Compressor

With ignition off, use ELECTRICAL No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Gen- Action Action
eral Wire Testing (A.30.A) to Go to test 2 Locate and repair or replace broken
Check ground wire.
wire condition between A/C
COMPRESSOR ground pin and
ground.
Disconnect connector X-AC_COMP 12 V 0V
from the A/C COMPRESSOR. With ig- Action Action
nition on, The A/C COMPRESSOR has failed. Go to test 3
Check Replace the compressor.
for voltage from connector
X-AC_COMP power pin and ground.
With ignition off, use ELECTRICAL No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
POWER SYSTEM - Testing Gen- Action Action
eral Wire Testing (A.30.A) to Locate and repair or replace broken
Check See the following for further testing wire 841 (White).
wire condition between A/C • ENVIRONMENT CON-
COMPRESSOR power pin and TROL Air-conditioning
X-HVC1 pin 12. system - Problem solv-
ing HVAC (E.40.C)
• Electronic A/C control
- Testing HVAC Box
(E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 22
Condenser - Testing HVAC Condenser Fan

NOTE: Without the Condenser Fan, the Air Conditioning will work poorly. If Air Conditioning does not work at all, see
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem solving HVAC (E.40.C)
Disconnect connector X-74 from the No wire problems. Wire problems are found.
HVAC CONDENSER FAN. Use ELEC- Action Action
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- Go to test 2 Locate and repair or replace broken
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) wire 1084 (Black).
to
Check
ground wire condition between X-74
pin A and ground.
With ignition on, 12 V 0V
Check Action Action
for voltage from connector X-74 pin The HVAC CONDENSER FAN has Go to test 3
B and ground. failed. Replace the fan.
the CONDENSER RELAY. Use ELEC- Action Action
TRICAL POWER SYSTEM - Test- Locate and repair or replace broken
ing General Wire Testing (A.30.A) See the following for further testing wire 237 (White).
to • Fuse and relay box -
Check Testing Condenser Re-
wire condition between X-74 pin B lay Control (A.30.A)
and X-111 pin 87.
• ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Air-conditioning
system - Problem solv-
ing HVAC (E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 23
Electronic A/C control - Testing Blower Switch

NOTE: Ensure Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC Box (E.40.C) test is satisfactory prior to performing this test
Disconnect connector X-270 from 0 Ω when selecting a fan speed, no Any other readings
the BLOWER SWITCH S-020. continuity when fan is selected off. Action
Check Action The BLOWER SWITCH has failed. Re-
for resistance between BLOWER Go to test 2 place the switch.
SWITCH
pins 1 and 2 while cycling the Blower
Switch.
for resistance between BLOWER For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in more than one position or infi-
SWITCH one position, infinite resistance in all nite resistance in all positions.
pins 2 and 3 (Low) others. Action
pins 2 and 4 (Medium) Action The BLOWER SWITCH has failed. Re-
pins 2 and 5 (High) Go to test 3 place the switch.
while cycling the BLOWER SWITCH.
Check See the following for further testing wire 821/846/842 (Orange) or adja-
wire condition between X-HVC1 pin • ENVIRONMENT CON- cent wiring.
10 and connector X-270 pin 2. TROL Air-conditioning
ing HVAC (E.40.C)
- Testing HVAC Box
(E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 24
Electronic A/C control - Testing A/C Switch

NOTE: See schematic
NOTE: Ensure Electronic A/C control - Testing Blower Switch (E.40.C) test is satisfactory prior to performing this
test
Use ENVIRONMENT CON- Light on Light not on
TROL Air-conditioning system - Action Action
Overview HVAC System (E.40.C) Go to test 3 Go to test 2
to set up conditions for the AC sys-
tem to turn on.
Check
that AC switch indicator light is on.
the AC SWITCH S-017. Use ENVI- Action Action
RONMENT CONTROL Air-condi- Go to test 3 There is an open on wire 825 (Or-
tioning system - Overview HVAC ange). Repair the wire.
System (E.40.C) to set up condi-
tions for the AC system to turn on.
Check
for voltage between X-275 pins 1
and ground.
Disconnect connector X-275 from No circuit problems. No change in circuit response.
the AC SWITCH S-017. Connect a Action Action
jumper between connector X-275 The AC SWITCH S-017 has failed. Go to test 4
pins 1 and 2. Replace the switch.
Check
ing (A.30.A) to Locate and repair or replace bro-
Check See the following for further testing ken wire 829/837 (White) or adjacent
wire condition between X-275 pin 2 • ENVIRONMENT CON- wiring.
and connector X-HVC1 pin 6. TROL Air-conditioning
ing HVAC (E.40.C)
- Testing HVAC Box
(E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 25
Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC Box

NOTE: Ensure HVAC FUSE F-001
COMPRESSOR FUSE F-002 and
ACCESSORY RELAY K-018 are working correctly prior to performing this test.
NOTE: See Electronic A/C control - Overview HVAC Box (E.40.C) for additional information
Disconnect connector X-HVC2 from 12 V for each check 0V
X-HVC1. With the ignition on, Action Action
for voltage from connector X-HVC1 bution system upstream of X-HVC1
pin 2 and ground, 11 and ground, pin 2, 11, or 14.
and 14 and ground.
for resistance between HVAC BOX 0Ω Greater than 15 Ω
A-003 pins 1 and 8 and from pins 1 Action Action
and 11. Go to test 3 Either the Compressor Relay or Fan
Relay, both internal to the HVAC
Box, has failed. Replace the ser-
viceable component.
for resistance between HVAC BOX Open 0Ω
A-003 pins 2 and 12 and from pins Action Action
10 and 14. Go to test 4 Either the Compressor Relay or Fan
Relay, both internal to the HVAC
Box, has failed. Replace the ser-
viceable component.
for resistance between HVAC BOX The sum of the resistances from pins For any other readings,
A-003 3 and 4 and from pins 4 and 5 should Action
pins 3 and 4 equal the resistance from pins 3 and The Resistor, internal to the HVAC
pins 4 and 5 5. Box, has failed. Replace the service-
pins 3 and 5. Action able component.
Go to test 5
for resistance between HVAC BOX 10 Ω Either 0 Ω or greater than 1000 Ω
A-003 pins 1 and 5 Action Action
Go to test 6 The Electric Fan Motor, internal to
the HVAC Box, has failed. Replace
the serviceable component.
Check wire 1012 (Black/White) or adjacent
X-HVC1 pin 9 and ground.
Check See the following for further testing wire 935/1087 or 935/1088 (Black)
wire condition between connector • ENVIRONMENT CON- or adjacent wiring.
X-HVC1 pin 1 and ground. TROL Air-conditioning
ing HVAC (E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 26
Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC Heat Components

the TEMPCONTROL Z-017 poten- Action Action
tiometer. With ignition on, Go to test 2 Go to test 3
Check
3 and ground.
the WATER VALVE Z-019. With igni- Action Action
tion on, Go to test 4 Go to test 3
Check
A and ground.
Check See the following for further testing wire 823 (Pink) or 822/846/842 (Or-
wire condition between X-HVC1 pin • ENVIRONMENT CON- ange) or adjacent wiring.
10 and connector X-271 pin A and TROL Air-conditioning
between X-HVC1 pin 10 and con- system - Problem solv-
nector X-252 pin 3. ing HVAC (E.40.C)
- Testing HVAC Box
(E.40.C)
for resistance between Varying resistance with potentiome- 0 Ω, or infinite resistance, or con-
TEMPCONTROL Z-017 potentiometer ter movement. stant value
pins 2 and 3 while moving poten- Action Action
tiometer. Go to test 5 The TEMPCONTROL potentiometer
has failed. Replace the potentiome-
ter.
for resistance between WATER 20 Ω 0 Ω, or greater than 1 K Ω
VALVE Z-019 pins A and C. Action Action
Go to test 6 The WATER VALVE has failed. Re-
place the valve.
Check wire 824 (Yellow).
signal wire condition between X-252
pin 2 and connector X-271 pin D.
ing (A.30.A) to The WATER VALVE has failed. Re- Locate and repair or replace broken
Check place the valve. wire 912 (Black) or 1013 (Black).
ground wire condition between
X-252 pin 1 and ground and between
connector X-271 pin C and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 27
Sensing system - Testing HVAC High Pressure Switch

NOTE: Ensure the HVAC system has no mechanical problems before following this procedure. See ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC System (E.40.C) for more information on the HVAC System.
Disconnect connector X-76 from the No circuit problems. No change in circuit response, re-
HVAC HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH. Con- Action move jumper.
nect a jumper between connector The HVAC HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH Action
X-76 pins A and B. has failed. Replace the switch. Go to test 2
Check
Use ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Air-conditioning system -
Overview HVAC System (E.40.C)
to set up conditions for the A/C
system to turn on. Check circuit op-
eration.
ing (A.30.A) to Go to test 3 Repair or replace broken wire 834
Check (White).
X-76 pin B and connector X-HVC1
pin 8.
ing (A.30.A) to Repair or replace broken wire 833
Check See the following for further testing (White).
wire condition between connector • ENVIRONMENT CON-
X-76 pin A and connector X-HVC1 TROL Air-conditioning
pin 7. system - Problem solv-
ing HVAC (E.40.C)
- Testing HVAC Box
(E.40.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 28
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Compressor - Testing A/C Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Condenser - Testing HVAC Condenser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Overview HVAC System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem solving HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electronic A/C control - Overview HVAC Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electronic A/C control - Testing A/C Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Electronic A/C control - Testing Blower Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Electronic A/C control - Testing HVAC Heat Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sensing system - Testing HVAC High Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 29
84522361 15/06/2011
E.40.C / 30
FRAME AND CAB - E
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SERVICE
Back up alarm
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
DIAGNOSTIC
Audible alert
Testing Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 2
FRAME AND CAB - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety
Back up alarm - Remove

1. Locate and open engine hood (1) and rear service
door (2).
93107449A1 1
2. Remove electrical leads (1) from the backup alarm

H-002 (2).
931001672 2
3. Remove hardware (1) retaining backup alarm H-002

(2).
4. Remove backup alarm H-002 (2).
931001673 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 3
Back up alarm - Install

1. Insert retaining hardware and tighten bolts (1) secur-
ing the backup alarm H-002 (2).
931001673 1
2. Connect connectors X-BKUP-GND (1) and

X-BKUP-PWR (2) to the backup alarm H-002 (3).
931001672 2
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 4
Audible alert - Testing Horn


Remove IGNITION FUSE from the 0Ω Fuse is blown.
Check amp rating.
for continuity across IGNITION FUSE.
on, Action Action
for voltage from MAIN POWER bution system upstream of IGNITION
pin C3 and ground.
Check wire 891/357/351 (Orange) or adja-
X-408 pin 4 (EH) X-405 pin A (Mech)
Using a multi-meter, check for resis- For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in all positions or infinite resis-
tance between HORN SWITCH S-023 one position, infinite resistance in the tance in all positions.
X-408 pins 4 and 8 (EH) X-405 pins other. Action
A and B (Mech) while cycling the Action The HORN SWITCH has failed. Re-
switch. Go to test 5 place the LEFT HAND CONTROL
HANDLE.
Check wire 892 (White) or adjacent wiring.
X-408 pin 8 (EH) X-405 pin B (Mech)
and connector X-HORN-PWR pin 1.
ing (A.30.A) to The HORN has failed. Replace the Locate and repair or replace broken
Check HORN. wire 955/968/983 (Black) or adjacent
X-HORN-GND pin 1 and ground.
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 5
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Audible alert - Testing Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Back up alarm - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Back up alarm - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 6
84522361 15/06/2011
E.50.B / 7
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
FRAME POSITIONING
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
F
Contents
FRAME POSITIONING - F
STABILISING Ballasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F.20.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
F
STABILISING Ballasting - 20.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Rear ballasting
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
L213, L215
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L213, L215
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 2
FRAME POSITIONING - STABILISING Ballasting
Rear ballasting - Remove

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Prior operation:
Battery - Remove (A.30.A).
1. Remove left hand side corner mounting hardware

(1).
931001655 1
2. Remove left hand side counterweight.
931001658 2
NOTE: Perform the same operation on the right hand side.

3. Remove center bumper mounting hardware (1).
93107449 3
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 3
4. Remove center bumper (3).
931001656 4
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 4

L213, L215
1. With proper support under the bumper weight re-

move mounting hardware (1).
2. Remove center bumper .
931001656 1
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 5
Rear ballasting - Install

L213, L215
1. Place rear center bumper (1) in position.
931001656 1
2. Install center bumper mounting hardware .
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 6

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Prior operation:
Battery - Remove (A.30.A).
1. Remove left hand side corner mounting hardware

(1).
931001655 1
2. Remove left hand side counterweight.
931001658 2
NOTE: Perform the same operation on the right hand side.

3. Remove center bumper mounting hardware (1).
4. Remove center bumper (2).
931001656 3
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 7
Rear ballasting - Install

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
1. Place rear center bumper (1) in position.

2. Install center bumper mounting hardware (2).
931001656 1
3. Install left hand side counterweight and secure in

place with mounting hardware (3).
931001655 2
NOTE: Perform the came operation on right hand side.
Next operation:
Battery - Install (A.30.A).
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 8
Index

Rear ballasting - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L213, L215
Rear ballasting - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Rear ballasting - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
L213, L215
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
F.20.B / 9
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
TOOL POSITIONING
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
G
Contents
TOOL POSITIONING - G
LIFTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.10.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
TILTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.20.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
LEVELLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.30.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
SECONDARY FUNCTIONS Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G.90.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
G
LIFTING - 10.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 1
Contents
LIFTING - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Cylinder
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218
L218
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
L213, L215
C227
L220
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
L220
SERVICE
Command
Adjust for direct mechanical foot controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
L213, L215, L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
C227, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 2
TOOL POSITIONING - LIFTING
Cylinder - General specification

L218
Cylinder Lift
Collapsed length 983.0 mm (38.7 in)
Extended length 1663.7 mm (65.5 in)
Stroke length 680.7 mm (26.8 in)
Tube bore diameter 57.2 mm (2.3 in)
Rod diameter 34.9 mm (1.4 in)
Tube end diameter 38.2 mm (1.5 in)
Rod end diameter 38.2 mm (1.5 in)
End width 40.6 mm (1.6 in)
Supply port size 3/4-16 SAE O-ring boss
Return port size 3/4-16 SAE O-ring boss
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 3

L218
Cylinder Lift
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 4

L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Cylinder Lift
Tube end width 40.6 mm (1.6 in)
Rod end width 50.8 mm (2 in)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 5

L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Cylinder Lift
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 6

L213, L215
Cylinder Lift
Collapsed length 989 mm (38.9 in)
Stroke length 645 mm (25.4 in)
Tube end pin diameter 38.3 mm (1.5 in)
Rod end pin diameter 38.3 mm (1.5 in)
Rod end width 40 mm (1.6 in)
Tube end width 40 mm (1.6 in)
Tube port size 3/4-16 SAE O-ring boss
Rod port size 3/4-16 SAE O-ring boss
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 7

C227
Cylinder Lift
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 8

L220
Cylinder Lift
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 9

L220
Cylinder Lift
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 10
Command - Adjust for direct mechanical foot controls

L213, L215, L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Adjustment for direct mechanical foot controls

1. Raise machine off ground and place securely on jack
stands.
2. Loosen Clamp Bolts (1), but leave snug.
3. Take engine to high idle.
4. Move wear plate until pump is centered.
5. Tighten clamp bolts and move handle in both direc-
tions to confirm neutral is set. Adjust again if needed.
6. Repeat for other pump.
23112917 1
7. Set handle position by loosing the left hand thread

jam nut (2) and right hand thread jam nut (3) and ro-
tating the control rod (4) until handle is in the correct
position of 75 °. Then tighten both jam nuts.
8. Set travel stops. Refer to Direct Hand Control in-
structions for details. STEERING Mechanical - Ad-
just for hand controls with direct mechanical hy-
drostatic pump (D.20.B)
23112918 2
23112922 3
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 11
Command - Adjust
C227, C232, C238
1. Remove Tag along springs (1) (both sides).
23112920 1
2. Set handle position by loosening left hand jam nut

(2) and right hand jam nut (3) and rotating control
rod (6) until handle is in the correct position, of 75 °
then tighten the jam nuts.
23112922 2
3. Loosen roller (4) and position in center of cam (5).

Then tighten the roller.
4. Reinstall the Tag along springs that was removed in
the 1st step.
5. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for other pump.
6. Set stop bolts and drift – Same as Direct Mechanical.
STEERING Mechanical - Adjust for hand con-
trols with direct mechanical hydrostatic pump
(D.20.B)
7. See Servo Hand Controls for instructions to align
Handles after setting drift. STEERING Mechanical -
23112919A 3
Adjust hand controls with servo operated pump
(D.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 12
Index
LIFTING - 10.A
Command - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
C227, C232, C238
Command - Adjust for direct mechanical foot controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
L213, L215, L218, L220, L223, L225, L230
Cylinder - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218
L218
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
L213, L215
C227
L220
Cylinder - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
L220
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 13
84522361 15/06/2011
G.10.A / 14
TILTING - 20.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 1
Contents
TILTING - 20.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Cylinder
L213, L215
C227
L218
L220
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 2
TOOL POSITIONING - TILTING

L213, L215
Cylinder Bucket
Collapsed length 594 mm (23.4 in)
Tube end width 76 mm (3 in)
Rod end width 46 mm (1.8 in)
Tube end port size 9/16-18 UNF-2B SAE O-ring boss
Rod end port size 9/16-18 UNF-2B SAE O-ring boss
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 3

C227
Cylinder Tilt
Collapsed length 609.6 mm (24 in)
Tube end width 76.2 mm (3 in)
Supply port size 9/16-18 UNF-2B SAE O-ring boss
Return port size 9/16-18 UNF-2B SAE O-ring boss
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 4

L218
Cylinder Bucket
Collapsed length 610 mm (24 in)
Tube end width 76 mm (3 in)
Rod end width 45.7 mm (1.8 in)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 5

L220
Cylinder Tilt
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 6

L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Cylinder Tilt
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 7
Index
TILTING - 20.A
L213, L215
C227
L218
L220
L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
84522361 15/06/2011
G.20.A / 8
LEVELLING - 30.A
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 1
Contents
LEVELLING - 30.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
General specification of the 60% self level valve on medium and large frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L220, L225, L230, C232, C238
General specification of the 48% self level valve on small frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

L213, L215
General specification of the 50% self level valve on medium frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

C227
General specification of the 40% self level valve on medium frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

L218
SERVICE
Command
Remove Self Level Valve Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install Self Level Valve Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Command valve
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Control valve
Remove Self level valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install Self level valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 2
TOOL POSITIONING - LEVELLING
Control valve - General specification of the 60% self level valve on

medium and large frame
L220, L225, L230, C232, C238
Manufacturer Eaton - Part Number 39055-EEG
Proportional Flow Divider Settings: Port D = 60 %

Port B = 40 %
Hydraulic Requirements: Flow = 57 l/min (15 US gpm)

System Pressure = 210 bar (3050 psi)

Self Level Override Solenoid Connection Type: Deutsch DT series.
Proportional Flow Divider Adjustment: Remove plastic cap.

Turn counter clockwise to increase flow to the tilt cylinders.
Turn clockwise to decrease flow to the tilt cylinders.
Port Identification Chart: (A) Lift Cylinder Rod End

(B) CV Work Port B1
(C) Tilt Cylinder Rod End
(D) Tilt Cylinder Base End
Control valve - General specification of the 48% self level valve

on small frame
L213, L215
Manufacturer Eaton - Part Number 39055-EEJ

Port B = 52 %



(B) CV Work Port B1
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 3

on medium frame
C227
Manufacturer Eaton - Part Number 39055-EEH

Port B = 50 %

Intermittent Pressure Spikes = 276 bar (4000 psi)
Maximum Pressure Drop Across Valve = 10 bar (150 psi) @ 57 l/min (15
US gpm)



(B) CV Work Port B1
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 4

on medium frame
L218
Manufacturer Eaton - Part Number 39055-EEK

Port B = 60 %



(B) CV Work Port B1
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 5
Command - Remove Self Level Valve Solenoid

Prior operation:
1. Locate self level valve solenoid Y-318 on the right

side, middle of the machine.
931001804 1
2. Disconnect connector X-318 from the self level valve

solenoid Y-318.
931001701 2
3. Loosen and remove nut (1). Remove the self level

valve solenoid Y-318.
931001702 3
Next operation:
Command - Install Self Level Valve Solenoid (G.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 6
Command - Install Self Level Valve Solenoid

Prior operation:
Command - Remove Self Level Valve Solenoid (G.30.A)
1. Insert the self level valve solenoid Y-318 (1) into the
valve block (2).
931001702 1
2. Thread nut on stud and tighten to standard torque.
931001701 2
3. Reconnect connector X-318 (1) to the self level valve

solenoid Y-318 (2).
931001701 3
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 7
Command valve - Remove

1. Label and disconnect electrical connection.
931001722 1
2. Label and disconnect bucket hydraulic tubes (1) and

cap open ports.
931001720 2
3. Label and disconnect supply tube and cap open

ports.
931001720 3
4. label and disconnect drain hose.
931001720 4
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 8
931001720 5
6. Remove command valve.
931001721 6
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 9
Command valve - Install

1. locate where the command valve is positioned on the
body.
931001720 1
931001720 2
3. Connect valve drain hose.
931001720 3
4. Connect valve supply tube.
931001720 4
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 10
5. Connect bucket hydraulic tubes (2).
931001720 5
6. Connect electrical connection.
931001722 6
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 11
Control valve - Remove Self level valve

Prior operation:
1. Locate control valve.
931001804 1
2. Disconnect electrical connection
931001701 2
3. Disconnect hydraulic tube and cap open ports.
931001702 3
4. Disconnect lower tubes (1) and cap ports.
931001981 4
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 12
5. Disconnect front tube (1) and cap port.
931001981 5
931001981 6
7. Remove control valve.
931001707 7
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 13
Control valve - Install Self level valve

1. Install control valve (1) onto body in correct location.
931001804 1
931001981 2
3. Connect front tube (1).
931001981 3
4. Connect lower tubes (1).
931001981 4
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 14
5. Connect hydraulic tube (1).
931001702 5
931001701 6
Next operation:
Tilt system - Lower (E.34.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 15
Index
LEVELLING - 30.A
Command - Install Self Level Valve Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Command - Remove Self Level Valve Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Command valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Command valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control valve - General specification of the 40% self level valve on medium frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
L218
Control valve - General specification of the 48% self level valve on small frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L213, L215
Control valve - General specification of the 50% self level valve on medium frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
C227
Control valve - General specification of the 60% self level valve on medium and large frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L220, L225, L230, C232, C238
Control valve - Install Self level valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Control valve - Remove Self level valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84522361 15/06/2011
G.30.A / 16
SECONDARY FUNCTIONS Hydraulic - 90.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Overview High Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Overview Auxiliary Override Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
DIAGNOSTIC
Control valve
Testing 2nd Aux Extend Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Testing 2nd Aux Retract Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Testing 2nd Aux Hyd Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Testing High Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 2
TOOL POSITIONING - SECONDARY FUNCTIONS Hydraulic
Control valve - Overview High Flow

The Operator can command additional flow to the auxiliary circuit by engaging Auxiliary High flow Function. This will
provide increase flow and pressure to the auxiliary circuit. Of up to 128 l/min (35 US gpm) and up to 215 bar (3050
psi).
High Flow feature is engaged by pressing the On/Off switch mounted on left hand A post. The switch selects Standard
or Enhance High Flow and is illuminated when High Flow or Enhanced High Flow is on. Allows the operator to enable/
disable the function depending on the attachment requirements. The attachment flow is controlled with the switch in
the Left Hand Control Handle.
The External Auxiliary Control can be controlled ONLY if ALL of the following conditions are met
2. Operator Restraint engaged
3. The ignition is in the ON position
4. Hydraulic Enable switch is activated
The Operator can command additional pressure to the auxiliary circuit by engaging the Enhanced Auxiliary High flow
function. This will provide increase pressure to the auxiliary circuit. Flow is 128 l/min (35 US gpm) and pressure up
to 275 bar (4000 psi). The loader control valve standard auxiliary circuit is unaffected when High Flow is disabled.
When Standard or Enhanced High Flow is enabled the loader control valve standard auxiliary circuit is limited to 2nd
Aux circuit flow of 30.3 l/min (8 US gpm). The 275 bar (4000 psi) High Flow setting can only be used with approved
attachments and is controlled by a circuit interlock installed at the multifunction plug with the attachment.
High Flow feature is engaged by pressing the On/Off switch mounted on left hand A post. Allows the operator to
enable/disable the function depending on the attachment requirements.
The Enhanced High Flow Auxiliary Control can be controlled only if all of the following conditions are met
2. Operator Restraint engaged
4. Engine is running
6. Multifunction high pressure interlock plug connected ("HP" mode only)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 3
Control valve - Overview Auxiliary Override Control

The machine can be used to operate auxiliary attachments which require the operator to exit the cab. The operator can
engage the auxiliary hydraulics such that they will remain on full flow so that the attachment will be provide hydraulic
lines for P and T. The attachment will most likely contain its own control valve.
Operator must press the Auxiliary Hydraulic Interlock Override switch on the instrument cluster. This will override the
seat switch and restraint bar. A lamp will flash indicating that the override is activated and the operator must leave
the seat within 30 seconds otherwise the feature will deactivate.
When the button is pressed (press and release within 10 sec) the following conditions will be set
1. Park brake engaged
2. Loader arm and bucket disabled
3. Engage port locks
4. Loader Pilot interlock unlocked
The operator can put the thumbwheel into the forward detented position, before or after Aux Override is pressed. Any
reverse flow command will be ignored.
If the operator does not leave the seat within 30 seconds, the SSL will go into hydraulics disable state and the operator
must re-enabled hydraulics to regain control of the machine.
When the operator re-enters the SSL AND the seat switch THEN lap bar are down, the machine will enter hydraulics
disable state. Otherwise Aux override will remain active. He will have to meet the Hydraulics Enable Function Enable
Conditions to re-enable hydraulics.
At any time the Aux override or the hydraulics enable button can be pressed to deactivate the feature.
Auxiliary Override is functional with the standard flow and high flow. Not allowed with enhanced high flow option.
The Auxiliary Override Feature can be activated only if all of the following conditions are met
2. Operator Restraint is engaged
Valve Logic Enabled Disabled

Port Lock Locked not controlled
Park Brake Activated not controlled
Ground Drive Interlock Locked not controlled
Loader Interlock Unlocked not controlled
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 4
Control valve - Testing 2nd Aux Extend Solenoid

Disconnect connector X-AUX_EXT Normal resistance. 0 Ω, or greater than 1 K Ω
from the 2ND AUX EXTEND SOLENOID Action Action
Check Go to test 2 The 2ND AUX EXTEND SOLENOID has
for resistance between 2ND AUX failed. Replace the solenoid.
EXTEND SOLENOID pins 1 and 2 (EH)
pins A and B (Mech).
X-AUX_EXT pin 2 (EH) pin B (Mech)
and ground.
ing (A.30.A) to Repair or replace broken wire
Check See the following for further testing 554 (White) (EH) 554/454 (White)
wire condition between X-AUX_EXT • Control valve - Testing (Mech).
pin 1 (EH) pin A (Mech) and connec- 2nd Aux Hyd Switch
tor X-408 (EH) X-407 (Mech) pin 2. (G.90.C)
• Control valve - Test-
ing High Flow Switch
(G.90.C)
• Electrical control - Test-
ing Hydraulic Coupler
Switch and Solenoid
(J.80.C)
• OPTION RELAY in ELEC-
TRICAL POWER SYS-
TEM - Component iden-
tification Relay Index
(A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 5
Control valve - Testing 2nd Aux Retract Solenoid

Disconnect connector X-AUX_RET Normal resistance. 0 Ω, or greater than 1 K Ω
from the 2ND AUX RETRACT Action Action
SOLENOID Go to test 2 The 2ND AUX RETRACT SOLENOID
Check has failed. Replace the solenoid.
for resistance between 2ND AUX
RETRACT SOLENOID pins 1 and 2
(EH) pins A and B (Mech).
X-AUX_RET pin 2 (EH) pin B (Mech)
and ground.
ing (A.30.A) to Repair or replace broken wire 552
Check See the following for further testing (White).
wire condition between X-AUX_RET • Control valve - Testing
pin 1 (EH) pin A (Mech) and connec- 2nd Aux Hyd Switch
tor X-408 (EH) X-407 (Mech) pin 3. (G.90.C)
(G.90.C)
Switch and Solenoid
(J.80.C)
• OPTION RELAY in ELEC-
TRICAL POWER SYS-
TEM - Component iden-
tification Relay Index
(A.30.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 6
Control valve - Testing 2nd Aux Hyd Switch

Remove HIGH FLOW / COUPLER 0Ω Fuse is blown.
FUSE from the ACCESSORY POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION. Go to test 2 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check amp rating.
for continuity across HIGH FLOW /
COUPLER FUSE.
on, Action Action
for voltage from ACCESSORY POWER tion system upstream of HIGH FLOW
DISTRIBUTION pin E11 and ground. / COUPLER FUSE.
Disconnect connector X-408 (EH) For each resistance check, 0 Ω in 0 Ω in multiple positions or infinite
X-407 (Mech). one position, infinite resistance in all resistance in all positions.
Check others. Action
Using a multi-meter, check for resis- Action The 2ND AUX HYD SWITCH has failed.
tance between LEFT HAND CONTROL Go to test 4 Replace the LEFT HAND CONTROL
HANDLE HANDLE.
pins 1 and 2
pins 1 and 3
while cycling the 2ND AUX HYD
SWITCH S-033.
Check See the following for further testing wire 558/744 (Orange) or adjacent
wire condition between ACCESSORY • Control valve - Testing wiring.
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin E12 and 2nd Aux Extend Sole-
connector X-408 pin 1. noid (G.90.C)
(G.90.C)
Switch and Solenoid
(J.80.C)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 7
Control valve - Testing High Flow Switch


Remove HIGH FLOW / COUPLER 0Ω Fuse is blown.
FUSE from the ACCESSORY POWER Action Action
DISTRIBUTION. Go to test 2 Replace the fuse with same type and
Check amp rating.
for continuity across HIGH FLOW /
COUPLER FUSE.
on, Action Action
for voltage from ACCESSORY POWER tion system upstream of HIGH FLOW
DISTRIBUTION pin E11 and ground. / COUPLER FUSE.
the HIGH FLOW SWITCH. Reconnect Action move jumper.
all other connectors. Connect a The HIGH FLOW SWITCH has failed. Action
jumper between connector X-303 Replace the switch. Go to test 4
pins B and C.
Check
Check See the following for further testing wire 753/744 (Orange) or adjacent
wire condition between ACCESSORY • Control valve - Testing wiring.
POWER DISTRIBUTION pin E12 and 2nd Aux Hyd Switch
connector X-303 pin B. (G.90.C)
• Hydraulic line - Testing
Std High Flow Solenoid
(H.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 8
Index

Control valve - Overview Auxiliary Override Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Control valve - Overview High Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Control valve - Testing 2nd Aux Extend Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Control valve - Testing 2nd Aux Hyd Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve - Testing 2nd Aux Retract Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Control valve - Testing High Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84522361 15/06/2011
G.90.C / 9
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
H
Contents
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - H
BOOM Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.20.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.30.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
SINGLE ARM Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.40.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H.50.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
H
BOOM Lift - 20.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
H.20.B / 1
Contents
BOOM Lift - 20.B
DIAGNOSTIC
Control valve
Testing Loader Lockout Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic line
Testing Std High Flow Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
H.20.B / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - BOOM Lift
Control valve - Testing Loader Lockout Switch


ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 2 (Orange) / 305 (Yellow) / 311 (Or-
between connector X-306 pin B and ange).
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 3 (Yellow).
between connector X-306 pin A and
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 4 (Yellow).
between connector X-306 pin C and
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 5 941/942/1090 (Black).
between connector X-306 pin E and
ground.
Use Data bus - General specifica- No resistance problems If resistance problems are found,
tion Instrument Cluster pin infor- Action replace the Instrument Cluster.
mation (A.50.A) to check Instrument The Loader Lockout Switch S-005
Cluster pin 23. has failed. Replace the Loader Lock-
out Switch S-005.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.20.B / 3
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - BOOM Lift
Hydraulic line - Testing Std High Flow Solenoid

Disconnect connector X-HFLO from Normal resistance. 0 Ω, or greater than 1 K Ω
the HIGH FLOW SOLENOID Action Action
Check Go to test 2 The HIGH FLOW SOLENOID has failed.
for resistance between HIGH FLOW Replace the solenoid.
SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
Check 984 (Black).
X-HFLO pin 1 and ground.
ing (A.30.A) to See Control valve - Testing High Repair or replace broken wire 750
Check Flow Switch (G.90.C) for further (White).
wire condition between X-HFLO pin testing.
2 and connector X-303 pin C.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.20.B / 4
Index
BOOM Lift - 20.B

Control valve - Testing Loader Lockout Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hydraulic line - Testing Std High Flow Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
H.20.B / 5
84522361 15/06/2011
H.20.B / 6
ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - 30.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
H.30.C / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Relief valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
H.30.C / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt
Relief valve - Pressure test

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A)
1. Park the machine on a level surface.

2. Lower all attachments to the floor.
3. Stop the engine.
4. Move the control levers in all directions to release
any circuit pressure.
5. The best way to connect the hand pump is directly to
the control valve. Disconnect the tube from the port
of the control valve and connect the hand pump to
the port. By connecting directly to the control valve,
you avoid the possibility of a bad reading because of
cylinder movement.
6. Remove all dirt and grease from the connecting
point.
7. Connect the hose of the hand pump to the connecting
point, but do not tighten the connection.
8. Make sure that the hand pump is filled with oil. The
temperature of the oil must be at least 21°C (70°F).
9. Operate the hand pump to fill the hose of the hand
pump with oil. Then tighten the connections.
10. Operate the hand pump and read the pressure
gauge. Record the highest indication. Check the
pressure several times to make sure that the indica-
tions are correct.
11. Compare the indication with the specification Pump
- General specification (C.20.F). If the indication is
not correct, replace the circuit relief valve.
NOTE: The circuit relief valves for the loader circuit are not
adjustable and must be replaced if they do not meet the
specification.
12. Repeat this test after installing a new circuit relief
valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.30.C / 3
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt
Relief valve - Flow test

Prior operation:
Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A) Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A) .
1. Start the engine and run the engine at 2300 r/min

(rpm).
2. Hold the bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK po-
sition and close the pressure valve on the flowmeter
until the pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800 psi).
Adjust the engine speed to keep the engine running
at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge and record
the reading as test number 7.
3. Hold the bucket control lever in the DUMP position
and adjust the pressure valve on the flowmeter un-
Adjust the engine speed to keep the engine running
at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge and record
the reading as test number 8.
in the steps below.
circuit.
6. Leakage in the tilt circuits can be caused by any of
the following problems:
A. Damaged or worn packing in one or both of the tilt
cylinders.
B. Damaged or worn spool or spool bore in the loader
control valve.
C. Self-leveling valve (if equipped) is sticking or has
worn spools.
D. Defective circuit relief valves.
E. Inadequate control spool travel.
than 3.8 L/min (one gpm) less than the flow indica-
tion at the same pressure in test number. 1, there
is leakage at a point common to the entire system.
A probable cause is a damaged or worn main relief
valve or seals.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.30.C / 4
Index

Relief valve - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Relief valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.30.C / 5
84522361 15/06/2011
H.30.C / 6
SINGLE ARM Lift - 40.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Accumulator
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Overview loader lock control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
SERVICE
SINGLE ARM Lift

Remove single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
C227
Install single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

C227
Remove single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Install single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
SINGLE ARM Lift - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Control valve
Remove loader valve extend solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Install Loader Valve Extend Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Remove loader valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Install loader valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
- Remove bucket valve extend solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Install Bucket Valve Extend Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L230, C227
Remove bucket valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

L230, C227
Install bucket valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

L230, C227
Remove proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid on EH machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

L230, C227
Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

L230, C227
Remove proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Install proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 2
Remove loader control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Install loader control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

C227, C232, C238
Remove loader control valve (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

L213, L215
Install loader control valve (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

L213, L215
Remove proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid on EH machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

hydraulic controls
Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

hydraulic controls
Remove Proportional aux valve extend solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

hydraulic controls
Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

hydraulic controls
Remove Boom position/Bucket position/ Auxiliary position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

hydraulic controls
Install Boom position/Bucket position/ Auxiliary position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

hydraulic controls
Remove Loader port lock solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Install Loader port lock solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Ride control valve
Install Glide Ride valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Remove Glide Ride valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Relief valve
Pressure test Loader Valve Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Cylinder
Remove lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
L213, L215, C227
Install lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

L230, C227
Remove lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Install lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Accumulator
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 3
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
DIAGNOSTIC
SINGLE ARM Lift

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 4
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - SINGLE ARM Lift
Accumulator - General specification

Manufacturer Parker
Fluid Capacity 750 ml (25.4 US fl oz)
Charge with dry nitrogen 2070 kPa (300.2 psi)
Max operating pressure 27580 kPa (4000.1 psi)
Port Internal straight thread 3/4-16 UNF - 2B
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 5
Control valve - Overview loader lock control valve

On-Road regulations require the loader arm and bucket to be locked in a ‘traveling’ position. To prevent the operator
from inadvertently lowering or raising the loader or bucket causing damage to roadway, vehicles or machine.
Operator to place bucket and loader in the appropriate position. Operator then switches the loader lock to on position,
locking the bucket and loader in the set position. The operator will not be able to move the bucket and loader until the
loader lock switch has been turned off. The switch will illuminate when Loader Lock is on.
The function is always active when hydraulics are enabled.
A Mechanical Machine with Loader Lock on will trigger trouble code 4952. This is expected.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 6
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove single lift arm

C227
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. If applicable, disconnect case drain hose (1).
93107451A 1
2. Label and disconnect auxiliary hydraulic hoses and

cap open ports
931002065 2
3. Label and disconnect bucket cylinder hoses and cap

open ports.
931002066 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 7
4. Disconnect electrical connections (1).
931001737 4
5. Raise and support the lift arm (1) using appropriate

straps.
931001620A 5
6. Remove rod end snap rings (1).
931001618 6
7. Remove rod end pins and washers (1).

NOTE: Right hand side has lock out
931001616 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 8
8. Lower cylinders down
931001625 8
9. lower the lift arm and reposition the lifting device and
straps.
931002067A 9
NOTICE: If equipped with an electrical harness, remove harness now.

10. Remove left hand side and right hand lift arm retain-
ing bolts (1).
931001622 10
11. Remove left hand side and right hand side lift arm
pins (1).
931002068 11
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 9
12. Remove lift arm.
931001624A 12
Next operation:
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install single lift arm (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 10
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install single lift arm

C227
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove single lift arm (H.40.B)
1. Using appropriate lifting device and straps raise lift

arm into proper location on the unit.
931001624A 1
2. Install left hand side and right hand side lift arm pins
(1).
931002068 2
3. Install left hand side and right hand side lift arm re-
taining bolts (1).
931001622 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 11
4. Reposition lifting device and straps and raise lift arm

(1).
931001620A 4
5. Raise cylinders (1) up.
931001625 5
6. Insert cylinders into arm and secure with rod end pins
and washers (1).
NOTE: Right hand side has lock out.
931001616 6
7. Install rod end snap rings (1).
931001618 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 12
8. Connect bucket cylinder hoses.
931002066 8
9. Connect auxiliary hydraulic hoses (1).
931002065 9
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 13
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove single lift arm

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. If applicable, disconnect the case drain hose (1).
93107451A 1
2. Label and disconnect auxiliary hydraulic hoses (1)

and cap open ports.
931002065 2
3. Label and disconnect bucket cylinder hoses and cap

open ports.
931002066 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 14
4. Label and disconnect quick detach hoses and cap

open ports.
931001736 4
5. Unplug electrical connection (1).
931001737 5
6. Support the lift arm (1) using the appropriate straps

and hoist.
80112878 6
7. Remove lift cylinder rod end snap rings (1).
931001618 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 15

931001616 8
9. Lower cylinders down.
931001625 9
10. Lower lift arm and reposition lifting device and straps.
931002067A 10
retaining bolts (1).
931001622 11
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 16
pins (1).
931002068 12
13. Remove lift arm.
931001624A 13
Next operation:
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install single lift arm (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 17
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install single lift arm

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove single lift arm (H.40.B)
1. Using appropriate lifting device and straps raise lift

arm (1) into mounting location.
80112878 1
2. Install left hand side and right hand side lift arm pins
(1).
931002068 2
3. Install left hand side and right hand side lift arm re-
taining bolts (1).
931001622 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 18
4. Reposition lifting device and straps and raise lift arm

(1).
931001620A 4
5. Raise cylinders (1) up.
931001625 5
6. Insert cylinders into arm and secure with rod end pins
and washers (1).
931001616 6
931001618 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 19
8. Connect electrical connections (1).
931001737 8
9. Connect quick connect hoses.
931001736 9
10. Connect bucket cylinder hoses.
931002066 10
11. Connect auxiliary hydraulic hoses (1).
931002065 11
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 20
SINGLE ARM Lift - Pressure test

2. Disconnect the hydraulic lines from the implement
controller where they connect to the loader control
valve.
gauges to pilot line at spool ends.
4. Start the engine and run at high idle. Read the pres-
sure gauge and record the EH Pressure reading at
high idle. Pressure should be 0 bar (0.0 psi) with
lever in neutral.
5. Move the implement controller lever (1) to raise the
loader control arms. Read the pressure gauge and
record the EH pressure reading.
6. Move the implement controller lever (1) to lower the
loader control arms. Read the pressure gauge and
record the EH pressure reading.
7. Move the implement controller lever (1) to tilt the
loader bucket. Read the pressure gauge and record
the EH pressure reading.
8. Move the implement controller lever (1) to dump the
loader bucket. Read the pressure gauge and record
the EH pressure reading.
9. The pressure readings should vary from 0 kPa (0 bar)
(0 psi) to 2482 kPa (24.8 bar) (360 psi) at high idle
for a given angle on the implement control handle.
10. If the pressure readings are correct, the test is com-
plete. If the pressure readings are not correct, repair
or replace the charge/hydrostatic pump assembly or
the loader control valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 21
Control valve - Remove loader valve extend solenoid

Prior operation:
1. Raise the boom (1) and tilt cab forward (2).
931002289 1
2. Locate loader valve extend solenoid Y-009 (1) on

the loader valve block (2) on the right hand side of
machine.
931001711 2
3. Disconnect connector X-28 (1) from the loader valve

extend solenoid Y-009 (2).
931001711 3
4. Remove the two bolts securing the loader valve ex-

tend solenoid Y-009 on the loader valve block.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install Loader Valve Extend Solenoid (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 22
Control valve - Install Loader Valve Extend Solenoid

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove loader valve extend solenoid (H.40.B)
1. Insert loader valve extend solenoid Y-009 into the

loader valve block.
2. Insert the two retaining screws into loader valve ex-
tend solenoid Y-009. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7 lb ft).
3. Reconnect connector X-28 to the loader valve extend
solenoid Y-009.
Next operation:
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 23
Control valve - Remove loader valve retract solenoid

Prior operation:
931002289 1
2. Locate loader valve retract solenoid Y-007 (1) next to

the loader valve extend solenoid Y-009 (2). These
are located on the loader valve block (3) on right
hand side of machine.
931001711 2
3. Disconnect connector X-27 (1) from the loader valve

retract solenoid Y-007 (2). Loader valve retract sole-
noid Y-007 is next to the loader valve extend solenoid
Y-009 (3).
931001711 3
4. Remove the two bolts securing the loader valve re-

tract solenoid Y-007 on the loader valve block.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install loader valve retract solenoid (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 24
Control valve - Install loader valve retract solenoid

Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove loader valve retract solenoid (H.40.B)
1. Insert loader valve retract solenoid Y-007 into the

loader valve block.
2. Insert the two retaining screws into loader valve re-
tract solenoid Y-007. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7 lb ft).
3. Reconnect connector X-27 to the loader valve retract
solenoid Y-007.
Next operation:
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 25
Control valve - Remove bucket valve extend solenoid

Prior operation:
93107498 1
2. Locate bucket valve extend solenoid Y-006 (1) on

machine.
931001711 2
3. Disconnect connector X-26 (1) from the bucket valve

extend solenoid Y-006 (2).
931001711 3
4. Remove the two bolts securing the bucket valve ex-

tend solenoid Y-006 on the loader valve block.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install Bucket Valve Extend Solenoid (H.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 26
Control valve - Install Bucket Valve Extend Solenoid

L230, C227
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove bucket valve extend solenoid (H.40.B)
1. Insert bucket valve extend solenoid Y-006 into the

loader valve block.
2. Insert the two retaining screws into bucket valve ex-
tend solenoid Y-006. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7 lb ft).
3. Reconnect connector X-26 to the bucket valve ex-
tend solenoid Y-006.
Next operation:
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 27
Control valve - Remove bucket valve retract solenoid

L230, C227
Prior operation:
931002289 1
2. Locate bucket valve retract solenoid Y-003 (1) on

machine.
931001711 2
3. Disconnect connector X-25 (1) from the bucket valve

retract solenoid Y-003 (2).
931001711 3
4. Remove the two bolts securing the bucket valve re-

tract solenoid Y-003 on the loader valve block.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install bucket valve retract solenoid (H.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 28
Control valve - Install bucket valve retract solenoid

L230, C227
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove bucket valve retract solenoid (H.20.B)
1. Insert bucket valve retract solenoid Y-003 into the

loader valve block.
2. Insert the two retaining screws into bucket valve re-
tract solenoid Y-003. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7 lb ft).
3. Reconnect connector X-25 to the bucket valve retract
solenoid Y-003.
Next operation:
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 29
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid

on EH machines
L230, C227
Prior operation:
931002289 1
2. Locate proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid

(1) on the loader valve block (2) next to the propor-
tional aux retract solenoid (3) on the right hand side
of machine.
931001711 2
3. Disconnect connector (1) from the proportional aux-

iliary valve extend solenoid (2).
931001711 3
4. Remove the two bolts securing the proportional aux-

iliary valve extend solenoid on the loader valve block.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (EH) (H.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 30
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid

(EH)
L230, C227
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid on EH machines (H.20.B)
1. Insert proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid

into the loader valve block .
931001711 1
2. Insert the two retaining screws into proportional aux-

iliary valve extend solenoid. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7 lb
ft).
931001711 2
3. Reconnect connector (1) to the proportional auxiliary

valve extend solenoid.
20111502 3
Next operation:
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 31
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid

(Mechanical)
Prior operation:
931002289 1
2. Locate proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid

(1) on the loader valve block (2).
931002092B 2
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 32

iliary valve retract solenoid (2).
931002095 3

iliary valve retract solenoid on the loader valve block.
Next operation:
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid (Mechanical) (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 33
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid

(Mechanical)
1. Insert the proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid
(1).
931002095 1
2. Connect connector (1) to the proportional auxiliary

valve retract solenoid (2).
931002095 2
3. Insert the two retaining screws (1) into proportional

auxiliary valve retract solenoid. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7
lb ft).
931002095 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 34
Control valve - Remove loader control valve

Prior operation:
Bucket - Remove (J.20.B).
Prior operation:
1. Remove drain plug (1) and drain hydraulic oil reser-

voir.
931001657 1
2. Label and disconnect the rear solenoid connections

(1).
931001708 2
3. Label and disconnect both linkages or six solenoid

connections from valve, depending on your configu-
ration.
931002075 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 35
931001709 4
4. Label and disconnect the two front solenoid connec-

tions (1).
931001709 5
5. Label and disconnect six hydraulic tubes (1) from

control valve and cap open ports.
931001713 6
6. Label and disconnect drain hoses (1) from control

valve.
931001715 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 36
7. Label and disconnect two hoses (1) and one tube (2)
from top of control valve.
931001710 8
8. Disconnect hydraulic tubes (1) located at bottom of

valve block.
931001714 9
9. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from solenoid block.
931001711 10
10. Remove the three valve mounting bolts (1) (one

shown).
931001718 11
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 37
11. Remove loader valve.
931001719 12
Next operation:
Control valve - Install loader control valve (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 38
Control valve - Install loader control valve

C227, C232, C238
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove loader control valve (H.40.B)
1. Position loader valve in proper location on skid steer

chassis.
931002096B 1
2. Install the three loader valve mounting bolts (1) (one

shown) securing the valve to the chassis.
931002096B 2
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 39
3. Connect electrical connections (1), (2), and (3).

NOTE: The electrical connection in picture 931002094a is
located on the top right hand side of chain case
931002094 B 3
931002095B 4
4. Connect control linkage (1) and (2).
931002093B 5
5. Connect hydraulic tube (1) and hydraulic hose (2) to

solenoid block.
931002092B 6
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 40
6. Install hydraulic tube (1) located at the bottom of

valve block.
931002091C 7
7. Connect hoses (1) and (2) and tube (3) to the top of
control valve.
931002090A 8
8. Connect the two drain hoses (1) to control valve.
931002089A 9
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 41
9. Connect the six hydraulic tubes to control valve in the

correct ports, as shown.
931002088A 10
10. Install hydraulic oil reservoir drain plug (1) and fill to
the correct level.
931001657 11
Next operation:
Next operation:
Bucket - Install (J.20.B).
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 42
Control valve - Remove loader control valve (EH)

L213, L215
Prior operation:
Prior operation:
1. Apply vacuum to hydraulic reservoir. Use CAS10192

and CAS1871.
2. Label and disconnect the four rear solenoid connec-
tions (1).
931001708 1
3. Label and disconnect the six front solenoid connec-

tions (1).
931001709 2
4. Label and disconnect six hydraulic tubes (1) from

control valve and cap open ports.
931001713 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 43
5. Label and disconnect drain hoses (1) from control

valve.
931001715 4
6. Label and disconnect two hoses (1) and one tube (2)
from top of control valve.
931001710 5
7. Disconnect hydraulic tubes (1) located at bottom of

valve block.
931001714 6
8. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from solenoid block.
931001711 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 44
9. Remove the three valve mounting bolts (1) (one

shown).
931001718 8
10. Remove loader valve.
931001719 9
Next operation:
Control valve - Install loader control valve (EH) (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 45
Control valve - Install loader control valve (EH)

L213, L215
Prior operation:
Control valve - Remove loader control valve (EH) (H.40.B)
1. Position the control valve into the machine mounting

location.
931001719 1
2. Install the three valve mounting bolts (1) (one

shown).
931001718 2
3. Connect hydraulic hoses (1) to solenoid block.
931001711 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 46
4. Connect hydraulic tubes (1) located at the bottom of

valve block.
931001714 4
5. Connect two hoses (1) and one tube (2) to the top of
control valve.
931001710 5
6. Connect the two drain hoses (1) to control valve.
931001715 6
7. Connect the six hydraulic tubes (1) to there correct

ports on the control valve.
931001713 7
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 47
8. Connect the six front solenoid connections (1).
931001709 8
9. Connect rear solenoid connections (1).
931001708 9
Next operation:
Next operation:
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 48
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid

on EH machines
931002289 1
2. Locate proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid

(3) on the loader valve block (2) next to the propor-
tional aux extend solenoid (1) on the right hand side
of machine.
931001711 2

iliary valve retract solenoid (2).
931001711 3

84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 49

(EH)
1. Insert proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid

into the loader valve block .
931001711 1
2. Insert the two retaining screws into proportional aux-

iliary valve retract solenoid. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7 lb
ft).
931001711 2
3. Reconnect connector (1) to the proportional auxiliary

valve retract solenoid.
20111502 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 50
Control valve - Remove Proportional aux valve extend solenoid

(Mechanical)
Prior operation:
931002289 1
2. Locate proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid

(1) on the loader valve block (2).
931002092B 2
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 51

iliary valve extend solenoid (2).
931002095 3

84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 52

(Mechanical)
1. Insert the proportional auxiliary valve extend sole-

noid (1).
931002095 1
2. Connect connector (1) to the proportional auxiliary

valve extend solenoid (2).
931002095 2
3. Insert the two retaining screws (1) into proportional

auxiliary valve extend solenoid. Tighten to 5 N·m (3.7
lb ft).
931002095 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 53
Control valve - Remove Boom position/Bucket position/ Auxiliary

position
1. Locate the control valve (1) on the right hand side of

the machine.
20111502 1
2. Locate the different position sensors. The boom po-

sition sensor (1), bucket position sensor (2), and aux-
iliary sensor (3) are located here.
20111502 2
3. Remove the nut holding the sensor. Pull sensor off.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 54
Control valve - Install Boom position/Bucket position/ Auxiliary

position
1. Insert the sensor onto the loader control valve. The

boom position sensor (1), bucket position sensor (2),
and auxiliary sensor (3) are located here.
20111502 1
2. Thread nut (1) onto sensor. Tighten to proper torque.
20111502 2
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 55
Control valve - Remove Loader port lock solenoid

1. Locate the loader control valve (1) on the right hand
side of the machine.
931002090 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the so-

lenoid.
931002090 2
3. Remove the nut from the solenoid (1).
931002090 3
4. Remove the solenoid.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 56
Control valve - Install Loader port lock solenoid

1. Place solenoid onto the loader control valve. Thread
nut (1) onto valve body.
931002090 1
2. Connect the electrical connector (1) to the solenoid.
931002090 2
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 57
Ride control valve - Install Glide Ride valve

Prior operation:
Ride control valve - Remove Glide Ride valve (H.40.B)
1. Locate valve (1) position on body.
931001804 1
931001698 2
3. Connect upper tubes (1).
931001698 3
4. Connect the lower hydraulic tube (1).
931001693 4
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 58
5. Connect drain hose (1) and secure with hose clamp.
931001693 5
6. Connect valve electrical connection (1).
931001696 6
7. Disengage cab lock and tilt cab down. See Tilt sys-
tem - Lower (E.34.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 59
Ride control valve - Remove Glide Ride valve

Prior operation:
1. Locate ride control valve (1) on the skid steer chas-

sis.
931001804 1
2. Disconnect the valve electrical connection (1).
931001696 2
3. Remove hose clamp and disconnect drain hose (1)

and cap open ports.
931001693 3
4. Disconnect the lower hydraulic tube (1) and cap open

ports.
931001693 4
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 60
5. Disconnect the two upper hydraulic tubes (1) and cap

open ports.
931001698 5
931001698 6
7. Remove valve.
931001700 7
Next operation:
Ride control valve - Install Glide Ride valve (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 61
Relief valve - Pressure test Loader Valve Relief Valve

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A)
1. Park the machine on a level surface.

2. Lower all attachments to the floor.
3. Stop the engine.
4. Move the control levers in all directions to release
any circuit pressure.
5. The best way to connect the hand pump is directly to
the control valve. Disconnect the tube from the port
of the control valve and connect the hand pump to
the port. By connecting directly to the control valve,
you avoid the possibility of a bad reading because of
cylinder movement.
6. Remove all dirt and grease from the connecting
point.
7. Connect the hose of the hand pump to the connecting
point, but do not tighten the connection.
8. Make sure that the hand pump is filled with oil. The
temperature of the oil must be at least 21°C (70°F).
9. Operate the hand pump to fill the hose of the hand
pump with oil. Then tighten the connections.
10. Operate the hand pump and read the pressure
gauge. Record the highest indication. Check the
pressure several times to make sure that the indica-
tions are correct.
11. Compare the indication with the specification Pump
- General specification (C.20.F). If the indication is
not correct, replace the circuit relief valve.
NOTE: The circuit relief valves for the loader circuit are not
adjustable and must be replaced if they do not meet the
specification.
12. Repeat this test after installing a new circuit relief
valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 62
Relief valve - Flow test

Prior operation:
Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A) Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A)
1. Start the engine and run the engine at 2300 r/min

(rpm).
2. Hold the lift control lever in the LIFT position and
adjust the pressure valve on the flowmeter until the
pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800 psi). Adjust
the engine speed to keep the engine running at 2300
r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge and record the
3. Hold the lift control lever in the LOWER position and
adjust the pressure valve on the flowmeter until the
pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800 psi). Adjust
the engine speed to keep the engine running at 2300
r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge and record the
in the steps below.
circuit.
6. Leakage in the lift circuits can be caused by any of
the following problems:
A. Damaged or worn packing in one or both of the lift
cylinders.
B. Damaged or worn spool or spool bore in the loader
control valve.
C. Defective circuit relief valves.
D. Inadequate control spool travel.
than 3.8 L/min (one gpm) less than the flow indica-
tion at the same pressure in test number. 1, there
is leakage at a point common to the entire system.
A probable cause is a damaged or worn main relief
valve or seals.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 63
Cylinder - Remove lift arm cylinder

L213, L215, C227
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
1. Label and disconnect cylinder hoses (1) and cap

open ports
931001628 1
2. Remove lift cylinder rod end snap rings (1) from

boom arm.
931001621 2
931001616 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 64
4. Lower cylinders (1) down.
931001625 4
5. Remove lock nut (1) and pin retaining bolt (2) on both
sides of the lift arm.
931001629 5
6. Remove rod end pins and washers from both sides

of the lift arm.
931001630 6
7. Remove cylinders
931001632 7
Next operation:
Cylinder - Install lift arm cylinder (H.20.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 65
Cylinder - Install lift arm cylinder

L230, C227
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Remove lift arm cylinder (H.40.B)
1. Lubricate the rod end pins, (1), with LOCTITE® 767

ANTI-SEIZE lubricant.
2. Install the cylinder onto the skid steer.
931001630 1
3. Install pin retaining bolt (1), and locknut, (2).

4. Torque the upper pivot pin hardware to 38 Nm ( 28
lb ft.
931001629 2
5. Install the rod end pins and washers (1) through the
lift arms and cylinder end.
931001616 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 66
931001618 4
7. Install the hydraulic cylinder hoses (1), and position

to prevent contact with other components, fenders,
etc. Tighten hose fittings to standard torque.
8. Lower the lift arm. Tilt system - Tilt To secure the
lift arm in the raised position on radial lift ma-
chines. (E.34.A)
9. Start the skid steer and cycle the boom several times
to remove trapped air from the system and check the
cylinder for leaks.
931001628 5
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 67
Cylinder - Remove lift arm cylinder

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
1. Label and disconnect cylinder hoses (1) and cap

open ports
93112872 1
2. Remove lift cylinder rod end pin (2) and retaining bolt
(1) and nut (3) from boom arm.
93112873 2
931001616 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 68
4. Lower cylinders (1) down.
93112875 4
5. Remove lock nut (1) and pin retaining bolt (2) on

frame.
93112874 5
6. Remove rod end pins and washers from both sides

of the frame.
931001630 6
7. Remove cylinders
931001632 7
Next operation:
Cylinder - Install lift arm cylinder (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 69
Cylinder - Install lift arm cylinder

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
WARNING
Heavy objects!
W0398A
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Remove lift arm cylinder (H.40.B)
1. Lubricate the rod end pins, (1), with LOCTITE® 767

ANTI-SEIZE lubricant.
2. Install the cylinder onto the skid steer.
931001630 1
3. Install pin retaining bolt (1), and locknut, (2).

4. Torque the upper pivot pin hardware to 38 Nm ( 28
lb ft.
931001629 2
5. Install the rod end pins and washers (1) through the
lift arms and cylinder end.
931001616 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 70
931001618 4
7. Install the hydraulic cylinder hoses (1), and position

to prevent contact with other components, fenders,
etc. Tighten hose fittings to standard torque.
8. Lower the lift arm
9. Start the skid steer and cycle the boom several times
to remove trapped air from the system and check the
cylinder for leaks.
931001628 5
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 71
Cylinder - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Remove (H.40.B)
1. Clean the outside of the cylinder. If the hoses were

removed from the cylinder, remove the hoses.
2. Fasten the tube (1) in a vise, or other holding equip-
ment can be used. Be careful not to damage the
tube.
3. Loosen the gland (5) in the tube with a gland wrench.
4. To prevent damage to the tube, pull the piston rod (3)
straight out of the tube.
5. Fasten the piston rod end in a vise. To prevent dam-
age to the piston rod, place a padded support below
the piston rod near the piston.
6. Loosen and remove the nut that connects the piston
on the piston rod.
7. Remove the piston (6) from the piston rod.
8. Remove and discard the seal (11), wear ring (13) and
backup ring (12) from the piston.
9. Remove and discard the O-ring (9), backup ring (10),
seals (8), and wiper (7) from the gland (5).
20111254 1
(1) Tube (4) Bushing (7) Wiper (10) Backup ring (13) Wear ring
(2) Bushing (5) Packing gland (8) Seal (kit) (11) Seal (14) Nut
(3) Piston Rod (6) Piston (9) O-ring (12) Backup Ring (15) Rod end
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 72
Cylinder - Assemble
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Disassemble (H.40.B)
20111254 1
1. Tube 7. Wiper 13. Wear ring

2. Bushing 8. Seal (kit) 14. Nut
3. Piston Rod 9. O-ring 15. Rod end
4. Bushing 10. Backup ring
5. Packing gland 11. Seal
6. Piston 12. Backup Ring
NOTE: If a new gland is being installed, put the part number of the cylinder on the new gland.
1. Before assembly, lubricate the rod (3) and the cylin-
der bore with hydraulic oil.
2. Lubricate a new seal (8) with clean hydraulic oil. In-
sert the new seal into the gland so the lips are toward
the small end of the gland.
3. Lubricate a new wiper (7) with hydraulic oil. Insert
the new wiper into the gland so the lips are toward
the large end of the gland.
4. Lubricate a new backup ring (10) with clean hydraulic
oil. Insert the new backup ring into the groove on the
outside of the gland so the flat side is toward the large
end of the gland.
5. Lubricate a new O-ring (9) with clean hydraulic oil.
Insert the O-ring into the groove and onto the backup
ring on the outside of the gland.
6. Fasten the piston rod end (15) in a vise.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 73
7. Remove any marks or sharp edges on the chamfered

end of the piston rod.
8. Lubricate the bore of the gland with clean hydraulic
oil.
9. Push the gland onto the piston rod. If the gland will
not slide easily onto the piston rod, use a soft ham-
mer to drive the gland onto the piston rod.
10. To prevent damage to the piston rod, place a support
below and near the end of the piston rod. Use a shop
cloth between the support and the piston rod.
11. Install the piston (6) onto the end of the piston rod.
12. Clean the threads on the end of the piston rod and
the threads of the nut using Loctite cleaning solvent.
Allow all the parts to dry. Apply 1/2 in of LOCTITE®
242 onto the threads of the piston rod 1/4 in from the
open end of the piston rod.
NOTE: Do not apply LOCTITE® 242 to the first 1/4 in of the
piston rod threads.
13. Install the nut (14).
14. Tighten the nut to a torque of 365 - 469 Nm ( 270 -
346 lb ft). A torque multiplier can be used to tighten
the nut.
15. Lubricate a new backup ring (12) with clean hydraulic
oil. Slide the backup ring into the center groove on
the outside of the piston.
16. Lubricate a new seal (11) with clean hydraulic oil.
Slide the new seal onto the backup ring on the out-
side of the piston.
17. Lubricate a new wear ring (13) with clean hydraulic
oil. Slide the new wear ring into the end groove on
the opposite end of the piston.
18. Lubricate the inside of the tube and the piston with
clean hydraulic oil. Use a piston ring compression
tool to hold the new wear ring in place.
19. Push the tube straight onto the piston.
20. Start the tube onto the piston rod assembly. Push the
tube onto the piston rod until the compression tool is
clear of the piston rod. Be careful not to damage the
wear ring and the seal.
21. When the piston is in the smooth part of the tube,
start the gland into the tube.
22. Lubricate the new O-ring on the gland with clean hy-
draulic oil.
23. Tighten the gland to the torque of 407 Nm ± 68 Nm
( 300 lb ft ± 50 lb ft).
24. If hoses were removed with the cylinder, install new
O-rings, if equipped, on the hose fittings. Lubricate
the new O-rings with clean hydraulic oil and install
the hoses.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 74
Accumulator - Remove
WARNING
Pressurized system!
DO NOT attempt to disassemble any accumulator until the nitrogen charge is properly discharged.
W0974A
Prior operation:
Accumulator - Discharging (H.40.B)
bs04d011 1
Ride Control Accumulator

(1) - Hose connection (3) - Clamps (5) - Ride control valve
(2) - Accumulator (4) - Electrical harness
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 75
1. Remove the cap CAS1871 from the hydraulic reser-

voir.
2. Connect a vacuum pump CAS10192 to the hydraulic
reservoir.
3. Start the vacuum pump. Refer to Reservoir - Apply
vacuum (A.10.A)
4. Loosen and remove the hydraulic hose connection
(1) from the accumulator (2). Install a plug in the hose
and a cap on the fitting.
6. Loosen and remove the two clamps (3) which mount
the accumulator (2) to the chassis. Remove the ac-
cumulator from the chassis.
bs04d012 2
Ride Control Component Location
(1) - Ride control accumulator (2) - Ride control valve
Next operation:
Accumulator - Disassemble (H.40.B) or Accumulator - Install (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 76
Accumulator - Install
Prior operation:
Accumulator - Remove (H.40.B)
1. Install the accumulator (2) into the chassis mounting

location.
2. Install the clamps (3) around the accumulator (2) and
tighten the clamps (3).
4. Remove the plug from the hose and the cap from the
fitting.
5. Install the hydraulic hose connection (1) onto the ac-
cumulator (2). Tighten the hydraulic hose connection
(1).
6. Stop the vacuum pump. Remove vacuum pump from
reservoir.
bs04d011 1
Ride Control Accumulator

(1) - Hose connection (3) - Clamps (5) - Ride control valve
(2) - Accumulator (4) - Electrical harness
8. Remove the vacuum pump from the hydraulic reser-
voir. Install the filler cap on the reservoir.
9. Follow the procedure for Accumulator Charging with
dry nitrogen. Accumulator - Charging (H.40.B)
10. Start and run the engine at low idle for 2 to 5 minutes
and check for any leaks.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 77

12. Check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir and
add hydraulic oil as required. Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 78
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 79
Accumulator - Assemble
BS96H068 1
1. Tube 5. Quad ring 9. Guard 13. Body

2. Gland with gas valve 6. O-ring 10. Gas valve assembly 14. Gland without gas valve
3. Piston 7. Backup ring (if used) 11. Cap
4. Seal 8. Cap screw 12. Valve core
Prior operation:
Accumulator - Disassemble (H.40.B)
1. Slide one new seal (4), on one end of the piston.

2. Slide one new quad ring (5) into the middle groove
of the piston.
3. Slide one new seal (4) on the other end of the piston.
4. Lubricate the bore of the tube (1) and the piston (3)
with clean hydraulic oil.
NOTE: The piston must be installed slowly to prevent dam-
age to the threads on the quad ring.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 80
5. Start the piston (3) into the gas valve end of the tube
(1). A soft hammer and wood block may be used to
drive the piston farther into the tube. Carefully drive
the piston at least 2 in ( 51 mm) into the tube. Keep
pressure against the piston when driving the piston
into the tube, to prevent damage to the quad ring (5).
Follow the same procedure for the non-gas valve end
of the tube.
6. If used, install a new back ring (7) on the gland (2).
Make sure the backup ring is installed. Follow the
same procedure for the non-gas valve end of the
tube.
7. Install the O-ring (6) next to the backup ring (7). If
a backup ring is not used, install an O-ring in the
groove on the gland. Follow the same procedure for
the non-gas valve end of the tube.
BS04D006 2
8. Lubricate the O-ring (6) and the backup ring (7) with
clean hydraulic oil. Start the gland (2) into the tube
(1). Follow the same procedure for the non-gas valve
(14) end of the tube.
9. Fasten the tube (1) in the vise. Tighten the gland (2).
Follow the same procedure for the non-gas valve end
of the tube
10. Install a new O-ring (6)on the body (13)of the gas
valve assembly (10).
11. Install the valve core (12) in the body (13).
12. Lubricate the O-ring (6) with clean hydraulic oil. In-
stall and tighten the gas valve assembly (10)in the
gland (2).
13. Install the cap (11).
14. Charge the accumulator with dry nitrogen. Please
refer to Accumulator - Charging (H.40.B)
15. Install the guard (9) and cap screws (8).
Next operation:
Accumulator - Install (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 81
Accumulator - Disassemble
Prior operation:
Accumulator - Remove (H.40.B)
1. Fasten the accumulator tube (1) in a vise with soft

jaws. Be careful not to damage the tube.
NOTICE: The gland with the gas valve must be removed
first.
2. Loosen and remove the glands (2) or (14) from each
end of the tube.
3. Use a rod and push the piston (3) out of the gas valve
end of the tube.
4. Remove and discard the seals (4) and quad ring (5)
from the piston.
5. Remove and discard the O-rings (6) and if used, the
backup ring (7) from the glands.
6. Loosen and remove the cap screws (8) and guard
(9).
7. Loosen and remove the gas valve assembly (10).
8. Remove the O-ring (6), cap (11), and valve core (12)
from the body (13).
BS96H067 1

84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 82
Next operation:
Accumulator - Visual inspection (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 83
Accumulator - Discharging
NOTICE: Do not attempt to disassemble any accumulator until the nitrogen charge is properly discharged.
NOTICE: To help prevent equipment damage, the low pressure gauge (3) must be shut "Off" during high pressure (
150 psi/ 10 bar and above) applications.
934477A 1
(A) - Regulator (C) - Low pressure gauge (E) (G) - To nitrogen tank
(B) (D) (F) (H) - To accumulator
1. Use the accumulator charging kit CAS10899 to dis-
charge the accumulator. The tool must be discon-
nected from the nitrogen tank.
2. Close valves (B), (C) and (D).
3. Adjust the regulator (A) to the minimum pressure set-
ting by turning the knob counterclockwise.
4. Turn the T-handle on valve (F) fully out.
5. Remove the guard and cap from the accumulator
charging stem.
6. Connect valve (F) to the stem on the accumulator.
7. Turn the T-handle inward on valve (F) to engage the
pin in the valve stem.
8. Open valve (D). Check the charge pressure on
gauge (E).
9. Partially open valve (B) to discharge the accumula-
tor. The accumulator charge will bleed down through
the regulator.
10. Once the accumulator is fully discharged, disconnect
valve (F) from the accumulator stem.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 84
Accumulator - Charging
SPECIAL TOOLS
BS06M002 1
380001676 Nitrogen Regulator Valve
BS06M003-01 2
380001390 Accumulator Charging Hose
NOTE: Check the pressure in the accumulator according to the instructions in this section. Keep the nitrogen charging
kit connected to the accumulator.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 85
BT09C458 3
Nitrogen Charging Kit
BT09B037-01 4
Accumulator located on the right side of machine behind side skirt.
NOTE: Do not expose the accumulator to temperatures above 120°F (49°C). A charged accumulator contains nitrogen
compressed to 1600 PSI (11 032 kPa). High heat will cause the safety plug to blow out of the accumulator and the
escaping nitrogen will propel the accumulator at a dangerous rate of speed. M407
Charging Accumulator with Nitrogen

WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Use only nitrogen when charging the accumulator. Do not use air or oxygen that will cause an explo-
sion.
W0975A
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 86
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Do not expose the accumulator to temperatures above 120°F (49°C). A charged accumulator contains
nitrogen compressed to 110 bar (1600 PSI). High heat will cause the safety plug to blow out of the
accumulator and the escaping nitrogen will propel the accumulator at a dangerous rate of speed.
W0977C
NOTICE: The four valves A, D, and E must be in the positions noted in the procedure before connecting the Nitrogen
Accumulator Charging Kit to the machine or nitrogen tank refer to image 3.
1. Close the shutoff valve (D) by turning it all the way to
the left (counterclockwise).
2. Close the gauge valve (E) by turning it all the way to
the right (clockwise).
3. Connect the charging gauges to the nitrogen supply
tank, open the supply tank valve.
4. Slowly turn valve (D) clockwise while watching the
pressure gauge (B). Stop turning valve (D) when the
needle on gauge (B) reaches 10 bar (145 psi).
NOTE: If the needle goes over the needed pressure,
quickly open and close valve (E) and check the pressure
again.
The charging kit is now ready to be installed on the accu-
mulator.
5. Remove the cap from the accumulator.
6. Loosen the sealing plug with an Allen wrench.
7. Back off the needle valve (A) on the accumulator end
of the charging hose by turning it counterclockwise to
the maximum position. This prevents nitrogen from
escaping from the accumulator when the charging
hose is attached to the accumulator gas charging
valve.
8. Install the charging hose fitting onto the accumulator.
9. Tighten the needle valve by turning it clockwise.
Slowly open the gauge valve (E) and observe the
reading on the gauge. This reading is the nitrogen
pressure level inside the accumulator.
10. Fill the accumulator to a charge pressure of 20.7 -
22.4 bar (300 - 325 psi).
11. Close valve (E) by turning to the right (clockwise).
After a few minutes open valve (E) and check the
accumulator for leakage.
12. Back off the needle valve (A) on accumulator end of
the charging hose by turning it counterclockwise the
maximum amount. This will prevent nitrogen from
escaping from the accumulator as the hose is re-
moved.
13. Close the valve on the nitrogen supply tank.
14. Adjust the regulator (D) to the minimum pressure set-
ting by turning the knob counterclockwise.
15. Slowly remove the charging hose from the accumu-
lator pressure valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 87
NOTE: A small amount of nitrogen will escape when disconnecting the hose.
16. Install the cap on the accumulator, torque to
1.13 N·m (10 lb in).
NOTE: A small amount of nitrogen will escape when disconnecting the hose.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 88
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 89
Accumulator - Visual inspection
BS96H067 1

Prior operation:
Accumulator - Disassemble (H.40.B)
1. Clean all parts in cleaning solvent.

2. Illuminate the inside of the tube (1). Inspect the in-
side of the tube for deep grooves or other damage.
If the tube is damaged, replace with a new tube or
cylinder.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 90
3. In a rotary motion, use an emery cloth with medium

grit to remove small scratches on the piston (3),
glands (2) and (14), and tube (1).
4. Inspect the glands (2) and (14), for rust or corro-
sion. Clean and remove the rust or corrosion from
the gland.
5. Inspect the piston (3). Check to see if it is worn or
damaged. If the piston is worn or damaged, replace
with a new accumulator.
6. Inspect the gland ends of the tube (1) for sharp
edges. Remove the sharp edges. Sharp edges can
damage the seals (4), quad ring (5), and O-rings (6).
Next operation:
Accumulator - Assemble (H.40.B)
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 91
Accumulator - Pressure test
BS04D004 1
1. Ensure that the oil side of the accumulator is com-

pletely discharged.
2. Put the ride control switch in the "On" position.
3. Lower the loader to the floor. Put the loader control
lever in the "Float" position.
4. Stop the engine. Put the key in the "On" position.
5. Move the loader control lever in all directions to re-
lease any pressure in the hydraulic circuits. Put the
loader control lever in the "Float" position.
6. Find the right and left solenoid valves for the ride
control system. Find the pin in the coil end of the
solenoid. Depress the pin in the solenoid valves with
a soft pin (such as a welding rod) to release any
pressure in the loader lift circuit.
7. Leave the ride control switch and key switch in the
"On" postion.
8. Leave the loader control lever in the "Float" position.
9. Close the valves (B) and (C) on the nitrogen charging
kit.
10. Turn the stem out of valve (F) until the stem stops.
11. Remove the cap screws and guard from the accumu-
lator.
12. Remove the cap from the valve stem on the accumu-
lator.
13. Connect valve (F) to the valve stem.
14. Make sure that valve (D) is open.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 92
15. Turn the stem into valve (F) and read the pressure
on gauge (E).
16. The pressure must be 275 - 325 psi ( 1897 - 2241
kPa, 19 - 23 bar). If the pressure is too low, charge
the accumulator with dry nitrogen.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 93
SINGLE ARM Lift - Troubleshooting

Incorrect or No Loader 1. Check to ensure the cab door is fully A. Is there still a problem?
Function closed. No: Troubleshooting complete.
Yes: Go to Step 2.
2. Check the cab door switch (If equipped A. Check power to and from the cab door
with cab door). switch.
Yes: Go to Step 3.
3. Check the Implement Controller inter- A. Check power to and from the Implement
lock valve power/function. Controller interlock valve. Repair as re-
quired.
B. Check the Implement Controller inter-
lock valve function. Repair or replace as
required.
C. Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 4.
4. Check the charge pressure. A. Do - Checking the Charge Pressure/
Flow.
(A.10.A) for the procedure.
B. Charge pressure OK? Stroke the control
leaky servo. Repair as required.
Yes: Go to Step 5.
5. Check the pilot pressure from the Im- Go to step 6.
plement Controller to the Loader Control
Valve.
6. Do Check 1 - Checking the Pilot Pres- A. Is there still a problem?
sure. No: Troubleshooting complete.
Refer to SINGLE ARM Lift - Pressure test Yes: Go to Step 8.
(H.40.B)
8. Check the loader control valve function. A. Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 9.
9. Repair or replace the loader control
valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 94
Index

Accumulator - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Accumulator - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Accumulator - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Accumulator - Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Accumulator - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Accumulator - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Accumulator - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Accumulator - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Accumulator - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Control valve - Remove bucket valve extend solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Control valve - Install Boom position/Bucket position/ Auxiliary position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Control valve - Install Bucket Valve Extend Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L230, C227
Control valve - Install Loader Valve Extend Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Control valve - Install Loader port lock solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Control valve - Install bucket valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
L230, C227
Control valve - Install loader control valve (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
L213, L215
Control valve - Install loader control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
C227, C232, C238
Control valve - Install loader valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
L230, C227
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Control valve - Install proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Control valve - Overview loader lock control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Control valve - Remove Boom position/Bucket position/ Auxiliary position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Control valve - Remove Loader port lock solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Control valve - Remove Proportional aux valve extend solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Control valve - Remove bucket valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
L230, C227
Control valve - Remove loader control valve (EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
L213, L215
Control valve - Remove loader control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Control valve - Remove loader valve extend solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 95
Control valve - Remove loader valve retract solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve extend solenoid on EH machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
L230, C227
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Control valve - Remove proportional auxiliary valve retract solenoid on EH machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Cylinder - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Cylinder - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cylinder - Install lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
L230, C227
Cylinder - Install lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Cylinder - Remove lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
L213, L215, C227
Cylinder - Remove lift arm cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
Relief valve - Flow test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Relief valve - Pressure test Loader Valve Relief Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Ride control valve - Install Glide Ride valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Ride control valve - Remove Glide Ride valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
SINGLE ARM Lift - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
C227
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
C227
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove single lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C232, C238
SINGLE ARM Lift - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
84522361 15/06/2011
H.40.B / 96
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - 50.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
H.50.C / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.50.C / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - Troubleshooting

Incorrect or No Loader 1. Check to ensure the cab door is fully A. Is there still a problem?
Function closed. No: Troubleshooting complete.
Yes: Go to Step 2.
2. Check the cab door switch (If equipped A. Check power to and from the cab door
with cab door). switch.
Yes: Go to Step 3.
3. Check the Implement Controller inter- A. Check power to and from the Implement
lock valve power/function. Controller interlock valve. Repair as re-
quired.
B. Check the Implement Controller inter-
lock valve function. Repair or replace as
required.
Yes: Go to Step 4.
4. Check the charge pressure. A. Do - Checking the Charge Pressure/
Flow.
(A.10.A) for the procedure.
B. Charge pressure OK? Stroke the control
leaky servo. Repair as required.
Yes: Go to Step 5.
5. Check the pilot pressure from the Im- Go to step 6.
plement Controller to the Loader Control
Valve.
6. Do Check 1 - Checking the Pilot Pres- A. Is there still a problem?
sure. No: Troubleshooting complete.
Refer to SINGLE ARM Lift - Pressure test Yes: Go to Step 7.
(H.40.B)
7. If the pressure readings are correct,
the test is complete. If the pressure read-
ings are not correct, repair or replace the
charge/hydrostatic pump assembly or the
loader control valve.
8. Check the loader control valve function. A. Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 9.
9. Repair or replace the loader control
valve.
84522361 15/06/2011
H.50.C / 3
Index

SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
H.50.C / 4
84522361 15/06/2011
H.50.C / 5
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SERVICE MANUAL
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
J
Contents
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING - J
DIGGING Non-articulated digging tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.20.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
CARRYING Unarticulated tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.50.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
COUPLING Mechanical coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.80.B

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
COUPLING Hydraulic coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.80.C

C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
J
DIGGING Non-articulated digging tools - 20.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Bucket
Remove - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Remove - Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install - Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 2
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING - DIGGING Non-articulated digging tools
Bucket - Remove - Mechanical

1. Position loader on flat surface.
93106896 1
2. Pull up on locking handles (1) to disengage pins.
931002056 2
3. Start engine.
931001679 3
4. Tilt face plate (2) down to disengage.
931002057 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 3
5. Lower lift arm (3).
931002057 5
6. Reverse skid steer to remove bucket.
931002058 6
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 4
Bucket - Install
1. Start engine.
931001679 1
2. Lower lift arm (1) and tilt faceplate (2) down before
inserting faceplate into saddles.
931002058 2
3. Slowly raise lift arm (1) ensuring face plate is seated

in the saddles (3).
931002057 3
4. Tilt face plate (2) up to engage.
931002057 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 5
5. Push down on locking handles (4) to secure bucket.
931002056 5
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 6
Bucket - Remove - Hydraulic

1. Position loader on a flat surface.
9310748611 1
2. Start engine.
931002111 2
3. Unlock the pins (1) then use the electronic controls

(2) to retract quick release cylinders.
931002112 3
931007524 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 7
4. Tilt face plate (3) down to disengage.
931002057 5
5. Lower lift arm (4).
931002057 6
6. Remove bucket.
931002058 7
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 8
Bucket - Install - Hydraulic

1. Start engine.
931002111 1
2. Lower lift arm (1) and tilt faceplate down (2) before
inserting into saddles (3).
931002058 2
3. Slowly raise lift arm (1) ensuring faceplate seats into

saddles.
931002057 3
4. Tilt face plate up to engage.
931002057 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 9
5. Use electronic controls (4) on the right hand side joy-

stick to engage quick release cylinders.
931007524 5
6. Lock the pins in place using the lock control (5) on

the left hand side column.
931002112 6
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 10
Index

Bucket - Install - Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Bucket - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bucket - Remove - Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Bucket - Remove - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 11
84522361 15/06/2011
J.20.B / 12
CARRYING Unarticulated tools - 50.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Tool
Bucket - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Tool
Cutting edge - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 2
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING - CARRYING Unarticulated tools
Tool Bucket - General specification
BT97G325 1
1. 10 mm ( 3/8 in) fillet (weld twice 1 root pass 1 cover 3. 6 mm ( 1/4 in) groove 6 mm ( 1/4 in) fillet (weld
pass) twice-wrap ends)
2. 6 mm ( 1/4 in) fillet (weld 4 times)
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 3
Tool Cutting edge - Replace

1. Cut or grind the old cutting edge from the bucket floor
and sides. Remove all old weld and foreign material
from the welding area.
SH88030 1
2. Straighten the bucket floor and sides if required.

3. Thoroughly clean the area where the new cutting
edge will be welded.
4. Use dry AWS-E7018 low hydrogen electrodes or ei-
ther of the following equivalent low hydrogen wire
feed electrodes: Gas metal arc welding (C0² or argon
C0²) AWS-E70S6 or flux cored arc welding AWS-
E70T1.
5. Preheat the parts to be welded (both tack and final
welds) to a minimum of 400ºF (204ºC). The preheat
temperature must be throughout the entire thickness
of the parts joined, and at least 51 mm ( 2 in) back
from the joint. Maintain preheat throughout the entire
welding operation.
NOTE: This is a hardened steel edge. If not preheated, the
cutting edge may later crack during use.
6. Tack weld the preheated parts starting at the center
of the bucket and working toward the outside ends.
7. Finish welding the preheated parts starting at the
center of the front edge of the bucket floor and work-
ing toward the outside ends. Repeat this operation
at the back side of the cutting edge to bucket floor.
8. Do not remove the bucket from the welding environ-
ment until the weld and metal temperature drops to
the ambient temperature. Do not force the cooling
rate of the welds and material.
9. Follow the same welding procedure for welding the
side cutting edges and bottom wear plates to the
bucket.
10. Bolt On Cutting Edge Replacement:
Loosen and remove the bolts from the cutting edge.
11. Remove the cutting edge from the bucket.
12. Install new cutting edge on the bucket. Install new
bolts and tighten the bolts.
13. Dirt Tooth Kit Installation
14. Bucket Dirt Tooth Kit
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 4
15. The dirt tooth kit consists of six teeth that are welded
to the bucket cutting edge as indicated at (1). The
teeth are used to break up the material when rough
digging conditions are experienced. This will make it
easier to fill the bucket. The teeth are intended to be
used only on dirt and foundry or low-profile buckets.
SH88032 2
16. Tooth Point Replacement

17. The points of the teeth are a replaceable "pin-on"
design and can be obtained from Parts.
18. To replace the "pin-on" points, use a punch that just
fits into the pin hole, (1), and drive the old retaining
pin from the shank.
19. Place the new point over the shank and insert the
retaining pin into the hole, (1). With a punch that
contacts both sides of the metal part of the retaining
pin, drive the pin until it is centered in the shank.
NOTE: If the punch or driver is too small and just contacts
the rubber center of the retaining pin, the pin will be dam-
aged and will not retain the point.
SH88033 3
20. Tooth Location and Installation

21. The bucket should be flat on the floor when placing
and welding the teeth to maintain good weld points,
(1).
NOTICE: Remove the bucket from the loader while welding
teeth to prevent damage to the loader electrical system.
22. Slide the replaceable points in place but do not at-
tach with the steel/rubber pins as the rubber may be
damaged during the welding process.
SH88034 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 5
23. Locate the teeth on the bucket edge as indicated.
bs04e165 5
24. Bucket Tooth Spacing

NOTE: Position the teeth at these spacings, then re-center
if necessary for equal spacing.
bs04f076 6
25. Welds are high carbon steel (tooth) to high carbon

steel (bucket). Use welding rods marked 7018 or
some comparable rod. Weld on both sides of the
tooth from the back of the tooth towards the replace-
able point at (1). Stop welding 13 mm ( 1/2 in) from
the cutting edge as noted at (2). Weld along the back
of the tooth at (3). A minimum 5 mm ( 3/16 in) fillet
weld is required for this application.
SH88036 7
26. Weld in the direction shown at (1).

27. Weld a 5 mm ( 3/16 in) fillet weld along both sides
and rear of the tooth at (2), high carbon steel to high
carbon steel.
bs04e166 8
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 6
Index

Tool Bucket - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Tool Cutting edge - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 7
84522361 15/06/2011
J.50.B / 8
COUPLING Mechanical coupling - 80.B
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Connector
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
Connector
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 2
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING - COUPLING Mechanical coupling
Connector - Exploded view
bs04e150 1
Mounting Plate
(1) Mounting Plate (7) Latch Pin (13) Pin
(2) Left Hand Handle (8) Plug (14) Bolt
(3) Dust Cap (9) Clip (15) Right Hand Handle
(4) Grease Zerk (10) Pin (16) Pin
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 3
Mounting Plate
(5) Plate (11) Compression Spring (17) Bushing
(6) Spring Pin (12) Guide
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 4
Connector - Exploded view
BS09C164 1
Mounting Plate
(1)Right Hand Handle (8)Pin (15)Roll Pin
(2)Left Hand Handle (9)Spring Guide Upper (16)Latch Pin
(3)Spacer (10)Compression Spring (17)Mounting Plate
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 5
Mounting Plate
(4)Bolt (11)Pin (Spring Guide Lower) (18)Right Hand Shield
(5)Lock Washer (12)Grease Zerk (19)Grease Zerk
(6)Washer (13)Left Hand Shield (20)Bushing
(7)Bolt (14)Bolt (21)Washer
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 6
Connector - Remove
1. Remove any attachment from the loader attachment
mounting plate.
2. Lower the boom to the fully lowered position.
3. Tilt the attachment mounting plate forward until the
face is level with the ground.
4. Remove the cylinder attachment mounting plate
pivot pins by removing the pin retaining bolts, (1),
and sliding the pins from the mounting plate and
cylinders.
ATTENTION: Support the mounting plate during removal
to prevent dropping the plate when pins are removed.
19984476 1
5. Remove hub caps, (2), from the plate pivots.

6. Loosen the attachment mounting plate to boom pivot
pin hardware, (3). DO NOT remove the bolts at this
time.
7. With a soft-faced sledgehammer, strike the mounting
plate pivot area, (4). This will free the tapered pivot
pin in the boom link.
8. Remove the pivot pin retaining hardware and remove
the tapered pins.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 7
Connector - Install
1. Reinstall the boom mounting plate, if removed, by in-
stalling the plate pivot taper pins and retaining hard-
ware, (1), Figure 1.
2. Torque the pivot bolts, (1), to 108 Nm ( 80 lb ft).
NOTE: The tapered pivot pins and retaining hardware must
be hammer seated by striking the head of the bolt and pin,
and then re-tightening. This step must be repeated until
the torque remains constant.
3. Reinstall hub caps, (2), into the plate pivots.
4. Extend the attachment mounting plate cylinders until
they align with their mounting holes on the attach-
ment mounting plate.
5. Install the cylinder attachment mounting plate pins
through the mounting plate and into the cylinder rod
ends. Install the pin retaining hardware, (3), and
tighten.
6. Grease the two boom mounting plate pivot pins and
the two cylinder mounting plate pivot pins prior to
moving the attachment mounting plate to prevent any
damage to the pivot points.
19984476-2 1
7. Attachment Plate Over-Center Latch Pins Wear/

Bend, Figure 2.
8. The loader attachment may become loose at the
mounting plate. Inspection of the over-center latch
pins part #9822358, shows the pin ends worn and
bent, (1).
9. The over-center pins are NOT heat-treaded. Thus,
if an attachment does not fit correctly and hammers
against the pins, the pins will wear and bend. New
pins and ones used with properly fitted attachments
should be straight, as shown at (2).
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 8
10. If worn pins are encountered, the pins must be re-

placed. Additionally, an inspection of all the cus-
tomer's attachments must be made to determine the
improperly fitted attachments which is causing the
pin problem. Usually, an old attachment used on a
previous loader can be worn and can be the problem.
bs04e168 2
11. Checking Procedure for Buckets and Attachments,

Figure 3.
12. The bucket/attachment does not fit or appears to
come loose on the boom faceplate.
13. The loader boom faceplate is worn or out of height
dimensions and/or the bucket latch points are worn
or out of dimensions.
14. Inspection
15. The loader latching system requires that the face-
plate wedge into the attachment. The faceplate must
contact the attachment at (1), (2), and (3), and must
have clearance between the attachment and face-
plate at (4), when the attachment is latched properly.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 9
16. The latch pins should not extend below the lower
plate at (5).
bs04e169 3
17. The following are some quick visual checks of the

loader faceplate and attachment, Figure 4.
18. The attachment must have an 850 mm ± 0.8 mm
(33-15/32 ± 1/32 inch) center to center latch point,
(1), to be compatible with the latch system.
19. Check the latch pins and levers for proper operation
and lubrication. If the latch pins do not move freely,
the system will not function properly.
20. Control levers pivot over center into the lowered
latched position.
21. Latch pins fully extend from the faceplate.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 10
22. Control levers pivot over center into the raised un-
latched position and hold in this position.
SH88054 4
23. Loader Faceplace, (5), and Attachment, (6), En-

gagement
24. Check the saddle area of the attachment at (1), for
interference, weld, debris, etc. to prevent the attach-
ing plate and attachment from seating properly.
25. The loader latch pin should engage the lower latch
plates as shown at (2).
26. Check for clearance between the faceplate and at-
tachment at (3), minimum 0.8 mm ( 1/32 in) and max-
imum 9.5 mm ( 3/8 in), with the latch pins fully en-
gaged.
27. If there is no clearance at (3), the loader faceplate
is too short or the distance between the top saddle
area and lower latch plates is too great, (2), Figure 6
28. If the clearancies too great or the latch pins will not
engage into the latch plates on the attachment, the
loader faceplate is too long or the distance between
the top saddle area and lower latch plates is too
short, (2), or the latch plates are located incorrectly
(1), Figure 6.
29. When the latch pins are fully engaged, New Holland
buckets only, the end of the pin should not extend
beyond the lower plate at (4).
30. If the latch handles do not fully engage, the dimen-
sion from the back of the attachment to the rear of
the slot in the latch plates is too short at (1), Figure
6.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 11
31. If the latch pins extend below the lower plate at (4),
the dimension from the back of the attachment to the
rear of the slot in the latch plate is too long at (1),
Figure 6.
bs04e170 5
32. Checking Procedure

33. The following are the procedures used to measure
the skid steer faceplate and how to measure the at-
tachment.
34. Checking the Attachment
35. Check the placement of the lower latch plates at (1).
Measure from the back surface of the attachment to
the rear of the latch plate slot at (1): 235.8 mm ± 0.8
mm (1-9/32 ± 1/32 inch).
36. If this dimension is too short, the slot can be widened
by grinding out the slot 1/16 inch maximum or replace
the latch plates.
37. If grinding is required, the rear of the slot must be
round square with the top surface of the plate to en-
sure proper pin engagement, (2), Figure 5.
38. If the dimension is too long, replace the latch plates.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 12
39. Check the height of the attachment at (2). Insert a 1/2

x 2 inch hex head cap screw with 1/2 inch standard
nut as shown at (3). Measure from the top of the bolt,
(4) to the rear of the latch plate slot at (5): 403.2 mm
± 0.8 mm (15-7/8 ± 1/32 inch).
40. If this dimension is incorrect, the lower latch plates
will require replacement.
NOTE: If new latch plates are required, order four plates
#86506587 (01 mm, 4 inch slot) through Parts and follow
the latch plate installation procedure.
bs04e171 6
41. Checking the Loader Faceplate

42. Check the height, (3), of the loader faceplate from
the top of the plate at (1), to the bottom of the plate
at (2): 396.9 mm ± 0.8 mm (15-5/8 ± 1/32 inch). To
check the faceplate, place a 24 inch square over the
top of the plate as shown at (4), and a straightedge
at (5).
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 13
43. If the faceplate is not within specifications, the plate

will require replacement.
bs04e172 7
44. Check the faceplate pods to ensure they are straight

with each other and not twisted. Place a straightedge
across both pods as shown at (1,) across the front flat
surface and at (2) the top of the pods.
45. If the pods are not straight, the faceplate will require
straightening or replacement.
SH88058 8
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 14
46. Check the center dimension between the faceplate

pods and the overall outside dimension including the
removable plate in the extended position for new
buckets on the L865, LX865, LX885, and LX985
faceplates.
47. Inside Dimension, (1): 647.7 mm ( 25-1/2 in).
48. Outside Dimension, (2): 1122.4 mm ( 44-3/16 in).
49. Latch Pin Dimension, (3): 850.1 ± 0.8 mm (33-15/32
± 1/32 inch).
ATTENTION: Do not cut or grind the loader faceplate to
adapt any buckets or other attachments. Do not cut or grind
the loader faceplate latch pins.
50. When attaching unapproved attachments, the latch
points on the attachment must meet the correct di-
mensions and be strong enough to maintain the cor-
rect dimensions during operation.
SH88059 9
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 15
Connector - Visual inspection

1. Mounting Plate Assembly
2. Inspect the plate, (1), for straightness. If the mount-
ing plate pods are not straight with each other it may
be difficult to hook up to attachments. If the mounting
plate is not within specifications, replace the assem-
bly.
3. Inspect the latch pin area for excessive wear, which
can result in loose attachments. If the pins, (2), do
not slide freely, remove the pins, clean and lubricate.
4. Inspect the mounting plate pivot pins, (3), and bush-
ings, (4), for wear, which can result in loose attach-
ment to the mounting plate boom cylinders.
5. Inspect the cylinder pivot pins, (5), for wear. Inspect
the pivot pin holes for wear that could cause a sloppy
fit. Replace the bushings in the mounting plate or
pivot pins, if necessary.
1998482 1
6. Latch Handle/Spring Assemblies

7. Inspect the latch handle pivot holes, (6), for exces-
sive wear and binding in the mounting plate.
8. Check that the spring, (7), is not bent, damaged, or
has broken coils. Replace if necessary.
9. Latch Pins
10. Examine the latch pins, (2), for excessive wear and
binding in the mounting plate.
11. Check the tapered area of the pins for wear or chips.
Replace if necessary.
12. Pivot Bushings Replacement
13. Use a suitable bushing driver and remove the old
bushings.
14. Clean the bushing area to remove any dirt, debris
and burrs.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 16
15. Using a bushing driver, install the new pivot bushings

from each end of hole, (1). Drive bushings flush with
the outer edge of the hub.
NOTE: There will be a space in the center between the two
bushings.
OPS87134 2
16. Latch Lever and Spring Repair/Rebuild

17. Clamp the lower spring guide, (1), in a vise. Turn the
step bolt, (2), to remove the lower spring guide from
the step bolt and remove spring, (3).
ATTENTION: When removing the step bolt, the spring will
have some compression pressure. Remove the bolt while
applying downward pressure on the bolt.
19984483 3
18. Remove the upper spring guide, (1), pivot block, (2),
and step bolt, (3), from handle, (4).
19984484 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 17
Connector - Disassemble
1. Remove any attachment from the loader attachment
mounting plate.
2. Lower the boom to the lowered position.
3. Tilt the attachment mounting plate forward until the
face is level with the ground.
4. With an Allen wrench, remove the setscrew, (1) from
the backside of the mounting plate for both the left
and right sides.
19984477 1
5. Move the latch handle, (1), to align the groove pin in

the setscrew hole, (2). Drive out the groove pin with a
hammer and punch. Repeat this procedure on other
side.
6. Remove the latch pin from each side from the bottom
of the mounting plate.
19984478 2
7. Remove the cylinder attachment mounting plate

pivot pins to allow access to the latch handle pivot
pin snap ring clips.
ATTENTION: Support the mounting plate during removal
of the mounting plate pivot pins to prevent dropping the
plate down when pins are removed.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 18
8. Remove the pin retaining bolts, (1), and slide the pins
from the mounting plate and cylinders.
19984476 3
9. Enter the skid steer. Sitting in the operator's seat with

the seat belt buckled, start the loader and retract the
attachment mounting plate actuating cylinders, (1),
fully to clear the attachment mounting plate, (2).
19984479 4
10. Remove the retaining ring, (1), from the latch handle
pivot pin, (2), from the rear of the mounting plate on
the LEFT and RIGHT sides.
11. Using a punch and hammer drive the latch handle re-
taining pin, (2), downward and out through the front
of the attachment mounting plate on both sides. If
there is insufficient ground clearance to fully remove
the latch handle pivot pins, lift the attachment mount-
ing plate up as necessary to clear the pins.
19984480 5
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 19
12. Remove the handle/spring assembly, (1), from the

attachment mounting plate on the LEFT and RIGHT
sides of the attachment mounting plate.
19984481 6
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 20
Connector - Assemble
1. Insert the pivot block, (1), and step bolt, (4), into the
handle, (2). Install the upper spring guide, (3), onto
step bolt (4).
2. Install spring, (5), over the upper spring guide, (3).
Install the lower spring guide, (6), onto step bolt, (4),
and tighten.
NOTE: Apply slight pressure to the lower spring guide to
compress the spring slightly and start threading the lower
guide onto the step bolt.
19984485 1
3. Slide the latch handle/spring assembly, (1), into the

mounting plate, pointing the spring down.
19984481-1 2
4. Install the handle pivot pin, (1), from the front of the
plate and install the snap ring retaining clip, (2). The
pivot pins will have a snap ring on both ends of the
pins.
NOTE: The handle pivot pin should have one snap ring re-
taining clip already installed prior to reinstallation in the at-
tachment plate. If the snap ring retaining clip is not present,
install the clip prior to pin installation.
19984486 3
5. Move the latch handle, (1), to align hole with the

groove and insert the latch pin with the tapered side
towards the loader boom, away from the attachment.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 21
6. With a hammer and punch, drive the grooved pin, (2),

through the lower spring guide and latch pin.
19984478 4
7. Reinstall the setscrew, (1).
19984477 5
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 22
Connector - Disassemble
1. Remove any attachment (bucket etc.) from the
loader attachment mounting plate.
2. Tilt the mounting plate forward until the face is level
with the ground.
3. Remove the cover plate (1), from the mounting plate.
BT09C187 1
4. Moving the latch handle (1), align the groove pin (2),
in the setscrew hole (3). Drive out the groove pin with
a hammer and punch.
BT09C188 2
5. Remove the latch pin (4), from the bottom of the

mounting plate.
6. Remove the latch handle pivot bolt and spacer (5).
7. Remove the handle spring assembly (1), from the
plate.
BT09C189 3
8. Repeat the procedure for both the right and left sides.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 23
Connector - Assemble
1. Slide the handle spring assembly into the mounting
plate at (1), pointing the spring downward.
BT09C189 1
2. Install the handle pivot bolt and tighten to standard

bolt torque specifications.
3. Install the latch pin (1), with the tapered side towards
the loader boom, away from the attachment.
BT09C059 2
4. With a hammer and punch, drive the grooved pin

through the lower spring guide and latch pin at (2).
5. Reinstall the spacer washer and cap screw at (1).
BT09C060 3
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 24
6. Reinstall the boom mounting plate if removed.

Torque the pivot bolts (1), to 108 N·m (80 lb ft). The
tapered pivot pins and retaining hardware must be
hammer seated by striking the head of the bolt and
pin (2), and recheck torque on the bolt.
NOTE: This Step must be repeated until the torque is main-
tained.
BT09C185 4
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 25
Index

Connector - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connector - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Connector - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Connector - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Connector - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Connector - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Connector - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Connector - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Connector - Visual inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.B / 26
COUPLING Hydraulic coupling - 80.C
C227 , C232 , C238 , L213 , L215 , L218 , L220 , L223 , L225 , L230
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Control valve
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Cylinder
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
SERVICE
Cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
DIAGNOSTIC
Electrical control
Testing Hydraulic Coupler Switch and Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 2
EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING - COUPLING Hydraulic coupling
Control valve - General specification

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Valve P/O (Pilot operated) double check

Flow 30.3 l/min (8 US gpm)
Body material 2024 Aluminum
Pressure 206.9 bar (3000 psi)
Port size 9/16-18 SAE-6
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 3
Control valve - General specification

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Valve Coupler
Solenoid valve configuration 4 way, 2 position direct acting, spool type hydraulic cartridge valve
Hydraulic requirements:
Flow 30.3 l/min (8 US gpm)
System pressure 210 bar (3045.0 psi)
Relief valve pressure 172 bar (2494.0 psi)
Electrical requirements:
Operating voltage 14 V
Operating temperature range -30 - 107 °C (-22.0 - 224.6 °F)
Port size SAE-6
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 4

L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Cylinder Hydraulic coupler

Supply port size 7/16-20 UNF-2B
Return port size 7/16-20 UNF-2B
Maximum working pressure 206.9 bar (3000 psi)
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 5
Cylinder - Remove
Prior operation:
NOTE: Never loosen any hydraulic lines without first relieving all pressure in the system.
1. Remove snap ring.
2. Remove retaining pin.
3. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from manifold.
4. Remove rod end hydraulic hose.
5. Remove roll pin and bucket locking pin.
6. Remove cylinder.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 6
Cylinder - Install
1. Lubricate the pivot pins with an antiseize-type lubri-
cant.
2. Install the cylinder on the skid steer.
3. Install rod end washers and pins.
4. Install pin retaining bolts.
5. Uncap open ports and connect cylinder hoses.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 7
Electrical control - Testing Hydraulic Coupler Switch and Solenoid


With the ignition on, 12 V 0V
Check Action Action
for voltage from ACCESSORY POWER Go to test 2 There is a problem in the DC distribu-
DISTRIBUTION pin E12 and ground. tion system upstream of HIGH FLOW
/ COUPLER FUSE.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condi- Go to test 3 744 (Orange).
tion between ACCESSORY POWER
DISTRIBUTION pin E12 and connector
X-300 pin E.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 4 940/942/1094 (Black).
between connector X-300 pin F and
ground.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 5 (White).
between connector X-CPLR pin 1
and connector X-300 pin A.
ing (A.30.A) to check wire condition Go to test 6 1008/1014 (Black).
between connector X-CPLR pin 2
and ground.
Disconnect connector X-CPLR from Normal resistance 0 Ω or greater than 500 Ω,
the HYDRAULIC COUPLER SOLENOID Action Action
Y-013. The HYDRAULIC COUPLER SWITCH The solenoid has failed. Replace the
Check S-009 has failed. Replace the switch solenoid.
Using a multi-meter, check for resis-
tance between HYDRAULIC COUPLER
SOLENOID pins 1 and 2.
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 8
Index

Control valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Control valve - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
L218, L220, L223, L225, L230, C227, C232, C238
Cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Electrical control - Testing Hydraulic Coupler Switch and Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
84522361 15/06/2011
J.80.C / 9
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
SPECIAL TOOL INDEX
Genuine IU PAGE
CAS10162A [Portable Filter PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning A.10.A / 104
Caddy]
CAS1871 [Adapter] PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning A.10.A / 104
CAS10192 [Vacuum Pump] PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning A.10.A / 104
CAS10508 [Fitting Kit For PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning A.10.A / 104
Unions]
CAS1808 [Flowmeter Fitting Relief valve - Pressure test Loader valve main relief A.10.A / 110
Kit]
CAS1871 [Adapter] Reservoir - Apply vacuum A.10.A / 123
CAS10193 [ Kit For Vacuum Reservoir - Apply vacuum A.10.A / 123
Pump]
CAS10192 [Vacuum Pump] Control valve - Remove loader control valve H.40.B / 43
CAS1871 [Adapter] Control valve - Remove loader control valve H.40.B / 43
CAS1871 [Adapter] Accumulator - Remove H.40.B / 76
CAS10192 [Vacuum Pump] Accumulator - Remove H.40.B / 76
Kit IU PAGE
CAS10899 [Nitrogen Charging Accumulator - Discharging H.40.B / 84
Kit]
15/06/2011
11
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
84522361 15/06/2011
EN
NHCE L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 COMPONENT ABBREVIATION LEGEND
INDICATES CONSTANT POWER
GROUNDS BULKHEAD CONNECTION
200 Series Skid Steer Loader - Electrohydraulic CONNECTOR

DIODE
X-001
D-001 INDICATES POWER WHEN KEY
SWITCH IS ON
C227 / C232 / C238 FUSE
LAMP
F-001
E-001
200 Series Compact Track Loader - Electrohydraulic MOTOR M-001
RELAY K-001
84526432 SENSOR/SENDER B-001
SPLICE SP-001
SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION SHEET #
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC, WORLDWIDE SWITCH B-001 GROUNDS 1
2011 PRODUCTION— WIRE BREAK WB-001 BULKHEAD CONNECTION 2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3
SHEET 1 OF 5 MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION 4
ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION 5
SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS LEFT HAND CAB CONSOLE 6
COLOR ABBREVIATION LH AND RH NH CONTROL HANDLE 7
BLACK BK LAMPS 8
DIODE FUSE LAMP MOTOR DOOR AND WINDOW 9
BLUE BL
LIGHT BLUE LB ENGINE TYPE CONFIGURATION 10
BLACK/WHITE BK/WH ENGINE PREHEATING 11
CHASSIS
COIL GROUND (EARTH) TWISTED WIRES GREEN GN
F5C EXT EGR ENGINE 12
ISM ENGINE 13
LIGHT GREEN LG
IGN SWITCH / INDICATORS 14
ORANGE OR
HYDRAULIC INTERLOCKS / 2ND AUX 15
PINK PK
EU LIGHT ADAPTER 16
VIOLET VT
HVAC 17
RED RD
BOOM ROAD LIGHTS 18
CONNECTOR I.D. CAVITY GREY GY
SPLICE WIRE SIZE WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK I.D. RH NH CONTROL HANDLE 19
TAN TN
914-3 BK 18GA
C-999-99 SEAT 20
SHT 3 WB-999 WB-999 SHT 3
WHITE WH
RADIO 21
CIRCUIT I.D. WIRE COLOR WIRE BREAK DESTINATION YELLOW YE F5C ENGINE KSB COLD START CIRCUIT 22
UJM CONNECTORS 23
LOADER VALVE AND SENSORS 24
BULKHEAD CONNECTION 25
WIRE CHART SIZE UCM 26
WIRING REFERENCES ET PUMP 27
0.5 20 DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 28
18GA 0.8 18 MULTIFUNCTION CONNECTORS 29
1.0 16
TELEMATICS 30
2.0 14
5.0 10 EHF 32
8.0 8 MULTIFUNCTION JUMPER 33
SHEET 1 SHEET 2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION
SHEET 3 SHEET 4 SHEET 5
LEFT HAND CAB CONSOLE LH AND RH NH CONTROL HANDLE LAMPS

DOOR AND WINDOW ENGINE TYPE CONFIGURATION ENGINE PREHEATING
F5C EXT EGR ENGINE ISM ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH/INDICATORS
HYDRAULIC INTERLOCKS / 2ND AUX EU LIGHT ADAPTER HVAC
84526432 - SHEET 2 OF 5
BOOM ROAD LIGHTS RH NH CONTROL HANDLE
NHCE L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 COMPONENT ABBREVIATION LEGEND
200 Series Skid Steer Loader - Electrohydraulic CONNECTOR
DIODE
X-001
D-001 INDICATES POWER WHEN KEY
SWITCH IS ON
C227 / C232 / C238 FUSE
LAMP
F-001
E-001
200 Series Compact Track Loader - Electrohydraulic MOTOR M-001
RELAY K-001
84526432 SENSOR/SENDER B-001
SPLICE SP-001
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC, WORLDWIDE SWITCH B-001 GROUNDS 1
2011 PRODUCTION— WIRE BREAK WB-001 BULKHEAD CONNECTION 2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3
SHEET 3 OF 5 MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION 4
BLACK BK LAMPS 8
BLUE BL
CHASSIS
COIL GROUND (EARTH) TWISTED WIRES GREEN GN
F5C EXT EGR ENGINE 12
ISM ENGINE 13
LIGHT GREEN LG
ORANGE OR
HYDRAULIC INTERLOCKS / 2ND AUX 15
PINK PK
EU LIGHT ADAPTER 16
VIOLET VT
HVAC 17
RED RD
BOOM ROAD LIGHTS 18
SPLICE WIRE SIZE WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK I.D. RH NH CONTROL HANDLE 19
TAN TN
914-3 BK 18GA
C-999-99 SEAT 20
SHT 3 WB-999 WB-999 SHT 3
WHITE WH RADIO 21
CIRCUIT I.D. WIRE COLOR WIRE BREAK DESTINATION YELLOW YE F5C ENGINE KSB COLD START CIRCUIT 22
UJM CONNECTORS 23
LOADER VALVE AND SENSORS 24
BULKHEAD CONNECTION 25
WIRE CHART SIZE UCM 26
WIRING REFERENCES ET PUMP 27
18GA 0.8 18 MULTIFUNCTION CONNECTORS 29
1.0 16
TELEMATICS 30
2.0 14
5.0 10 EHF 32
8.0 8 MULTIFUNCTION JUMPER 33
SHEET 18 SHEET 19
SEAT RADIO F5C ENGINE KSB COLD START CIRCUIT
UJM CONNECTORS LOADER VALVE AND SENSORS BULKHEAD CONNECTION

UCM ET PUMP DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
MULTIFUNCTION CONNECTORS TELEMATICS DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR
EHF MULTIFUNCTION JUMPER
SHEET 32 SHEET 33
84526432 - SHEET 4 OF 5
1
20
12
Self Level Valve Solenoid High Flow Solenoid Mechanical Brake Control Valve -
Below Hydrostatic Pump - If equipped If equipped
19 12
3 20
12
4
21
12
5
12
6
Glide Control
EH Hydrostatic Pump - If equipped 2 speed Brake Valve - If equipped
- Swash Plate Sensors, located on 93107448
18 17 bottom of pump
6 12
7
View B
93107498
12
8
View A 10
11
9
15
14
Aux Extend and Retract Solenoid 12
16
(For Mechanical machines) 13 12
EH Loader Control
(Tag along) - If equipped
PWM Controller
(For Mechanical machines)
LEGEND
Electrical Component Identification
View A
1. Self Level Solenoid
2. High Flow Solenoid
3. Left Hand Reverse Solenoid
4. Right Hand Reverse Solenoid
5. Right Hand Forward Solenoid
6. Left Hand Forward Solenoid
7. Boom Position Sensor
25 8. Bucket Position Sensor
9. Aux Position Sensor
10. Boom Retract Solenoid
11. Boom Extend Solenoid
12. Bucket Retract Solenoid
13. Aux Reverse Solenoid
14. Aux Forward Solenoid
15. Bucket Extend Solenoid
16. Aux PWM Controller
17. Aux Extend Solenoid
Hydraulic Oil Filter and Switch 18. Aux Retract Solenoid
(Switch is integrated with filter) 19. Glide Control Solenoid (Bottom of valve body)
View B
20. Brake Solenoid
21. 2 Speed Solenoid
View C
24 22. Charge Pressure Switch
23. Brake Pressure Switch
24. Interlock Solenoid
View D
23 22 25. Hydraulic Oil filter and switch (switch integrated with filter)
26. Air Filter Restriction Switch (below air filter housing)
EH 2 Speed Control Valve - If equipped

Below Cab
NHCE L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230
200 Series Skid Steer Loader - Electrohydraulic
93107444 93107449
26
C227 / C232 / C238
200 Series Compact Track Loader - Electrohydraulic
View C View D 84526432 - SHEET 5 OF 5
ELECTRICAL DETAILED VIEWS
Air Filter Restriction Switch
(Below Air filter housing)
MODEL YEAR 2011
LEGEND GROUNDS BULKHEAD CONNECTION
NHCE L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 COMPONENT ABBREVIATION
CONNECTOR X-001
200 Series Skid Steer Loader - Mechanical DIODE D-001 INDICATES POWER WHEN KEY
SWITCH IS ON
FUSE F-001
LAMP E-001
84526438 MOTOR M-001
RELAY K-001
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC, WORLDWIDE SENSOR/SENDER B-001
SPLICE SP-001
2011 PRODUCTION— SWITCH B-001 GROUNDS 1
WIRE BREAK WB-001 BULKHEAD CONNECTION 2
SHEET 1 OF 5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION 4
BLACK BK LAMPS 8
BLUE BL
CHASSIS
COIL GROUND (EARTH) TWISTED WIRES GREEN GN F5C EXT EGR ENGINE 12
ISM ENGINE 13
LIGHT GREEN LG
ORANGE OR
AUXILLIARY HYDRAULIC INTERLOCK SWITCH 15
PINK PK
EU LIGHT ADAPTER 16
VIOLET VT
HVAC 17
RED RD
BOOM ROAD LIGHTS 18
SPLICE WIRE SIZE WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK I.D. EH AUX PWM 19
TAN TN
SHT 3 WB-999 914-3 BK 18GA
C-999-99
WB-999 SHT 3
SEAT 20
WHITE WH
RADIO 21
CIRCUIT I.D. WIRE COLOR WIRE BREAK DESTINATION YELLOW YE
F5C ENGINE KSB COLD START CIRCUIT 22
LH AND RH NH CONTROL HANDLE 23
MULTIFUNCTION CONNECTOR 24
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 25
WIRE CHART SIZE TELEMATICS 26
WIRING REFERENCES MULTIFUNCTION JUMPER 27
0.5 20
18GA 0.8 18
1.0 16
2.0 14
3.0 12
5.0 10
8.0 8
SHEET 1 SHEET 2
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORY POWER DISTRIBUTION
LEFT HAND CAB CONSOLE LH AND RH NH CONTOL HANDLE LAMPS

DOOR AND WINDOW ENGINE TYOPE CONFIGURATION ENGINE PREHEATING
F5C EXT EGR ENGINE ISM ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH/INDICATORS
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC INTERLOCK SWITCH EU LIGHT ADAPTER HVAC
84526438 - SHEET 2 OF 5
LEGEND BOOM AND ROAD LIGHTS EH AUX PWM
NHCE L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 COMPONENT ABBREVIATION
CONNECTOR X-001
200 Series Skid Steer Loader - Mechanical DIODE D-001 INDICATES POWER WHEN KEY
SWITCH IS ON
FUSE F-001
LAMP E-001
84526438 MOTOR M-001
RELAY K-001
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC, WORLDWIDE SENSOR/SENDER B-001
SPLICE SP-001
2011 PRODUCTION— SWITCH B-001 GROUNDS 1
WIRE BREAK WB-001 BULKHEAD CONNECTION 2
SHEET 3 OF 5 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 3
MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION 4
BLACK BK LAMPS 8
BLUE BL
CHASSIS
COIL GROUND (EARTH) TWISTED WIRES GREEN GN F5C EXT EGR ENGINE 12
ISM ENGINE 13
LIGHT GREEN LG
ORANGE OR
AUXILLIARY HYDRAULIC INTERLOCK SWITCH 15
PINK PK
EU LIGHT ADAPTER 16
VIOLET VT
HVAC 17
RED RD
BOOM ROAD LIGHTS 18
SPLICE WIRE SIZE WIRE BREAK WIRE BREAK I.D. EH AUX PWM 19
TAN TN
SHT 3 WB-999 914-3 BK 18GA
C-999-99
WB-999 SHT 3
SEAT 20
WHITE WH
RADIO 21
CIRCUIT I.D. WIRE COLOR WIRE BREAK DESTINATION YELLOW YE
F5C ENGINE KSB COLD START CIRCUIT 22
LH AND RH NH CONTROL HANDLE 23
MULTIFUNCTION CONNECTOR 24
DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 25
WIRE CHART SIZE TELEMATICS 26
WIRING REFERENCES MULTIFUNCTION JUMPER 27
0.5 20
18GA 0.8 18
1.0 16
2.0 14
3.0 12
5.0 10
8.0 8
SHEET 18 SHEET 19
SEAT RADIO F5C ENGINE KSB COLD START CIRCUIT
LH AND RH NH CONTROL HANDLE MULTIFUNCTION CONNECTOR DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR

TELEMATICS MULTIFUNCTION JUMPER
SHEET 26 SHEET 27
84526438 - SHEET 4 OF 5
1
20
12
Self Level Valve Solenoid High Flow Solenoid Mechanical Brake Control Valve -
Below Hydrostatic Pump - If equipped If equipped
19 20
12
12
3 4
21
12
5
12
6
Glide Control
EH Hydrostatic Pump - If equipped 2 speed Brake Valve - If equipped
- Swash Plate Sensors, located on 93107448
18 17 bottom of pump
6 12
7
View B
93107498
12
8
View A 10
11
9
15
14
Aux Extend and Retract Solenoid 12
16
(For Mechanical machines) 13 12
EH Loader Control
(Tag along) - If equipped
PWM Controller
LEGEND
Electrical Component Identification
View A
1. Self Level Solenoid
2. High Flow Solenoid
3. Left Hand Reverse Solenoid
4. Right Hand Reverse Solenoid
5. Right Hand Forward Solenoid
6. Left Hand Forward Solenoid
7. Boom Position Sensor
25 8. Bucket Position Sensor
9. Aux Position Sensor
10. Boom Retract Solenoid
11. Boom Extend Solenoid
12. Bucket Retract Solenoid
13. Aux Reverse Solenoid
14. Aux Forward Solenoid
15. Bucket Extend Solenoid
16. Aux PWM Controller
17. Aux Extend Solenoid
Hydraulic Oil Filter and Switch 18. Aux Retract Solenoid
(Switch is integrated with filter) 19. Glide Control Solenoid (Bottom of valve body)
View B
20. Brake Solenoid
21. 2 Speed Solenoid
View C
24 22. Charge Pressure Switch
23. Brake Pressure Switch
24. Interlock Solenoid
View D
23 22 25. Hydraulic Oil filter and switch (switch integrated with filter)
26. Air Filter Restriction Switch (below air filter housing)

Below Cab
NHCE L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230

93107444 93107449 200 Series Skid Steer Loader - Mechanical
26
84526438 - SHEET 5 OF 5
View C View D
ELECTRICAL DETAILED VIEWS
Air Filter Restriction Switch MODEL YEAR 2011
(Below Air filter housing)
MECHANICAL SINGLE SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY MECHANICAL TWO SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Right Hand MCR03 Left Hand MCR03 Right Hand MCR03

Mtr Left Hand MCR03
Mtr Mtr Mtr
FWD FWD
FWD FWD
X X
L L
Y Y
To Case Drain Tube

Z
B1&B2
To Case Drain Tube

Brake
T Charge Pressure
to Port Lock
To Case Drain Tube
P
Brake/Shift Manifold 2SPD B1&B2
? ?
Shift Brake
To Case Drain Tube
T Charge Pressure
P to Port Lock
Brake/Shift Manifold
A B B A
A B B A
Gear Pump interface

to Tandem Pump
Charge Pump
Gear Pump interface

to Tandem Pump
Small & Medium Frame Charge Pump
Sauer M35 - Manual Displ

Main Relief(all ports) - 345bar(5000psi)
Charge Relief - 25bar(360psi)
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
Charge Pump Small & Medium Frame

Suction Line Sauer M35 - Manual Displ Crossover Pump
Main Relief(all ports) - 345bar(5000psi) Suction Line
Charge Pump
Suction Line
HYDRAULIC LINE
TYPES
CROSSOVER LINES CONNECTING LINES RETURN/SUCTION LINES
CHARGE PRESSURE LINE CASE DRAIN LINES DIRECTION OF FLOW

MECHANICAL VALVE ASSEMBLY
NONE
STD. NO. DESCRIPTION
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
Hydraulic Coupler Lift Cylinders Tip Cylinders
Auxiliary
A B1 B2
Quick Disconnects
Hydraulic Coupler Valve(s)
V1 V2 D A B
C
C1 C2
? A
Charge Pressure C
for Port Lock

Self Level
T P
Orifice - B
Vertical Only
Case Drain From

Pumps and Motors Glide Control
0 cm3 ?
A B A B
PR1 PR2 PR3 A B
Pilot Control
Pressure from
Charge Pump
TANK
CASE
Secondary
Auxiliary Quick ?
Disc
A B
MR
T L
A
PIN PYB
- Main
High Flow Pump B ?
18.3cc - F5C 61-67kW
Auxiliary Pump
34cc - F5C
12.5cc - F5C 55kW P
24cc - ISM Med Frm 12.5cc- ISM Med Frm
20cc - ISM Sml Frm None avail on Sml Frm AUXIN
(as applicable) ?
Secondary Auxiliary P
Gear Pump interface

to Tandem Pump
L T PIN
MODELS L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 /
High Flow Valve
0 bar
C227 / C232 / C238
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
SKID STEER
Charge Pump
Suction Line
84526444
Hyd Oil Filter Oil Cooler RELIEF PRESSURE TABLE
w/ 50psi Bypass w/ 75psi Bypass
MR- 3000 PSI +145/-0 (210 BAR) HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC DETAILED VIEWS
PR1- 3120 PSI +145/-73 (215 BAR)
PR2- 3500 PSI +145/-73 (241 BAR) MODEL YEAR 2011
PR3- 3350 PSI +145/-73 (231 BAR)
HFV- 3250 PSI (224 BAR) PAGE 1 OF 6
CPLRV- 2500 PSI (172 BAR)
EH TWO SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY EH SINGLE SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Right Hand MCR03 Left Hand MCR03 Right Hand MCR03 Left Hand MCR03
Mtr Mtr Mtr Mtr
FWD FWD FWD FWD
X X
L L
Y Y
Z To Case Drain Tube
LV B1&B2
15b
(225psi)
Brake
? ?
To Case Drain Tube
To Case Drain Tube EH Intrlk Brake
Charge
T Charge Pressure
P to Port Lock
LV 2SPD B1&B2
15b(225psi)
15.5b
(225psi)
Pilot Control Brake/Shift Manifold
Pressure from
Brake
? ? ? Brk/Shft/EH Valve
To Case Drain Tube
EH Intrlk Shift Brake
charge T Charge Pressure
P to Port Lock
15.5b(225psi)
? ?
G1 ? ?
YST A B B A
Gear Pump interface

? ?
G1 ? ? to Tandem Pump
YST A B B A
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
Gear Pump interface
to Tandem Pump
Charge Pump
Small & Medium Frame
Suction Line
Rexroth - A20VG - ET (EH) Charge Pump
Main Relief(all ports) - 362bar(5250psi)
Crossover Pump Charge Relief - 25bar(360psi)
Suction Line
Small & Medium Frame
Main Relief (all ports) - 362bar (5250psi) Charge Pump Suction Line
Charge Relief - 25bar(360psi) HYDRAULIC LINE
TYPES
CROSSOVER LINES CONNECTING LINES RETURN/SUCTION LINES

NONE
EH VALVE ASSEMBLY
Auxiliary
A B1 B2
Quick Disconnects
V1 V2
D
A B
C
C1 C2
? A
?
Charge Pressure C
forPort Lock
Self Level
T P
Orifice - B
Vertical Only
Case Drain From

0 cm3 ?
A B
A B A B
Pilot Control PR1 PR2 PR3
Pressure from
Brk/Shft/EH Valve
TANK
CASE
Secondary
Auxiliary Quick ? ? ?
Disc
A B
MR
T L
A
PIN PYB
- Main
B
High Flow Pump ?
Auxiliary Pump 18.3cc - F5C 61-67kW P

34cc - F5C 12.5cc - F5C 55kW
24cc - ISM Med Frm 12.5cc- ISM Med Frm AUXIN
20cc - ISM Sml Frm None avail on Sml Frm ? ? ?
(as applicable) Secondary Auxiliary P
Gear Pump interface

L T PIN MODELS L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 /
to Tandem Pump
High Flow Valve
C227 / C232 / C238
SKID STEER
0 bar
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
Charge Pump
84526444
Suction Line
RELIEF PRESSURE TABLE
Hyd Oil Filter
w/ 50psi Bypass
Oil Cooler
w/ 75psi Bypass MR- 3000 PSI +145/-0 (210 BAR)
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC DETAILED VIEWS
PR1- 3120 PSI +145/-73 (215 BAR)
PR2- 3500 PSI +145/-73 (241 BAR) MODEL YEAR 2011
PR3- 3350 PSI +145/-73 (231 BAR)
HFV- 3250 PSI (224 BAR) PAGE 2 OF 6
MECHANICAL SINGLE SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY MECHANICAL TWO SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Right Hand MCR05 Left Hand MCR05
Mtr Mtr
FWD
FWD
FWD
Mtr Mtr
FWD
FWD
FWD
FWD
X X
L L
Y Y
1 1
To Case Drain Tube 1
B1&B2 Z
To Case Drain Tube

Brake
T Charge Pressure
P
to Port Lock
To Case Drain Tube
B1&B2
2SPD
? ?
Shift Brake
To Case Drain Tube
T
Charge Pressure
P to Port Lock
A B B A
A B B A
A B B A
Gear Pump interface

Gear Pump interface to Tandem Pump
to Tandem Pump
Charge Pump
Charge Pump
Large Frame Large Frame
Sauer M46 - Servo Displ Sauer M46 - Servo Displ Crossover Pump
Main Relief(all ports) - 362bar(5250psi) Crossover Pump Main Relief(all ports) - 362bar(5250psi) Suction Line
Charge Relief - 25bar(360psi) Suction Line Charge Relief - 25bar(360psi)
Charge Pump
Charge Pump Suction Line
Suction Line
HYDRAULIC LINE
TYPES
MECHANICAL VALVE ASSEMBLY CROSSOVER LINES CONNECTING LINES RETURN/SUCTION LINES
Lift Cylinders Tip Cylinders

Hydraulic Coupler
NONE
Auxiliary
A B1 B2
Quick Disconnects
V1 V2 D
A B
C
C1 C2
? A
?
Charge Pressure C
for Port Lock

T P
P Orifice -
Vertical Only
Self Level
B
Case Drain From

0 cm3 ?
A B A B
PR1 PR2 PR3
Pilot Control A B
Pressure from
Charge Pump
TANK
CASE
Secondary
?
Auxiliary Quick
Disc
A B
MR
T L
A PYB
PIN
- Main
High Flow Pump B ?
Auxiliary Pump
18.3cc - F5C 61-67kW P
34cc - F5C
12.5cc - F5C 55kW
24cc - ISM Med Frm
12.5cc- ISM Med Frm
20cc - ISM Sml Frm AUXIN
None avail on Sml Frm
?
(as applicable) Secondary Auxiliary P
L T
PIN
Gear Pump interface

to Tandem Pump
High Flow Valve
MODELS L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 /
Crossover Pump
0 bar
C227 / C232 / C238
Suction Line
SKID STEER
Charge Pump
Suction Line
Hyd Oil Filter Oil Cooler
84526443
w/ 50psi Bypass w/ 75psi Bypass
MR- 3000 PSI +145/-0 (210 BAR)
PR1- 3120 PSI +145/-73 (215 BAR)
PR2- 3500 PSI +145/-73 (241 BAR)
PR3- 3350 PSI +145/-73 (231 BAR)
MODEL YEAR 2011
HFV- 3250 PSI (224 BAR)
CPLRV- 2500 PSI (172 BAR) PAGE 3 OF 6
EH TWO SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY EH SINGLE SPEED DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Right Hand MCR05 Left Hand MCR05 Mtr Mtr
Mtr Mtr FWD FWD
FWD
FWD FWD
FWD FWD
X X
L L
Y Y
1
To Case Drain Tube Pilot Control
Z
Pressure from
B1&B2
Brk/Shft/EH Valve
LV
15b
(225psi)
Brake
? ?
Brake
To Case Drain Tube
EH Intrlk
T Charge Pressure
charge
To Case Drain Tube P to Port Lock
15b(225psi)
LV 2SPD B1&B2
15.5b Brake/Shift Manifold

(225psi)
Pilot Control
Pressure from
Brake Brk/Shft/EH Valve
? ? ?
EH Intrlk
To Case Drain Tube
Shift Brake
Charge
T Charge Pressure
P to Port Lock
15.5b(225psi)
? ?
G1 ? ?
YST A B B A G1
? ? ? ?
YST A B B A
Gear Pump interface

to Tandem Pump
Gear Pump interface
to Tandem Pump
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
Crossover Pump
Large Frame Suction Line
Rexroth - A20VG - ET (EH) Charge Pump Large Frame
Charge Pump Rexroth - A20VG - ET (EH) Charge Pump
Charge Relief - 25bar(360psi) Main Relief(all ports) - 362bar(5250psi) Suction Line
Charge Pump
EH VALVE ASSEMBLY EHF OPTION PUMP ASSEMBLY

EHF QD's on Right
Hand Loader Arm
Auxiliary
A B1 B2
Quick Disconnects
A B
V1 V2 D
A B
C
C1 C2
? A
CONTROL PRESSURE TO RESPECTIVE TO BRAKE/SHIFT
FROM BRAKE/SHIFT MOTOR PORTS VALVE
VALVE
?
?
C
Charge Pressure
forPort Lock
T P
P
Orifice - Self Level
Vertical Only B
? ?
G1 ? ?
? ?
YST A B B A
Case Drain From
Pumps and Motors Glide Control Flow to EH Loader
0 cm3 ? Valve - PIN Main
A B
A B A B
PR1 PR2 PR3
Pilot Control
Pressure from
Brk/Shft/EH Valve
TANK
Charge Pump
CASE Suction Line
Secondary
Auxiliary Quick ? ? ? Reservoir Suction
Disc
?
Line
A B To Case Drain Tube
MR
T L
A10VG - EP Large Frame Auxiliary Pump Charge Pump
A port - 275bar(4kpsi) Rexroth - A20VG - ET (EH) 34cc 23cc
A Main Relief(all ports) - 362bar(5250psi)
PIN
- Main
PYB
B port - 210bar(3kpsi)
B
?
High Flow Pump P

Auxiliary Pump
18.3cc - F5C 61-67kW 2
34cc - F5C
3 3 12.5cc - F5C 55kW
24cc - ISM Med Frm
12.5cc- ISM Med Frm AUXIN
20cc - ISM Sml Frm
None avail on Sml Frm ? ? ?
Secondary Auxiliary
(as applicable) P
L T
PIN MODELS L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 /
Gear Pump interface
to Tandem Pump
High Flow Valve C227 / C232 / C238
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
0 bar HYDRAULIC LINE
TYPES SKID STEER
84526444
Charge Pump CROSSOVER LINES CONNECTING LINES RETURN/SUCTION LINES
Suction Line

RELIEF PRESSURE TABLE HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC DETAILED VIEWS
w/ 50psi Bypass w/ 75psi Bypass MR- 3000 PSI +145/-0 (210 BAR)
PR1- 3120 PSI +145/-73 (215 BAR)
CHARGE PRESSURE LINE CASE DRAIN LINES DIRECTION OF FLOW MODEL YEAR 2011
PR2- 3500 PSI +145/-73 (241 BAR)
PR3- 3350 PSI +145/-73 (231 BAR)
HFV- 3250 PSI (224 BAR)
NONE
PAGE 4 OF 6
EH TWO SPEED TRACK DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Right Hand Mtr Left Hand Mtr

FWD FWD
FWD FWD
PB
PB
DR
DR
PS
PS
P2
P2
P1
P1
To Case Drain Tube
LV 2SPD B1&B2
15.5b
(225psi)
Pilot Control
Pressure from
Brake Brk/Shft/EH Valve
? ? ?
To Case Drain Tube

EH Intrlk Shift Brake
charge
T Charge Pressure
P to Port Lock
15.5b(225psi)
EHF OPTION PUMP ASSEMBLY

EHF QD's on Right
Hand Loader Arm
? ?
G1 ? ?
YST A B B A
A B
Gear Pump interface

to Tandem Pump
Crossover Pump CONTROL PRESSURE TO RESPECTIVE TO BRAKE/SHIFT

Suction Line FROM BRAKE/SHIFT MOTOR PORTS VALVE
VALVE
Large Frame
Charge Pump
? ?
G1 ? ?
? ?
YST A B B A
Flow to EH Loader
Valve - PIN Main
EH VALVE ASSEMBLY
Charge Pump
Hydraulic Coupler Lift Cylinders Tip Cylinders Suction Line
Reservoir Suction
?
Line
To Case Drain Tube
Auxiliary
A B1 B2
Quick Disconnects A10VG - EP Large Frame Auxiliary Pump Charge Pump
Rexroth - A20VG - ET (EH) 34cc 23cc
A port - 275bar(4kpsi)
B port - 210bar(3kpsi) Main Relief(all ports) - 362bar(5250psi)
V1 V2 D
A B
C
C1 C2
? A
Charge Pressure C
forPort Lock
T P
P
Orifice -
Vertical Only B
Self Level
Case Drain From

0 cm3 ?
A B
A B A B
PR1 PR2 PR3
Pilot Control
Pressure from
Brk/Shft/EH Valve
TANK
CASE
Secondary
Auxiliary Quick ? ? ?
Disc
A B
MR
T L
A PIN PYB
- Main
B ?
High Flow Pump
Auxiliary Pump 18.3cc - F5C 61-67kW P
34cc - F5C 12.5cc - F5C 55kW
24cc - ISM Med Frm 12.5cc- ISM Med Frm AUXIN
20cc - ISM Sml Frm None avail on Sml Frm ? ? ?
Secondary Auxiliary
(as applicable) P
L T
PIN MODELS L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 /
Gear Pump interface
to Tandem Pump
High Flow Valve C227 / C232 / C238
Crossover Pump
Suction Line
0 bar
HYDRAULIC LINE
TYPES SKID STEER
84526444
Charge Pump CROSSOVER LINES CONNECTING LINES RETURN/SUCTION LINES
Suction Line
MR- 3000 PSI +145/-0 (210 BAR)
w/ 50psi Bypass w/ 75psi Bypass PR1- 3120 PSI +145/-73 (215 BAR)
PR2- 3500 PSI +145/-73 (241 BAR)
CHARGE PRESSURE LINE CASE DRAIN LINES DIRECTION OF FLOW MODEL YEAR 2011
PR3- 3350 PSI +145/-73 (231 BAR)
HFV- 3250 PSI (224 BAR)
NONE
STD. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE 5 OF 6
CPLRV- 2500 PSI (172 BAR) APPLICABLE STANDARDS
12
2
11
Self Level Valve Tilt Cylinders 10
3
9
Right Cylinder Lift Arm Mechanical Brake Control Valve -

If equipped
15
Mechanical Hydrostatic Pump 12

Glide Control (Non Tag along) - If equipped
12
8
Right Drive Motor 2 speed Brake Valve - If equipped

93107448
4
14
Mechanical Hydrostatic Pump High Flow Valve View B 13

(Tag along) - If equipped Below Hydrostatic Pump - If equipped
93107498
7
View A
12
6
Manual Couplers Hydraulic Couplers
12
5
Mech Loader Control Valve EH Hydrostatic Pump - If equipped

EH Loader Control - If equipped
16
20
LEGEND
Hydraulic Component Identification
View A
1. Self Level Valve
2. Tilt Cylinders
3. Mechanical Hydrostatic DDC (Tag Along) pump, equipped on Mechanical models
Hydraulic Oil Filter and Switch 4. High Flow Valve, if equipped - Below hydrostatic pump
High Flow Quick Disconnect - (Switch is integrated with filter) 5. Electro-Hydraulic Hydrostatic pump, equipped on Electro-Hydraulic models
If equipped 6. Electro-Hydraulic Control Valve, equipped on Electro-Hydraulic models
7. Mechanical Control Valve, equipped on Mechanical models
8. Mechanical Hydrostatic MDC (Non Tag Along) pump, equipped on Mechanical models
9. Glide Control
19
View B
10. Right Side Cylinder Lift Arm
11. Mechanical Brake Control Valve, equipped on single speed models
12. Two Speed Brake Valve, equipped on two speed models
22 13. Hydraulic couplers, equipped on Electro Hydraulic models
14. Manual couplers, equipped on Mechanical models
Aux Disconnect - 15. Right Drive Motor
If equipped
View C
16. High Flow Quick Disconnect, if equipped
Left Side Lift Cylinder 17. Left Drive Motor
18. EH Two Speed Brake Control Valve, equipped on Electro-Hydraulic two speed machines
19. Auxiliary Quick Disconnect, if equipped
View D
20. Hydraulic Oil Filter and Switch, (Switch is integrated with filter)
21. Hydraulic Oil Cooler
22. Left Side Cylinder Lift Arm
18
93107444
21
Below Cab
93107449
MODELS L213 / L215 / L218 / L220 / L223 / L225 / L230 /
C227 / C232 / C238
View C
Hydraulic Oil Cooler View D SKID STEER
84526444
17
MODEL YEAR 2011
PAGE 6 OF 6
Left Hand Drive

New Holland Service Manual 200 Series

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

New Holland Service Manual 200 Series

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

L213 / L215 / L218 / L220

C227 / C232 / C238

Part number 84522361

ENGINE AND PTO IN ................................................................... B

TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AND PTO OUT ........................................ C

AXLES, BRAKES AND STEERING................................................. D

STEERING Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.20.B

WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D.50.B

FRAME AND CAB ........................................................................ E

USER PLATFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.34.A

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E.50.B

FRAME POSITIONING ................................................................. F

TOOL POSITIONING .................................................................... G

HITCH AND WORKING TOOL ....................................................... H

EXCAVATING AND LANDSCAPING ............................................... J

CARRYING Unarticulated tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.50.B

COUPLING Hydraulic coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J.80.C

Foreword - Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Safety rules - Personal Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

General specification - General Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Foreword - Ecology and the environment

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

Safety rules - Personal Safety

• Disengage all clutching levers or switches.

6. Always keep the machine in gear while going downhill.

Basic instructions - Important notice regarding equipment servicing

Torque - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly

METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes 5.6 and up

Metric Hex nuts and locknuts, classes 05 and up

INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts

SAE Grade Identification

Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional methods)

General specification - General Welding

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL,

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.10.A

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.12.A

HYDRAULIC COMMAND SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.14.A

HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.16.A

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.30.A

LIGHTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.40.A

ELECTRONIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.50.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

General specification of the 34.1cc gear pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

General specification of the 20.4cc gear pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

General specification of Mechanical Foot Control Loader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

Component identification of hydraulic valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Component identification of hydraulic valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Component identification of pumps of large frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Component identification of pumps on medium frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Component identification of pumps on small frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Component identification of cylinders on small frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Component identification of cylinders on medium frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

- Component identification of cylinders on large frame models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Component identification of hydraulic motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55